HOISTING AND RIGGING MANUAL

Main Table of Contents Acknowledgements

Effective Date: 08/24/2017 (Rel. 82)
Latest Signed Release Clearance Form

Material in some of the chapters of the DOE/RL 92-36 Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual contain
ASME copyright material protection (pictures/graphs) and CANNOT be downloaded, printed, or
otherwise copied without specific permission from ASME. Contact ASME at the website address
shown in the respective chapters for information on how to obtain copies of their standards.

1.0 Introduction 12.0 Hoists

Effective Date: 02/28/2017 (Rel. 81) Effective Date: 02/28/2017 (Rel. 81)
Interpretation

2.0 Responsibilities 13.0 Overhead & Gantry Cranes; Cranes & Monorails
Effective Date: 09/28/2015 (Rel. 77) Effective Date: 02/28/2017 (Rel. 81)
Interpretation Interpretation

3.0 Critical, Special, & Engineered Lifts 14.0 Mobile Cranes

Effective Date: 01/19/2016 (Rel. 78) Effective Date: 01/19/2016 (Rel. 78)
Interpretation Interpretation

4.0 Personnel Qualifications & Training Requirements 15.0 Personnel Lifting

Effective Date: 09/28/2015 (Rel. 77) Effective Date: 008/24/17 (Rel. 82)
Interpretation

5.0 Hooks 16.0 A-Frames & Trolleys

Effective Date: 01/19/2016 (Rel. 78) Effective Date: 02/28/2017 (Rel. 81)
Interpretation

6.0 Forklift Trucks 17.0 Interpretations

Effective Date: 08/28/17 (Rel. 82) Effective Date: 09/14/2016 (Rel. 80)
Interpretation

7.0 Shop Cranes 18.0 Hoisting & Rigging in Hostile Environments

Effective Date: 05/02/2016 (Rel. 79) Effective Date: 02/18/2010 (Rel. 57)

8.0 Wire Rope 19.0 OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC

Effective Date: 11/18/2014 (Rel. 74) Effective Date: 01/31/2011 (Rel. 59)
Interpretation

9.0 Slings 20.0 H&R Committee Charter

Effective Date: 01/19/2016 (Rel. 78) Effective Date: 11/30/2012 (Rel. 67)
Interpretation

10.0 Rigging Hardware 21.0 References & Bibliography

Effective Date: 05/02/2016 (Rel. 79) Effective Date: 08/24/17 (Rel. 82)
Interpretation

11.0 Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices 22.0 Appendix A - Definitions & Acronyms

Effective Date: 01/19/2016 (Rel. 78) Effective Date: 02/28/2017 (Rel. 81)
Interpretation Interpretation

Appendix B - User's Guide

Effective Date: 11/18/2014 (Rel. 74)

Attachment 1 - Freight Container Lifting Standard

Effective Date: 01/29/2014 (Rel. 71)

Attachment 2 - Lifting Requirements for Concrete Blocks

Effective Date: 05/07/2013 (Rel. 69)
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 1.0 - INTRODUCTION Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 1.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 3

1.1 PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................................ 3

1.2 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................. 3

1.3 BACKGROUND ............................................................................................................................. 5

1.4 MANUAL ORGANIZATION ........................................................................................................ 5

1.5 MANDATORY AND ADVISORY RULES .................................................................................. 5

1.6 MANUAL REVISIONS .................................................................................................................. 5

1.7 VARIANCES, EXEMPTIONS, WAIVERS, AND INTERPRETATIONS ............................... 5

1.7.1 Variances, Exemptions, and Waivers .................................................................................... 5

1.7.2 Interpretations ......................................................................................................................... 6

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 1.0 - INTRODUCTION Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 1.0 - INTRODUCTION Rev 1 Page 3

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE
This Manual describes the operation, inspection, maintenance, and repair requirements for cranes, hoists,
fork trucks, slings, rigging hardware, and hoisting equipment at the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE)
Hanford Site. Occasionally lifting is performed with equipment other than cranes, hoists, and fork trucks;
when using any equipment for material handling, follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions.

EXAMPLE: Excavation equipment, such as a backhoe, may have a hook installed on the
bucket. It is acceptable to use such equipment for hoisting and rigging if the manufacturer
provides instructions for such use. The manufacturer's instructions should include load
capacity information.
See footnote 1 for examples of equipment not within the scope of this Manual.1 When using rigging
devices/hardware in conjunction with the equipment not covered by this Manual for the purpose of raising,
lowering, or otherwise lifting material, the rigging devices/hardware and their use shall comply with the
applicable sections of this Manual.

1.2 SCOPE
This Manual supports the objectives of the DOE, Richland Operations Office (RL) and Office of River
Protection (ORP), by controlling hoisting and rigging (H&R) activities in a safe and cost-effective manner.

It is the responsibility of the user of this Manual to implement all of the requirements from listed sources.
When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the user shall adhere to the standard containing
the most stringent requirements. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards
provide the most comprehensive information.

This Manual is intended to be a user’s guide to requirements, codes, laws, regulations, standards, and
practices that apply to DOE contractors at the Hanford Site. This manual, or any part of this manual, is
applicable to subcontractors that handle/lift government owned, furnished, or fabricated items for the
Hanford Site as invoked by contract documents.

Hoisting and rigging work is required by law and DOE to be in compliance with the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) (29 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 1910 or 29 CFR 1926 Subpart
CC) and ASME B30 Standards. Work involving critical and special/engineered lifts shall follow this
Manual. As a minimum, acceptability of equipment and rigging shall be verified by the RL/ORP
contractor and critical lift procedures shall be reviewed and approved by the responsible RL/ORP
contractor.
NOTE: Refer to 29 CFR 1926, Subpart R, for special hoisting and rigging requirements relating to steel
erection.

1
For example, the following types of equipment are not within the scope of this manual: elevators, dumbwaiters,
escalators, moving walks, conveyor systems, drill and pump setting rigs, tree trimming and tree removal work,
manipulators, specially insulated hoists for handling high-voltage lines, door- and hatch-opening equipment, vehicle-
mounted elevating and rotating aerial devices, elevating work platforms, aerial lifts, and earth-moving and
excavation equipment. Although not within the scope of this Manual, this equipment shall be maintained in a safe
condition (reference OSHA General Duty Clause). Consult applicable equipment manufacturer information, OSHA,
and/or ASME standards to ensure safe condition and use of the equipment.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 1.0 - INTRODUCTION Rev 1 Page 4

The following ASME B30 standards shall be implemented as applicable. The underlined standards are
addressed in chapters of this manual.

 ASME B30.1-2015 Jacks, Industrial Rollers, Air Casters, and Hydraulic Gantries
 ASME B30.2-2011 Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Single or Multiple
Girder, Top Running Trolley Hoist)
 ASME B30.3-2016 Tower Cranes
 ASME B30.4-2015 Portal and Pedestal Cranes
 ASME B30.5-2014 Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
 ASME B30.6-2015 Derricks
 ASME B30.7 2016 Winches
 ASME B30.8-2015 Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks
 ASME B30.9-2014 Slings
 ASME B30.10-2014 Hooks
 ASME B30.11-2010 Monorails and Underhung Cranes Consolidated with B30.17-2015
 ASME B30.12-2011 Handling Loads Suspended from Rotorcraft
 ASME B30.13-2011 Storage/Retrieval (S/R) Machines and Associated Equipment
 ASME B30.14-2015 Side Boom Tractors
 ASME B30.16-2012 Overhead Hoists (Underhung)
 ASME B30.17-2015 Cranes and Monorails (with Underhung Trolley or Bridges)
 ASME B30.18-2016 Stacker Cranes (Top or Under Running Bridge, Multiple Girder with Top
or Under Running Trolley Hoist)
 ASME B30.19-2016 Cableways
 ASME B30.20-2013 Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
 ASME B30.21-2014 Lever Hoists
 ASME B30.22-2016 Articulating Boom Cranes
 ASME B30.23-2011 Personnel Lifting Systems
 ASME B30.24-2013 Container Cranes
 ASME B30.25-2013 Scrap and Material Handlers
 ASME B30.26-2015 Rigging Hardware
 ASME B30.27-2014 Material Placement Systems
 ASME B30.28-2015 Balanced Lifting Units
 ASME B30.29-2012 Self-Erecting Tower Cranes

The following ASME standards are specifically addressed in chapters of this manual, and shall be
implemented as applicable:

ASME BTH-1-2014, Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices

ASME PASE-2014, Portable Automotive Service Equipment (PASE)

Other equipment not specifically addressed in this manual, may be within the scope of this manual (see
Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC).

Forklifts, when equipped with a hoist or a hook and a rotating upper structure, fall within the requirements
of a mobile crane.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 1.0 - INTRODUCTION Rev 1 Page 5

Rigging equipment addressed in this manual shall comply with the applicable ASME and OSHA
requirements. When equipment is used in a manner other than intended by the manufacturer, written
authorization/approval shall be obtained from the manufacturer. The equipment shall be labeled for its
intended use and the statement “Not to be used for lifting service” shall be attached to the device. The
equipment shall be maintained and inspected per the manufacturer’s instructions. Rigging equipment used
for other purposes than its original design shall not be returned to lifting service.

1.3 BACKGROUND
This Manual is a rewrite of the original Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Manual (WHC-CM-6-4), issued in
August 1988 for RL contractors. Similar to that original manual, this Manual was prepared with input
from the Hanford H&R Committee with representatives from various RL contractors and trade unions,
with overview by RL. Unlike the original Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Manual, this Manual is issued by
the RL.

Any lack of clarity, errors, omissions, or discrepancies should be submitted either to RL or a member of
the Hanford H&R Committee.2

1.4 MANUAL ORGANIZATION

This is a “user’s manual.” It designates areas of responsibility regarding H&R activities, specifies
qualification and training requirements, and stipulates operation, maintenance, and repair requirements for
H&R equipment and components. Topics have been grouped to make the Manual user friendly and to
minimize “jumping around” within the manual. While selected design considerations are included in this
Manual, primarily as information to operators and inspectors, this Manual is a user’s manual, not a design
manual.

1.5 MANDATORY AND ADVISORY RULES

Mandatory rules are characterized by use of the word shall. If a provision is of an advisory nature, it is
indicated by use of the word should and is to be considered; its advisability depends on the facts in each
situation.

1.6 MANUAL REVISIONS

Any user may prepare written requests for Manual revision. Revision requests shall be submitted to a
member of the Hanford H&R Committee or to the RL H&R Program Manager.

1.7 VARIANCES, EXEMPTIONS, WAIVERS, AND INTERPRETATIONS

1.7.1 Variances, Exemptions, and Waivers

Variances and exemptions are frequently referred to as “waivers,” however, it is appropriate to recognize
that a waiver is really a variance or an exemption. The difference between a variance and an exemption
and their approval processes are as follows:

a. A variance is an administrative decision that allows an employer to meet a requirement in a

2
Comments, questions, or revision requests may be sent via e-mail to: [email protected].
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 1.0 - INTRODUCTION Rev 1 Page 6

different manner than stated in the requirement or standard. To do this, the employer must show
that the level of worker protection is “at least as effective” as that dictated by the requirement or
standard.

b. An exemption is an administrative decision that frees an employer from complying with a

requirement. In other words, if an exemption from a requirement is granted, that requirement
would not apply to the specific operation or facility in question.

c. Usually, variance or exemption decisions concerning site-specific requirements can be made at the
Hanford contractor or RL level. Requests concerning mandatory standards (such as OSHA, ANSI,
ASME standards) will be elevated to DOE Headquarters for a decision.

d. Requests for variances or exemptions shall be submitted to the responsible RL Contracting Officer
in accordance with the contractor’s internal procedures. The contractor shall also send a copy of
the request to the RL H&R Program Manager, for information purposes. Upon receipt of the
request from the contractor, the RL Contracting Officer shall evaluate the request and, in
coordination with the RL H&R Program Manager, determine if it can be decided at the local level
or if it must be elevated to DOE Headquarters.

e. Following approval or disapproval, the RL Contracting Officer shall respond to the contractor in
writing. Costs incurred while awaiting administrative action typically will not be considered.

1.7.2 Interpretations
An “interpretation” asks the meaning of a requirement, or whether a proposed method fulfills a given
requirement. See Chapter 17, Interpretations, for a description of the process used to request
interpretations and to review previous interpretations.

If a request for interpretation is determined to actually be a request for a variance or exemption, process the
request as outlined in paragraph. 1.7.1(d).
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual September 23, 2015

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................................... 1
2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Contractor Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ 3
2.2.2 Supervisor or Manager, Hoisting and Rigging Operations ........................................................... 3
2.2.3 Equipment Maintenance Supervisor or Manager .......................................................................... 3
2.2.4 Designated Leader (DL)/Lift Director for Critical Lifts ............................................................... 4
2.2.5 Designated Leader .......................................................................................................................... 4
2.2.6 Operator .......................................................................................................................................... 5
2.2.7 Rigger.............................................................................................................................................. 5
2.2.8 Equipment Custodian ..................................................................................................................... 6
2.2.9 Assembly/Disassembly Director .................................................................................................... 6
2.2.10 Approvers of Hoisting and Rigging Lift Plans ............................................................................. 6
2.3 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES .............................................................................................. 7
2.3.1 Responsible Safety Organization ................................................................................................... 7
2.3.2 Responsible Training Organization ................................................................................................ 7
2.3.3 Controlling Entity ........................................................................................................................... 7
2.4 RL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................................................................... 7
2.4.1 RL Hoisting and Rigging Program Manager................................................................................. 7
2.4.2 RL Program/Line Organizations ..................................................................................................... 8
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 2

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 3

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1 SCOPE
This section provides guidance in delineating the responsibilities of personnel and organizations directly
involved in hoisting and rigging (H&R) activities at the Hanford Site.

Job classification terms used in this manual (e.g., rigger, operator, and inspector) refer to the function
performed and in no way relate to a classification in any union or bargaining unit.

2.2 PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES

2.2.1 Contractor Responsibilities
Hanford Site contractors shall establish programs based on equipment manufacturers’ specifications and
limitations for operation, maintenance, and inspection of equipment addressed by this manual. Where
manufacturers’ specifications are not available, operation limitations and maintenance and inspection
requirements assigned to the equipment shall be based on determinations of a qualified person competent
in this field and such determinations shall be appropriately documented and disseminated to equipment
operators and maintenance and test personnel.
2.2.2 Supervisor or Manager, Hoisting and Rigging Operations
A supervisor or manager shall be responsible for each H&R operation and shall ensure that:
a. Qualified personnel are assigned to operate equipment and perform hoisting and rigging tasks.
b. Equipment is operated safely.
c. Preplanned and approved H&R instructions are used when necessary and always for critical lifts.
d. Equipment found to be unsafe or requiring restrictive use is properly tagged.
e. The equipment custodian is notified of equipment problems.
f. A designated leader (DL)/lift director shall be assigned to hoisting and rigging operations that
require more than one person. See paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5.

2.2.3 Equipment Maintenance Supervisor or Manager

A supervisor or manager shall be responsible for inspection, maintenance, and repair on H&R equipment
and components and shall ensure the following:
a. Equipment is properly inspected, maintained, tested, and repaired by qualified personnel.
b. Inspection, maintenance, and repair personnel have the tools to safely accomplish their work.
c. Ensure that records of the maintenance, repair, inspection, and testing are available for audit in a
maintenance file.
d. Responsible inspection, maintenance, and test personnel have access to the following
information, as applicable:
1. Operating instructions
2. Maintenance, repair, and parts information furnished by the manufacturer or the
responsible maintenance/engineering organization
3. The manufacturer’s recommendations as to points and frequency of lubrication,
maintenance of lubrication levels, and types of lubricant to be used
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual September 23, 2015

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 4

4. Maintenance or repair procedures from the manufacturer or responsible

maintenance/engineering organization
5. Wiring diagrams
e. Inspection, maintenance, and repair activities are documented in accordance with the
requirements of this manual

f. Personnel responsible for inspection or maintenance are familiar with the applicable contents of
all equipment manuals.
2.2.4 Designated Leader (DL)/Lift Director for Critical Lifts
Management shall assign a DL/lift director for critical lifts. The DL/lift director may be a crew member
or any qualified person. (See Chapter 4, Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements, for DL/lift
director qualifications.) The DL/lift director for critical lifts shall perform those activities listed in 2.2.5
as well as ensuring that:
a. A critical lift procedure is prepared.
b. The critical lift procedure is properly approved before implementing (refer to Chapter 3.0,
paragraph 3.5.1, Critical Lift Plan Approval).
c. A documented pre-lift meeting is held and personnel understand how the job will be done.
d. Management provides qualified personnel (e.g., operators, riggers, flagman, DL/lift director).
e. Proper equipment and hardware are identified in the critical lift procedure.
f. The lifting operation is directed by a DL/lift director to ensure that the job is done safely and
efficiently.
g. Involved personnel are familiar with, and follow, the critical lift procedure.
h. After the critical lift is completed, critical lift documentation is transmitted to the manager for
whom the lift was done. The DL/lift director should advise responsible personnel that this
documentation is subject to audit for one year. (See Chapter 3.0, paragraph 3.7.)
2.2.5 Designated Leader
A designated leader shall be appointed to H&R activities that involve more than one person. Normal
forklift truck material handling operations are not considered H&R activities and do not require a DL/lift
director. The DL/lift director may be the operator, a crew member, or any qualified person. (See Chapter
4, Personnel Qualification and Training Requirements) The DL/lift director shall:
a. Ensure that a flagman or signaler, if required, is assigned and identified to the hoist/crane/
equipment operator.
b. Ensure that management provides qualified personnel and personnel understand how the job is to
be done.
c. Ensure that the weight of the load is determined, that the proper equipment and hardware are
selected and inspected, and that the capacity of the lifting device is not exceeded.
d. Ensure that the equipment is properly set up and positioned.
e. Examine the work area for hazardous or unsafe conditions.
f. Direct the lifting operation to ensure that the job is done safely and efficiently.
g. Ensure that the job is stopped when any potentially unsafe condition is recognized.
h. Be present at the jobsite during lifting operations.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual September 23, 2015

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 5

i. Stop operations if alerted to an unsafe condition affecting those operations.

j. Ensure that the preparation of the ground conditions needed to support crane operations has been
completed before crane operations commence when mobile cranes are used. If the operator,
DL/lift director, or AD director have concerns pertaining to ground conditions they shall notify
the controlling entity.
k. Ensure swing radius hazards are addressed, when applicable, per OSHA 1926.1424 (see Chapter
19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC) and only authorized personnel are allowed in identified
hazard areas
l. Ensure only authorized personnel enter the fall zone to perform or conduct activity that cannot be
performed other than when a load is suspended or being landed
m. Use hoisting routes that minimize the exposure of employees to hoisted loads where available
n. Ensure necessary traffic controls are in place to restrict unauthorized access to the crane’s work
area.

If an injury or accident occurs, ensure that the emergency is promptly reported. (Call 911; call 373-0911
if using a cellular phone.) Take charge of the accident scene pending arrival of emergency services
personnel.

2.2.6 Operator
The operator shall perform the following activities:
a. Safely operate equipment.
b. Follow the equipment operating guidelines and the load charts.
c. Perform the pre-use and frequent equipment inspection.
d. Ensure that the load will not exceed the rated capacity of the equipment.
e. Abide by any restrictions placed on the use of the equipment.
f. Ensure inspections are current via inspection sticker, other documentation, or verbal confirmation
from the equipment custodian.
2.2.7 Rigger
The rigger shall perform the following activities:
a. Ensure that the rigging equipment and materials have the required capacity for the job and that all
items are in good condition, are currently qualified (inspection is up to date), and are properly
used.
b. Verify that rigging equipment and material are in compliance with the procedure, if applicable.
c. Confirm that the load path is clear of personnel and obstacles.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 6

2.2.8 Equipment Custodian

Management shall designate an individual who shall have custodial responsibility for each crane, hoist,
lift truck, or other H&R equipment that requires scheduled maintenance, inspection, and record keeping.
(The custodian may be thought of as the equipment “owner.”) The custodian can be assigned by facility,
geographical area, individual equipment item, or other method as deemed appropriate by management.
The custodian shall perform the following activities:
a. Verify that operating equipment is maintained and maintenance, inspection, and testing of the
equipment remain current.
b. Verify that equipment is properly tagged and, if necessary, removed from service when
discrepancies are found during inspection or operation.
NOTE: (1) It is important that equipment users know how to contact the equipment custodian.
A method should be devised so that equipment users can easily identify and
contact the equipment custodian.
(2) See Chapter 6.0, Section 6.2.2 for specific duties of a forklift truck custodian.
(3) Duties listed in Section 2.2.8 are considered a summary of an equipment
custodian’s responsibility. It is important to recognize that more specific, and
possibly additional, responsibilities are stated in individual chapters.

2.2.9 Assembly/Disassembly Director

The Assembly/Disassembly Director (A/D Director) is responsible to direct both the assembly and/or
disassembly of equipment (cranes) covered under OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC and ASME B30
standards. With regard to tower cranes, “erecting and climbing” replaces the term “assembly,” and
“dismantling” replaces the term “disassembly.” Regardless of whether the crane is initially erected to its
full height or is climbed in stages, the process of increasing the height of the crane is an erection process.
See Chapter 4, Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements, and Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR
1926 Subpart CC.

2.2.10 Approvers of Hoisting and Rigging Lift Plans

The following personnel’s approvals on a hoisting and rigging lift plan indicate endorsement of the
subject and content of the plan and fulfillment of the signer’s area of responsibility.

 Manager – Verifies the lift plan approvers are qualified in the area they approved and authorizes
the plans implementation.

 Qualified Rigging Engineer-Verifies the lift plan calculations are accurate for capacities based
on rigging and the configuration of the item to be lifted, design and dimensions, load description,
weight and field conditions. The condition of the item to be lifted including the lift points are
confirmed by the Rigging Engineer or his designee.

 Qualified Safety Representative- Verifies the lift plan address and provides applicable
administrative and physical controls to mitigate potential and identified hazards.

 Technical Approver – Verifies the lift plan, as a minimum, addresses and contains the
appropriate information that complies with the technical requirements applicable to the personnel,
equipment, and activity covered by the plan as required by this Manual.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 7

2.3 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES

2.3.1 Responsible Safety Organization

The responsible safety organization shall monitor H&R operations to ensure that they are performed
safely. In addition, vendor-owned and operated equipment shall be monitored in the following manner:
a. Vendor-Owned or Operated Equipment—The safety organization in the company that initiates
the contract is responsible for ensuring that the vendor equipment and personnel meet pertinent
H&R safety requirements (e.g., OSHA 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC).

b. Vendors Directly Contracted by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), Richland Operations
Office (RL)—Compliance with pertinent H&R safety requirements shall be coordinated by the
cognizant RL Division.

2.3.2 Responsible Training Organization

The responsible training organization shall provide training to ensure that personnel qualifications meet
requirements of this manual and shall ensure that the following activities are completed:
a. Training provided is documented (see Chapter 4.0, Personnel Qualifications and Training
Requirements).
b. Training and evaluation is provided in accordance with the contractor’s qualification program for
instructors.
c. Evaluation methods and standards are established.

2.3.3 Controlling Entity

The controlling entity shall:
a. Ensure that ground preparations necessary to ensure ground conditions are firm, drained, and
graded to a sufficient extent so that, in conjunction (if necessary) with the use of supporting
materials, the equipment manufacturer’s specifications for adequate support and degree of level
of the equipment are met. The requirement for the ground to be drained does not apply to
marshes/wetlands.

b. Inform the user of the equipment and the operator of the location of hazards beneath the
equipment set-up area (such as voids, tanks, utilities) if those hazards are identified in documents
(such as site drawings, as-built drawings, and soil analyses) that are in the possession of the
controlling entity (whether at the site or off-site) or the hazards are otherwise known to that
controlling entity.
2.4 RL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

2.4.1 RL Hoisting and Rigging Program Manager

The RL H&R Program Manager (PM) shall:

a. Ensure consistency in implementation and interpretation of this Manual across the Hanford Site.
b. Be the RL authority having jurisdiction over interpretation of this Manual.
c. For H&R events:
1. Help ensure that the pertinent H&R issues are identified during subsequent investigations
or critiques.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 2.0 - RESPONSIBILITIES Rev 1 Page 8

2. Help ensure that identified H&R issues are adequately addressed in corrective actions or
lessons learned issued.
3. Help ensure that any Occurrence Reporting and Processing System (ORPS) report or
official lessons learned issued adequately addresses the H&R aspects, corrective actions,
and lessons learned for the event.
d. Periodically assess line management implementation of the H&R program at the Hanford Site.
e. When requested, assist RL program or line organizations in matters relating to H&R (This could
include H&R surveillances, reviews of critical or major lift procedures or work packages, hostile
environment plans, participation in the H&R aspects of Readiness Assessments, Operational
Readiness Reviews, etc.).
f. When requested, assist Hanford Site contractors in addressing issues related to compliance with,
implementation of, or interpretation of this Manual.
g. Represent RL on the Hanford H&R Committee.
h. Maintain the Manual.
i. Be the RL authority for the review and approval of revisions to this Manual. Ensure the RL
program and line organizations are kept up to date with the latest Manual changes, bulletins, or
important issues applicable to their organizations.
2.4.2 RL Program/Line Organizations

The RL program and line organizations shall:

a. Notify the PM as soon as possible after an H&R event, preferably before any critique or
investigation. Notification as soon as possible will enable the PM to better carry out his duties
and responsibilities of Section 2.4.1.c.
b. Contact the PM in matters of the H&R Manual interpretations or application where there is a
conflict between program or line organizations and the contractor.
c. Contact the PM when RL personnel have a question concerning the application or interpretation
of the Manual.
d. Per the FRAM (Functions, Responsibilities, and Authorities Manual), verify that Hanford Site
contractors are implementing the Manual effectively.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 4.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

4.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS............................... 3

4.1 SCOPE................................................................................................................................... 3
4.2 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................ 3
4.2.1 Program Requirements................................................................................................. 3
4.2.2 Qualification Prerequisites ........................................................................................... 3
4.2.3 Physical Examination and Substance Abuse Testing Requirements ........................... 4
4.2.4 Substance Abuse Testing for Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers ............................. 5
4.3 TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION PROGRAMS ........................................................... 5
4.3.1 Previous Training and Qualification ............................................................................ 6
4.3.2 Training Subjects ......................................................................................................... 6
4.3.3 On-the Job Training ..................................................................................................... 6
4.3.4 On-the-Job Evaluations ................................................................................................ 7
4.3.5 Qualification ................................................................................................................ 8
4.3.6 Requalification ............................................................................................................. 8
4.4 RETRAINING....................................................................................................................... 11
4.5 WRITTEN AND PERFORMANCE TESTS ........................................................................ 11
4.6 TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION RECORDS ............................................................... 11
4.6.1 Training Completion Records ...................................................................................... 11
4.6.2 Course Records ............................................................................................................ 12
4.6.3 Qualification Cards ...................................................................................................... 12

APPENDICES

Appendix A Training Subject Content by Activity and/or Equipment .............................................. 13

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 2

This page intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 3

4.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

4.1 SCOPE

This section specifies qualification and training requirements for personnel with the following
responsibilities:

1. Direct hoisting and rigging (H&R) activities

2. Supervise H&R activities
3. Perform H&R activities
4. Inspect and maintain H&R equipment
5. Provide technical approval of procedures, lift plans or work instructions for H&R activities
6. Develop lift plans
7. Provide signals for H&R activities
8. Train and evaluate personnel for H&R activities and equipment operation
9. Provide safety oversight
10. Perform H&R engineering functions

Contracting organizations shall review, verify, and document that subcontractors have an acceptable
training and qualification program. The contracting organization shall ensure that the program meets the
requirements of this section to ensure that personnel are qualified to perform work covered by this
Manual.

NOTE: Refer to 29 CFR 1926, Subpart R, for special H&R requirements relating to steel erection.

4.2 GENERAL

4.2.1 Program Requirements

Personnel shall be trained and qualified to a level of proficiency consistent with their assigned tasks.
Managers responsible for work assignments shall ensure that work assignments do not exceed personnel
qualifications. Posting a list of qualified operators adjacent to or on appropriate equipment is
recommended.

4.2.2 Qualification Prerequisites

Personnel whose work falls within the scope of this Manual shall meet the following qualifications.

1. Be at least 18 years old

2. Be able to communicate in written and spoken English

3. Be able to meet the physical requirements of the job assignment

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual September 23, 2015

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 4

4.2.3 Physical Examination and Substance Abuse Testing Requirements

4.2.3.1 Physical Examination Requirements for Mobile Locomotive, and Cab- or Pulpit-Operated
Overhead Crane Operators

Before operating mobile, locomotive, and cab- or pulpit-operated overhead cranes, operators, operator
trainees, maintenance personnel, and inspectors shall pass a crane operator physical examination initially
and at least every 36 months thereafter. The physical examination shall meet the requirements of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) B30.17 and B30.5. The operator shall retain
evidence of successfully passing the physical examination.

A mobile crane operator who successfully passes a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) driver’s physical in
accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR 391 Subpart E, Physical Qualification and Examination,
satisfies the crane operator physical exam requirements.

NOTE: A company’s contract, agreement, and/or memorandum of understanding regarding physical

examinations will determine the medical examiner chosen to perform the physical examination. In
general, the Site Occupational Medical Director will clear all medical examinations.

4.2.3.2 Substance Abuse Testing for Mobile Crane Operators

Mobile or locomotive crane operators, operator trainees, maintenance personnel, and inspectors shall
pass, with a negative result, a substance abuse test initially and at least every 36 months thereafter. A
recognized laboratory shall perform the test.

4.2.3.3 Crane Operator Certification

Operators of the following cranes shall be certified by an operator testing organization that is accredited
by a nationally recognized accrediting agency as defined in OSHA 1926.1427 (Option 1). The
certification shall meet the previous training requirements defined in 4.3.1, Previous Training and
Qualification. NOTE: Maintenance and inspection personnel that are required to operate cranes in the
performance of their duties are excluded from this certification requirement; however, they must maintain
mobile crane operator qualification under the Hanford Site training requirements and this chapter.

• Articulating cranes (such as knuckle-boom cranes)

• Crawler cranes
• Floating cranes
• Cranes on barges
• Locomotive cranes
• Mobile cranes (wheel-mounted, rough-terrain, all-terrain, commercial truck-mounted, and boom
truck cranes)
• Multi-purpose machines when configured to hoist and lower (by means of a winch or hook) and
horizontally move a load
• Industrial cranes (such as carry-deck cranes)
• Dedicated pile drivers
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 5

• Service/mechanic trucks with a hoisting device when used for operations other than maintenance
or repairs
• A crane on a monorail when temporarily installed
• Tower cranes (such as a fixed jib, i.e., “hammerhead boom,” luffing boom, self-erecting)
• Pedestal cranes
• Portal cranes
• Overhead and gantry cranes when temporarily installed
• Straddle cranes
• Side boom cranes
• Derricks
• Digger derricks when used for operations other than placing or removing poles and handling
associated materials to be installed on or removed from the poles.
• Any variations of such equipment

4.2.4 Substance Abuse Testing for Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers

The CMV definition found in 49 CFR 383.5 (see Appendix A, “commercial motor vehicle,” for the
definition), shall apply to truck-mounted mobile cranes and forklifts designed for highway use with a
gross vehicle weight rating of 26,001 lb or more.

CMV drivers are subject to substance abuse testing independent of the mobile crane operator’s substance
abuse testing requirements (see Section 4.2.3.2). The same substance abuse test can meet both CMV and
crane operator requirements, but the crane operator must be retested at least every 36 months.

4.3 TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION PROGRAMS

Contractors shall have a documented training and qualification program that includes the following
elements.

1. Classroom or computer-based training

2. Written tests

3. On-the-job training (OJT) (see Section 4.3.3)

4. On-the-job evaluations (OJE) (see Section 4.3.4)

5. Established and documented pass/fail criteria (see Section 4.5)

The Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Training Program Description is located at:
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 6

4.3.1 Previous Training and Qualification

Documented evidence of previous training or experience may be accepted to meet training requirements.

1. Previous training or experience may include the following:

a. Vendor or equipment manufacturer training
b. Completion of an apprenticeship program
c. Journeyman status in an applicable trade

2. For previous training to be acceptable for Hanford Site qualification, documented evidence of the
topics listed in Appendix A of this chapter shall be included, along with the type and class of
equipment operated. For qualifications not related to equipment operation, personnel shall have
documented evidence of training related to an activity covered by this Manual. Previous training
must include a written knowledge test. As a minimum, documented evidence may be any of the
following.
a. Certificates of training (See Note 4.1)
b. Journeyman card or documents issued by a trade union
c. A degree or accreditation from a college or trade school

3. When previous training or experience are reviewed for compliance to this manual, accepted and
documented, personnel shall be considered qualified after they have satisfactorily completed an
On-the-Job Evaluation (OJE) for the equipment or activity being performed. Operators of mobile
locomotive and cab- or pulpit-operated overhead cranes shall have met the Physical Examination
and Substance Abuse Testing requirements identified in 4.2.3.

4. When previous training or experience is reviewed for compliance to this manual and not
accepted, personnel will be required to complete the applicable Hanford Site approved course, the
applicable challenge examination for the approved course, or an off-site course that meets the
requirements of this manual.

4.3.2 Training Subjects

Appendix A, Training Subject Content by Activity and/or Equipment, contains subjects (listed by
qualification area) that should be included in the training process. All approved courses must include a
written knowledge test.

4.3.3 On-the Job Training

Contractors shall make OJT available for crane and forklift operators. If a forklift or crane operator will
use attachments, the OJT shall include installation and use of approved attachments (Example: Forklift
boom and barrel-handling attachments and crane jibs and boom extensions). Personnel shall satisfy
training requirements (see Appendix A, Training Subject Content by Activity and/or Equipment) before
performing OJT. The OJT shall be based on the equipment manufacturer’s operating instructions, typical
tasks, operating environment, and facility or contractor-specific procedures.

The OJT shall provide training and practice under the direct supervision of a qualified operator or
qualified OJT instructor in the appropriate work environment, using the appropriate OJE forms of Section
4.3.4. Complexity of equipment and tasks, along with the operator’s experience shall determine the need
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 7

for OJT. Management may allow previously qualified or experienced personnel to bypass the OJT and
undergo an OJE (see Section 4.3.4). The completion or bypassing of OJT shall be documented.

4.3.4 On-the-Job Evaluations

Sections 4.3.4.1 through 4.3.4.4 contain classes of cranes, forklifts, or H&R activities that require
personnel to pass an OJE before being granted qualifications. The OJEs shall have pass and fail criteria,
and shall require personnel to demonstrate that they have the knowledge and skills to safely operate
equipment or perform the H&R function. Personnel shall be evaluated for each type and class of
equipment they operate. Personnel who pass an evaluation for a type and class of equipment are
considered qualified on all equipment of the same type and class. Contractors, facilities, and
organizations may choose to implement additional facility-specific OJT and/or OJE requirements.
OJEs are required to be documented. As a minimum, documentation shall contain:

1. The name and signature of the person being evaluated

2. Name and signature of the qualified evaluator
3. Evaluation score
4. Instructions for the evaluator and the person being evaluated
5. Type and class of equipment or activity
6. Attachments
7. Date of the evaluation

Examples of OJE forms can be found on the Hanford Intranet at http://apweb01.rl.gov/siteforms/.

4.3.4.1 Powered Industrial Trucks

Personnel are qualified to operate powered industrial trucks according to the following designations. See
Chapter 6.0, Forklift Trucks, for sample views of each industrial truck class designation.

Class Powered Industrial Truck Type

1&2 Electric motor, sit-down and stand-up rider, counter balanced, and narrow-isle trucks,
solid and pneumatic tires
3 Electric motor, hand trucks or hand/rider trucks, solid tires
4&5 Internal combustion engine trucks, solid and pneumatic tires
6 Electric and internal combustion engine tractors, solid and pneumatic tires
7 Rough terrain vertical-mast forklift trucks.
8 Rough terrain telescopic boom forklift trucks

4.3.4.2 Overhead Cranes

Personnel are qualified to operate overhead cranes according to the following designations:

Class Overhead Crane Type

1 Overhead cranes, floor-operated (Facilities may designate specific qualifications to
selected cranes.)
2 Overhead cranes, cab-operated.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 8

4.3.4.3 Mobile Cranes

Personnel are qualified to operate mobile cranes according to the following designations:

Class Mobile Crane Type

1 Lattice boom truck cranes (multiple control stations)
2 Lattice boom crawler cranes
3 Telescopic boom cranes, (single control stations)
4 Telescopic boom cranes, ((multiple control stations)
5 Commercial truck-mounted crane telescoping boom
6 Commercial truck-mounted crane non-telescoping boom
7 Telescoping boom crawler crane
8 Lattice boom wheel mounted (single control station)
9 Telescoping boom fixed control station (non-rotating operator cab)
10 Locomotive cranes

4.3.4.4 Training and Evaluation

Personnel are qualified to perform H&R OJT instruction or evaluation once they are designated as an On-
the-Job Training Instructor or an On-the-Job Evaluator.

4.3.5 Qualification

Personnel shall be considered qualified when they accomplish the following:

1. Satisfactorily complete Hanford Site approved training, testing, and qualification or meet the
requirements of previous training (see Section 4.3.1)

2. Satisfactorily complete equipment specific On-the-Job Training (OJT) for equipment operators.
Management may determine that previous qualification or experience fulfills the requirement for
OJT.

3. Pass an equipment specific OJE for personnel performing rigging activities and equipment
operators.

4.3.6 Requalification

4.3.6.1 Requalification Frequencies

Personnel who perform any of the following tasks shall requalify in those task areas every 60 months:

1. Use rigging or perform rigging activities

2. Function as a designated lead (DL)/lift director

3. Perform OJEs
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual September 23, 2015

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 9

4. Operate mobile cranes, overhead cranes, and monorails

5. Develop lift plans

6. Perform signal person duties for H&R activities

7. Perform periodic document inspections of equipment

8. Provide technical approval of lift procedures

9. Provide safety oversight of H&R operations

10. Supervise or direct H&R operations (includes DLs/lift directors)

11. Perform activities as an equipment custodian

12. Maintenance, inspection, or repair personnel who operate mobile cranes, cab- or pulpit-operated
overhead cranes

Personnel who operate forklifts shall requalify every 36 months.

NOTE: It is recommended that personnel who have not performed work or operated equipment, for
which they were trained and qualified, for 12 continuous months be re-evaluated.

4.3.6.2 Requalification Methods

Personnel performing the following activities may be requalified by the methods indicated. Personnel,
who do not satisfactorily complete requalification by an identified method, shall complete training as
listed in Sections 4.3.1.3.

Activity Requalification Method

Powered industrial trucks (forklifts) operation. OJE
Overhead crane and monorail operation. OJE
Mobile crane operation (includes maintenance repair or inspection OJE
personnel who operate mobile cranes).
Incidental rigging (using slings, rigging hardware, hoists, and below-the- OJE
hook lifting devices). Rigging from overhead cranes.
Mobile equipment rigging (using slings, rigging hardware, hoists, and OJE
below-the-hook lifting devices). Rigging from forklifts, excavators,
backhoes, loaders, etc.
Advanced rigging (using slings, rigging hardware, hoists, and below-the- OJE
hook lifting devices). Rigging from a mobile crane.
Inspect mobile or overhead cranes (mechanical or electrical), forklifts, OJE or written test
wire rope, rigging hardware, below-the-hook lifting devices, hooks, and
hoists.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 18, 2014

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 10

Approving technical lift procedures, acting as Designated Leader for, OJE or written test
Safety Oversight or supervision of hoisting and rigging operations.
Acting as equipment custodian. Written test
On-the-job training or evaluation of personnel. – Note: - On-the-job Written test or OJE.
Trainers and Evaluators must maintain and demonstrate both their
instructional proficiency and technical proficiency.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 11

4.4 RETRAINING

Retraining shall consist of satisfactorily completing training requirements for that activity or equipment
(see note in paragraph 4.3.6). Personnel shall be retrained when any of the following occurs:

1. Equipment with new operating characteristics is acquired

2. Existing equipment is modified, changing the operation characteristics

3. Personnel receive an unsatisfactory performance evaluation

4. Changes in standards or requirements occur that could affect safety

5. Personnel are directly involved in a documented incident that compromises safety of personnel,
equipment, or the environment in the performance of H&R activities

6. Personnel performance is determined to be unsatisfactory or diminished skill level is observed

4.5 WRITTEN AND PERFORMANCE TESTS

Written, oral, and performance tests shall have established pass/fail criteria, be developed using the
guidance in DOE-HDBK-1205-97, Guide to Good Practices for Design Development and
Implementation of Examinations, and DOE-HDBK-1206-98, Guide to Good Practices for on-the-Job
Training, and require students to demonstrate knowledge and skills identified by training objectives.

4.6 TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION RECORDS

4.6.1 Training Completion Records

Training completion records (TCR) shall:

1. Be maintained by the issuing organization or employer for the duration of qualification

2. Contain written examinations and performance evaluation of knowledge and skills

3. Contain documentation supporting evaluation of previous training and qualifications, when

applicable

4. Indicate the activity and/or equipment type and class for which qualification was issued

5. Contain the name of the qualified individual and the date the qualification was issued

6. Contain the name and signatures of instructors and students, and the date instruction was given

7. Contain the name and signature of the evaluator, the person evaluated, and the date the evaluation
was conducted
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 12

4.6.2 Course Records

The following documents are considered course records:

1. Course description

2. Current lesson plans

3. Student handouts, if applicable

4. Performance evaluations

5. Written examinations or the bank of test questions

4.6.3 Qualification Cards

Qualified personnel may be issued cards identifying their equipment/activity qualifications. Information
on these cards shall be derived from and supported by training and qualification records (see Section
4.6.1). If used, these cards shall contain the following information:

1. Activity covered by the qualification

2. Type of equipment or activity

3. Class of equipment

4. Date of training and/or evaluation

5. Name of qualified individual

6. Signature of qualified individual

7. Name and signature of the OJT instructor

8. Name and signature of the OJT evaluator

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 13

Appendix A Training Subject Content by Activity and/or Equipment

A. Powered Industrial Truck (Forklift) Operation

Training for operation of powered industrial trucks (forklifts) is divided into three categories and should
cover the following:

1. Fundamentals
a. Inspection and maintenance
b. Responsibilities
c. Standards
d. Operating instructions, warnings, precautions, etc.
e. Braking methods and characteristics
f. Visibility with and without a load
g. Stability characteristics to include center of gravity, stability triangle (with and without a
load or attachments), requirement and approvals for using attachments
h. Controls: location, function, methods of operation, identification of symbols
i. Load-handling capabilities of forks and attachments
j. Fueling and battery charging
k. Guards and protective devices
l. Difference between industrial trucks and automobiles
m. Engine or motor operation
n. Steering and maneuvering
o. Other characteristics

2. Operating Environment
a. Floor or ground conditions, including temporary conditions
b. Ramps and inclines, with and without a load
c. Trailers, railcars, and dock boards, including the use of wheel chocks, jacks, or other
securing devices
d. Fueling and battery-charging facilities
e. Use of “classified” trucks in areas classified as hazardous because of a risk of fire or
explosion, as defined in ANSI/NFPA 505
f. Narrow aisles, doorways, overhead wires, piping, and other areas of limited clearance
g. Areas where the truck may be operated near other powered industrial trucks or vehicles
h. Operation near pedestrians
i. Use and capacities of elevators
j. Operation near the edge of a dock or improved surface
k. LP gas bottle change-out
l. Other special operating conditions and hazards that could be encountered.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 14

3. Operation
a. Proper pre-shift inspection and the approved method for removing a truck in need of
repair from service
b. Fork/tine adjustments
c. Load-handling techniques (lifting, lowering, picking up, placing, and tilting)
d. Traveling with a load, without a load, and turning corners
e. Parking and shutdown procedures
f. Other special operating conditions for the specific application
g. Operating safety rules and practices (e.g. Designated Leader [DL]/lift director
assignment)
h. Other rules, regulations, or practices required by the employer at the location where the
powered truck will be used
i. LP gas bottle change-out
j. Lessons learned
k. Hand Signals
l. Operating near power lines

B. Forklift Inspection and Maintenance

Training for forklift inspection and maintenance should cover the following:

1. Inspection criteria
2. Determining who can make repairs
3. Fork inspection criteria
4. Forklift testing criteria
5. Hydraulic systems
6. Capacity, operational, maintenance, and name plate requirements
7. Rated capacity
8. Stability criteria
9. Maintenance and rebuilding practices
10. Forklift type
11. Controls
12. Operating mechanism
13. Components and attachments
14. Safety and warning devices
15. Operating instructions
16. Modifications requirements
17. Replacement parts and suspect counterfeit items.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 15

C. Wire Rope and Rigging Hardware Inspection and Maintenance

Training for wire rope and rigging hardware inspection and maintenance is divided into four categories
and should cover the following:

1. Wire Ropes
a. Manufacturer recommendations l. Terminal end
b. Standards m. Installation
c. Lift service return inspections n. Before initial load cycle
d. Wire rope replacement criteria o. Initial load cycle
e. Work site receipt p. New rope stretch
f. Rope storage q. Fastener verification
g. Unreeling, cutting, seizing r. Replacement documentation
h. Lubrication type and frequency s. Rope qualification
i. Replacement t. Lessons learned
j. Extra-long rope u. Suspect counterfeit items.
k. Frequent, monthly, and periodic
inspection criteria

2. Slings
a. Documentation o. End attachments
b. Standards p. Replacement
c. Defective slings q. Cautions and prohibitions
d. Rated loads r. Fabrication
e. Sling identification s. Coatings
f. Effects of environment t. Design factors
g. Attachments u. Removal criteria
h. Operating practices v. Construction
i. Proof test w. Webbing
j. Repairs x. Fittings
k. Minimum lengths y. Marking
l. Rope grades z. Suspect counterfeit items
m. Rope properties aa. Lessons learned
n. General guidelines and inspection
criteria

3. Hooks
a. New hooks h. Rigging Hardware
b. Standards i. Marking and tagging
c. Throat latches j. Inspection criteria
d. Frequent inspection criteria and intervals k. Periodic inspection criteria and
intervals
e. Proof load testing and tagging l. Qualification standards
f. Inspection records m. Lessons learned
g. Nondestructive testing n. Suspect counterfeit items
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 16

4. Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices

a. Design factors l. Suspect counterfeit items
b. Standards m. Inspection records
c. Welding n. Repairs
d. Guarding o. Preventive maintenance
e. Electrical p. Replacement parts
f. Analysis q. Testing
g. Marking r. Operational tests
h. Modifications s. Rated load test
i. Initial inspection t. Manufacturers certification in lieu
of rated load test
j. Frequent inspection criteria and intervals u. Periodic inspection criteria and
intervals
k. Service classifications v. Lessons learned

D. Overhead Crane Operation

Training for overhead crane operation should cover the following:

1. Load and capacity 11. Suspect counterfeit items

2. Math skills 12. Operator conduct and responsibilities
3. Crane-specific information 13. Operating practices
4. Standards 14. Attaching the load
5. Operational characteristics 15. Holding the load
6. Crane performance 16. Moving the load
7. Prestart and post-start inspections 17. Personnel lifting
8. Maneuvering and maneuvering skills 18. Signaling and signals
9. Shutdown and securing procedures 19 Lessons learned
10. Crane manufacturer operation and 20. DL/lift director assignment
maintenance instructions
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 17

E. Overhead Crane Inspection and Maintenance

Training for overhead crane inspection and maintenance should cover the following:

1. Inspection classification
2. Standards
3. Frequent inspection criteria and intervals
4. Periodic inspection criteria and intervals
5. Determination of conditional hazards
6. Operating mechanisms (including remote operating systems, if applicable)
7. Upper-limit devices
8. Tanks, valves, pumps, lines, and other parts of air or hydraulic systems
9. Hooks and hook latches
10. Hoist ropes and end connections
11. Spooling of rope on drums and sheaves
12. Deformed, cracked, or corroded members
13. Bolts, nuts, pins, or rivets
14. Suspect counterfeit items
15. Sheaves and drums
16. Pins, bearings, wheels, shafts, gears, rollers, locking and clamping devices
17. Bumpers and stops
18. Brake system parts
19. Drive sprockets and excessive drive chain stretch
20. Controllers, master switches, contacts, limit switches, and push-button stations
21. Wind indicators
22. Gasoline, diesel, electric, or other power plants
23. Motion limit devices
24. Rope reeving
25. Function, instruction, caution, and warning labels or plates
26. Cranes not in regular service
27. Inspection records
28. Operational tests for new, reinstalled, altered, repaired, or modified cranes
29. Rated load test
30. Preventive maintenance
31. Maintenance procedure(s)
32. Adjustments, repairs, and replacements
33. Lubrication
34. Rope inspection (see Section C)
35. Lessons learned
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 18

F. Overhead Mechanical and Electrical Hoist Maintenance

Training for overhead mechanical and electrical hoist maintenance should cover the following:

1. Inspection classification 9. Preventive maintenance

2. Standards 10. Maintenance procedure
3. Hoists not in regular service 11. Adjustments, repairs, and replacements
4. Periodic inspection criteria and intervals 12. Lubrication
5. Roller chain inspection, maintenance, 13. Rope inspection and maintenance (see
and replacement Section C)
6. Frequent inspection criteria and 14. Welded-link chain inspection,
intervals maintenance, and replacement
7. Operational tests 15. Suspect counterfeit items
8. Load test 16. Lessons learned

G. Riggers/Signal Persons

Training for rigging activities should cover the following:

1. Capacities 17. Emergency response

2. Math skills 18. Critical lift requirements
3. Design factors 19. Standards
4. Sling angles and effects on capacity 20. Signaling and signals
5. Load weight calculations 21. Lessons learned
6. Definitions 22. Calculating sling loading using load angle
factors, D/d ratios, and multi-leg slings
7. Load center of gravity, effects and 23. Calculating the center of gravity and
determination determining pick points for symmetrically
and unsymmetrically shaped loads
8. Inspections 24. Performing flagging, setup, and working
with mobile cranes
9. Slings, types and applications 25. Working from suspended platforms
10. Rigging hardware, types and applications 26. Working near energized sources and
power lines
11. Below-the-hook lifting devices types, 27. Assembling and disassembling lattice
applications, marking, and inspection boom cranes and box-boom extensions
and jibs
12. Safety requirements 28. Performing critical lifts and two-crane lifts
13. Safe H&R practices 29. Performing H&R in hostile environments.
14. Attaching the load 30. DL/lift director assignment
15. Moving the load 31. Crush/pinch points/struck-by hazards
16. Rigger responsibilities
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 19

H. Mobile Crane Operation

Training for mobile crane operation should cover the following:

1. Mobile crane operation and setup 15. Operating practices

2. Load and capacity chart calculations in 16. Attaching the load
various configurations
3. Load moment indicators (LMI) 17. Holding the load
4. Math skills 18. Moving the load
5. Crane-specific and cab information 19. Personnel lifting
6. Standards 20. Signaling and signals
7. Operational characteristics 21. Operating near power lines
8. Controls and emergency control skills for 22. Traveling with and without a load
fire and power-line contact
9. Crane performance and stability 23. Suspect counterfeit items
10. Prestart and post-start inspections 24. Footing
11. Maneuvering and maneuvering skills 25. DL/lift director assignment
12. Shutdown and securing procedures 26. Refueling procedure
13. Crane manufacturer operation and 27. Lessons learned
maintenance instructions
14. Operator conduct and responsibility 28. Operator aids.

29. Crush/pinch points/struck-by hazard

NOTE: For other crane types see Chapter 1.0, Introduction.

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 20

I. Mobile Crane Inspection and Maintenance

Training for mobile crane inspection and maintenance shall include requirements and applicable subjects
of Section H, “Mobile Crane Operation,” if inspection and maintenance personnel operate mobile cranes
in performance of their duties. Training for mobile crane inspection and maintenance should cover the
following subjects:

1. Inspection classification 23. Travel steering, braking, and locking

devices
2. Standards 24. Hydraulic and pneumatic hose fittings and
tubing inspection
3. Control mechanisms adjustments 25. Excessive abrasion or scrubbing of the
outer surfaces
4. Control mechanisms for excessive wear of 26. Hydraulic and pneumatic pumps, valves,
components and motors
5. Control mechanisms contamination by 27. Hydraulic filters
lubricants or other foreign matter
6. Safety mechanisms for malfunction 28. Cranes not in regular use
7. Hydraulic hoses 29. Inspection records
8. Hooks and latches 30. Operator aids
9. Rope reeving 31. Operational tests

10. Electrical apparatus 32. Crush/pinch points/struck-by hazards

11. Hydraulic system 33. Rated load test
12. Tires 34. Preventive maintenance
13. Crane structure and boom 35. Maintenance procedure
14. Suspect counterfeit items 36. Adjustments and repairs
15. Bolts or rivets 37. Functional operating mechanisms
16. Sheaves and drums 38. Safety devices
17. Pins, bearings, shafts, gears, rollers, and 39. Control systems
locking devices
18. Brake and clutch system, parts, linings, 40. Braking systems
pawls, and ratchets
19. Load, boom angle, and other indicators 41. Lubrication
20. Gasoline, diesel, electric, or other power 42. Rope inspection (see Section C)
plants
21. Chain drive sprockets and chain 43. Lessons learned
22. Crane hooks
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 21

J. Equipment Custodian

Training for equipment custodians should cover the following:

1. Verification of current maintenance 5. Record keeping

2. Standards 6. Proper tagging and removal from service
3. Verification of current inspection 7. Elements of this manual for the assigned
equipment
4. Verification of current testing 8. Manufacturer’s operating and
maintenance instructions.

K. Designated Leader (DL)/Lift Director

Training for DLs/lift directors should cover the following:

1. Preparation of critical lift procedures 7. Equipment selection

2. Standards 8. Equipment setup and positioning
3. Proper approval of critical lift procedures 9. Work area overview
4. Documented pre-lift meeting 10. Directing operations
5. Flagger assignment and identification 11. Elements of this Manual for the work and
6. Personnel qualification equipment used

L. Supervisor

Training for supervisors should cover the following:

1. Qualified personnel for equipment 5. Proper tagging of unsafe or restricted-use

operation equipment
2. Standards 6. Custodian notifications
3. Safe operation of equipment 7. DL/lift director assignments
4. Preplanned and approved H&R 8. Elements of this Manual for work
instructions assignments of the assigned crew

M. Lift Procedure Technical Approver/Lift Plan Developer

Training for technical approvers/lift plan developers should cover the following:

1. Chapter 3, Critical and Special Lifts, of this Manual

2. Elements of this Manual for the work to be done and equipment to be used. For subjects
refer to each category of equipment and activity listed in Appendix A, Training Subject
Content by Activity and/or Equipment, of this Chapter.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 22

N. On-the-Job Training Instructor

OJT instructors shall have the technical information in the subject area of training assignments and should
be trained in the following:

1. OJT techniques 4. Performance evaluation

2. Demonstrations 5. Use of OJT forms
3. Hands-on exercises 6. Records management

O. On-the-Job Evaluator

On-the-job evaluators shall have the technical information on the subject area of evaluations, be qualified
to perform OJEs of proper operator actions, and should be trained in the following:

1. Evaluation techniques 4. Use of OJE forms

2. Test administration 5. Records management
3. Performance evaluation

P. Classroom Instructors

Classroom instructors presenting training on subjects identified in Appendix A, Training Subject Content
by Activity and/or Equipment, of this chapter shall be technically competent and trained in the following
instructional areas

1. Standards 6. Lesson plans

2. Instructional techniques 7. Lessons learned in subject area
3. Test administration 8. Concepts of systematic approach to
training
4. Instructional materials and media 9. Principles of learning
5. Learning Objectives 10. Records Management

Q. Safety Oversight

Training for personnel responsible for safety oversight of hoisting and rigging activities should cover the
following:

1. General safety standards related to H&R activities.

2. The DOE/RL-92-36 Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual content overview and
pertinent safety requirements for personnel and equipment.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual September 23, 2015

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 23

R. Rigging Engineer

Candidates for Rigging Engineers shall have a minimum of two years experience in H&R related work
and have demonstrated capability in the technical aspects of similar work. This capability shall be
achieved through education and experience.

(NOTE: Designation as a rigging engineer does not qualify personnel to perform design calculations. A
Registered Professional Engineer (RPE) typically performs design calculations of hoisting and rigging
equipment.)

Training for Rigging Engineers should cover the following items and may be accomplished by classroom
training or by qualification card in accordance with section 4.6.3:

1. The contents of this Manual DOE-RL-92-36 – focused on those aspects of this manual pertaining
to engineering.
2. The OSHA and ASME standards in Section 21.1, References, Chapter 21, References and
Bibliography, of this Manual – focused on those aspects of this manual pertaining to engineering.
3. Reviewing structural calculations of lift points or lifting devices to determine compliance to
applicable standards – determine when an RPE or a graduate of an accredited college or
university is required, identification of standards (ASME, BTH-1, AISC, others), stress levels and
factor of safety for types of stress (compression, tension, shear and load combinations), design
media review process, identification of various types of materials and environmental effects.
4. Personnel assignments and responsibilities – determine when an RPE or graduate of an accredited
college or university is required, engineering code of ethics, acceptable practice when OSHA
requires an RPE.
5. Critical and special lift criteria – the different types of lifts (Critical, Special, Engineered), ASME
P-30 Standard, ASME B30.5 Appendix, HSHRM Chapter 3, 29-CFR-1926 Multiple Crane Lift.
6. Slings, rigging hardware, and below-the-hook lifting devices characteristics and design factors –
ASME B30.20, ASME BTH-1, types of lifters, BTH vs. lifting attachments. DOE-RL-92-36
added requirements, freight container lifting, metallurgical fracture limits, pin to hole diameter
and effects on capacity.
7. Slings, rigging hardware, and below-the-hook lifting devices removal from service criteria –
engineering requirements, what constitutes damage, manufacturer’s requirements, BTH design
and grandfathered lifters, nondestructive testing types.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual June 4, 2015

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 24

8. Mobile cranes, hoists, overhead cranes, and forklift operational characteristics, setup, and
operation – equipment selection, ground loading, proper set-up and configuration, restrictions,
hazard identification, fall zone, collapse zone, swing clearances required.
9. Mobile cranes, hoists, overhead cranes, and forklift testing and inspection requirements and
removal from service criteria – requirements for assembly and disassembly, equipment transit
weight vs. set-up weight, basic pre-use and periodic inspection requirements, hostile environment
plans.
10. Mobile cranes, hoists, overhead cranes, and forklift attachments and effects on capacities –
description of the various types of attachments, types allowed, effects of attachments on capacity,
manufacturer’s approval requirements, assembly and disassembly requirements.
11. Mobile crane load chart calculations and capacities for specific configurations – two crane lift
design requirements and lift planning, how to read a load chart, tipping moment, structural limits,
outrigger load charts, ground bearing and soil stability factors, outrigger pad size requirements,
outrigger material types, application and limitations.
12. Rope re-reeving – effect of improper inspection, effect of improper re-reeving.
13. Suspended platform use and requirements – design requirements for platforms, code
requirements, and operating procedure requirements.
14. Working around electrical energized sources requirements – code requirements, RPE
requirements, distance limits, arc-flash and grounding, required documentation.
15. Crane, forklift, and rigging rated/proof load testing requirements – design requirements for
various types of equipment, forklift forks, crane load testing, and ASME B30 load test
requirements for various hardware and slings.
16. Calculating slings and rigging hardware loading and effects on capacity – calculating sling
loading using trigonometry, moment magnification factors on lifting attachments, forces and
moments on lifting attachments and BTH lifters, cause of sling failures, types of sling protectors,
sling cut protection and edge effects on slings, code requirements for “adequate” protection, D to
d ratio.
17. Load weight calculations – weight estimates, contingencies for estimates, load impact factors for
various types of hoisting equipment, potential hold up of liquid, and load factors.
18. Determining pick points (lifting attachments) – design criteria for lifting attachments, custom
designed or ASME B30.26 type of lifting attachment, center of gravity and resulting load vectors
to calculate stresses, qualification of lift points by analysis, qualification by inspection and load
testing.
19. Calculating load center of gravity – calculating moments to determine center of gravity, potential
danger of moving loads, potential danger of rotating loads and center of gravity lifting, the use of
running blocks.
20. Safe H&R practices - lesson learned, review of most common types of accidents, accidents due to
engineering errors, ground bearing failures and sling failures, transportation requirements such as
cribbing, tie-downs, and not using lift points as tie-downs, moving suspended loads and rotating
equipment from horizontal to vertical.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2014

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 25

S. Assembly / Disassembly Director

Training for personnel responsible for Assembly/Disassembly of cranes activities shall cover the
following:

1. Assembly/Disassembly procedures
2. Reviewing procedures
3. Blocking material
4. Crew instructions
5. Proper location of blocking
6. Verifying assist crane loads
7. Tasks, assignments, and associated hazards
8. Boom and jib pick points
9. Hazardous positions/locations during assembly and disassembly
10. Center of gravity
11. Protecting assembly/disassembly crew members out of operator view
12. Snagging
13. Working under the boom, jib, or other components
14. Stability upon pin removal
15. Capacity limits
16. Struck by counterweights
17. Addressing specific hazards
18. Boom hoist brake failure
19. Site and ground bearing conditions
20. Loss of backward stability
21. Wind speed and weather
22. Weight of components
23. Components and configuration
24. Manufacturer instructions
25. Post-assembly inspection
26. Shipping pins
27. Outriggers and Stabilizers
28. Rigging
29. Dismantling (including dismantling for changing the length of booms and jibs)
30. Assembly/Disassembly—employer procedures
31. Power line safety during assembly/disassembly operations
32. Wire Rope
33. Fall Protection
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 4.0 - PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Rev 1 Page 26

T. Mobile Crane Operator and Personnel Assigned to Work Around and with Mobile Cranes

Mobile Crane Operators and personnel assigned to work around and with mobile cranes shall receive
training for working around power lines that, as a minimum, includes the following:

1. The procedure to be followed in the event of electrical contact with a power line. Such training
must include:
a. Information regarding the danger of electrocution from the operator simultaneously
touching the equipment and the ground.
b. The importance to the operator’s safety of remaining inside the cab except where there is
an imminent danger of fire, explosion, or other emergency that necessitates leaving the
cab.
c. The safest means of evacuating from equipment that may be energized.
d. The danger of the potentially energized zone around the equipment (step potential).
e. The need for crew in the area to avoid approaching or touching the equipment and the
load.
2. Safe clearance distance from power lines.
3. Power lines are presumed to be energized unless the utility owner/operator confirms that the
power line has been, and continues to be, de-energized and visibly grounded at the worksite.
4. Power lines are presumed to be un-insulated unless the utility owner/operator or a registered
engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution
confirms that a line is insulated.
5. The limitations of an insulating link/device, proximity alarm, and range control (and similar)
device, if used.
6. The procedures to be followed to properly ground equipment and the limitations of grounding.

U. Below-the-Hook Lifting Device Operation

Training on operation of Below-the-Hook Lifting (BTH) Devices should cover the following as
applicable.

1. Manufacturer’s suggested operating procedures.

2. Instructions in any special operations or precautions.
3. Condition and configuration of the load required for operation of the lifter.
4. The load rating of the lifting device and the capacity of the hoisting equipment.
5. Application of the lifter to the load and adjustments.
6. Proper attachment of adapters on a lifting device for special load handling.
7. Proper storage of the lifter.
8. Demonstration of the ability to operate the BTH Lifting Device as instructed.
9. Charging of the battery (if required).
10. Purpose of indicators, meters, or alarms on a vacuum lifter.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 5.0 - HOOKS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 5.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.0 HOOKS .............................................................................................................................................3

5.1 SCOPE .............................................................................................................................................. 3
5.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................................................................... 3
5.3 IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................................................................................... 4
5.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS .................................................................................................... 4
5.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ................................................ 5
5.5.1 Monthly and Periodic Hook Inspections (Records Required) ..............................................5
5.6 TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS – CRANE HOOKS, HOIST HOOKS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS HOOKS ........................................................................................................ 5
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 5.0 - HOOKS Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 5.0 - HOOKS Rev 1 Page 3

5.0 HOOKS

5.1 SCOPE

This chapter applies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, and the safe
use of hooks installed on cranes or hoists as prescribed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME) standards and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. This
section implements required criteria from DOE/RL-92-36 and the following standards:

ASME B30.10-Hooks, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC, OSHA 29-CFR-1910.179 Overhead and Gantry
Cranes, 29 CFR-1910.180 Crawler locomotive and truck cranes, and 29 CFR-1910.181 Derricks.

This chapter also implements the following criteria from the applicable national standards and/or federal
specifications that are mandatory requirements for each item.

1. Markings/Identification (ASME B30.10)

2. Construction/Fabrication (ASME B30.10)

3. Inspection Classification (ASME B30.10/29 CFR-1910.180)

4. Frequent Inspection (ASME B30.10/29 CFR-1910.180)

5. Periodic inspection (ASME B30.10/29 CFR-1910.180)

6. Testing (ASME B30.10)

7. Maintenance (ASME B30.10)

8. Operating Practices (ASME B30.10)

5.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access ASME via one or more of the following options:

1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/. The

contractor must have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS file go to
http://www.ihs.com/

2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at

[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to the
specific standard.

3. To purchase directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org

4. To access OSHA standards go to the following links:

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 5.0 - HOOKS Rev 1 Page 4

 29 CFR-1910.179 Overhead and Gantry Cranes

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9
830
 29 CFR-1910.180 Crawler Locomotive and Truck Cranes
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9
831
 29 CFR-1910.181 Derricks
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9
832
 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=1
4212

5. To view read only ASME file go to:

 ASME B30.10-2014

5.3 IMPLEMENTATION
Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36 and the hook manufacturers’ requirements.
It is the responsibility of the user of this manual to implement all of the requirements. When two standards
set forth inconsistent requirements, the user shall adhere to the standard containing the most stringent
requirements. ASME standards provide the most comprehensive information. Users should contact a
Hanford Hoisting Rigging Committee (HHRC) representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting and
Rigging for a formal interpretation. See Chapter 17.0 for process to be followed when requesting an
interpretation. Notify the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Committee if any inconsistent standards are
identified.

It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when any hoisting or
rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed relative to the requirements
within the current manual. The need to meet the current requirements shall be evaluated by a qualified
person selected by the owner (user). Recommended changes shall be made by the owner (user) within 1
year.

5.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

1. OSHA requires Monthly Documented Hook Inspections along with other critical items, while
ASME B30.10-Hooks does not require monthly inspections to be documented. Therefore follow
the OSHA requirements.
2. OSHA 29 CFR-1910.179-Overhead and Gantry Cranes set removal criteria for hooks at 15% of
normal throat opening or more than 10 degree twist from the plane of the unbent hook, while
ASME B30.10 sets hook removal criteria at 5% for throat opening not to exceed ¼ inch and any
visibly apparent bend or twist from the plane of the unbent hook. Therefore follow the ASME
requirements.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 5.0 - HOOKS Rev 1 Page 5

5.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

5.5.1 Monthly and Periodic Hook Inspections (Records Required)

5.5.1.1 Monthly and periodic inspections shall include the requirements of Frequent Inspection as
identified in ASME B30.10, shall be done by a qualified person (see Chapter 4 Personnel
Qualifications and Training Requirements), and shall be documented as required by OSHA
29 CFR-1910.180.

5.5.1.2 A monthly documented hook inspection is required on overhead, gantry, and mobile cranes.
Monthly hook inspection is a visual inspection for deformation, throat opening, and wear.
Measurements are only required if the inspector finds evidence of distortion or damage.
Monthly hook inspections on such cranes should be done in conjunction with the monthly
wire rope or chain inspection. On manually operated lever hoists, overhead (underhung)
hoists, jibs, and monorail systems, periodic hook inspection is required, but monthly hook
inspection is not required.

5.5.1.3 When monthly and periodic inspection fall in the same month, only the periodic documented
hook inspection is required that month.

5.5.1.4 Crane hooks, hoist hooks, and miscellaneous hooks, as identified in ASME B30.10, shall be
equipped with latches unless determined by a qualified person that the use creates a greater
hazard for the specified application.

5.6 TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS – CRANE HOOKS, HOIST HOOKS, AND

MISCELLANEOUS HOOKS

When hooks are to be used at temperatures above 400°F or below −40°F, the hook manufacturer or a
qualified engineer should be consulted.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 5.0 - HOOKS Rev 1 Page 6

This page left intentionally blank

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 6.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................... 3
OPERATOR TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION ........................................................... 3
Substance Abuse Testing for Commercial Motor Vehicle Operators ..................... 3
Training ........................................................................................................................ 4
RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................. 4
Management at the Using Organization .................................................................... 4
Forklift Truck Custodian ............................................................................................ 5
Forklift Truck Operator.............................................................................................. 5
Industrial Safety Representative ................................................................................ 5
NAMEPLATE(S) AND MARKING ...................................................................................... 6
Truck Marking by the Manufacturer ........................................................................ 6
Fork Arm Stamping by the Manufacturer ................................................................ 6
Attachment Marking ................................................................................................... 6
User’s Obligation for Truck Marking........................................................................ 7
Maintain Tags .............................................................................................................. 7
ATTACHMENTS, MODIFICATIONS, AND FREE RIGGING FROM TINES ............. 7
Attachments .................................................................................................................. 7
Modifications ................................................................................................................ 7
Free Rigging From Tines............................................................................................. 8
OVERHEAD GUARDS .......................................................................................................... 8
WARNING DEVICES ............................................................................................................ 8
FIRE HAZARD AREAS......................................................................................................... 8
Adverse Weather.......................................................................................................... 8
WORK ATMOSPHERE ........................................................................................................ 9
Operating Near Electric Power Lines ........................................................................ 9
OPERATOR CARE OF THE TRUCK ................................................................................. 9
Frequent (Pre-use) Inspection .................................................................................... 9
Key Steps in a Pre-Use Inspections ............................................................................ 9
Truck Unsafe or Needs Repair ................................................................................. 10
No Repair by Operator.............................................................................................. 10
Forklift Out of Service ............................................................................................... 10
Refueling ..................................................................................................................... 10

i
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 2

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ............................................................................... 10

Inspection of New and Rented Equipment .............................................................. 10
Modified or Extensively Repaired Equipment ........................................................ 11
Replacement Parts ..................................................................................................... 11
Inspection of Forks .................................................................................................... 11
Fork Repair ................................................................................................................ 12
Fork Load Test ........................................................................................................... 12
FORKLIFT TRUCK LOAD TEST ..................................................................................... 12
Verify Maintenance/Inspection is Current .............................................................. 12
Test Weight Accuracy................................................................................................ 12
Load Test Report ....................................................................................................... 13
CONDUCT OF OPERATOR............................................................................................... 13
Load Securing and Stability ...................................................................................... 15
LIFTING OF PERSONNEL ................................................................................................ 16
Special Provisions Prior to Lifting Personnel.......................................................... 16
Qualification of Trucks Used for Lifting Personnel ............................................... 16
Standard Precautions – Lifting Personnel with Forklift Trucks ........................... 16
HAND SIGNALS ................................................................................................................... 17
DESIGNATED LEADER ..................................................................................................... 17
CRITICAL LIFTS ................................................................................................................ 17
MAINTENANCE FILES ...................................................................................................... 17
Contents of Maintenance Files .................................................................................. 17
EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION ...................................................................................... 18
ATTACHMENT 6-1. CLASSES OF COMMONLY USED POWERED INDUSTRIAL
TRUCKS * ....................................................................................................................................... 19
ATTACHMENT 6-2. MANUALLY OPERATED PALLET TRUCKS ............................................. 32
ATTACHMENT 6-3. HAND SIGNALS ................................................................................................ 33
ATTACHMENT 6-4. MARKERS TO IDENTIFY TYPE OF INDUSTRIAL TRUCK ................... 36
ATTACHMENT 6-5. BUILDING SIGNS FOR POSTING AT ENTRANCE TO
HAZARDOUS AREAS................................................................................................................... 37
ATTACHMENT 6-6. TYPICAL OPERATOR PRE-USE INSPECTION CHECKLIST ................ 38
ATTACHMENT 6-7. FORKLIFT TRUCKS IN HAZARDOUS (EXPLOSIVE)
ATMOSPHERES ............................................................................................................................ 40

ii
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 3

SCOPE
This chapter specifies operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements for forklift trucks
(also referred to in this chapter as “truck” and “forklift”) powered by internal combustion engines or
electric motors. This includes manually propelled high-lift trucks controlled by a walking operator. (See
Attachment 6-1, Classes of Commonly Used Powered Industrial Trucks) This chapter includes only
ANSI/ITSDF B56 requirements for forklift trucks. Other B56 standards should be implemented as
required by site-specific policies. This chapter excludes vehicles used for moving earth.

Guidelines may be taken from this chapter regarding pallet trucks and other small miscellaneous non-
powered lift trucks (see Attachment 6-2, Manually Operated Pallet Trucks, for examples). Operating,
maintenance, and testing requirements for non-powered equipment are based on the manufacturer’s
instructions and recommendations.
Each B56 Standard is available free of charge from ITSDF. Each standard is copyrighted by ITSDF and
may not be published, reproduced, distributed or otherwise made publicly available without the prior
written consent of ITSDF. Please visit www.ITSDF.org to ensure that you have the most recent version.
Safety standards applicable to this chapter include the following:
• B56.1 Low Lift and High Lift Trucks
• B56.6 Rough Terrain Forklift Trucks
• B56.9 Operator Controlled Industrial Tow Trucks
• B56.10 Manually Propelled High Lift Industrial Trucks
To access the applicable OSHA standard, go to the following link:
• 29 CFR 1910.178, Powered Industrial Trucks

OPERATOR TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION

According to the ANSI/ITSDF B56 series of standards: “The use of powered industrial trucks is subject
to certain hazards that cannot be completely eliminated by mechanical means, but their risks can be
minimized by the exercise of intelligence, care, and common sense. It is therefore essential to have
competent and careful operators, physically and mentally fit, and thoroughly trained in the safe operation
of the equipment and handling of the loads. Serious hazards are overloading, instability of the load,
obstruction to the free passage of the load, collision with objects or pedestrians, poor maintenance, and
use of equipment for a purpose for which it was not intended or designed.”
The employer shall ensure that each forklift truck operator is competent to operate the equipment safely,
as demonstrated by successfully completing training and an on-the-job evaluation (OJE) and as specified
in Chapter 4, Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements.

Substance Abuse Testing for Commercial Motor Vehicle Operators

The commercial motor vehicle (CMV) definition found in 49 CFR 383.5, Definitions, (See Appendix A,
Commercial Motor Vehicle) shall apply to forklifts designed for highway use with a gross vehicle weight
rating of 26,001 pounds or more. CMV drivers shall pass, with a negative result, a substance abuse test
performed by a recognized laboratory initially, and every 36 months thereafter.

3
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 4

Training

Operator Training
Training for operators of forklift trucks will be provided in the following manner:
a. Operators of forklift trucks shall be trained and qualified as prescribed in Chapter 4, Personnel
Qualification and Training Requirements. Operators of manually propelled pallet trucks and
small miscellaneous trucks do not require training in accordance with Chapter 4. For the
operation of non-powered and miscellaneous trucks, operators shall follow the manufacturer’s
operating instructions.
b. The forklift truck operator training program shall be successfully completed by all new operators
at the Hanford Site regardless of previous experience. Chapter 4, Personnel Qualifications and
Training Requirements, includes provisions for crediting previous training and experience under
the Hanford Training Program.

Retraining
Retraining requirements are outlined in Chapter 4, Section 4.4, Retraining. Assignment to a forklift
truck having a classification for which the operator is not qualified requires retraining and/or on-the-job
training (OJT) and passing an OJE for that class of forklift truck (see Attachment 6-1, Classes of
Commonly Used Powered Industrial Trucks).

RESPONSIBILITIES

Management at the Using Organization

a. Classify hazardous locations and post appropriate building signs before a forklift truck is assigned
to work in the area (see Attachment 6-5, Building Signs for Posting at Entrances to Hazardous
Areas).
b. Ensure that the proper forklift truck is assigned to hazardous areas (see Attachment 6-7, Forklift
Trucks in Hazardous (Explosive) Atmospheres).
c. Coordinate with and acquire concurrence from the responsible industrial safety representative
before using forklift trucks in a hazardous area.
d. Ensure that forklift truck operators are trained and qualified in accordance with Chapter 4,
Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements, and ensure that retraining is implemented in
accordance with Chapter 4, Section 4.3.6, Requalification.
e. If battery-powered forklift trucks are used, designate an area for charging batteries.
f. If LP-gas-powered forklift trucks are used, ensure that personnel are assigned and trained to
exchange LP-gas containers.
g. Ensure that each forklift truck has been assigned a custodian.
h. Be sure the selected forklift truck has adequate capacity for the planned work. (This requires
special attention if the load’s center of gravity will be beyond the truck’s load center.) See
Section 6.12, Conduct of Operator, Item d.
i. Do not allow forklift trucks designed for indoor use to be used in wet outdoor locations without
the manufacturer’s approval.

4
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 5

j. Before purchasing, leasing, or renting any forklift truck, consult with the responsible occupational
safety and health organization to ensure that the equipment selected is appropriate for its intended
work environment and will not introduce any unacceptable safety risk.
k. Normal forklift truck material handling operations are not considered hoisting and rigging
activities and do not require a Designated Leader. A Designated Leader is required for forklift
operations involving a critical lift or where rigging is being used with the lift.
l. Ensure all sit down model forklift trucks are equipped with a functioning and approved seat belt
or active operator protection device.

Forklift Truck Custodian

The forklift truck custodian has the following responsibilities:

a. Acts as “owner” of the assigned forklift truck
b. Ensures that frequent (pre-use) inspection instructions are readily available to operators (see
Attachment 6-6, Typical Pre-use Inspection Procedures)
c. Ensures that the forklift truck manufacturer’s approval is obtained before using an attachment
d. Ensures that nameplates and caution and instruction markings (see Section 6.3, Nameplates and
Markings) are in place and legible. This includes markings required on trucks using attachments
e. Ensures that a planned maintenance and inspection program is implemented for each forklift
truck and for any attachments used with it
f. Ensures that, if the truck is obtained on a rental agreement, it is inspected and found suitable for
its intended function before putting it in service
g. Ensures that initial inspections are performed (see Section 6.10.1, Inspection of New and Rented
Equipment) and maintenance files are maintained.

Forklift Truck Operator

The forklift truck operator has the following responsibilities:

a. Operates the truck in a safe responsible manner
b. Is familiar with information provided on the forklift truck data plate
c. Is knowledgeable with the forklift truck pre-use inspection criteria and performs inspections
accordingly
d. Notifies the responsible supervisor when a problem is detected during either inspection or
operation of the truck
e. Ensures that the truck is taken out of service if a problem is detected that would compromise safe
operation of the truck.

Industrial Safety Representative

The industrial safety representative has the following responsibilities:

a. Ensures that the entrances to hazardous areas are properly posted to identify which trucks are
permitted in the area. (See Attachments 6-5, Building Signs for Posting at Entrance to
Hazardous Areas, and 6-7, Forklift Trucks in Hazardous (Explosive) Atmospheres)

5
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 6

b. Approves the use of forklift trucks assigned to operate in hazardous areas

c. Assists management at user facilities with safety issues regarding forklift truck selection and
issues regarding areas for LP-gas refueling and battery charging.
d. Where internal combustion-powered forklift trucks are proposed for use indoors, assist
management at user facilities in establishing precautions to preclude the buildup of carbon
monoxide in the work atmosphere. (See Section 6.8, Work Atmosphere)
e. Provide safety- and health-related information to managers and supervisors to assist them in
selecting or procuring the proper class and type of vehicle for the planned work activity. (See
Sections 6.7, Fire Hazard Areas, and 6.8, Work Atmosphere)

NAMEPLATE(S) AND MARKING

Truck Marking by the Manufacturer

Every truck shall have a durable, corrosion-resistant nameplate, legibly inscribed with the following
information:
a. Truck model and serial number
b. Truck weight
c. Designation of compliance with the mandatory requirements of ANSI/ITSDF B56.1, Safety
Standard for Low and High Lift Trucks, applicable to the manufacturer
d. Type designation to show conformance with the requirements, such as those prescribed by
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and Factory Mutual Research Corporation
e. Rated capacity.
In addition to these requirements, additional information is required (and allowed) on nameplates on high-
lift trucks, electric trucks, and trucks intended for use in hazardous locations (see ANSI/ITSDF B56.1,
Section 7.5, Nameplates and Markings).

Fork Arm Stamping by the Manufacturer

For forklift trucks purchased after December 1984, each fork arm shall be clearly stamped with its rated
capacity in an area readily visible and not subject to wear. For example, the designation “1520 x 24”
means 1,520-lb (680-kg) capacity at 24-in. (600 mm) load center.

Attachment Marking

On every removable attachment (excluding fork extensions), a nameplate with the following information
is required:
a. Model number
b. Serial number on hydraulically actuated attachments
c. Maximum hydraulic pressure (on hydraulically actuated attachments)
d. Weight
e. Capacity

6
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 7

f. The following instructions (or equivalent): “Capacity of truck and attachment combination may
be less than capacity shown on attachment. Consult truck nameplate.”
NOTE: This information should be provided by the attachment manufacturer.

User’s Obligation for Truck Marking

The using organization shall ensure that trucks using attachments (including fork extensions) are marked
to identify the attachment(s), show the approximate weight of the truck and attachment combination, and
show the capacity of the truck with attachment(s) at maximum elevation with the load laterally centered.
The using organization shall see that nameplates and caution and instruction markings are in place and
legible.

Maintain Tags

The forklift truck manufacturer’s capacity, operating, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals
shall be maintained in legible condition.

ATTACHMENTS, MODIFICATIONS, AND FREE RIGGING FROM TINES

Attachments

a. Attachments almost always affect the rated capacity of the truck. When a forklift truck is
equipped with an attachment, the rated capacity of the truck-attachment combination shall be
established by the truck manufacturer. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plates,
tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.
CAUTION: Use of after-market attachments requires written approval from the truck manufacturer.
b. The rated capacity of an attachment-truck combination shall not be exceeded.
c. Attachments shall be maintained and lubricated based upon the recommendations of the
manufacturer or a qualified person.
d. Attachments shall be inspected no less than annually. The inspection shall be documented:
e. Hooks included as part of attachments shall be inspected as specified for hooks on cranes and
hoists (see Chapter 5.0, Hooks).
f. Load-bearing components shall be examined for deformation, and load-bearing welds shall be
visually examined for cracks.
g. Load capacity of an attachment shall be verified by the manufacturer or by a load test at 100-
percent capacity. The load test shall be performed on site. Load tests are not routinely required
because a catalog cut, user’s manual, decals on attachment, or other manufacturer’s data serves as
capacity verification.

Modifications

Modifications or additions that affect capacity or safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or
user without the manufacturers’ prior written approval. Employers must seek written approval from
powered industrial truck manufacturers when modifications and additions affect the capacity and safe
operation of powered industrial trucks. When approval has been granted, the capacity, operation, and
maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly.

7
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 8

However, if no response or a negative response is received from the manufacturer, OSHA will accept a
written approval of the modification/addition from a qualified Registered Professional Engineer. A
qualified Registered Professional Engineer must perform a safety analysis and address any safety or
structural issues contained in the manufacturer’s negative response prior to granting approval. When
approval has been granted, machine data plates must be changed accordingly. Click to see
OSHA’s Letter of Interpretation.

Free Rigging From Tines

Free rigging is the direct attachment to or placement of rigging equipment (slings, shackles, rings, etc.)
onto the tines of a powered industrial truck for a below-the-tines lift. This type of lift does not use an
approved lifting attachment and could affect the capacity and safe operation of a powered industrial truck.
29 CFR 1910.178 (o)(1) requires that: “Only stable or safely arranged loads shall be handled. Caution
shall be exercised when handling off-center loads which cannot be centered.” Free rigging from the tines
shall be treated as a modification and would only be allowed if approved as identified in Section 6.4.2,
Modifications. Click to see OSHA’s Letter of Interpretation.

OVERHEAD GUARDS

High-lift rider trucks, order-picker trucks, and rough-terrain forklift trucks shall be equipped with an
overhead guard that is manufactured in accordance with ANSI/ITSDF B56.1, Safety Standard for Low
and High Lift Trucks, unless an exception is approved in writing by the responsible industrial safety
organization. Rough-terrain forklift trucks shall be fitted with an overhead guard manufactured in
accordance with ANSI/ITSDF B56.6, Safety Standard for Rough Terrain Forklift Trucks.

WARNING DEVICES

a. Every power-propelled truck shall be equipped with an operator-controlled horn, whistle, gong,
or other sound-producing device. For manually propelled trucks, the using organization shall
determine if operating conditions require the truck to be equipped with sound-producing or visual
warning devices and be responsible for providing and maintaining them.
b. The using organization shall determine if operating conditions require the truck to be equipped
with additional sound-producing or visual devices (such as lights or blinkers) and shall be
responsible for providing and maintaining such devices. Backup or motion alarms that sound
continuously may be warranted in special cases but generally are less effective than
operator-controlled devices.

FIRE HAZARD AREAS

Powered forklift trucks for operation in fire hazard areas shall be of the type that is recommended in
NFPA 505, Powered Industrial Trucks, Type Designation and Areas of Use. (See Attachment 6-7,
Forklift Trucks in Hazardous (Explosive) Atmospheres)

Adverse Weather

Adverse weather conditions such as but not limited to wind, wind gusts, rain, snow and extreme
temperatures, etc., that may inhibit the operator’s or the equipment’s ability to safely handle loads, shall
be evaluated by supervision and forklift operator prior to any outdoor lifting operation. Limitations and
conditions imposed by equipment manufacture for adverse weather shall be implemented. Outdoor
forklift operations shall be suspended when lightning is within 50 miles of the work location, as

8
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 9

determined by the Hanford Meteorological Station. The Hanford Meteorological station can be contacted
@ (509) 373-2716.

WORK ATMOSPHERE

The operation of forklift trucks affects the concentrations of carbon monoxide and oxygen at indoor work
locations. The atmosphere in the work locations must meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910,
Occupational Safety and Health Standards for General Industry. Contact your industrial safety
representative if guidance is needed or if questions arise (see Attachment 6-7, Forklift Trucks in
Hazardous (Explosive) Atmospheres).

Operating Near Electric Power Lines

Requirements for operating fork trucks near electric power lines can be found in DOE-0359, Section 5.11,
Performing Work Within 20 Feet of Overhead Lines.

OPERATOR CARE OF THE TRUCK

Frequent (Pre-use) Inspection

Frequent Inspection Instructions

Frequent inspection instructions that list inspection steps shall be readily available to the operator. It is
recommended that the instructions be attached to the equipment. Standard instructions will be suitable for
most forklift trucks; however, operating conditions may require additional instructions.

Results of Frequent Inspection

The operator shall report any deficiencies or unusual conditions to the responsible supervisor. Conditions
adversely affecting safety shall be corrected before the forklift truck is placed into service.

Key Steps in a Pre-Use Inspections

At the beginning of each shift and before operating the truck, check its condition, giving special attention
to the following:
a. Periodic maintenance and inspections have been performed and are current
b. Condition of tires (proper inflation pressure, if pneumatic tires)
c. Warning and safety devices
d. Lights
e. Battery
f. Controls
g. Lift and tilt systems – Ensure interlocks & safety devices are in-place for lifts that are capable of
tilting forward for transportation
h. Forks or other load-engaging means
i. Chains and cables
j. Limit switches

9
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 10

k. Brakes hold in forward and reverse directions

l. Steering mechanism
m. Fuel system(s)
n. Additional items as specified by the manufacturer or that are unique to the facility at which the
truck is operated.
o. Ensure forklift and forklift attachment inspections are current via inspection stickers, other
documentation or verbal confirmation from the equipment custodian.
See Attachment 6-6, Typical Pre-use Inspection Procedures, for typical pre-use inspection forms.

Truck Unsafe or Needs Repair

If during pre-use inspection or during operation the truck is found to need repair or is in any way unsafe,
the operator shall immediately report the matter to his or her supervisor. The truck shall not be operated
until it has been restored to safe operating condition.

No Repair by Operator

Do not make repairs or adjustments unless specifically authorized to do so.

Forklift Out of Service

Where the employer has taken the equipment out of service, a tag shall be placed in the cab stating that
the equipment is out of service and is not to be used. Where the employer has taken a function(s) out of
service, a tag shall be placed in a conspicuous position stating that the function is out of service and is not
to be used.

Refueling

When refueling the truck, move to the refueling area, if one is designated at your facility, and always stop
the engine before refueling. Always follow company- and facility-specific refueling and spill prevention
and response procedures.

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

Maintenance and inspection of powered forklift trucks shall be performed in conformance with the
following practices:
a. A scheduled planned maintenance, lubrication, and inspection program shall be followed; consult
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
b. Only trained and authorized personnel shall be permitted to maintain, repair, adjust, and inspect
forklift trucks; these services shall be provided in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications.
c. No repairs shall be made while the truck is in a hazardous (explosive/classified) area.

Inspection of New and Rented Equipment

For newly purchased equipment or newly arrived rental equipment, an initial inspection shall verify that
requirements of the purchase order or rental agreement have been met and that the equipment is suitable
for its intended use. Receipt inspection shall include a review to verify that the tire ply rating is consistent

10
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 11

with the Manufacturer data plates or other manufacture specification. This inspection shall be
documented and retained in the forklift truck’s maintenance file. (NOTE: The custodian shall retain the
initial inspection report while the unit is on Site.)
CAUTION: For forklift trucks on rental, ensure that a suitable maintenance and inspection program is
established for the duration of the rental period.

Modified or Extensively Repaired Equipment

For modified or repaired equipment, an inspection shall ensure that the equipment is in good condition
and suitable for its intended use.

Replacement Parts

All parts that require replacement shall be replaced only with parts that meet the safety standards of those
used in the original design.

Inspection of Forks

Fork Inspection Frequency

Forks in use (single shift operation) shall be inspected at intervals of not more than 12 months or
whenever any defect or permanent deformation is detected. Severe applications require more frequent
inspection at an interval set by facility management.

Fork Load Rating

Forks used in pairs (the normal arrangement) have a rated capacity for each fork that is at least half the
manufacturer’s truck rated capacity at the center distance shown on the forklift truck nameplate.

Fork Inspection Procedures

Fork inspection shall be carefully conducted by trained personnel with the aim of detecting any damage,
failure, deformation, or other condition that might impair safe use. A fork that shows any of the
following defects shall be withdrawn from service and shall not be returned to service until it is
satisfactorily repaired by the fork manufacturer or an expert of equal competence:
a. Surface Cracks. The forks shall be thoroughly examined visually for cracks and, if their
condition warrants, subjected to nondestructive crack detection, paying special attention to the
heel and to the welds that attach the mounting components to the fork blank. Inspection for
cracks shall include any mounting mechanisms of the fork blank to the fork carrier. Forks shall
not be returned to service if surface cracks are detected.
b. Straightness of Blade and Shank. Straightness of the upper face of the blade and the front face
of the shank shall be checked. If deviation from straightness exceeds 0.5 percent of the length of
the blade and/or the height of the shank, respectively, the fork shall not be returned to service
until it has been repaired in accordance with Section 6.10.5, Fork Repair.
c. Fork Angle (Upper Face of Blade to Load Face of the Shank). Any fork with a deviation
greater than 3 percent from the original specification shall not be returned to service. The
rejected fork shall be reset and tested in accordance with Section 6.10.5, Fork Repair.

11
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 12

d. Difference in Height of Fork Tips. If the difference in height between forks in a set when
mounted on the fork carrier exceeds 3 percent of the length of the blade, the set of forks shall not
be returned to service until repaired in accordance with Section 6.10.5, Fork Repair.
e. Positioning Lock (When Provided). It shall be confirmed that the positioning lock is in good
repair and in correct working order. If any fault is found, the fork shall be withdrawn from
service until satisfactory repairs are made.
f. Fork Blade and Shank Wear. The fork blade and shank shall be thoroughly checked for wear,
with special attention to the vicinity of the heel. If thickness is reduced to 90 percent of the
original thickness, the fork shall not be returned to service.
g. Fork Hooks Wear. When fork hooks are provided, the support face of the top hook and the
retaining faces of both hooks shall be checked for wear, crushing, and other local deformations.
If clearance between the fork and the fork carrier becomes excessive, the fork shall not be
returned to service until repaired in accordance with Section 6.10.5, Fork Repair.
h. Legibility of Fork Marking. When fork marking in accordance with Section 6.2.2, Forklift
Truck Custodian, is not clearly legible, it shall be renewed. Marking shall be renewed per
instructions from the original fork supplier.

Fork Repair

Only the manufacturer of the fork or an expert of equal competence shall decide if a fork may be repaired
for continued use, and the repairs shall only be carried out by such authorities. Surface cracks or wear
should not be repaired by welding. When resetting repairs are required, the fork shall be subject to heat
treatment.

Fork Load Test

A fork that has undergone repair, other than repair or replacement of positioning locks or marking, shall
be subject to a load test as described in ANSI/ITSDF B56.1, Section 7.27, Forks, which lists loading and
method of test for forks; except for the test load, which shall correspond to 2.5 times the rated capacity
marked on the fork.

FORKLIFT TRUCK LOAD TEST

Forklift truck load tests are not routinely required. Load tests shall be performed after major repair or
modification to components that affect the load-carrying ability of the truck. The manufacturer should be
consulted if questions arise as to whether a load test is appropriate. Forklift trucks shall be load tested by
or under the direction of a qualified person and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Verify Maintenance/Inspection is Current

Load tests shall be conducted only after confirmation that inspection and maintenance is up to date.

Test Weight Accuracy

Test weights shall be accurate within -5 percent to +0 percent of stipulated values.

12
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 13

Load Test Report

After a load test is performed, a written report shall be furnished by the qualified person that shows test
procedures and confirms the adequacy of repairs or alterations. Test reports shall be retained in the
truck’s maintenance file.

CONDUCT OF OPERATOR

The operator has the following responsibilities while operating a forklift truck:
a. Be certain the truck has been subjected to pre-use inspection and a workplace hazard evaluation
has been performed.
b. A seatbelt or other active operator protection device shall be used at all times when operating any
sit down model forklift truck.
c. Never exceed rated capacity. In determining total weight of the load to be handled, account for
added weight that may be present as a result of field modifications, rigging hardware, shipping
containers, and vessel or container contents.

NOTE: Rated capacity is the weight established by the manufacturer at a required load center at
an established height. For large or unusually configured loads, the position of the load’s center of
gravity relative to the truck’s load center must be considered when determining the truck’s ability
to carry the load.
d. When handling large or unusually configured loads outside the truck’s load center, the forklift
manufacturer’s instructions must be consulted. If applicable manufacturer’s instructions are not
available, for a counterbalance-type truck, field calculations may be used to estimate the reduced
lifting capacity.

Example: A 5,000-lb (2268 kg)-capacity forklift truck having a 24 in. (61 cm) load center must
handle a load with the load’s center of gravity (c. g.) 28 in. (71 cm) from the front face of the
forks. In this configuration, with the load’s c. g. 4 in. (10 cm) beyond the fork load center,
estimate the truck’s safe load capacity.

24 in/28 in X 5,000 lb = 4,285 lb (approximate safe load capacity)

61 cm/71 cm X 2268 kg = 1949 kg (approximate safe load capacity)

This calculation method will not produce exact load reduction figures. Use this method only as a
rule of thumb. The forklift truck manufacturer is the source of more precise information.
e. “Free rigging” from tines is considered a modification and requires approval in accordance with
Section 6.4.2, Modifications.
f. Prohibit riders on forklift trucks, unless the truck is built with passenger seating.
g. To avoid personal injury, keep head, arms, and legs inside the operator’s area of the machine.
h. Under all travel conditions, operate the truck at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop
in a safe manner. Unless facility-specific procedures state otherwise, the guideline is: Inside
plant buildings, drive no more than 5 mi (8 km) per hour; on in-plant roads, drive no more than
15 mi (24 km) per hour. Go slowly around curves.
i. Stop and sound the horn at blind intersections and doorways. Watch out for blind corners; stop
and/or sound horn if appropriate.

13
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 14

j. Use low gear or slowest speed control when descending ramps.

k. Always spread the forks to suit the load width.
l. Prohibit any person from standing or passing under the elevated portion of any forklift truck,
whether loaded or empty.
m. Lift, lower, and carry loads with the mast vertical or tilted back; never forward.
n. Avoid reaching through the mast for any purpose.
o. Lower and raise the load slowly, and only while the vehicle is stopped. Make smooth gradual
stops.
p. Use special care when high-tiering. Return the mast to a vertical position before lowering load.
q. Avoid sudden stops and starts.
r. Watch overhead clearance. If in doubt, measure.
s. Never travel with forks raised to unnecessary heights.
t. Drive slowly over railroad tracks and rough surfaces. Cross tracks at an angle whenever possible.

CAUTION: Parking closer than 8 ft (2.4 m) from the center of railroad tracks is prohibited.

u. Consider both the truck and load weight when operating in railcars and semitrailers.
v. When loading trucks or trailers, ensure that the wheels are chocked and the brakes are set.
Operate in front end of the semitrailer only if the tractor is attached, or if adequate trailer jacks
are in place.

CAUTION: Semitrailers not coupled to a tractor may require supports (e.g., fixed jacks) to
prevent upending or corner dipping.

w. Inspect floors on trucks, boxcars, unfamiliar ramps, or platforms before beginning operation.
x. Ensure that dockboards and bridge plates into trucks or freight cars are sufficiently wide, strong,
and secure. Check them frequently. Portable or powered dockboards and bridge plates must be
marked to show their carrying capacity. The carrying capacity indicated shall not be exceeded.
y. While turning, be cautious of rear-end swing and keep clear of the edge of loading docks.
z. If the load being carried obstructs the forward view, travel with the load trailing, except when
ascending a ramp or incline.
aa. When ascending or descending grades in excess of 5 percent, drive a loaded rider truck with the
load upgrade.
bb. Operate unloaded forklift trucks on grades with the forks downgrade.
cc. Avoid turning, if possible, and use extreme caution on grades, ramps, or inclines; normally travel
straight up and down.
dd. Unless a towing hitch is supplied by the manufacturer, do not use forklift trucks as tow trucks.
When a towing hitch is provided, use tow bars rather than wire rope for towing.
ee. Never butt loads with forks or rear end of truck.

14
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 15

ff. Split-forked or bulldozing a load into position using the forks is an accepted practice with
administrative controls in place. The operators shall not push loads with forks or “bulldoze” a
load when it exposes personnel to risk of injury, compromises the forklift’s capacity, could cause
the load, or part of the load to tip, could result in damage to the forks, interferes with the
maneuverability of the forklift, or reduce the operator’s control of the load.
NOTE: Administrative controls may be addressed in a job hazard analysis, procedure, or in the
work package/record.
gg. Do not drive forklift trucks onto any elevator unless specifically authorized and instructed to do
so by a written, approved procedure.
hh. Safeguard pedestrians at all times. Do not drive a truck up to anyone standing in front of a fixed
object. All trucks must yield the right of way to pedestrians and emergency vehicles. Manually
powered trucks must yield the right of way to power propelled trucks.
Before leaving a forklift truck unattended, fully lower the forks, neutralize the controls, shut off
the power, and set the brakes. If parked on an incline, block the wheels. (A forklift truck is
unattended when the operator is 25 ft (7.6 m) or more away from the truck, or whenever the truck
cannot be viewed directly by the operator.) Before leaving an LPG-fueled forklift parked
indoors, ensure the service valve of the fuel (LPG) container is closed.
ii. If the operator is dismounted, less than 25 ft (7.6 m) away, and within view of the truck, before
dismounting, fully lower the forks, neutralize the controls, and set the brakes.
jj. At the end of the operator’s shift, return the forklift truck to its assigned parking place, set the
brakes, lower forks flat on the floor, place controls in neutral position, turn ignition off, secure the
key, and when the forklift is LPG fueled, ensure the service valve of the fuel (LPG) container is
closed.
kk. Report all accidents and “near misses” promptly to the operator’s supervisor.
ll. Do not attach or operate any attachment that has not been approved for use on that forklift truck.
mm. Never lift with only one fork without an engineering analysis and approval.
nn. Request a trained spotter(s) whenever vision is obstructed in direction of travel or when needed to
provide a warning or stop signal during forklift operation prior to violation of proximity
restrictions or pre-determined distance limitations to structures or hazards such as power and
communication lines, overhead obstructions, buildings, telephone poles, ground penetrations and
etc.
oo. Exercise extra caution when handling loads that cause the truck to approach its maximum design
characteristics. For example, when handling a maximum load, the load should be carried at the
lowest position possible, the truck should be accelerated slowly and evenly, and the forks should
be tilted forward cautiously. However, no precise rules can be formulated to cover all
eventualities. The final responsibility for the handling of a truck remains with the operator.
pp. When lifting Freight Containers/Conex boxes, follow direction provided in Attachment 1, Freight
Container Lifting Standard.

Load Securing and Stability

Only stable, safely arranged or secured loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised when handling
off-balanced or loads that cannot be centered (See Section 6.12.d, Conduct of Operator). Methods of
securing and stabilizing loads and materials moved on forklift trucks must be specific to the load (s) and

15
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 16

forklift. The forklift manufacturer or a qualified person should be contacted for guidance if the forklift’s
stability or structural integrity could be affected by securing a specific load or material to the forklift.
The forklift truck operator shall:
1. Ensure the load’s weight and center of gravity is within the lift’s capacity ratings.
2. Ensure loads and materials are stable and will remain stable during forklift movements and travel
3. Secure loads and materials that are or may become unstable before movements or travel
4. Ensure placed or stacked loads and materials are stable
5. Adjust speed of travel and forklift movements for terrain and surface conditions

LIFTING OF PERSONNEL

Special Provisions Prior to Lifting Personnel

Only operator-up high-lift trucks have been designed to lift personnel. If a personnel lifting platform is
used on trucks designed and intended for handling materials, the manager who is specifically responsible
for the work to be performed shall determine that there is no practical alternative way to perform the
needed work.
For each platform lifting operation, the manager who is responsible for the task shall issue a written
statement describing the procedure and its time frame. The statement shall be signed by the authorizing
manager and, when approved, the statement also shall be signed by the responsible industrial safety
representative. The statement shall be readily available at the job site when personnel lifting is in
progress.

Qualification of Trucks Used for Lifting Personnel

Hydraulic or pneumatic hoisting systems shall include means to prevent unintended descent in excess of
120 ft/min (0.6 m/s) in the event of a hose failure. Be certain that the lifting mechanism is operating
smoothly throughout its entire lift height, both empty and loaded, and that lift-limiting devices and
latches, if provided, are functional.

Standard Precautions – Lifting Personnel with Forklift Trucks

a. Be certain the truck is set on a firm and level surface.

b. Use only work platforms that are manufactured for the purpose of lifting personnel. Platforms
shall be in conformance with ANSI/ITSDF B56.1, Section 7.37, Platforms-Elevating.
c. Be certain that the platform is securely attached to the lifting carriage or forks. When being
supported by a forklift, the personnel platform shall be attached in such a manner that it cannot
slide or bounce off the forks.
d. Be certain the platform is horizontal and is never tilted forward or rearward when elevated.
e. The operator shall remain in the control position of the forklift truck.
f. Overhead protection, as necessary by operating conditions, shall be provided.
g. Means shall be provided to protect personnel from moving parts of the forklift truck that present a
hazard when the personnel platform is in the normal working position.

16
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 17

h. Do not transport personnel from one location to another while they are on the personnel lifting
platform.
i. Whenever a truck (except for high-lift order-picker trucks) is equipped with vertical hoisting
controls that can be elevated with the lifting carriage or forks, take the following additional
precautions to protect personnel:
1. Provide means for personnel on the platform to shut off power to the truck.
2. Provide means to render inoperative all operating controls, other than those on the elevating
platform, when the controls on the elevating platform have been selected for use. Only one
location of controls shall be capable of being operated at one time.
3. Ensure that emergency-lowering means are available at ground level and are protected
against misuse.
j. A forklift truck is not permitted to be used as an anchorage point per DOE-0346, Hanford Site
Fall Protection Program.

HAND SIGNALS

a. Two types of hand signals are shown in Attachment 6.3, Hand Signals.
b. The operator should respond to signals only from the designated signaler, but obey a STOP signal
no matter who gives it.
c. For operations not covered by standard hand signals, special signals shall be agreed on in advance
by both the operator and the signal person, and they should not conflict with the standard signals.

DESIGNATED LEADER

Operations that involve more than one person for hoisting and rigging activities require a designated
leader (DL)/lift director. See Chapter 2.0, Sections 2.2.4, Designated Leader/Lift Director for Critical
Lifts, and 2.2.5, Designated Leader.

CRITICAL LIFTS

Critical lifts require approved procedures (see Chapter 3, Critical Lifts).

MAINTENANCE FILES

The forklift truck maintenance file is a compilation of various documents and records relating to
operation, maintenance, inspection, testing, evaluating, and repair of the equipment. The file may be
centrally located or proportioned into satellite holding areas. The methods selected for establishing
adequate information retention and retrieval shall be determined by the equipment custodian, who is the
responsible person for ensuring that a safe and reliable maintenance program is in place.

Contents of Maintenance Files

The maintenance file shall contain, as a minimum, the required current, dated periodic inspection records
and other documentation to provide the user with evidence of a safe and reliable maintenance program.
Inspection records should be retained in an easily accessible format and location. Maintenance file
information should provide a source for comparing present and past equipment conditions. This
comparison will help determine whether existing conditions show a trending pattern of wear,

17
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 18

deterioration, or other conditions that may compromise continued safe use of the equipment. Length of
record retention shall be determined by the equipment custodian’s established maintenance program.
A typical maintenance file should contain the following types of documentation, as applicable:
a. Waivers applicable to the forklift truck
b. Documentation for replacement forks or other altered, replaced, or repaired load-sustaining parts
c. Records of documented inspection, repair, modification, and overhaul:
1. The most recent periodic inspection records
2. Load test reports
3. Initial inspection records for procured or newly arrived rental equipment
4. The forklift truck manufacturer’s written approval for any modifications or additions

EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION

To qualify for operation, a forklift truck shall have the following:

a. A record of successful inspection and maintenance
b. A frequent (pre-use) inspection instruction available to the operator
c. A qualified operator
d. The proper type designation for working in a classified hazardous area, if applicable
(See Attachment 6-7, Forklift Trucks in Hazardous (Explosive) Atmospheres).

18
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 19

ATTACHMENT 6-1.
CLASSES OF COMMONLY USED POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS *
(sheet 1 of 14)

For training purposes, powered industrial trucks are divided into the following eight classes as determined
by the Industrial Truck Association:

Class 1 Electric motor, sit-down or stand-up rider, counter-balanced trucks, solid and
pneumatic tires
Class 2 Electric motor, narrow-aisle trucks, solid tires
Class 3 Electric motor, hand trucks or hand/rider trucks, solid tires
Class 4 Internal combustion engine trucks, solid tires
Class 5 Internal combustion engine trucks, pneumatic tires
Class 6 Electric and internal combustion engine tractors, solid and pneumatic tires
Class 7 Rough-terrain forklift trucks, pneumatic tires.
Class 8 Rough Terrain Telescopic Boom Forklift Truck

*See Chapter 4, Section 4.3.4.1, Powered Industrial Trucks.

19
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 20

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 2 of 14)
Class 1 - Electric Motor, Sit-Down or Stand-Up Rider, Counter-Balanced Trucks,
Solid and Pneumatic Tires

Electric Motor,
Sit-Down Rider Truck

20
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 21

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 3 of 14)
Class 1 - Electric Motor, Sit-Down or Stand-Up Rider, Counter-Balanced Trucks,
Solid and Pneumatic Tires

Counterbalanced Stand-Up Rider

21
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 22

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 4 of 14)
Class 2 - Electric Motor Narrow-Aisle Trucks, Solid Tires

Order Picker Turret Truck

Reach-Type Outrigger

22
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 23

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 5 of 14)
Class 2 - Electric Motor Narrow-Aisle Trucks, Solid Tires

Rider Reach

Rider Reach Truck

23
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 24

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 6 of 14)
Class 2 - Electric Motor, Narrow-Aisle Trucks, Solid Tires

Order Picker

24
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 25

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 7 of 14)
Class 3 - Electric Motor, Hand Trucks or Hand/Rider Trucks, Solid Tires

Low Lift Platform Low Lift Walkie Pallet

High Lift Counterbalanced Manually Propelled High-Lift

Industrial Truck

25
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 26

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 8 of 14)
Class 3 – Electric Motor, hand Trucks or Hand/Rider Trucks, Solid Tires

Walkie Powered Pallet Truck

Walkie/Rider Powered Pallet Truck

26
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 27

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 9 of 14)
Class 4 - Internal Combustion Engine Trucks, Solid Tires

Counterbalanced, solid tires

27
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 28

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 10 of 14)
Class 4 - Internal Combustion Engine Trucks, Solid Tires

Sit-Down Rider Forklift Truck - LPG

28
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 29

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 11 of 14)
Class 5 - Internal Combustion Engine Trucks, Pneumatic Tires

29
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 30

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 12 of 14)
Class 6 - Electric and Internal Combustion Engine Tractors, Solid and Pneumatic Tires

30
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 31

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 13 of 14)
Class 6 - Electric and Internal Combustion Engine Tractors, Solid and Pneumatic Tires

NOTE: This Manual does not specifically include requirements for tractors. However, OSHA and
general industry administer training programs for powered industrial trucks (Classification 6) under the
same classification program as forklift trucks. Thus, powered industrial trucks (tractors) are shown here
for clarification. See Chapter 4, paragraph 4.3.4.1, Powered Industrial Trucks.

31
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 32

ATTACHMENT 6-1
(sheet 14 of 14)
Class 7 – Rough-Terrain Forklift Trucks, Pneumatic Tires

Straight-mast forklift

Class 8 Rough Terrain Telescopic Boom Forklift Truck

Extended-reach forklift

32
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 33

ATTACHMENT 6-2. MANUALLY OPERATED PALLET TRUCKS

33
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 34

ATTACHMENT 6-3. HAND SIGNALS

Standard Hand Signals for Controlling Forklift Operations

34
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 35

Standard Hand Signals for Telescopic Boom Forklift Operations

35
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 36

ATTACHMENT 6-4. MARKERS TO IDENTIFY TYPE OF INDUSTRIAL TRUCK

NOTE: The markers for EE, EX, and DY are 5 in. (12.7 cm) high. The rest are 4 in. (10 cm) square.
The signs shall have black borders and lettering on a yellow background. For Marker definitions see
Attachment 6-7, paragraph 6-7.6, Hazardous Areas.

36
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 37

ATTACHMENT 6-5. BUILDING SIGNS FOR POSTING

AT ENTRANCE TO HAZARDOUS AREAS

NOTE: The minimum width of the sign is 11 in. (28 cm); the minimum height is 16 in. (40 cm). The
sign shall have the word CAUTION in yellow letters on a black background.
The body of the sign shall have black letters on a yellow background.
A marker, identical to the one used on the side of the truck as shown in Attachment 6-4, Markers to
Identify Type of Industrial Truck, shall be installed on the sign.

37
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 38

ATTACHMENT 6-6. TYPICAL OPERATOR PRE-USE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

(sheet 1 of 2).
(ELECTRIC FORKLIFT)
Date_____________________ Vehicle No._____________________________ Shift _______________
Type and Model___________________________________________________ Hour Meter _________

OK VISUAL CHECKS Maintenance Needed-

Reported to:
Periodic maintenance and inspections are current
Leaks - Hydraulic Oil, Battery
Tires - Condition and pressure
Forks, Top Clip retaining pin and heel - Condition
Load Backrest Extension - solid attachment
Hydraulic hoses, Mast chains & Stops
Finger guards - attached
Safety warnings - attached and legible
Operators manual - Located on truck and legible
Capacity Plate – attached, information matches Model
& Serial Nos. and attachments.
Seat Belt - Buckle and retractor working smoothly
OPERATIONAL CHECKS -Unusual Noises Must be Reported Immediately
Accelerator Linkage
Parking Brake/Deadman – Forward and Reverse
Steering
Drive Control - Forward and Reverse
Tilt Control - Forward and Back – Ensure interlocks
& safety devices are in-place for lifts capable of
tilting forward for transportation purposes
Hoist & Lowering Control
Attachment Control
Horn
Lights
Back-Up Alarm
Hour Meter
Battery Discharge Gauge
Inspected by:_________________________________
Custodian:_______________________________________

Daily Pre-Shift Inspections are an OSHA

requirement. It is recommended that you
document that these inspections have
been made.

38
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 39

ATTACHMENT 6-6. TYPICAL OPERATOR PRE-USE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

(sheet 2 of 2).
(GAS, LP, or DIESEL FORKLIFT)
Date_____________________ Vehicle No._____________________________ Shift _______________
Type and Model___________________________________________________ Hour Meter _________

OK VISUAL CHECKS Maintenance Needed-

Reported to:
Periodic maintenance and inspections are current
Fluid Levels -Oil , Radiator , Hydraulic
Leaks - Hydraulic Oil, Battery, Fuel
Tires - Condition and pressure
Forks, Top Clip retaining pin and heel - Condition
Load Backrest Extension - solid attachment
Hydraulic hoses, Mast chains & Stops
Finger guards - attached
Safety warnings - attached and legible
Operators manual - Located on truck and legible
Capacity Plate – attached, information matches Model
& Serial Nos. and attachments.
Seat Belt - Buckle and retractor working smoothly
OPERATIONAL CHECKS -Unusual Noises Must be Reported Immediately
Accelerator Linkage
Parking Brake – Forward and Reverse
Steering
Drive Control - Forward and Reverse
Tilt Control - Forward and Back– Ensure interlocks &
safety devices are in-place for lifts capable of tilting
forward for transportation purposes
Hoist & Lowering Control
Attachment Control
Horn
Lights
Back-Up Alarm
Hour Meter
Inspected by:___________________________________
Custodian:_____________________________________

Daily Pre-Shift Inspections are an OSHA

requirement. It is recommended that you
document that these inspections have
been made.

39
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 40

ATTACHMENT 6-7. FORKLIFT TRUCKS IN HAZARDOUS (EXPLOSIVE) ATMOSPHERES

6-7.1 Hazardous Area Equipment. It is essential to use proper equipment in hazardous (explosive)
areas. Trucks approved for use in hazardous areas shall have the manufacturer’s label or some
other identifying mark indicating approval for the intended use by a recognized national testing
laboratory [e.g., Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Factory Mutual (FM)].
6-7.2 Truck Designation. Durable markers indicating the designation of the type of truck for use in
hazardous areas shall be applied to each side of the vehicle in a visible but protected area. These
markers shall be distinctive in shape, as indicated in Attachment 6-4, Markers to Identify Type of
Industrial Truck.
6-7.3 Hazardous-Area Signs. The entrance to hazardous areas shall be posted with a sign to identify
the type of forklift truck permitted (see Attachment 6-5, Building Signs for Posting at Entrance to
Hazardous Areas).
6-7.4 Hazardous Area Classification. The responsible industrial safety organization shall classify
hazardous locations where a powered forklift truck is to be used. Location classifications are
described as follows:
a. Class I—locations in which flammable gases or vapors are present or may be present in the
air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures
b. Class II—locations that are hazardous because of the presence of combustible dust
c. Class III—locations where easily ignitable fibers or filings are present but are not likely to be
suspended in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures
d. Unclassified—locations not possessing atmospheres defined as Class I, II, or III locations.
6-7.5 Non-Hazardous Areas. The following units are not suitable for use in hazardous areas because
they include only minimum safeguards against inherent fire hazards:
a. Type D Forklifts—diesel-powered units having minimum acceptable safeguards against
inherent fire hazards
b. Type E Forklifts—electrically powered units having minimum acceptable safeguards against
inherent fire and electrical shock hazards
c. Type G Forklifts—gasoline-powered units having minimum acceptable safeguards against
inherent fire hazards
d. Type LP Forklifts—liquefied-petroleum-gas-powered units having minimum acceptable
safeguards against inherent fire hazards
e. Type G/LP Forklifts—gasoline- or liquefied-petroleum-gas-powered units having minimum
acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.

40
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 41

6-7.6 Hazardous Areas. The following units are suitable for use in hazardous areas because they are
equipped with additional safeguards (i.e., special exhaust, fuel, or electrical systems) or other
modifications against inherent fire hazards:
a. Type DS Forklifts—diesel-powered units that are provided with all the requirements for the
type D units and that have additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical systems
b. Type DY Forklifts—diesel-powered units that have all the safeguards of the type DS units
except that they do not have any electrical equipment, including ignition; they are equipped
with temperature-limitation features
c. Type ES Forklifts—electrically powered units that are provided with all the requirements for
the type E units and that have additional safeguards to the electrical system to prevent
emission of hazardous sparks and to limit surface temperatures
d. Type EE Forklifts—electrically powered units that are provided with all the requirements for
the type E and ES units, and that also have electric motors and all other electrical equipment
completely enclosed
e. Type EX Forklifts—electrically powered units that differ from type E, ES, or EE units in that
the electrical fittings and equipment are designed, constructed, and assembled so that the
units may be used in atmospheres containing specifically named flammable vapors, dusts,
and, under certain conditions, fibers; type EX units are specifically tested and classified for
use in Class I, Group D, or for Class II, Group G locations as defined in NFPA 70, National
Electrical Code
f. Type GS Forklifts—gasoline-powered units that, in addition to all the requirements for the
type G units, are provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical
systems
g. Type GS/LPS Forklifts—gasoline- or liquefied-petroleum-gas-powered units that, in addition
to all the requirements for the type G/LP units, are provided with additional safeguards to the
exhaust, fuel, and electrical systems
h. Type LPS Forklifts—liquefied-petroleum-gas-powered units that, in addition to the
requirements for the type LP units, are provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust,
fuel, and electrical systems.

41
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011
Chapter 6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS Rev 1 Page 42

This page intentionally left blank.

42
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 7.0 – SHOP CRANES Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 7.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

7.0 SHOP CRANES ................................................................................................................................... 3

7.1 SCOPE .............................................................................................................................................. 3
7.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 3
7.3 IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................................................................................... 4
7.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS .................................................................................................... 4
7.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ................................................ 4

FIGURES
Figure 7.1 – Example of a Periodic Inspection Tag ................................................................................. 4
Figure 7.2 – Example of a Load Test Tag ................................................................................................. 4
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 7.0 – SHOP CRANES Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 7.0 – SHOP CRANES Rev 1 Page 3

7.0 SHOP CRANES

7.1 SCOPE
This section applies to the construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing, maintenance,
and the safe use of self-contained hydraulic and pneumatic-hydraulic shop cranes as prescribed
by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. Shop cranes are characterized by a pair
of laterally spaced legs, an upright mast, a pivoting boom with a boom extension and hook, and a
hydraulic unit. This section implements required criteria from DOE/RL-92-36, OSHA 29 CFR
1926 Subpart CC, and the following ASME Portable Automotive Service Equipment (PASE)
standard.

The following criteria and the applicable national standard and/or federal specification identify
the mandatory requirements for each item.

ASME PASE-Part 2 - General Requirements

2-1 Scope and Definitions
2-2 Design
2-3 Product Marking and Identification
2-4 Product Instructions and Safety Messages
2-5 Quality Assurance
2-6 Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection
2-7 Related Standards
2-8 Effective Date

Part 12 – Shop Cranes

12.1 Scope, Classification, and Illustrations
12.2 Design
12.3 Safety Markings and Messages
12.4 Design Qualification Testing
12.5 Attachment and Adapters

7.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access ASME via one of the following options:
 IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/ .
The contractor must have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS file go to
http://www.ihs.com/
 Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at
[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to the
specific standard.
 To purchase directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org
 To view read only ASME file go to:
ASME Portable Automotive Service Equipment-2014 (PASE)
 Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 7.0 – SHOP CRANES Rev 1 Page 4

7.3 IMPLEMENTATION
Contractors shall be compliant to DOE/RL-92-36, OSHA, and the ASME PASE manufacturers’
requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this Manual to implement all of the requirements.
When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the user shall adhere to the standard containing
the most stringent requirements. ASME standards provide the most comprehensive information. Users
should contact a Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Committee (HHRC) representative or send an email to
^Hanford Hoisting and Rigging for a formal interpretation. See Chapter 17.0, Interpretations, for the
process to be followed when requesting an interpretation. Notify the HHRC if any inconsistent standards
are identified.

It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when any
hoisting or rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed relative
to the requirements within the current Manual. The need to meet the current requirements shall be
evaluated by a qualified person selected by the owner (user).

7.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

No inconsistencies between standards have currently been identified.

7.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

Follow ASME PASE standard.

A periodic inspection tag (like the example shown below) is required in addition to the other
identification requirements for each PASE.
Proof test shall never be less than minimum requirements defined in ASME PASE. A tag indicating date
of load test may be affixed to the device for filed verification. See example below.

Figure 7-1 Example of Periodic Inspection Tag Figure 7-2 Example of a Load Test Tag

Inspection Load Test

Due Date

10/2017 10/30/2017
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging November 18, 2014
Manual
Rev 1 Page 1
Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE

CHAPTER 8.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................................................................1

8.0 WIRE ROPE .................................................................................................................................................. 3

8.1 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
8.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................... 3
8.2.1 Design Factors For Wire Ropes ...................................................................................................... 3
8.2.2 Rotation-Resistant Rope.................................................................................................................. 3
8.2.3 Requirement for Independent Wire Rope Core .............................................................................. 4
8.3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 4
8.3.1 Frequent Inspection ......................................................................................................................... 4
8.3.2 Monthly Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 5
8.3.3 Periodic Wire Rope Inspection (Active Cranes and Hoists) .......................................................... 5
8.3.4 Inspection of Ropes Not in Regular Use ........................................................................................ 6
8.3.5 Inspection of Ropes Before Returning to Lift Service ................................................................... 6
8.4 WIRE ROPE REPLACEMENT CRITERIA ............................................................................................... 7
8.4.1 Wire Rope Replacement Criteria – Overhead and Gantry Cranes, Monorail Cranes and
Hoists, Overhead Hoists and Mobile Cranes ................................................................................ 7
8.4.2 Wire Rope Replacement Criteria – ASME Standards ................................................................... 7
8.4.3 Wire Rope Replacement Criteria – Table....................................................................................... 7
8.5 WIRE ROPE RECEIVING, STORAGE, AND MAINTENANCE ............................................................ 9
8.5.1 Receiving at the Work Site.............................................................................................................. 9
8.5.2 Rope Storage.................................................................................................................................... 9
8.5.3 Unreeling, Cutting, and Seizing ...................................................................................................... 9
8.5.4 Wire Rope Lubrication .................................................................................................................... 9
8.6 REPLACEMENT ROPE ............................................................................................................................... 9
8.6.1 Rope Replacement Frequency (Recommended) ............................................................................ 9
8.6.2 Extra-Long Rope ........................................................................................................................... 10
8.6.3 Replacement Rope as Recommended by Equipment Manufacturer ........................................... 10
8.6.4 Terminal Ends ............................................................................................................................... 10
8.7 REPLACEMENT ROPE INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 10
8.7.1 Before Initial Load Cycle .............................................................................................................. 10
8.7.2 Initial Cycle ................................................................................................................................... 10
8.7.3 New Rope Stretch .......................................................................................................................... 10
8.7.4 Verification of Fasteners ............................................................................................................... 11
8.7.5 Documentation of Rope Replacement .......................................................................................... 11
8.8 QUALIFICATION OF WIRE ROPE ......................................................................................................... 11
8.8.1 Qualification of Original Rope Supplied with New Equipment .................................................. 11
8.8.2 Qualification of Replacement Rope .............................................................................................. 11

ATTACHMENT

8.1 Wire Rope Replacement Check List ..................................................................................................... 11

DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 2

This Page Intentionally Blank

 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 3

8.0 WIRE ROPE

8.1 SCOPE

This section specifies inspection and replacement requirements and acceptance criteria for wire rope on
mobile cranes, overhead cranes, monorail cranes, jib cranes, and hoists that are used in lifting service.

Wire rope slings are not included in this section. For wire rope slings, see Section 9.0. Wire rope that has
been removed from a crane or hoist shall not be used to fabricate slings.

8.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

8.2.1 Design Factors For Wire Ropes

The design factor (safety factor) is the nominal strength of the rope divided by the rated load.

8.2.1.1 Hoists and Overhead Crane Wire Ropes. On hoists and overhead cranes, the wire rope design
factor is 5:1.

8.2.1.2 Mobile Crane Wire Rope. Mobile crane wire ropes have different design factors for the various
ropes under both operating and boom erection conditions:

1. Operating Conditions

a. 3.5:1 for live or running ropes (including hoist rope) that wind on drums or travel
over sheaves.

b. If rotation-resistant 1 rope is used, the design factor shall be no less than 5:1. If the
crane manufacturer recommends a higher design factor (example 7:1) the crane
manufacturer’s recommendation shall be followed.

c. 3:1 for boom pendants or standing ropes.

2. Under Boom Erection Conditions

a. 3:1 for live or running ropes

b. 2.5:1 for boom pendants or standing ropes.

8.2.2 Rotation-Resistant Rope

Use of rotation-resistant rope shall be approved by the manufacturer of the equipment on which it is used.
Application of rotation-resistant rope requires special installation procedures, higher design factors, and
special inspection and maintenance procedures.

1
The term “nonrotating” wire rope, originally referred to 19 x 7 or 18 x 7 rope. “Nonrotating” has been replaced by
the term “rotation-resistant” wire rope. Many other rotation-resistant ropes, besides 19 x 7 and 18 x 7, are currently
available.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 4

8.2.3 Requirement for Independent Wire Rope Core

Overhead cranes and hoists exposed to ambient temperatures at the rope in excess of 180 ºF shall use rope
with independent wire rope core (IWRC). Mobile cranes shall use IWRC rope regardless of temperature.

8.3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS

Only inspection can determine whether or not rope must be replaced (see Table 8-1). Based on
experience, and in accordance with wire rope inspection criteria in this section, a qualified rope inspector
must determine the following:

1. If the rope’s existing condition presents a likelihood of failure

2. If the rate of deterioration of the rope is such that it will remain in safe condition until the
next scheduled inspection by a qualified wire rope inspector.

CAUTION: Proper maintenance of the drums and sheaves over which ropes operate is important to
rope life (e.g., worn grooves or poorly aligned sheaves can cause short service life for wire rope). If,
during wire rope inspection, equipment maintenance problems are found, the inspector shall promptly
notify the equipment custodian.

Table 8-1. Wire Rope Inspection Summary.

Inspection type Equipment type Reference Frequency Performed by Records
paragraph

Frequent All 8.3.1 Each day of use Operator Not required

Monthly Overhead and gantry, 8.3.2 Monthly Wire rope Checklist or

crawler locomotive inspector inspection report.
and truck crane Signed and dated.

Periodic All 8.3.3 To meet conditions, but Wire rope Inspection report.
no less than annually. inspector Signed and dated.
When returning to lift
service

When equipment All 8.3.4 Before service Wire rope Inspection report.
has been idle for 1 inspector Signed and dated.
month or more 8.3.5

8.3.1 Frequent Inspection

Running ropes should be visually inspected once each working day by the equipment operator. This
visual inspection shall consist of observing any rope that can reasonably be expected to be in use during
the day’s operations. These visual observations should be concerned with discovering gross damage that
may be an immediate hazard, such as the following:

1. Rope distortion such as kinking, crushing, unstranding, birdcaging, main strand

displacement, or core protrusion
2. Corrosion
3. Broken or cut strands.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 5

8.3.2 Monthly Inspection 2

For crawler locomotive and truck cranes 3 and for overhead and gantry cranes,4 a monthly inspection of
running ropes shall be performed and documented by a qualified wire rope inspector. Documentation
shall include the date of inspection, the signature of the person who performed the inspection and the
identity of the ropes that were inspected. This documentation shall be kept readily available. A checklist
near the operator’s station is recommended. This inspection does not necessitate a breakdown of the
crane. For overhead and gantry cranes, lower the hook block(s) to the floor or lowest attainable position.
Inspect the rope(s) from the floor and bridge walkway or trolley floor where there is a means of access.
For crawler locomotive and truck cranes, position the boom and load block(s) for good access to length(s)
of running rope(s) that can reasonably be expected to be used in the existing boom/jib configuration.
Hydraulic booms should be fully extended.

Visually inspect running ropes for any condition that could result in an appreciable loss of strength and
thus constitute a safety hazard. Some conditions that could result in an appreciable loss of strength are
the following:

1. Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter as a result of loss of core support,
internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires

2. A number of broken outside wires and the degree of distribution or concentration of such
broken wires

3. Worn outside wires

4. Corroded or broken wires at end connections

5. Corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly applied end connections

6. Severe kinking, crushing, cutting, or unstranding.

NOTE: A monthly inspection of running rope is not required if a periodic inspection of

running and standing rope is accomplished during that month.
8.3.3 Periodic Wire Rope Inspection (Active Cranes and Hoists)
8.3.3.1 Periodic Inspection Intervals. A thorough inspection of running rope and standing rope shall be
made at least annually or more frequently as determined by a qualified person. The inspection frequency
shall be based on such factors as expected rope life, determined by experience on the particular equipment
or similar equipment, severity of environment, percentage of capacity lifts, frequency of operation, and
exposure to shock loads. Inspections need not be at equal calendar intervals and should be more frequent
as the rope approaches the end of its useful life.

2
Basis: Overhead and gantry cranes—29 CFR 1910.179(m), Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes—29 CFR
1910.180(g).
3
Commonly called mobile cranes, this equipment type includes crawler cranes, locomotive cranes, wheel-mounted
cranes of both truck and self-propelled wheel type, and any variations thereof which retain the same fundamental
characteristics.
4
The overhead and gantry crane equipment classification includes semigantry, cantilever gantry, wall cranes, storage
bridge cranes, and others having the same fundamental characteristics. These cranes have trolleys and similar travel
characteristics. This classification does not include hoists, monorail hoists, or jib cranes.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 6

8.3.3.2 Inspector. Periodic wire rope inspections shall be performed by a qualified wire rope inspector
(see Section 4, “Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements”).

8.3.3.3 Inspection Area. The inspection shall cover the entire length of each rope. Only the surface
wires of the rope must be inspected. No attempt should be made to open the rope. Any deterioration
resulting in loss of original strength shall be documented and a determination made as to whether further
use of the rope would constitute a hazard. As a minimum, ropes shall be inspected for the following:
1. Items listed for frequent wire rope inspection

2. Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter resulting from loss of core support,
internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires

3. Severely corroded or broken wires at end connections

4. Severely corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly applied end connections

5. Improper and insufficient rope lubrication

6. Evidence of heat damage from any source.

8.3.3.4 Sections of Rapid Deterioration. Additional care shall be taken when inspecting sections of
rapid deterioration, such as the following:
1. Sections in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves, or other sheaves where rope travel is
limited
2. Sections of the rope at or near terminal ends where corroded or broken wires may protrude.
8.3.4 Inspection of Ropes Not in Regular Use

Rope that has been idle for a period of 1 month or more due to shutdown or storage of the hoist or crane
on which it is installed shall be given a thorough inspection by a qualified wire rope inspector, which
shall include running and standing ropes, and be equal to a periodic inspection, as described previously.
(The condition of wire rope lubricant is a key concern.) This inspection shall be completed before the
equipment is returned to service.

8.3.5 Inspection of Ropes Before Returning to Lift Service

Cranes that have been used for excavation or demolition work shall have a periodic wire rope inspection
before being returned to lifting service.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging November 18, 2014
Manual
Rev 1 Page 7
Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE

8.4 WIRE ROPE REPLACEMENT CRITERIA

8.4.1 Wire Rope Replacement Criteria – Overhead and Gantry Cranes, Monorail Cranes
and Hoists, Overhead Hoists and Mobile Cranes

No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for rope replacement since many
variable factors are involved. Once a rope reaches any one of the specified removal criteria, it may be
allowed to operate to the end of the work shift, based on the judgment of a qualified person. The rope
shall be replaced after that work shift, at the end of the day, or at the latest time prior to the equipment
being used by the next work shift.

8.4.2 Wire Rope Replacement Criteria – ASME Standards

Follow the criteria in the ASME Standard for Rope Replacement.

ASME B30.2 Overhead and Gantry Cranes

ASME B30.4 Portal and Pedestal Cranes

ASME B30.5 Mobile and Locomotive Cranes

ASME B30.6 Derricks

ASME B30.7 Base Mounted Drum Hoists

ASME B30.8 Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks

ASME B30.16 Overhead Hoists (Underhung)

ASME B30.21 Lever Hoists

 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging November 18, 2014
Manual
Rev 1 Page 8
Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE

8.4.3 Wire Rope Replacement Criteria – Table

Number of Number of Rotation

Pertinent Resistant Reduction in
Broken Wires Broken Wires Standing
Ropes Nominal Rope
ASME Standard in Running in Running Ropes
Diameter
Ropes Ropes Broken Wires

B30.2 12 4
Overhead and In one rope In one strand N/A N/A 5%
Gantry Cranes lay of one lay
2 in 6 rope 3 or more in
B30.5 6 3
diameters one rope lay
Mobile and In one rope in one strand 5%
4 in 30 rope 2 at end
Locomotive Cranes lay of one lay
diameters connections
2 in 6 rope
B30.16 6 3 in 1 strand diameters
Overhead Hoists/ In 6 rope in 6 rope N/A 5%
diameters 4 in 30 rope
Underhung Hoists diameters
diameters
2 in 6 rope
6 3 in 1 strand
B30.21 diameters
In 6 rope in 6 rope N/A 5%
Lever Hoists diameters 4 in 30 rope
diameters
diameters

Attention shall be given to end connections. Upon development of two broken wires adjacent to socket
end connections, the rope shall be resocketed or replaced. Resocketing shall not be attempted if the
resulting rope length will be insufficient for proper operation.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 9

8.5 WIRE ROPE RECEIVING, STORAGE, AND MAINTENANCE

8.5.1 Receiving at the Work Site

When rope is received at the rigging loft, shop, or other work site it should be carefully checked for size,
construction and core, to ensure that it matches the description on the tags, requisition, packing slips,
purchase order, or invoice.
8.5.2 Rope Storage
If the rope is to be held for a considerable length of time (longer than 3 months) it must be protected from
the elements. A dry, well-ventilated building is the proper storage place. Avoid closed, unheated, tightly
sealed places. Wire rope shall not be stored in areas subject to elevated temperatures or subject to dust,
grit, or a chemically laden atmosphere. If the delivery site precludes inside storage and the rope must be
kept outside, the rope shall be covered with a waterproof tarp. The reel should be on a platform so as to
keep it from direct contact with the ground.
8.5.3 Unreeling, Cutting, and Seizing
8.5.3.1 Unreeling. Unreeling or uncoiling of rope shall be done in a manner to avoid kinking or
inducing a twist. (A rigging specialist should be consulted, if necessary.)

8.5.3.2 Cutting. Before cutting a rope, seizing should be placed on each side of the place where the rope
is to be cut to prevent unlaying of the strands. (For preformed rope, one seizing each side of the cut. For
nonpreformed rope, 7/8-inch diameter or smaller, two seizings on each side of cut; for larger diameter,
three seizings each side of cut.)
8.5.4 Wire Rope Lubrication
8.5.4.1 Lubrication by the Rope Manufacturer. The lubrication ropes receive during manufacture is
adequate only for initial storage and the early stages of the rope’s service life.

8.5.4.2 Rope Lubrication on Active Cranes and Hoists. Rope on active hoists and cranes shall be
maintained in a well-lubricated condition. It is important that lubricant be applied as part of the
maintenance program. The lubricant must be compatible with the original lubricant, so the rope
manufacturer should be consulted. The lubricant applied shall be of the type that does not hinder visual
inspection. Rope sections that are located over sheaves, or otherwise hidden during inspection and
maintenance procedures, require special attention when lubricating rope.

8.5.4.3 Lubrication Frequency. This manual does not specify the time interval between lubrications. A
thorough periodic inspection will indicate when lubrication is required and whether lubrication
frequencies, as part of the maintenance program, must be adjusted.
8.6 REPLACEMENT ROPE
8.6.1 Rope Replacement Frequency (Recommended)
Where equipment is consistently in use, it is recommended that wire rope be given a certain length of
service (e.g., several hundred operating hours or a certain number of months) and then the rope replaced
regardless of its condition. This method will eliminate the risk of fatigue causing rope failure.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 10

8.6.2 Extra-Long Rope

If a longer rope than necessary can be installed, well-defined, localized abrasion and fatigue may be dealt
with without discarding the whole rope. In such a case, one end shall be cut to expose a different section
of rope to the place where the deterioration occurs. (This method is most applicable to running ropes on
mobile cranes.)

8.6.3 Replacement Rope as Recommended by Equipment Manufacturer

Replacement ropes shall be of a construction recommended by the rope manufacturer or the crane or hoist
manufacturer (see paragraph 8.2.2, “Rotation-Resistant Rope”). Replacement rope shall be the same size,
grade and construction, and have a strength rating equal to the original rope furnished or recommended by
the crane or hoist manufacturer. Replacement ropes shall be manufactured by a member of the Wire
Rope Technical Board or acquired from the crane or hoist manufacturer by part number. Replacement
ropes shall be acquired with signed test certification indicating actual breaking strength and origin of
rope. Current wire rope test reports shall be kept in the equipment history/ maintenance file.
8.6.4 Terminal Ends

Terminal ends shall be prepared and socketed in the manner specified by the manufacturer of the wire
rope or fitting.

8.7 REPLACEMENT ROPE INSTALLATION

8.7.1 Before Initial Load Cycle

After wire rope replacement, and before the initial load cycle, a qualified inspector shall verify the
following conditions.
1. The rope attachment points to the hoist drum and dead end (if applicable) are properly
installed.
2. Fasteners are properly torqued.
3. Overhead cranes and hoists will have no less than two full wraps of rope on the drum when
the hoist is at the lower limit. Mobile cranes will have an adequate rope length so that
neither the load nor the boom lowering will result in less than two full wraps of rope on
respective drums.
4. Reeving is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

8.7.2 Initial Cycle

After rope replacement and before returning the equipment to service, it is recommended that the hoist
unit be cycled from maximum down position to maximum up position eight to ten times with 10 percent
to 20 percent of rated load.
8.7.3 New Rope Stretch
On equipment having multiple part lines (other than rotation-resistant wire rope) a new rope will stretch
and unlay slightly, causing turns to appear in the load block. The anchorage, if not fitted to a swivel, may
be disconnected, the turns removed and reconnected.
 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 11

8.7.4 Verification of Fasteners

After the initial load cycle has been completed, a qualified inspector shall verify that the fasteners on
drum and/or dead end have been re-torqued.
8.7.5 Documentation of Rope Replacement
A wire rope replacement checklist (Attachment 8-1 or equivalent), signed and dated by a qualified
inspector, shall document proper installation of replacement rope.

8.8 QUALIFICATION OF WIRE ROPE

8.8.1 Qualification of Original Rope Supplied with New Equipment

Original rope, supplied with new equipment, is qualified for service by the inspection performed on the
new equipment.

8.8.2 Qualification of Replacement Rope

A completed wire rope replacement checklist, documenting the most recently installed replacement rope
(Attachment 8-1 or equivalent), signed and dated by a qualified inspector, shall be in the equipment
maintenance file. In addition to inspection records in the equipment maintenance file, replacement rope
shall have certification from the rope manufacturer. The manufacturer’s certification shall contain
adequate information to identify the rope and should contain the following information:

1. Rope diameter (e.g., 1/2 inch)

2. Rope classification (number of strands X wires per strand) (e.g., 6 x 37)

3. Lay (e.g., right regular lay, or left lang lay)

4. Grade of wire (e.g., Improved Plow Steel, or Extra Improved Plow Steel)

5. Type of core (e.g., Independent Wire Rope Core, or Fiber Core)

6. Nominal strength (e.g., 10.7 tons)

7. Rope’s purchase order number, if known.

 DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 12

ATTACHMENT 8.1 WIRE ROPE REPLACEMENT CHECKLIST - EXAMPLE

WIRE ROPE REPLACEMENT CHECKLIST

Equipment Identification and Location: ____________________________________________

Date of replacement rope installation: ______________________________________________

Rope Manufacturer: ____________________________________________________________

Diameter: _________ Strands: __________ Wires/strand: _________ Lay: _________

Wire rope purchase order number: _________________________________________________

Grade of wire: ____________ Type of core: ____________ Nominal strength: _________

PRIOR TO INITIAL LOAD CYCLE OK N/A

Rope attachment points properly installed

Fasteners properly torqued

Record torque value applied at drum attachment: ____________________
Record torque value applied at dead end: ___________________________
Overhead crane or hoist
No less than two full wraps on drum with hook at lower limit
Mobile crane
Neither load nor boom lowering will result in less than two full wraps on the
respective drum

Reeving in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation

INITIAL LOAD CYCLE

Initial load cycle performed (maximum down to maximum up position 8 to 10 times
with 10% to 20% of rated load
After Initial Load Cycle, re-torque impact rope attachment points (drum and dead end)

Rope manufacturer’s certification placed in equipment maintenance file

Comments:
Qualified Inspector
(print name) (signature)
Place the most recently completed form in the equipment maintenance file.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 19, 2010

Chapter 8.0 - WIRE ROPE Rev 1 Page 13

This page left intentionally blank

T
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 9.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

9.0 SLINGS ............................................................................................................................................ 3

9.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................... 3
9.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 3
9.3 IMPLEMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 4
9.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 4
9.4.1 D/d Ratio .............................................................................................................................. 5
9.4.2 Temperature Limitations ................................................................................................... 5
9.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ........................................... 6
9.5.1 Prohibited Sling Applications ............................................................................................ 6
9.5.2 Inspection and Testing Documentation............................................................................. 6
9.5.3 Periodic Inspections ............................................................................................................ 7
9.5.4 Periodic Inspection Record Tags ....................................................................................... 7

FIGURES
Figure 9.1 – Example of Proof Test Tag ................................................................................................... 7
Figure 9.2 – Example of Periodic Inspection Tag .................................................................................... 7
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 3

9.0 SLINGS

9.1 SCOPE

This chapter applies to the fabrication, attachment, use, inspection, and maintenance of slings
used for lifting purposes. The proper and safe use of slings is governed by the American Society
of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) regulations. This section implements required criteria from DOE/RL-
92-36, and the following standards: ASME B30.9-Slings, OSHA 29 CFR-1910.184 Slings, and
OSHA 29 CFR-1926.251 Rigging Equipment for Material Handling. Slings are used in
conjunction with lifting equipment described in other sections of this manual. This chapter
implements the following criteria and the applicable national standards and/or federal
specifications that are mandatory per ASME B30.9-Slings as follows:
 Chapter 9-1 Alloy Steel Chain Slings
 Chapter 9-2 Wire Rope Slings
 Chapter 9-3 Metal Mesh Slings
 Chapter 9-4 Synthetic Rope Slings
 Chapter 9-5 Synthetic Webbing Slings
 Chapter 9-6 Polyester Round Slings

Each chapter above includes the following sections:

 Scope
 Training
 Components
 Fabrication and Configurations
 Design Factor
 Rated Load
 Proof Test Requirements
 Sling Identification
 Effects of Environment
 Inspection, Removal and Repair
 Operating Practices

9.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access ASME via one of the following options:

1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at

http://www.ihs.com/. The contractor must have paid for access to the specific
standard. For access contact The Hanford Technical Library, 277 University Dr,
Richland, WA (372-7430). To print IHS file go to http://www.ihs.com/

2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at

[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for
access to the specific standard.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 4

3. To purchase standards directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org

4. To access OSHA standards go to the following links:

 29 CFR-1910.184 Slings
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STAND
ARDS&p_id=9834

 29 CFR-1926.251 Rigging Equipment for Material Handling

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STAND
ARDS&p_id=10686

5. To view read only ASME file go to: ASME B30.9-2014-Slings

9.3 IMPLEMENTATION

Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36 and the Slings manufacturers’
requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this manual to implement all of the
requirements from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the
user shall adhere to the standard containing the most stringent requirements. ASME standards
provide the most comprehensive information. Users should contact a Hanford Hoisting Rigging
Committee (HHRC) representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting and Rigging for a
formal interpretation. See Chapter 17.0 for process to be followed when requesting an
interpretation. Notify the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Committee if any inconsistent
standards are identified.

It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when
any hoisting or rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed
relative to the requirements within the current manual. The need to meet the current
requirements shall be evaluated by a qualified person selected by the owner (user).

9.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

OSHA 29 CFR 1910.184 Table N-184-4 specifies deductions from capacities shall be taken if a
D/d ratio of 20:1 or greater for 6 x 36 and 6 x 19 Improved Plow Steel Grade Wire Rope with an
IWRC is not maintained. ASME B30.9 specifies deductions from capacities shall be taken on a
mechanical spliced sling if a D/d ratio of 25:1 or less is obtained for 6 x 36 and 6 x 19 Extra
Improved Plow Steel Grade Wire Rope with an IWRC.

Therefore, the requirements of the more restrictive ASME B30.9 shall be followed, but in no
case shall wire rope slings be subjected to a D/d ratio of less than 1:1.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 5

9.4.1 D/d Ratio

When a wire rope is bent around any sheave or other object there is a loss of strength due to this
bending action. As the D/d ratio becomes smaller this loss of strength becomes greater and the
rope becomes less efficient. This curve relates the efficiency of a rope diameter to different D/d
ratios. This curve is based on static loads and applies to 6-strand class 6x19 and 6x37wire rope.

Effects on Wire Rope Slings

The D/d Ratio is the ratio of the diameter around which the sling is bent divided by the body
diameter of the sling. Example: A 1/2" diameter wire rope is bent around a 10" diameter pipe;
the D/d Ratio is 10" divided by 1/2" = D/d Ratio of 20:1. This ratio has an effect on the rated
capacity of slings.

Reference ASME B30.9 for Sling D/d Ratio (Alloy Steel Chain, Wire Rope, Synthetic Rope)

9.4.2 Temperature Limitations

The working temperature limits listed below shall not be exceeded without the manufacturer’s
written approval.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 6

SLING TYPE TEMPERATURE LIMIT REFERENCE

Synthetic Rope Slings - 40°F to 194°F ASME B30.9
Synthetic web and round - 40°F to 194°F ASME B30.9
slings
Fiber core - 40°F to +180°F
Wire rope slings ASME B30.9
IWRC - 40°F to +400°F
Alloy steel chain slings - 40°F to +400°F ASME B30.9
Metal mesh slings −20°F to +550°F ASME B30.9
Elastometer coated Slings 0°F to 200°F ASME B30.9
Note: Some synthetic yarns do not retain their published breaking strength above 140°F.
The manufacturer should be consulted for the temperature range of slings made from
other than yarns identified in ASME B30.9.

9.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

9.5.1 Prohibited Sling Applications

Slings with eyes formed by folding back the rope (not a Flemish eye loop) and secured with one
or more metal sleeves pressed (not forging) over the wire rope junction are prohibited for lifting
service.

9.5.1.1 Pre-Use Inspections

Prior to use, slings shall be inspected and verified that the periodic inspection is current.

9.5.1.2 Sling Identification

Slings used at Hanford shall have permanently affixed and legible identification markings as
prescribed by the manufacturer and that indicate the recommended safe working load for the
type(s) of hitch (s) used the angle upon which it is based, and the number of legs if more than
one.

9.5.2 Inspection and Testing Documentation

9.5.2.1 Proof Testing

All slings shall be proof tested (load tested) prior to initial use by the manufacturer or user.
Proof test date shall be marked on the sling. Proof test shall never be less than minimum
requirements defined in ASME B30.9. A tag indicating date of load test may be affixed to the
device for filed verification. See example in Figure 9-1.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 7

Figure 9-1 – Example of a Load Test Tag

Load Test
Date

10/30/2017

9.5.3 Periodic Inspections

The periodic inspection for all sling types used at Hanford shall be documented by any one of the
following methods:

1. Mark a serial number on the sling and maintain inspection records by serial numbers.

2. Institute a comprehensive marking program (such as color coding) to indicate when

the next inspection is required.

3. Mark each sling with a tag that indicates when the next periodic inspection is
required. This tag becomes the record.

9.5.4 Periodic Inspection Record Tags

A periodic inspection tag (like the example shown below) is required in addition to the other
sling identification requirements for each sling type prescribed by the applicable ASME B30.9
chapter.

Figure 9-2 Example of Periodic Inspection Tag

Inspection
Due

10/2017
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 9.0 – SLINGS Rev 1 Page 8

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 10.0 – RIGGING HARDWARE Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 10.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.0 RIGGING HARDWARE ............................................................................................................... 3

10.1 SCOPE .................................................................................................................................. 3
10.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 3
10.3 IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................................................................... 4
10.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ........................................................................................... 4
10.5 TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS ....................................................................................... 5
10.6 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 5
10.6.1 Manufacturer-Installed Lift Points ................................................................................... 5
10.6.2 Proof Testing ....................................................................................................................... 5

FIGURES
Figure 10.1 – Load Test Tag Used For Date Record ................................................................. 6
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 10.0 – RIGGING HARDWARE Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 10.0 – RIGGING HARDWARE Rev 1 Page 3

10.0 RIGGING HARDWARE

10.1 SCOPE
This chapter provides requirements that apply to the construction, installation, operation,
inspection, and maintenance of detachable rigging hardware used for lifting purposes in
conjunction with equipment described in other sections of this manual. This hardware includes
shackles, links, rings, swivels, turnbuckles, eyebolts, hoist rings, wire rope clips, wedge sockets,
and rigging blocks. The proper and safe use of rigging hardware is governed by the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) regulations. This section implements required criteria from DOE/RL-
92-36 and the following standards: ASME B30.26-Rigging Hardware and OSHA 29 CFR
1926.251-Rigging Equipment for Material Handling.

This chapter implements the following criteria and the applicable national standards and/or
federal specifications that are mandatory per ASME B30.26-Rigging Hardware:

Chapter 26.1 Shackles – Selection, Use, and Maintenance

Chapter 26.2 Adjustable Hardware – Selection, Use, and Maintenance
Chapter 26.3 Compression Hardware – Selection, Use, and Maintenance
Chapter 26.4 Links, Master Link Subassemblies, Rings, and Swivels
Chapter 26.5 Rigging Blocks – Selection, Use, and Maintenance
Chapter 26.6 Detachable Load-Indicating Devices – Selection, Use, and Maintenance

Each chapter above includes the following sections:

 Scope
 Types, Materials, and Assembly (26.3)
 Design Factor
 Rated Loads
 Proof Test
 Identification
 Effects of Environment
 Training
 Inspection, Repair, and Removal, Calibration (26.6)
 Operating Practices

10.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access ASME via one of the following options:

1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at

http://www.ihs.com/. The contractor must have paid for access to the specific
standard. For access contact The Hanford Technical Library, 277 University Dr,
Richland, WA (372-7430). To print IHS file go to http://www.ihs.com/

2. Thomson Rueters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at

[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for
access to the specific standard.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 10.0 – RIGGING HARDWARE Rev 1 Page 4

3. To purchase standards directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org

4. To access the OSHA standard go to the following link:

 29 CFR 1926.251 Rigging Equipment for Material Handling

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STAND
ARDS&p_id=10686

 To view read only ASME file go to: ASME B30.26-2015-Rigging Hardware

10.3 IMPLEMENTATION
Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36 and the Rigging Hardware
manufacturers’ requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this manual to implement all
of the requirements from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements,
the user shall adhere to the standard containing the most stringent requirements. ASME
standards provide the most comprehensive information. Users should contact a Hanford Site
Hoisting Rigging Committee (HSHRC) representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting
and Rigging for a formal interpretation. See Chapter 17.0 for process to be followed when
requesting an interpretation. Notify the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Committee if any
inconsistent standards are identified.

It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when
any hoisting or rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed
relative to the requirements within the current manual. The need to meet the current
requirements shall be evaluated by a qualified person selected by the owner (user).

10.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

1. ASME B30-26-1.5.2 Shackle Pin Identification specifies each shackle pin shall have
durable markings by the manufacturer to show the name or trademark of
manufacturer and the grade, material type, or load rating.

2. OSHA does not address stamped identification of shackle pins.

Therefore, follow the requirements of ASME B30-26-1.5.2.

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 10.0 – RIGGING HARDWARE Rev 1 Page 5

10.5 TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS

The working temperature limits listed for carbon steel shall not be exceeded without the
manufacturer’s written approval. For hardware manufactured from other materials consult
manufacturer.

HARDWARE TYPE TEMPERATURE LIMIT REFERENCE

Wire Rope Clips -40°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Wedge Sockets -4°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Shackles -40°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Turnbuckles -40°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Eyebolts +30°F to +275°F ASME B30.26
Eye Nuts -40°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Swivel Hoist Rigs -20°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Detachable Load Indicating Devices +14°F to +104°F ASME B30.26
Links, Rings and Swivels -40°F to +400°F ASME B30.26
Rigging Blocks 0°F to +150°F ASME B30.26

10.6 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

10.6.1 Manufacturer-Installed Lift Points

All manufacturer-installed lift points shall be inspected and evaluated by a qualified person
before use for cracks, deformation, excessive wear, or damage. When questions arise regarding
the use of manufacturer-installed lift points, the equipment custodian or cognizant engineer shall
be consulted.

10.6.2 Proof Testing

Rigging hardware used in critical lifts shall be proof tested (load tested) in accordance with the
requirements of ASME B30.26, and tagged or marked with proof test date. Proof test shall never
be less than minimum requirements defined in ASME B30.26. See Figure 10.1 example.

Dynamometers and Precision Load-Position Devices (hydro-set) shall have the following
requirements.
a. Load test at maximum capacity.
b. Shall have a minimum design factor of 4:1 based on yield of strength of materials.
c. Shall be load tested to 100% of rated capacity
d. Shall be calibrated per the contractor’s requirements at least annually.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual April 25, 2016
Chapter 10.0 – RIGGING HARDWARE Rev 1 Page 6

Figure 10.1 Load test tag used for date record

Load
Test Date

06-2020
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 11.0 – BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 11.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

11.0 BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES ............................................................................... 3

11.1 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................. 3
11.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 4
11.3 IMPLEMENTATION .................................................................................................................... 4
11.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 4
11.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ............................................... 4
11.5.1 Load Testing ................................................................................................................................ 5
11.5.2 Load-Test Weight........................................................................................................................ 5
11.5.3 Load-Test Tag ............................................................................................................................. 5

FIGURES
Figure 11.5 – Example of a Periodic InspectionTag………...…………………………………………..5
Figure 11.5.3 – Example of a Load Test Tag…………………………………………………………….5
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 11.0 – BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 11.0 – BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES Rev 1 Page 3

11.0 BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES

11.1 SCOPE
This chapter provides requirements that apply to the marking, construction, installation, inspection,
testing, maintenance, and operation of Below-the-Hook (BTH) Lifting Devices for attaching loads to
various hoists. The proper and safe use of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices is governed by the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) regulations. This section implements required criteria from DOE/RL-92-36 and
the following standards: ASME B30.20-Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, ASME BTH-1-Design of
Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, ANSI N14.6 Radioactive Materials – Special Lifting Devices for
Shipping Containers Weighing 10,000 Pounds (4500 kg) or More, and OSHA 29 CFR 1926.251 Rigging
Equipment for Material Handling.
This chapter implements the following criteria and the applicable national standards and/or federal
specifications that are mandatory per ASME B30.20-Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, ASME BTH-1-
Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices, and ANSI N14.6:
ASME B30.20-Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
Chapter 20-0 Scope, Definitions, Personnel Competence, Translations and References
Chapter 20-1 Structural and Mechanical Lifting Devices
Chapter 20-2 Vacuum Lifting Devices
Chapter 20-3 Close Proximity Operated Lifting Magnets
Chapter 20-4 Remotely Operated Lifting Magnets
Chapter 20-5 Scrap and Material Handling Grapples
Each ASME B30.20 chapter above includes the following sections:
 Scope
 Marking, Construction, and Installation
 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
 Operation
 Instruction Manuals
ASME BTH-1-Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
Chapter 1 Scope, Definitions, and References
Chapter 2 Lifter Classifications
Chapter 3 Structural Design
Chapter 4 Mechanical Design
Chapter 5 Electrical Components
ANSI N14.6-Radioactive Materials – Special Lifting Devices for Shipping Containers Weighing 10,000
Pounds (4500 kg) or More.
1. Scope
2. Normative References
3. Definitions
4. Design
5. Fabrication
6. Acceptance Testing, Maintenance, and Assurance of Continuing Compliance
7. Quality Assurance
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 11.0 – BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES Rev 1 Page 4

11.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access ASME via one of the following options:
1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/
The contractor must have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS files go to
http://www.ihs.com/
2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at
[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to
the specific standard.
3. To purchase standards directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org/
4. To access OSHA standards go to the following links
 29 CFR 1926.251 Rigging Equipment for Material Handling
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10686
5. To view read only ASME files go to:
 ASME B30.20-2013-Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
 ASME BTH-1-2014-Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices

11.3 IMPLEMENTATION
Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36 and the Below-the-Hook Lifting
Device manufacturers’ requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this manual to implement all of
the requirements from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the user
shall adhere to the standard containing the most stringent requirements. ASME standards provide the
most comprehensive information. Users should contact a Hanford Hoisting Rigging Committee (HHRC)
representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting and Rigging for a formal interpretation. See
Chapter 17.0 for process to be followed when requesting an interpretation. Notify the Hanford Site
Hoisting and Rigging Committee if any inconsistent standards are identified.
In accordance with design requirements, the responsible engineer may invoke ANSI N14.6 to a below
the-hook device. ANSI N14.6 invokes criteria similar to, but not identical to ASME B30.20 and ASME
BTH-1.

11.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

No inconsistencies between standards currently identified.

11.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

Below-the-hook lifting devices used at Hanford shall be tagged by any one of the following methods to
indicate next periodic inspection due date.
a Institute a comprehensive marking program (such as color coding) to indicate when the next
inspection is required.
b Mark each below-the-hook lifting device with a tag that indicates when the next periodic
inspection is required.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 11.0 – BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES Rev 1 Page 5

Figure 11.5 – Example of a Periodic Inspection Tag

Inspection
Due
10/2017

11.5.1 Load Testing

ASME B30.20 states load testing should be performed for Below-the-hook lifting devices. All new,
repaired or altered Below-the-hook (BTH) lifting devices used at Hanford shall be load and operational
tested to the provisions of ASME B30.20. The testing shall be documented as defined in ASME B30.20
and the BTH device tagged with the test date (for manufacturer load tested BTH devices use in-service
date).

11.5.2 Load-Test Weight

The load-test weight or testing device should be within a tolerance of (+0 percent, -5 percent) and shall be
traceable to a recognized standard or verified by engineering calculations. Load test shall never be less
than minimum requirements defined in the applicable ASME B30 standard. Any one of the following
options will meet this requirement:
1. Use a calibrated load-measuring device during the load test.
2. Determine the test load with a calibrated load-measuring device before the test.
3. Calculate the test load based on known unit weights and dimensions of the test fixture.
Dimensions and calculations must be checked (signed and dated) by a qualified engineer and
determined to be accurate within tolerance (+0 percent, -5 percent)

11.5.3 Load-Test Tag

After the test is completed, the proof test (load-test) report shall be signed and dated by the person in
charge of conducting the load test. The person in charge shall ensure that the test is placed in the lifting
device maintenance file. A tag indicating date of load test may be affixed to the device for filed
verification.

Figure 11.5.3 – Example of a Load Test Tag

Load Test
Date

10/30/2017
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 11.0 – BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES Rev 1 Page 6

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 12.0 – HOISTS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 12.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

12.0 HOISTS............................................................................................................................................ 3

12.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................... 3

12.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 3

12.3 IMPLEMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 4

12.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 4

12.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ........................................... 4

12.5.1 Lever Hoists ......................................................................................................................... 4

12.5.2 Load-Test Weight ................................................................................................................ 5

12.5.3 Maintenance Files ............................................................................................................... 5

FIGURES

Figure 12.1: Example of Periodic Inspection Tag .................................................................................... 6

Figure 12.2: Example of a Load Test Tag................................................................................................. 6

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 12.0 – HOISTS Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 12.0 – HOISTS Rev 1 Page 3

12.0 HOISTS

12.1 SCOPE
This chapter applies to the marking, construction, installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and
operation of the following:
 Overhead Hoists (underhung)
 Hand chain-operated chain hoists and electric and air-powered chain and wire rope hoists
 Lever Hoists
 Ratchet and pawl and friction brake type manually lever operated chain, wire rope, and web strap
hoists used for lifting, pulling, and tensioning applications
The proper and safe use of hoists is governed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
standards and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. This section
implements required criteria from DOE/RL-92-36 and the following standards: ASME B30.16-Overhead
Hoists (Underhung), and ASME B30.21-Lever Hoists.
The responsible engineer may invoke ASME NUM-1, Rules for Construction of Cranes, Monorails, and
Hoists (with Bridge or Trolley or Hoist of the Underhung Type), for cranes used at nuclear facilities.
ASME NUM-1 applies to the design, manufacture, testing, inspection, shipment, storage, and erection of
monorails and hoists (with bridge, trolley, or hoist of the underhung type).
This chapter implements the following criteria and the applicable national standards and/or federal
specifications that are mandatory requirements for each item.
 ASME B30.16-Overhead Hoists (Underhung)
1. Marking, Construction, and Installation, Chapter 16-1
2. Inspection and Testing, Chapter 16-2
3. Operator Training and Operation, Chapter 16-3
4. Maintenance Training and Maintenance, Chapter 16-4

 ASME B30.21-Lever Hoists (NOTE: Each chapter specifies marking, construction, inspection,
testing, maintenance, and operation criteria)
1. Construction and Installation, Chapter 21-1
2. Inspection and Testing, Chapter 21-2
3. Operation and Operator Training, Chapter 21-3
4. Maintenance and Maintenance Training, Chapter 21-4

12.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access ASME via one of the following options:
1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/.
The contractor must have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS file go to
http://www.ihs.com/
2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at
[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to the
specific standard.
3. To purchase standards directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 12.0 – HOISTS Rev 1 Page 4

4. To access OSHA standards go to the following links:

 29 CFR 1910.179 Overhead and Gantry Cranes
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id
=9830
 29 CFR 1926.554 Overhead Hoists
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id
=10764
5. To view read only ASME files go to:
 ASME B30.16-2012-Overhead Hoists (Underhung)
 ASME B30.21-2014-Lever Hoists

12.3 IMPLEMENTATION
Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36, and the hoist or jib crane or monorail
manufacturers’ requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this manual to implement all of the
requirements from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the user shall
adhere to the standard containing the most stringent requirements. ASME standards provide the most
comprehensive information. Users should contact a Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Committee (HHRC)
representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting and Rigging for a formal interpretation. See
Chapter 17.0, Interpretations, for the process to be followed when requesting an interpretation. Notify
the HHRC if any inconsistent standards are identified.
It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when any
hoisting or rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed relative to the
requirements within the current manual. The need to meet the current requirements shall be evaluated by
a qualified person selected by the owner (user). Recommended changes shall be made by the owner (user)
within one year.

12.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

No inconsistencies between standards are currently identified.

12.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

CAUTION: Working on or under a suspended load is prohibited, except when the load can be supported
by blocking or cribbing, can be securely braced, or can be supported substantially by some other means
that would prevent the load from moving. Some loads being lifted and set in place may require special
handling control measures such as inspecting, landing, setting, or controlling the load, that may require
personnel to position their hands or other body parts under the load when no other method is feasible.
These special handling control activities MUST BE APPROVED by management and industrial safety
PRIOR TO BEING PERFORMED.

12.5.1 Lever Hoists

NOTE: Wire rope ratchet and pawl lever-operated hoists are not recommended for use in lifting service
at Hanford. If wire rope ratchet and pawl lever-operated hoists are used they shall comply with
requirements of ASME B30.21.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 12.0 – HOISTS Rev 1 Page 5

12.5.2 Load-Test Weight

The load-test weight should be within a tolerance of +0 %, -5 % and shall be traceable to a recognized
standard or verified by calculations. Load tests shall never be less than minimum requirements defined in
the applicable ASME Standard. Any one of the following options will meet this requirement:
1. Use a calibrated (+0 percent, -5 percent) load-measuring device during the load test.
2. Determine the test load with a calibrated load-measuring device before the test.
3. Calculate the test load based on known unit weights and dimensions of the test fixture.
Dimensions and calculations shall be checked (signed and dated) by a qualified engineer and
determined to be accurate within tolerance (+0 percent, -5 percent).

12.5.2.2 Load-Test Report

After the test is completed, the load-test report shall be signed and dated by the person in charge of
conducting the load test. The person in charge shall ensure that the test is placed in the maintenance file.

12.5.3 Maintenance Files

The maintenance file is a compilation of various documents and records relating to operation,
maintenance, inspection, testing, evaluation, and repair of the equipment. The file may be centrally
located or proportioned into satellite holding areas. The methods selected for establishing adequate
information retention and retrieval shall be determined by the equipment custodian, who is the
responsible person for ensuring that a safe and reliable maintenance program is in place.

12.5.3.1 Intent of Maintenance Files

The maintenance file shall contain, as a minimum, the required current dated periodic inspection records
and other documentation to provide the user with evidence of a safe and reliable maintenance program.
Inspection records should be retained in a format and location that allows easy accessibility. Maintenance
file information should provide a source for comparing existing and past conditions to determine whether
existing conditions show a trending pattern of wear, deterioration, or other similar factors that may
compromise safe, continued use of the equipment. Length of record retention shall be determined by the
equipment custodian’s established maintenance program.

12.5.3.2 Maintenance File Contents

Maintenance files shall contain the following documentation, as applicable:
1. Periodic inspection records
2. Load test reports
3. Documentation of altered, replaced, or repaired load-sustaining parts
4. Records of special inspections on safety-related items such as brakes, hooks, ropes,
hydraulic/pneumatic cylinders, and hydraulic/pneumatic pressure relief valves
5. Copies of waivers, exemptions, hostile environment plans, or similar documentation applicable to
the equipment (to include manufacturer’s safety bulletins, safety alerts, and product recall
information)
6. Documentation for replacement ropes (see Chapter 8.0, “Wire Rope”)
7. Wire rope manufacturer’s certification for replacement ropes
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 12.0 – HOISTS Rev 1 Page 6

12.5.3.3 Periodic Inspection Tag

Hoists used at Hanford shall be tagged by any one of the following methods to indicate the next periodic
inspection due date. See example in Figure 12.1.
1. Institute a comprehensive marking program (such as color coding) to indicate when the next
inspection is required.
2. Mark each hoist with a tag that indicates when the next periodic inspection is required.

12.5.3.4 Load- Test Tag (Proof Test)

Maintenance files contain the proof test (load test) report for the hoist. Proof tests shall never be less than
minimum requirements defined in the ASME B30 standards. A tag indicating date of load test may be
affixed to the device for filed verification. See example in Figure 12.2 below.

Figure 12.1: Example of Periodic Inspection Tag Figure 12.2: Example of a Load Test Tag

3/2020 3/2017
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 1
AND MONORAILS

CHAPTER 13.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

13.0 OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES AND MONORAILS ............................ 3

13.1 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................................... 3

13.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 4

13.3 IMPLEMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 4

13.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 4

13.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ........................................... 5

13.5.1 Load-Test Weight ................................................................................................................ 5

13.5.2 Load-Test Report ................................................................................................................ 5

13.5.3 Crane Maintenance Files .................................................................................................... 5

FIGURES

Figure 13.1: Example of Periodic Inspection Tag .................................................................................... 6

Figure 13.2: Example of a Load Test Tag................................................................................................. 6

ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT 13.1 - SAMPLE OVERHEAD CRANES DAILY INSPECTION CHECKLIST .... 7

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 2
AND MONORAILS

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 3
AND MONORAILS

13.0 OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES AND MONORAILS

13.1 SCOPE
This chapter applies to the marking, construction, installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and
operation of the following overhead and gantry cranes, including semi-gantry, cantilever gantry, wall
cranes, bridge cranes, monorail and jib cranes, and others having the same fundamental characteristics.
These cranes may be top-running, under-running, single- or double-girder. Hoist units and trolleys are
most commonly electric powered, but can be air powered or hand-chain operated. These cranes may be
cab operated, pulpit operated, floor operated, or remotely operated. Such cranes are grouped together
because all have trolleys and similar travel characteristics.

The proper and safe use of overhead gantry cranes, monorail and jib cranes is governed by the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) regulations. OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC Overhead and Gantry Cranes (only
applies to temporarily installed cranes), and OSHA 29 CFR 1910.179 Overhead and Gantry Cranes. This
section implements required criteria from DOE/RL-92-36 Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual and
the following standards:

 ASME B30.2-Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Single or Multiple Girder, Top
Running Trolley Hoist)

 ASME B30.17-Cranes and Monorails (with Underhung Trolley or Bridge)

 OSHA 29 CFR 1910.179 - Overhead and Gantry Cranes

 OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC Overhead and Gantry Cranes (only applies to temporarily
installed cranes)

The responsible engineer may invoke Rules for Construction of Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top
Running Bridge, Multiple Girder) ASME NOG-1 for crane used at nuclear facilities. ASME NOG-1
applies to the design, manufacture, testing, inspection, shipment, storage, and erection of overhead and
gantry cranes (Top Running Bridge, Multiple Girder).

The responsible engineer may invoke Rules for Construction of Cranes, Monorails, and Hoists (with
Bridge or Trolley or Hoist of the Underhung Type) ASME NUM-1 for cranes used at nuclear facilities.
ASME NUM-1 applies to the design, manufacture, testing, inspection, shipment, storage, and erection of
monorails and hoists (with Bridge or Trolley or Hoist of the Underhung Type).

This section implements the following criteria and the applicable national standards and/or federal
specifications that are mandatory requirements for each item.

 ASME B30.2-Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Single or Multiple Girder, Top
Running Trolley Hoist):

1. General Construction and Installation, Chapter 2-1

2. Inspection and Testing, Chapter 2-2
3. Operator Training and Operation, Chapter 2-3
4. Maintenance Training and Maintenance, Chapter 2-4

 ASME B30.17-Cranes and Monorails (with Underhung Trolley or Bridge):

1. General Construction and Installation Chapter 17-1

2. Inspection and Testing, Chapter 17-2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 4
AND MONORAILS

3. Operator Training and Operation 17-3

4. Maintenance Training and Maintenance 17-4

13.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access requirements via the following options:

1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/ .

The contractor must have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS file go to
http://www.ihs.com/

2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at

[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to the
specific standard.

3. To purchase standards directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org

4. To access OSHA 29 CFR 1910.179, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, go to the following link:
 http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9
830

5. To access OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC, refer to either of the following:

 Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC

 http://www.osha.gov/doc/cranesreg.pdf

6. To view read only ASME files go to:

 ASME B30.2-2011 Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Single or Multiple
Girder, Top Running Trolley Hoist)
 ASME B30.17-2015- Cranes and Monorails (with Underhung Trolley or Bridge)

13.3 IMPLEMENTATION
Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36, and the overhead, or gantry crane, jib
crane or monorail manufacturers’ requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this Manual to
implement all of the requirements from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent
requirements, the user shall adhere to the standard containing the most stringent requirements. ASME
standards provide the most comprehensive information. Users should contact a Hanford Site Hoisting
and Rigging Committee (HHRC) representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting and Rigging for a
formal interpretation. See Chapter 17.0 for process to be followed when requesting an interpretation.
Notify the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Committee (HHRC) if any inconsistent standards are
identified.

It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when any
hoisting or rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed relative to the
requirements within the current manual. The need to meet the current requirements shall be evaluated by
a qualified person selected by the owner (user). Recommended changes shall be made by the owner (user)
within 1 year.

13.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

No inconsistencies between standards are currently identified
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 5
AND MONORAILS

13.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

CAUTION: Working on or under a suspended load is prohibited, except when the load can be supported
by blocking or cribbing, can be securely braced, or can be supported substantially by some other means
that would prevent the load from moving. Some loads being lifted and set in place may require special
handling control measures such as inspecting, landing, setting, or controlling the load, that may require
personnel to position their hands or other body parts under the load when no other method is feasible.
These special handling control activities MUST BE APPROVED by management and industrial safety
PRIOR TO BEING PERFORMED.

13.5.1 Load-Test Weight

The load-test weight should be within a tolerance of +0 percent, -5 percent and shall be traceable to a
recognized standard or verified by engineering calculations. Load tests shall never be less than minimum
requirements defined in the applicable ASME Standard. Any one of the following options will meet this
requirement:

 Use a calibrated (+0 percent, -5 percent) load-measuring device during the load test

 Determine the test load with a calibrated load-measuring device before the test

 Calculate the test load based on known unit weights and dimensions of the test fixture

 Dimensions and calculations have been checked (signed and dated) by a qualified engineer and
determined to be accurate within tolerance (+0 percent, -5 percent)

13.5.2 Load-Test Report

After the test is completed, the load-test report shall be signed and dated by the person in charge of
conducting the load test. The person in charge shall ensure that the test is placed in the crane maintenance
file.

13.5.3 Crane Maintenance Files

The crane maintenance file is a compilation of various documents and records relating to operation,
maintenance, inspection, testing, evaluation, and repair of the equipment. The file may be centrally
located or proportioned into satellite holding areas. The methods selected for establishing adequate
information retention and retrieval shall be determined by the equipment custodian, who is the
responsible person for ensuring that a safe and reliable maintenance program is in place.

13.5.3.1 Intent Of Maintenance Files

The crane maintenance file shall contain, as a minimum, the required current dated periodic inspection
records and other documentation to provide the user with evidence of a safe and reliable maintenance
program. Inspection records should be retained in a format and location that provides for ease in
accessibility. Maintenance file information should provide a source for comparing present conditions with
past conditions to determine whether existing conditions show a trending pattern of wear, deterioration, or
other comparable factors that may compromise safe, continued use of the equipment. Length of record
retention shall be determined by the equipment custodian’s established maintenance program.

13.5.3.2 Maintenance File Contents

Maintenance files shall contain the following documentation, as applicable:

1. Periodic inspection records

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 6
AND MONORAILS

2. Load test reports

3. Documentation of altered, replaced, or repaired load-sustaining parts
4. Records of special inspections on safety-related items such as brakes, hooks, ropes,
hydraulic/pneumatic cylinders, and hydraulic/pneumatic pressure relief valves
5. Copies of waivers, exemptions, hostile environment plans, or similar documentation applicable to
the equipment (to include manufacturer’s safety bulletins, safety alerts, and product recall
information)
6. Documentation for replacement ropes (see Chapter 8.0, “Wire Rope”)
7. Wire rope manufacturer’s certification for replacement ropes

13.5.3.3 Periodic Inspection Tag

Cranes used at Hanford shall be tagged by any one of the following methods to indicate the next periodic
inspection due date. See example in Figure 13.1.

1. Institute a comprehensive marking program (such as color coding) to indicate when the next
inspection is required.
2. Mark each crane with a tag that indicates when the next periodic inspection is required.

13.5.3.4 Load –Test Tag (Proof Test)

Maintenance files contain the proof test (load test) report for the crane. Proof tests shall never be less than
the minimum requirements defined in the ASME B30 standards. A tag indicating date of load test may be
affixed to the device for filed verification. See example in Figure 13.2 below.

Figure 13.1: Example of Periodic Inspection Tag Figure 13.2: Example of a Load Test Tag

3/2020 3/2017

See Attachment 13.1 on the next page for a Sample Overhead Crane Daily Inspection Checklist.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 13.0 – OVERHEAD AND GANTRY CRANES; CRANES Rev 1 Page 7
AND MONORAILS

ATTACHMENT 13.1 - SAMPLE OVERHEAD CRANES DAILY INSPECTION CHECKLIST

BLDG:________ LOCATION:_____________ CRANE #: ____________ DATE: __/___/___ BY: ___________________

COMPONENT N/A OK FAULTY COMMENTS

Main Hoist
Controls
Push Buttons
Sounds Normal
Movement Smooth
Brakes Positive
Upper Limit
Lower Limit
Upper and Lower Blocks
Sheaves
Rope and Connections
Proper Drum Spooling
Hooks
Auxiliary Hoist
Controls
Pushbuttons
Sounds Normal
Movement Smooth
Brakes Positive
Upper Limit
Lower Limit
Upper and Lower Blocks
Sheaves
Rope and Connections
Proper Drum Spooling
Hooks
Trolley
Controls/Pushbutton
Travels Smooth
Sounds Normal
Brakes Positive
Trolley and Bridge Obstruction
Housekeeping
Ladders and Landings
Oil Leaks
Operation of Brakes
Loose Parts
Keepers in Place
Lubrication Requirements
Fire Extinguisher Locations
Retaining Latch(es) in Place
Hooks Swivel Freely
Obvious Hook Deformations
Bridge
Controls/Pushbuttons
Travels Smooth
Sounds Normal
Brakes Positive
Limits Working
Alarms
Lights
Rigging Capacity
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 14.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

14.0 MOBILE CRANES ......................................................................................................................... 3

14.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................... 3
14.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 3
14.3 IMPLEMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 3
14.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 4
14.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ........................................... 4
14.5.1 CAUTION: Ground and Bearing-Pressure Considerations ........................................... 4
14.5.2 Operating Cranes near Energized Transmitters or Electrical Power Lines ................. 5
14.5.3 Adverse Weather ................................................................................................................. 5
14.5.4 On-Rubber and Pick-and-Carry Operations ................................................................... 5
14.5.5 Multiple Load Line Operation ........................................................................................... 6
14.5.6 Outrigger Lift-Off ............................................................................................................... 6
14.5.7 Rigging Requirements ........................................................................................................ 6
14.5.8 Swing Radius–Pinch Point Clearance and Swing Radius Hazards ................................ 6
14.5.9 Load Test Weight ................................................................................................................ 7
14.5.10 Load-Test Report ................................................................................................................ 7
14.5.11 Crane Maintenance Files .................................................................................................... 7
14.5.12 Assembly/Disassembly – Selection of Manufacturer or Employer Procedures ............ 9
14.5.13 Equipment Modifications ................................................................................................. 10
14.5.14 Leaving the Equipment Unattended................................................................................ 12
14.5.15 Tag-out ............................................................................................................................... 12
14.5.16 Keeping Clear of the Load ............................................................................................... 13
14.5.17 Crane Setup ....................................................................................................................... 14
14.6 BOOM FREE FALL PROHIBITIONS ................................................................................... 16
14.7 DIGGER DERRICKS ............................................................................................................... 16
14.8 UNAVAILABLE OPERATION PROCEDURES .................................................................. 16
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 3

14.0 MOBILE CRANES

14.1 SCOPE

This chapter applies to the construction and characteristics, inspection, testing, maintenance, and
operation of crawler cranes, locomotive cranes, wheel-mounted cranes, and other crane types that retain
the same fundamental characteristics. This scope includes only cranes of the above type that are powered
by internal combustion engines or electric motors. The proper and safe use of these crane types is
governed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations. This chapter implements required criteria from
DOE/RL-92-36 and the applicable national standards and/or federal specifications that are mandatory per
ASME B30.5-Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, OSHA 29 CFR 1910.180 Crawler locomotive and truck
cranes, and OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC, as follows:
14.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access requirements via the following options:

1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/ .
The contractor shall have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS files go to
http://www.ihs.com/
2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at
[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to the
specific standard.
3. To purchase standards directly from ASME go to http://www.asme.org
4. To access OSHA standards go to the following links
 29 CFR 1910.180 Crawler Locomotive and Truck Cranes
http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id
=9831
 29 CFR 1926.1400 Subpart CC, see Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC, or go to
the following link: http://www.osha.gov/doc/cranesreg.pdf
5. To view read only ASME file go to:
 ASME B30.5-2014-Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
14.3 IMPLEMENTATION

Contractors shall be compliant to OSHA, ASME, DOE/RL-92-36, and the mobile or locomotive crane
manufacturers’ requirements. It is the responsibility of the user of this manual to implement all of the
requirements from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the user shall
adhere to the standard containing the most stringent requirements. ASME standards provide the most
comprehensive information. Users should contact a Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Committee
(HSHRC) representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting and Rigging for a formal interpretation.
See Chapter 17.0, Interpretations, for process to be followed when requesting an interpretation. Notify
the HHRC if any inconsistent standards are identified.
It is not the intent of this manual to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when any
hoisting or rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed relative to the
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 4

requirements within the current manual. The need to meet the current requirements shall be evaluated by
a qualified person selected by the owner (user). Recommended changes shall be made by the owner (user)
within one year.
14.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

The Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Manual (HHRM) Chapter 2, Responsibilities, delineates
responsibilities to personnel and organizations involved in hoisting and rigging (H&R) as does ASME
B30.5. The HHRM will take precedence over ASME B30.5. If the responsibility is not covered or
assigned in the HHRM then ASME B30.5 applies.

14.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

Follow ASME B30.5 requirements and the following Hanford requirements:

 Direction provided in the Freight Container Lifting Standard in the Attachment chapter of this
Manual when lifting freight containers and/or Conex boxes.
 Directions provided in the Attachment chapter of this manual titled Lifting Requirements for
Concrete Blocks when lifting concrete blocks (e.g., ecology, landscaping blocks).
 Fall protection requirements as specified in DOE-0346, Hanford Site Fall Protection Program,
when performing assembly/disassembly, maintenance, repair, or inspection of mobile cranes.
 Electrical safety requirements as specified in DOE-0359, Hanford Site Electrical Safety Program,
when operating mobile cranes near overhead lines.
 When working near transmitter/communication towers where the equipment is close enough for
an electrical charge to be induced in the equipment or materials being handled, the transmitter
shall be de-energized or the following precautions shall be taken:
o The equipment shall be provided with an electrical ground
o If tag lines are used, they shall be non-conductive

14.5.1 CAUTION: Ground and Bearing-Pressure Considerations

It is important to ensure that no underground installations exist that could be compromised, such as
electrical vaults, conduit banks, tanks, and piping. When crane load foundations and bearing pressure are
a concern to crane stability and underground installation integrity, site utility layout, crane manufacturer’s
ground-loading information, crane configuration, and load and travel path information shall be evaluated
and analyzed by a qualified person. The qualified person shall determine if ground scans, soil stability
tests, and structural analysis of underground structures are necessary. If analysis is performed, a
documented plan to ensure crane stability and integrity of underground installations shall be provided to
the supervisor of the lift operation and discussed with involved or affected personnel.

14.5.1.1 Ground Conditions

The equipment shall not be assembled or used unless ground conditions are firm, drained, and graded to a
sufficient extent so that, in conjunction (if necessary) with the use of supporting materials, the equipment
manufacturer’s specifications for adequate support and degree of level of the equipment are met. The
requirement for the ground to be drained does not apply to marshes/wetlands.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 5

The controlling entity shall:

1. Ensure that ground preparations necessary to meet the requirements in paragraph (b) of this
section are provided.

2. Inform the user of the equipment and the operator of the location of hazards beneath the
equipment set-up area (such as voids, tanks, utilities) if those hazards are identified in documents
(such as site drawings, as-built drawings, and soil analyses) that are in the possession of the
controlling entity (whether at the site or off-site) or the hazards are otherwise known to that
controlling entity.

If there is no controlling entity for the project, the above requirement shall be met by the employer that
has authority at the site to make or arrange for ground preparations needed to meet ground condition
requirements.

If the assembly/disassembly (A/D) director or the operator determines that ground conditions do not meet
the requirements, that person’s employer shall have a discussion with the controlling entity regarding the
ground preparations that are needed so that, with the use of suitable supporting materials/devices (if
necessary), the ground conditions requirements can be met.

This section does not apply to cranes designed for use on railroad tracks when used on railroad tracks that
are part of the general railroad system of transportation that is regulated pursuant to the Federal Railroad
Administration under 49 CFR part 213 and that comply with applicable Federal Railroad Administration
requirements.

14.5.2 Operating Cranes near Energized Transmitters or Electrical Power Lines

Requirements for operating cranes near energized transmitters or electrical power lines can be found in
DOE-0359, Hanford Site Electrical Safety Program, Section 5.12, Mobile Cranes Operating near
Energized Overhead Lines.

14.5.3 Adverse Weather

Adverse weather conditions such as, but not limited to wind, wind gusts, rain, snow, and extreme
temperatures, that may inhibit the operator’s or the equipments ability to safely handle loads, shall be
evaluated by supervision and the crane operator prior to any lifting operation. Limitations and conditions
imposed by the equipment manufacturer for adverse weather shall be implemented. Mobile crane
operations shall be suspended when lightning is within 50 miles of the work location, as determined by
the Hanford Meteorological Station. The Hanford Meteorological station can be contacted at (509) 373-
2716.

14.5.4 On-Rubber and Pick-and-Carry Operations

Mobile crane pick-and-carry and on-rubber operations may be performed at Hanford when the crane
manufacturer has an approved operating chart for that specific purpose. Manufacturer’s requirements and
conditions for on-rubber or pick-and-carry pre-operational checks shall be followed, such as, but not
limited to, axle oscillation lockout system pre-checks and proper tire inflation validation. This
information can be found in the operators or crane maintenance service manual provided with the crane.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 6

These requirements shall be addressed in the work planning process or other implementing documents
and addressed in pre-job meetings.

14.5.5 Multiple Load Line Operation

Multiple load line operation shall only be permitted when the equipment and procedures required by the
crane manufacturer or qualified person are applied. This information may be found in the operator’s
service manual provided with the crane. These requirements shall be addressed in the work planning
process or other implementing documents and addressed in pre-job meetings. Read ASME B30.5-3.2.3.

14.5.6 Outrigger Lift-Off

Mobile crane outrigger lift-off may occur under certain loaded conditions when working within the limits
of the load chart. If this condition has not been addressed in the planning process and a pre-job meeting,
operations shall be stopped and a qualified person shall be consulted prior to continuing operations.

14.5.7 Rigging Requirements

Caution: Working on or under a suspended load is prohibited, except when the load can be supported by
blocking or cribbing, can be securely braced, or can be supported substantially by some other means that
would prevent the load from moving. Some loads being lifted and set in place may require special
handling control measures such as inspecting, landing, setting, or controlling the load, that may require
personnel to position their hands or other body parts under the load when no other method is feasible.
These special handling control activities MUST BE APPROVED by management and industrial safety
PRIOR TO BEING PERFORMED.

14.5.8 Swing Radius–Pinch Point Clearance and Swing Radius Hazards

When the crane is in operation, maintain a minimum clearance of 30 inches (76 centimeters) between the
swing radius of the crane superstructure or counterweights and any stationary object.

Swing radius hazards

1. The requirements of this section apply where there are accessible areas in which the equipment’s
rotating superstructure (whether permanently or temporarily mounted) poses a reasonably
foreseeable risk of:
a. Striking and injuring an employee; or
b. Pinching/crushing an employee against another part of the equipment or another object.

2. To prevent employees from entering these hazard areas, the employer shall:
a. Train each employee assigned to work on or near the equipment (“authorized personnel”)
in how to recognize struck-by and pinch/crush hazard areas posed by the rotating
superstructure.
b. Erect and maintain control lines, warning lines, railings, or similar barriers to mark the
boundaries of the hazard areas.

EXCEPTION: When the employer can demonstrate that it is neither feasible to erect such
barriers on the ground nor on the equipment, the hazard areas shall be clearly marked by a
combination of warning signs (such as “Danger – Swing/Crush Zone”) and high visibility
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 7

markings on the equipment that identify the hazard areas. In addition, the employer shall
train each employee to understand what these markings signify.

3. Protecting employees in the hazard area

a. Before an employee goes to a location in the hazard area that is out of view of the operator,
the employee (or someone instructed by the employee) shall ensure that the operator is
informed that he/she is going to that location.
b. Where the operator knows that an employee went to a location covered by paragraph 1
above, the operator shall not rotate the superstructure until the operator is informed in
accordance with a prearranged system of communication that the employee is in a safe
position.

Where any part of a crane/derrick is within the working radius of another crane/derrick, the controlling
entity shall institute a system to coordinate operations. If there is no controlling entity, the employer(s)
shall institute such a system.

14.5.9 Load Test Weight

The weight of the test loads used on site shall be accurately known within a tolerance of +0 percent to -5
percent, traceable to a recognized standard, or verified by engineering calculations.

NOTE: The Crane Load Stability Test Code, SAE J765, describes a test on new cranes done by the crane
manufacturer or the manufacturer’s testing agency.

Load tests shall never be less than the minimum requirements defined in applicable ASME B30.5
Standard. Any one of the following options will meet this requirement:

1. Use a calibrated (+0 percent, -5 percent) load-measuring device during the load test.

2. Determine the test load with a calibrated load-measuring device before the test.

3. Calculate the test load based on known unit weights and dimensions of the test fixture.
Dimensions and calculations shall be checked (signed and dated) by a qualified engineer and
determined to be accurate within tolerance (+0 percent, -5 percent).

14.5.10 Load-Test Report

After the test is completed, the load-test report shall be signed and dated by the person in charge of
conducting the load test. The person in charge shall ensure that the test is placed in the maintenance file.

14.5.11 Crane Maintenance Files

The crane maintenance file is a compilation of various documents and records relating to operation,
maintenance, inspection, testing, evaluation, and repair of the equipment. The file may be centrally
located or proportioned into satellite holding areas. The method(s) selected for establishing adequate
information retention shall be determined by the equipment custodian. It is expected that the maintenance
files be retrievable within three work days. The equipment custodian is responsible for ensuring that a
safe and reliable maintenance program is in place.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 8

14.5.11.1 Intent of Crane Maintenance Files

The crane maintenance file shall contain, as a minimum, the required current dated periodic inspection
records and other documentation to provide the user with evidence of a safe and reliable maintenance
program. Inspection records should be retained in a format and location that provides for ease in
accessibility. Maintenance file information should provide a source for comparing present conditions with
past conditions to determine whether existing conditions show a trending pattern of wear, deterioration, or
other comparable factors that may compromise safe, continued use of the equipment. Length of record
retention shall be determined by the equipment custodian’s established maintenance program.

14.5.11.2 Maintenance File Contents

Crane maintenance files shall contain the following documentation, as applicable, and should be retained
as long as the crane is assigned to a Hanford Site DOE contractor.

1. Monthly and periodic inspection records (The most recent records shall be retained in the file and
the past records should be retained for trending)

2. Load test reports

3. Operational test reports

4. Documentation of altered, replaced, or repaired load-sustaining parts

5. Records of special inspections on safety-related items such as brakes, crane hooks, ropes,
hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders, and hydraulic and pneumatic relief pressure valves.

6. Copies of waivers, exemptions, hostile environment plans, or similar documentation applicable to

the crane (to include manufacturer’s safety bulletins, safety alerts, and product recall information)

7. Documentation for replacement ropes (see Chapter 8.0, Wire Rope)

8. Wire rope manufacturer’s certification for replacement ropes

9. Records of inspection on load indicating devices, anti-two block, two-block warning, and two-
block damage prevention systems.

14.5.11.3 Previously Owned Cranes Maintenance Files

Although complete maintenance information for previously owned cranes may not be available, the
equipment custodian shall acquire as much of the pertinent information as possible. If efforts fail to obtain
the required information, the following actions, at a minimum, shall take place.

 Perform a periodic inspection by a qualified inspector, including inspection of hooks and wire
ropes
 Inspect for evidence of past repairs, alterations, or modifications. Note the results of this
inspection on the inspection report
 Resolve deficiencies noted by the inspector before placing the crane into service. Perform repairs
and retests as needed. If there is evidence of past repairs, replacement, or alterations of load-
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 9

bearing parts and load test records are unavailable, a load test shall be performed in accordance
with DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual, Chapter 14, Mobile Cranes,
Section 14.5.9, Load Test Weight.

14.5.12 Assembly/Disassembly – Selection of Manufacturer or Employer Procedures

When assembling or disassembling equipment (or attachments), the employer shall comply with all
applicable manufacturer prohibitions and shall comply with either:

1. Manufacturer procedures applicable to assembly and disassembly, or

2. Employer procedures for assembly and disassembly. Employer procedures may be used only
where the employer can demonstrate that the procedures used meet the requirements in 29 CFR
1926.1406.

The employer shall follow manufacturer procedures when using synthetic slings during assembly or
disassembly rigging. (See 29 CFR 1926.1404[r])

14.5.12.1 Assembly/Disassembly – General Requirements (Applicable to all Assembly and

Disassembly Operations).

Assembly /Disassembly requires a qualified/competent director who is responsible to direct both the
assembly and/or disassembly of equipment (cranes) covered under OSHA 1926 1400 Subpart CC and
ASME B30 standards. With regard to tower cranes, “erecting and climbing” replaces the term
“assembly,” and “dismantling” replaces the term “disassembly.” Regardless of whether the crane is
initially erected to its full height or is climbed in stages, the process of increasing the height of the crane
is an erection process. See Chapter 4, Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements, for A/D
Director qualification requirements and Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC, for
Assembly/disassembly requirements.

Upon completion of assembly, the equipment shall be inspected by a qualified person to assure that it is
configured in accordance with manufacturer equipment criteria.
1. Where manufacturer equipment criteria are unavailable, a qualified person shall:
a. Determine if a registered professional engineer (RPE) familiar with the type of equipment
involved is needed to develop criteria for the equipment configuration. If an RPE is not
needed, the employer shall ensure that the criteria are developed by the qualified person. If
an RPE is needed, the employer shall ensure that they are developed by an RPE.
b. Determine if the equipment meets the criteria developed in accordance with paragraph (a)
above.

2. Equipment shall not be used until an inspection demonstrates that the equipment is configured in
accordance with the applicable criteria.

14.5.12.2 Assembly/Disassembly – Employer Procedures – General Requirements

When using employer procedures instead of manufacturer procedures for assembly/disassembly, the
employer shall ensure that the procedures:

1. Prevent unintended dangerous movement, and prevent collapse, of any part of the equipment.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 10

2. Provide adequate support and stability of all parts of the equipment.

3. Position employees involved in the assembly/disassembly operation so that their exposure to

unintended movement or collapse of part or all of the equipment is minimized.

Employer procedures shall be developed by a qualified person.

14.5.13 Equipment Modifications

Modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the equipment are
prohibited except where any of the following requirements are met.

1. Manufacturer review and approval

a. The manufacturer approves the modifications/additions in writing.
b. The load charts, procedures, instruction manuals, and instruction plates/tags/decals are
modified as necessary to accord with the modification/addition.
c. The original safety factor of the equipment is not reduced.

2. The manufacturer is provided a detailed description of the proposed modification/addition, is

asked to approve the modification/ addition, but it declines to review the technical merits of the
proposal or fails, within 30 days, to acknowledge the request or initiate the review, and all of the
following are met:
a. An RPE who is a qualified person with respect to the equipment involved:
i. Approves the modification/addition and specifies the equipment configurations to
which that approval applies, and
ii. Modifies load charts, procedures, instruction manuals, and instruction
plates/tags/decals as necessary to accord with the modification/addition.
b. The original safety factor of the equipment is not reduced.

3. The manufacturer is unavailable and the requirements of paragraph 2 of this section are met.

4. The manufacturer is provided a detailed description of the proposed modification/addition, is

asked to approve the modification/ addition, agrees to review the technical merits of the proposal,
but fails to complete the review of the proposal within 120 days of the date it was provided the
detailed description of the proposed modification/addition, and the requirements of paragraph 2
of this section are met.

5. The equipment is designed for marine work sites, contains major structural components from
more than one manufacturer, and the requirements of paragraph 2 of this section are met.

Modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the equipment are prohibited
where the manufacturer, after a review of the technical safety merits of the proposed
modification/addition, rejects the proposal and explains the reasons for the rejection in a written response.
If the manufacturer rejects the proposal but does not explain the reasons for the rejection in writing, the
employer may treat this as a manufacturer refusal to review the request under paragraph 2 of this section.

The provisions in the above paragraphs of this section do not apply to modifications made or approved by
the U.S. military.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 11

14.5.13.1 Modified Equipment Inspection

Equipment that has had modifications or additions which affect the safe operation of the equipment (such
as modifications or additions involving a safety device or operational aid, critical part of a control system,
power plant, braking system, load-sustaining structural components, load hook, or in-use operating
mechanism) or capacity shall be inspected by a qualified person after such modifications/additions have
been completed and prior to initial use. The inspection shall meet all of the following requirements:

1. The inspection shall assure that the modifications or additions have been done in accordance with
the approval obtained pursuant to OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1434 (Equipment modifications).

2. The inspection shall include functional testing of the equipment.

The equipment shall not be used until an inspection demonstrates that the above requirements of this
section have been met.

14.5.13.2 Repaired/Adjusted Equipment Inspections

Equipment that has had a repair or adjustment that relates to safe operation (such as a repair or
adjustment to a safety device or operator aid, or to a critical part of a control system, power plant,
braking system, load-sustaining structural components, load hook, or in-use operating mechanism),
shall be inspected by a qualified person after such a repair or adjustment has been completed and prior
to initial use. The inspection shall meet all of the following requirements:

1. The qualified person shall determine if the repair/adjustment meets manufacturer equipment
criteria (where applicable and available).

2. Where manufacturer equipment criteria are unavailable or inapplicable, the qualified person shall:
a. Determine if an RPE is needed to develop criteria for the repair/adjustment. If an RPE is
not needed, the employer shall ensure that the criteria are developed by the qualified
person. If an RPE is needed, the employer shall ensure that they are developed by an RPE.
b. Determine if the repair/adjustment meets the criteria developed in accordance with
paragraph 2.a of this section.

3. The inspection shall include functional testing of the repaired/adjusted parts and other
components that may be affected by the repair/adjustment.

Equipment shall not be used until an inspection demonstrates that the repair/adjustment meets the
requirements of paragraph 1 above (or, where applicable, paragraph 2 above).

Equipment shall not be used until an inspection demonstrates that the equipment is configured in
accordance with the applicable criteria.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 12

14.5.14 Leaving the Equipment Unattended

The operator shall not leave the controls while the load is suspended, except where all of the following
are met:

1. The operator remains adjacent to the equipment and is not engaged in any other duties.

2. The load is to be held suspended for a period of time exceeding normal lifting operations.

3. The competent person determines that it is safe to do so and implements measures necessary to
restrain the boom hoist and telescoping, load, swing, and outrigger or stabilizer functions.

4. Barricades or caution lines, and notices, are erected to prevent all employees from entering the
fall zone. No employees, including those listed in 29 CFR 1926.1425(b)(1) through (3), 29 CFR
1926.1425(d), or 29 CFR 1926.1425(e), are permitted in the fall zone.

The provisions in 29 CFR 1926.1417(e)(1) do not apply to working gear (such as slings, spreader bars,
ladders, and welding machines) where the weight of the working gear is negligible relative to the lifting
capacity of the equipment as positioned, and the working gear is suspended over an area other than an
entrance or exit.

14.5.15 Tag-out

Where the employer has taken the equipment out of service, a tag shall be placed in the cab stating that
the equipment is out of service and is not to be used. Where the employer has taken a function(s) out of
service, a tag shall be placed in a conspicuous position stating that the function is out of service and is not
to be used.

If there is a warning (tag-out or maintenance/do not operate) sign on the equipment or starting control, the
operator shall not activate the switch or start the equipment until the sign has been removed by a person
authorized to remove it.

If there is a warning (tag-out or maintenance/do not operate) sign on any other switch or control, the
operator shall not activate that switch or control until the sign has been removed by a person authorized to
remove it, or until the operator has verified that the sign has been removed by a person authorized to
remove it.

If equipment adjustments or repairs are necessary:

1. The operator shall, in writing, promptly inform the person designated by the employer to receive
such information and, where there are successive shifts, to the next operator; and

2. The employer shall notify all affected employees, at the beginning of each shift, of the necessary
adjustments or repairs and all alternative measures.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 13

14.5.16 Keeping Clear of the Load

Where available, hoisting routes that minimize the exposure of employees to hoisted loads shall be used,
to the extent consistent with public safety.

While the operator is not moving a suspended load, no employee shall be within the fall zone, except for
employees (See Chapter 17, Interpretations):

1. Engaged in hooking, unhooking or guiding a load;

2. Engaged in the initial attachment of the load to a component or structure; or

3. Operating a concrete hopper or concrete bucket

When employees are engaged in hooking, unhooking, or guiding the load, or in the initial connection of a
load to a component or structure and are within the fall zone, all of the following criteria shall be met (See
Chapter 17, Interpretations):

1. The materials being hoisted shall be rigged to prevent unintentional displacement

2. Hooks with self-closing latches or their equivalent shall be used.

EXCEPTION: “J” hooks are permitted to be used for setting wooden trusses.

3. The materials shall be rigged by a qualified rigger

Only employees needed to receive a load are permitted to be within the fall zone when a load is being
landed. (See Chapter 17, Interpretations)

During a tilt-up or tilt-down operation:

1. No employee shall be directly under the load.

2. Only employees essential to the operation are permitted in the fall zone (but not directly under the
load). (See Chapter 17, Interpretations) An employee is essential to the operation if the
employee is conducting one of the following operations and the employer can demonstrate it is
infeasible for the employee to perform that operation from outside the fall zone.
a. Physically guide the load
b. Closely monitor and giving instructions regarding the load’s movement
c. Detaching the load from or initially attach it to another component or structure (such as, but
not limited to, making an initial connection or installing bracing)
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 14

14.5.17 Crane Setup

When Mobile Crane is setup adjacent to a slope, excavation, or temporary structure (e.g.,
ecology blocks shoring) the minimum setback distance shall be as shown in Figures 14.5.15-1,
14.5.15-2, and 14.5.15-3, unless otherwise determined in an analysis performed by a qualified
engineer. This method for estimating setback distance from slopes, excavations, and retaining
walls can be implemented by a qualified person, but is not intended to be applicable for every
situation or substituted for analysis when conditions warrant.

Figure 14.5.15-1
Set Back Distance for Sloping Ground
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 15

Figure 14.5.15-2
Set Back Distance for 1-1/2 to 1 Slopes

Figure 14.5.15-3
Set Back Distance for Temporary Wall or
Shoring
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 16

14.6 BOOM FREE FALL PROHIBITIONS

The use of mobile cranes as defined in ASME B30.5, in which the boom is designed to free fall (live
boom), is prohibited on the Hanford site.

14.7 DIGGER DERRICKS

Digger derricks fall within the cranes standards when used as a crane for other than augering holes for
poles carrying electric and telecommunication lines, placing and removing the poles, and for handling
associated materials to be installed on or removed from the poles. See Chapter 19, OSHA 29 CFR 1926
Subpart CC.

14.8 UNAVAILABLE OPERATION PROCEDURES

Where the manufacturer procedures are unavailable, the employer shall develop and ensure compliance
with all procedures necessary for the safe operation of the equipment and attachments. Procedures for the
operational controls shall be developed by a qualified person. Procedures related to the capacity of the
equipment shall be developed and signed by an RPE familiar with the equipment.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 4, 2016
Chapter 14.0 – MOBILE CRANES Rev 1 Page 17

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 15.0 – PERSONNEL LIFTING Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 15.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.0 PERSONNEL LIFTING ................................................................................................................ 3

15.1 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................... 3

15.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 3

15.3 IMPLEMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 3

15.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 4

15.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES ........................................... 4

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 15.0 – PERSONNEL LIFTING Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 15.0 – PERSONNEL LIFTING Rev 1 Page 3

15.0 PERSONNEL LIFTING

15.1 SCOPE
This chapter applies to the construction and characteristics, inspection, testing, maintenance and operation
of personnel lifting systems. This chapter establishes the design criteria, equipment characteristics, and
operational procedures that are required when material-handling equipment, as defined by ASME B30.23,
Personnel Lifting Systems, is used to lift personnel.

The proper and safe use of these personnel lifting systems is governed by American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
regulations. This section implements the following standards:

• ASME B30.23, Personnel Lifting Systems

• OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC, Cranes and Derricks in Construction

15.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Contractors should access requirements via the following options:
1. IHS Engineering Standards, Regulations and Technical Specifications at http://www.ihs.com/.
The contractor must have paid for access to the specific standard. To print IHS file go to
http://www.ihs.com/
2. Thomson Reuters TECHSTREET ENTERPRISE at
[email protected]. The contractor must have paid for access to the
specific standard.
3. To purchase standards directly from ASME, go to http://www.asme.org
4. To access OSHA standards, go to the following links:
• 29 CFR 1926 Subpart CC, Cranes and Derricks in Construction

• 29 CFR 1926.1431, Hoisting Personnel

5. To view the read-only ASME file go to:

• ASME B30.23-2016, Personnel Lifting Systems

15.3 IMPLEMENTATION
As stated in 29 CFR 1926.1431(b), Use of Personnel Platform: “The use of equipment to hoist employees
is prohibited except where the employer demonstrates that the erection, use, and dismantling of
conventional means of reaching the work area, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stairway, aerial lift,
elevating work platform, or scaffold, would be more hazardous, or is not possible because of the project’s
structural design or worksite conditions. This paragraph does not apply to work covered by 29 CFR 1926
Subpart R, Steel Erection. This statement applies to all Hanford Site personnel lifting systems.

Contractors shall be compliant with OSHA regulations, ASME standards, and the personnel lifting system
manufacturers’ requirements. The user of this manual is responsible to implement all of the requirements
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 15.0 – PERSONNEL LIFTING Rev 1 Page 4

from listed sources. When two standards set forth inconsistent requirements, the user shall adhere to the
standard containing the most stringent requirements.

If inconsistent standards are identified, or if a formal interpretation is desired, users should contact a
Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Committee (HHRC) representative or send an email to ^Hanford Hoisting
and Rigging for a formal interpretation. See Chapter 17.0, Interpretations, for the process to be followed
when requesting an interpretation.

This manual does not intend to require retrofitting of existing equipment. However, when any hoisting or
rigging equipment is modified, its performance requirements shall be reviewed relative to the
requirements within this manual. The need to meet the current requirements shall be evaluated by a
qualified person selected by the owner (user). Recommended changes shall be made by the owner (user)
within one year.

15.4 INCONSISTENT STANDARDS

ASME B30.23-Personnel Lifting Systems, provides more comprehensive documentation requirements
than 29 CFR 1926.1431, Hoisting Personnel.

15.5 HANFORD SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND PRACTICES

Follow ASME B30.23, Personnel Lifting Systems, and Chapter 3, Special Lifting Precautions.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 16.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

16.0 H&R BULLETIN - A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS ............................................................... 3

16.1 BACKGROUND ......................................................................................................................... 3

16.2 DISCUSSION AND RESOLUTION/EXPECTATION........................................................... 3

16.2.1 Portable A-Frames And Trolleys ........................................................................................... 3

16.2.2 Documented Periodic Inspection ............................................................................................ 3

16.2.3 A-Frame And Trolley Use ....................................................................................................... 4

16.2.4 Conduct Of Operations ........................................................................................................... 4

16.2.5 Qualifications Of Personnel .................................................................................................... 5

16.3 INSPECTION TAGS .......................................................................................................................... 9

16.4 LOAD-TEST TAGS (PROOF TEST) ............................................................................................... 9

FIGURES

Figure 16.1. Portable Gantry Crane (A-Frame) ..................................................................................... 6

Figure 16.2. Recommended Trolley Fit..................................................................................................... 7

Figure 16.3. Trolley Wheel Configuration ............................................................................................... 8

Figure 16.4: Example of Periodic Inspection Tag .................................................................................... 9

Figure 16.5: Example of a Load Test Tag................................................................................................. 9

ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT 16.1 - A-FRAME PREUSE INSPECTION CHECKSHEET SAMPLE ................ 10

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 3

16.0 H&R BULLETIN - A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS

16.1 BACKGROUND
In April 2002 a hoisting and rigging occurrence indicated the need to address portable A-Frames and
Trollies. Lesson Learned –I Beam Trolley Failure-2002-RL-HNF-0025 was published.
16.2 DISCUSSION AND RESOLUTION/EXPECTATION
This H&R Bulletin was implemented immediately to address portable A-frames and trolleys.
In 2015 ASME B30.17-2015-Cranes and Monorails (with Underhung Trolley or Bridge) introduced
Portable Gantry Cranes (A-frame) into the standard. This can be accessed thru Chapter 13.0 of this
manual.

16.2.1 Portable A-Frames And Trolleys

Manufacturers’ recommendations shall be followed regarding assembly, maintenance, and use of portable
A-frames (Figure 16.1) and trolleys. Manufacturers’ instructions for use shall be posted in the area of use
or on the portable A-frame, or personnel shall have been trained on the manufacturers’ instructions for
use. Manufacturers’ instructions for assembly and maintenance of portable A-frames and trolleys shall be
made available to inspection and maintenance personnel.

16.2.2 Documented Periodic Inspection

After repair or replacement of load-bearing parts, annually, and after being reassembled, an A-frame or
trolley must undergo a documented inspection by a qualified inspector before being put into service. The
inspection shall consist of a thorough examination of all components with a focus on any abnormality or
damage that may affect the integrity or load-carrying capacity of the devices. Nondestructive
examinations (i.e., magnetic particle or dye penetrant tests) are not required unless requested by an
inspector. Written documentation of the inspection is required. The portable A-frames and trolleys shall
be marked/tagged indicating the due date for the next annual inspection. The inspection shall cover the
following items.
A. Look for bent, broken, damaged, corroded, cracked, or missing parts.
B. Verify that the following required markings are present and legible.
a. Each portable A-frame has its rated capacity legibly marked on the structure on each side
of the primary beam.
b. The manufacturer’s name and model number are permanently and legibly marked on
each portable A-frame.
c. A tag indicating due date of the next inspection is attached to the trolley, A-frame, and
any attached hoist.
C. Ensure that trolley or beam clamp working load limits do not exceed the capacity rating of the A-
frame. Hoists attached to the A-frame must have a rated capacity equal to or less than all
supporting components.
D. Ensure that A-frame components from different manufacturers are not intermixed or that
components from different A-frames are not combined, regardless of similarities in manufacturers
or rated capacities.
E. Validate the proper dimensional relationship between the trolley wheels and rail. (See Figures
16.2 and 16.3.)
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 4

a. Load-carrying trolleys must suit the shape and weight of the specific load. Trolley wheel
design must be matched properly to the rail shape and size to ensure that trolleys do not
slip off the track and drop the load. Refer to Figures 16.2 and 16.3 for the proper
dimensional relationship between the trolley wheels and rail.
b. If a new or replacement trolley is installed on a monorail, the qualified person installing
the trolley shall ensure by actual operational verification or measurement that the
installed trolley stops on the system are compatible with the new trolley, thereby
preventing trolley travel past a point where it could fall from the rail.
F. Check for evidence of worn bearings and wheels on trolleys.
G. Observe trolley side plates for any bending or distortion.
H. Check for missing or loose bolts, nuts, and retaining pins or retaining devices on trolleys and A-
frames.
NOTE: If any required information is missing or illegible, an attempt shall be made via engineering
drawings, prints, evaluations, manufacturers catalogs, etc., to establish the A-frame’s manufacturer,
rated capacity, and other pertinent criteria. If this attempt is unsuccessful, the A-frame shall be
removed from service until engineering personnel have thoroughly evaluated the design and adequacy
of the structure. Engineering calculations must support all conclusions. The A-frame shall be
identified and marked accordingly.

16.2.3 A-Frame And Trolley Use

The user of a portable A-frame shall perform a pre-use inspection (documentation not required) before
use or at least once each shift. The inspection shall consist of the following items.
A. Look for bent, broken, damaged, corroded, cracked, or missing parts.
B. Verify that required markings are installed and legible.
a. Each portable A-frame must have its rated capacity legibly marked on the structure on
each side of the primary beam.
b. A tag indicating the due date of the next inspection is attached to the trolley, A-frame,
and any attached hoist.
C. Verify that the rated capacity is legibly marked on the structure on each side of the primary beam.
D. Ensure that the trolley, beam clamp, or hoist working load limits do not exceed the capacity rating
of the A-frame.
E. Perform a function test of the trolley and hoist to ensure proper operation.
F. If adjustments or repairs are necessary or any defects are found that affect safe operation, the
operator shall stop work and report deficiencies to the supervisor or equipment custodian.

16.2.4 Conduct Of Operations

A. When performing a lift, the load shall be positioned directly under the trolley. Side loading is
prohibited. Side loading may spread the side frames, bend the suspension plate, and cause the
trolley to fall from the A-frame.
B. The operator shall not pick up a load in excess of the rated capacity of the trolley except in the
performance of a properly authorized load test. Load weight shall be known or a load-measuring
device shall be installed to prevent overloading the hoist and/or system.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 5

C. Attaching the hoist to the A-frame by suspending it from slings wrapped around the structure is
prohibited without written approval from the manufacturer.
CAUTION: Working on or under a suspended load is prohibited, except when the load can be
supported by blocking or cribbing, can be securely braced, or can be supported substantially by some
other means that would prevent the load from moving. Some loads being lifted and set in place may
require special handling control measures such as inspecting, landing, setting, or controlling the load,
that may require personnel to position their hands or other body parts under the load when no other
method is feasible. These special handling control activities MUST BE APPROVED by management
and industrial safety PRIOR TO BEING PERFORMED.

16.2.5 Qualifications Of Personnel

Personnel operating hoisting equipment installed on a portable A-frame, or assembling and inspecting
portable A-frames and trolleys must be trained/qualified in accordance with requirements outlined in
Chapter 4, “Personnel Qualification and Training,” of DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and
Rigging Manual.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 6

Figure 16.1. Portable Gantry Crane (A-Frame)

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 7

Figure 16.2. Recommended Trolley Fit

Figure obtained by Patrick Vallejos and reprinted from ASME B30.17-2015, by permission of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved. No further copies can be made without
written permission.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 8

Figure 16.3. Trolley Wheel Configuration

Figure obtained by Patrick Vallejos and reprinted from ASME B30.17-2015, by permission of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved. No further copies can be made without
written permission.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 9

16.3 INSPECTION TAGS

A-Frames, trollies and any attached hoist used at Hanford shall be tagged by any one of the following
methods to indicate the next periodic inspection due date.
1. Institute a comprehensive marking program (such as color coding) to indicate when the next
inspection is required
2. Mark each hoist with a tag that indicates when the next periodic inspection is required.

16.4 LOAD-TEST TAGS (PROOF TEST)

Maintenance files contain the proof test (load test) report for the portable gantry (A-frame), trolley, and
hoist. Proof tests shall never be less than minimum requirements defined in the ASME B30 standards. A
tag indicating the date of the load test may be affixed to the device for filed verification. See examples in
Figures 16.4 and 16.5 below.

Figure 16.4: Example of Periodic Inspection Tag Figure 16.5: Example of a Load Test Tag

3/2020 3/2017

See Attachment 16.1 on the next page for an A-frame preuse inspection checksheet sample.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017
Chapter 16.0 –A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS Rev 1 Page 10

ATTACHMENT 16.1 - A-FRAME PREUSE INSPECTION CHECKSHEET SAMPLE

A-Frame Identification: _____________________________________ Date: ____/____/______

The user shall perform the following checklist prior to performing hoisting and rigging operations with this
A-Frame. Correct Unsat items found during this inspection before using this equipment. If Unsat items can
not be corrected, tag the equipment out of use. Mark not applicable (N/A) for items not contained or
applicable to this A-Frame

A-Frame Inspection Areas N/A SAT UNSAT

Manufacturers’ instructions for use are posted in the area of use or on the portable
A-Frame.
Look for bent, broken, damaged, corroded, cracked, or missing parts
Verify required markings are installed and legible: Rated capacity legibly marked
on the structure on each side of the primary beam, and a tag indicating the due date
of the next inspection is attached to the trolley, A-Frame, and any attached hoist.
Ensure the trolley, beam clamp, or hoist working load limits do not exceed the
capacity rating of the A-Frame
Perform a function test of the trolley and hoist to ensure proper operation
If adjustments or repairs are necessary or any defects are found that affect safe
operation, stop work and report deficiencies to the equipment custodian.
Operator is qualified in accordance with the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging
manual to perform H& R operational activities

Type of hoist used on the A-Frame: None _______ Air _______ Manual _______ Electric
_______

Hoist Inspection Areas N/A SAT UNSAT

Unusual sounds
Brakes working properly
Hooks inspected in accordance with H&R Manual Section 5.0
Housing integrity intact
Supporting structure sound
Load bearing parts (Yoke, Clevis)
Cable/Chain in operating condition
Operating controls respond properly
Load limiting devices functional
Limit switches work properly
Warning labels installed in accordance with H&R Manual Sect. 12.8.2.2 or 12.8.2.3
Sheaves and Drums inspected for damage/wear
Lubrication in accordance with manufacturers’ instruction manual
Collectors/Load chain buckets properly affixed
Evidence of wiring wear or damage
Supply air system at rated air pressure

COMMENTS:
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 17.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................................ 1
17.0 INTERPRETATIONS..................................................................................................................................... 3
17.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................... 3
17.2 General ............................................................................................................................................................ 3
17.2.1 Submitting Request for Interpretation .......................................................................................................... 3
17.2.2 Formatting Request for Interpretation .......................................................................................................... 3
17.2.3 Committee Response to Request for Interpretation ..................................................................................... 3
17.3 Published Interpretations ................................................................................................................................. 3
17.3.1 Chapter 1.0 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 4
17.3.2 Chapter 2.0 Responsibilities ......................................................................................................................... 4
17.3.3 Chapter 3.0 Critical Lifts.............................................................................................................................. 4
17.3.4 Chapter 4.0 Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements .............................................................. 5
17.3.5 Chapter 5.0 Hooks ........................................................................................................................................ 7
17.3.6 Chapter 6.0 Forklift Trucks .......................................................................................................................... 8
17.3.7 Chapter 7.0 Shop Cranes .............................................................................................................................. 9
17.3.8 Chapter 8.0 Wire Rope ................................................................................................................................. 9
17.3.9 Chapter 9.0 Slings ...................................................................................................................................... 10
17.3.10 Chapter 10.0 Rigging Hardware............................................................................................................... 11
17.3.11 Chapter 11.0 Below The Hook Lifting Devices ....................................................................................... 16
17.3.12 Chapter 12.0 Hoists, Jib Cranes, and Monorail Systems ......................................................................... 17
17.3.13 Chapter 13.0 Overhead and Gantry Cranes .............................................................................................. 18
17.3.14 Chapter 14.0 Mobile Cranes..................................................................................................................... 19
17.3.15 Chapter 15.0 Personnel Lifting ................................................................................................................ 23
17.3.16 Chapter 16.0 A-Frames and Trolleys ....................................................................................................... 23
17.3.17 Chapter 17.0 Interpretations ..................................................................................................................... 23
17.3.18 Chapter 18.0 Hoisting & Rigging in Hostile Environments .................................................................... 23
17.3.19 Chapter 19.0 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC, Cranes and Derricks in Construction ..................................... 23
17.3.20 H&R Committee Charter ......................................................................................................................... 23
17.3.21 References and Bibliography ................................................................................................................... 23
17.3.22 Appendix A .............................................................................................................................................. 23
17.3.23 Attachments.............................................................................................................................................. 23
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 3

17.0 INTERPRETATIONS
17.1 Scope
This section describes the process for manual users to request interpretations, and the committee’s method for
issuing interpretations. At the end of this section is a listing of all issued interpretations.

NOTE: The committee does not grant variances, exemptions or waivers to requirements. Please see Chapter
1.0 Introduction, Section 1.7.1 Variances, Exemptions and Waivers.
17.2 General
17.2.1 Submitting Request for Interpretation
The Hanford Hoisting & Rigging Committee will provide an interpretation of the requirements in the DOE/RL-
92-36 Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual. Interpretations requests shall be submitted for presentation to
committee by any of the following methods:

1. Written request sent to the Chairman, Hanford Hoisting & Rigging Committee at ^Hanford Hoisting
& Rigging.
2. Written request sent to any Committee Member
3. Written request to the DOE RL Hoisting & Rigging Program Manager
4. Written request presented in person at a scheduled Hanford Hoisting & Rigging Committee Meeting
when the Committee Chairman is notified by the requestor seven calendar days prior to a scheduled
meeting.
17.2.2 Formatting Request for Interpretation
The written request for interpretation shall be clear and unambiguous. It is further required that the requester
submit his request utilizing the following format.

1. Subject: Cite the applicable chapter and paragraph number and provide a concise description.

2. Question: Phrase the question as a request for an interpretation of a specific requirement suitable
for general understanding and use, not as a request for approval of a proprietary design or situation.
The inquirer may also include any plans or drawings that are necessary to explain the question;
however, they should not contain any proprietary names or information.

Requests that are not in this arrangement will be rewritten in this format by the Committee prior to being
answered, which could change the intent of the original request.
17.2.3 Committee Response to Request for Interpretation
Response to interpretations will be provided via email to the requester when approved by the committee.
Publication of interpretations will occur at the time of with next published release of the manual. Interpretations
will be removed from this section if the manual is revised to address the interpretation. When the committee
considers it necessary it may request guidance or an interpretation of the applicable 29 CFR’s, National
Consensus Standards, or DOE Orders/Standards.
17.3 Published Interpretations
Interpretations are listed in order of related chapter and date issued.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 4

17.3.1 Chapter 1.0 Introduction

Interpretations: None

17.3.2 Chapter 2.0 Responsibilities

Interpretations:

2.2.2 Supervisor or Manager, Hoisting and Rigging Operations

A supervisor or manager shall be responsible for each H&R operation and shall ensure that:

f. A designated leader shall be assigned to hoisting and rigging operations that require
more than one person. See paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5.

2.2.5 Designated Leader

A designated leader shall be appointed to hoisting and rigging activities that involve more than one
person. Normal forklift truck material handling operations are not considered hoisting and rigging
activities and do not require a DL. The DL may be the operator, a crew member, or any qualified
person. (See Chapter 4, “Personnel Qualification and Training Requirements”) The DL shall:

May 7, 2008 Question 1: Does the requirement to assign a designated leader apply when more than
one person is involved in performing inspections of mobile cranes that involve crane movements such
as boom, swing or hoist but does not involve the lifting of loads ?

Answer 1: It is DOE-RL's response that a designated leader shall be assigned when more than one
person is involved in performing inspections of a mobile crane involving movements such as the boom,
swing or hoist and there is no lifting of loads. If you have any questions please contact Fred Beard,
Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Program Manager at 376-6630.

17.3.3 Chapter 3.0 Critical Lifts

Interpretations:

The Hanford site hoisting and rigging manual states in chapter 3.5 CRITICAL LIFT PLAN: “A step-
by-step plan or work instructions shall be prepared or approved by a technically qualified person. (See
Attachment 3-9, "Plan Worksheet.") Critical lift plans shall contain the following:”

“7. Rigging Sketch(s), which include the following:

c. Load angle factors (e.g., vertical and horizontal vectors of sling loads)
d. Sling angles”

July 17, 2008 Question 1: Is it required to show in the lift plan load angle factors and sling angles for
manufacture supplied and designed rigging hardware that is part of a below the hook lifting device
(spreader beam slings) where those calculations have already been completed as part of the designed
requirements.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 5

Answer 1: No, although it must to be noted on the lift sketches and or drawings that the lifting device
slings were furnished by the lifting device manufacturer. Providing the manufacturer’s part number or
other reference information is advisable.

July 17, 2008 Question 2: If the answer to question 1 is no, would it be required to show in the lift
plan load angle factors (e.g., vertical and horizontal vectors of sling loads) and sling angles for all other
slings that are not part of a manufactured supplied device?

Answer 2: Yes. The plan must show each sling (s) actual tension and loading or the sling (s) capacity as
they are being used, identifying sling length, angle (s), hitch configuration and size.

July 17, 2008 Question 3: Is it the intent to show in the lift plan load angle factors (e.g., vertical and
horizontal vectors of sling loads) when angles and increased loading are minimal?

Answer 3: Yes. The purpose is to indicate to the DL and other users and reviewers of the lift plan that
load angle factors (e.g., vertical and horizontal vectors of sling loads) have been calculated and
addressed.

3.3 CRITICAL LIFT DESIGNATION

Critical lift designation implements administrative and physical controls to minimize the possibility of
equipment failure or human error to a hoisting or forklift operation involving a load that poses
unacceptable consequences if mishandled. A lift shall be designated as a critical lift when any of the
following criteria are met, unless otherwise specifically defined in safety basis.

5. The load being lifted is 90% or more of a mobile crane’s configured load chart rating.

July 13, 2016 Question: - When conducting a Load Test with an engineered lift plan at 100% of the
crane’s configuration, do we need to follow the requirements list in Chapter 3 – 3.5 Critical Lift Plan?

Answer: No – critical lift plans are administrative and physical controls used to perform lifts with a
previously certified crane in the industry setting to minimize the possibility of equipment failure. A
load test is a performance test in a controlled environment on an out of service crane to ensure and
certify the crane is structurally and mechanically capable of performing hoisting operations.

17.3.4 Chapter 4.0 Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements

Interpretations:
Section 4.3.5 Qualification
Personnel shall be considered qualified when they accomplish the following:
1. Satisfactorily complete training or meet the requirements of previous training (see Section 4.3.1)
2. Pass a written/oral examination of the knowledge requirements for the applicable activity.
3. Satisfactorily complete equipment specific OJT for OJT instructors, on-the-job evaluators, and
equipment operators. Management may determine that previous qualification or experience fulfills
this requirement.
4. Pass an equipment specific OJE for OJT instructors, evaluators, and equipment operators.
July 28, 2000 - Question 1: – Does section 4.3.5 mean that on the job evaluators (OJE) must be
experienced/qualified operators of the equipment (or subject area) covered in the evaluation?
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 6

Answer 1: The OJT and OJE sections of Chapter 4 have been re-written as shown below to clarify the
qualification and requalification required for On-the-Job Evaluators.

Chapter 4, Appendix A, Section O, On-the-Job Evaluator now states: On-the-job evaluators shall
have the technical information on the subject area of evaluations, be qualified to perform on-the-job-
evaluations of proper operator actions, and should be trained in the following:
1. Evaluation techniques
2. Test administration
3. Performance evaluation
4. Use of OJE forms
5. Records management
Section 4.3.6.2 Requalification Methods now states: Personnel performing the following activities
may be re-qualified by the methods indicated. Personnel, who do not satisfactorily complete
requalification by an identified method, shall complete training as listed in Sections 4.3.1.3:
Section 4.3.6.2.8 now states: On-the-job training or evaluation of personnel. – Note: - On-the-job
Trainers and Evaluators must maintain and demonstrate both their instructional proficiency and
technical proficiency. See the Hoisting and Rigging Training Program Description Section 4.4.4.5, and
Attachment 2 for examples of a flow path of this process.

December 2011: Request for interpretation Chapter of the Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Manual-Previous
Training

DOE-RL-92-36 Hanford Site Hoisting & Rigging Manual (HSHRM) Chapter 4.3.1 States that previous
training or experience may be acceptable to meet training requirements and list Journeyman Status in an
Applicable Trade
.
Question 1
What is meant by Applicable Trade?

Answer 1–Applicable trade means a building trade that has specific training for an activity listed and its
members are trained to perform that activity on the Hanford Site.

Question 2
If a building trades union training program covers a topic listed in appendix A and in reviewing the
program per 4.1 of the HSHRM is found to not contain all information in approved site programs for
that training activity in appendix A, can the contractor still accept this as meeting previous training
requirements based on the individual’s experience and or journeyman status?

Answer 2 –Yes, the contractor can accept experience and/or journeyman status as meeting previous
training requirements. The person for whom the previous training equivalency is being granted must
pass a written test that covers the topics listed in Appendix A for the activity for which the previous
training is being granted. The person would also have to meet all pre-requisites listed in the Hoisting &
Training Program Descriptions as well as complete an OJE before being deemed qualified for the
activity.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 7

Question 3- If a journeyman building trade member is a member of a union that has a training program
that is acceptable but the individual may have been trained years ago prior to the current program, can
he/she, by virtue of being a journeyman member of that trade, be granted a training equivalency?

Answer 3- Yes. Training programs including those at Hanford progress over the years and older
training programs may or may not have met current requirements. The process of evaluation for
requalification and field experience ensures those personnel are exposed and evaluated to current
standards and programs. The implementing programs and procedures of the contractor are required to
reflect current requirements and ensure work is performed in accordance to those requirements. When
there is a significant global change in requirements such as the new OSHA 1926.1400 then Gap training
is implemented.

Chapter 4.0 now states:

4.1 SCOPE
This section specifies qualification and training requirements for personnel with the following
responsibilities:
1. Direct hoisting and rigging (H&R) activities
2. Supervise H&R activities
3. Perform H&R activities
4. Inspect and maintain H&R equipment
5. Provide technical approval of procedures, lift plans or work instructions for H&R activities
6. Develop lift plans
7. Provide signals for H&R activities
8. Train and evaluate personnel for H&R activities and equipment operation
9. Provide safety oversight
10. Perform H&R engineering functions

(NOTE) Contracting organizations shall review, verify, and document that subcontractors have an
acceptable training and qualification program. The contracting organization shall ensure that the
program meets the requirements of this section to ensure that personnel are qualified to perform work
covered by this Manual.

4.3.1 Previous Training and Qualification

Documented evidence of previous training or experience may be accepted to meet training
requirements.
1. Previous training may include any of the following:
a. Vendor or equipment manufacturer training
b. Completion of an apprenticeship program
c. Journeyman status in an applicable trade
2. For previous training to be acceptable for Hanford Site qualification, documented evidence shall include
the type of class of equipment and hours of experience. For qualifications not related to equipment
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 8

operation, personnel shall have documented evidence of training and experience related to an activity
covered by this Manual. As a minimum, documented evidence may be any of the following.
a. Certificates of training (See Note 4.1)
b. Journeyman card or documents issued by a trade union
c. A degree or accreditation from a college or trade school
3. When previous training or experience are reviewed for compliance to this manual, accepted and
documented, personnel shall be considered qualified after they have satisfactorily completed an On-the-
Job Evaluation (OJE) for the equipment or activity being performed. Operators of mobile locomotive
and cab- or pulpit-operated overhead cranes shall have met the Physical Examination and Substance
Abuse Testing requirements identified in 4.2.3.

May 31, 2016 Question: When a Hoisting and Rigging qualified person exceeds his 60 months (36 months
for Forklift operators) of training can they perform an OJE for task and become re-qualified?

Answer: There is no grace period for the requalification of hoisting and rigging activities.
Once a person has exceeded the requalification window they must then start the training cycle over again,
completing either an initial training class or a challenge exam before satisfactorily completing an OJE. An
OJE alone for requalification beyond the 60 month window (36 month for forklift operators) is not
sufficient.

If you have any questions please contact the DOE Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Program Manager or
Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Chairman.

17.3.5 Chapter 5.0 Hooks

Interpretations:
April 2009 - Question 1: For a remote hot cell Electric Overhead Traveling Crane is it necessary for
the crane hook to have a latch?

Answer 1: No. As the requirements clearly indicates and is applied at Hanford on remotely operated cranes
currently and over many decades, if the use of the hook latch is impractical then it can be removed or not used.
17.3.6 Chapter 6.0 Forklift Trucks

Interpretations:

HYSTER OPERATING MANUAL, page 38: "WARNING: Do not turn on an incline. To reduce the
possibility of a tip over, a lift truck must not be driven across an incline."

September 13, 2005 - Question 1: What is the specific allowable percentage of grade for side-slope
operation across an incline for safe operation of a forklift? For example, a road has a crown for water
drainage, which presents a cross slope operation to a forklift. References- DOE/RL-92-36, Chapter 6:
"Common Errors during Forklift Operation: Failing to keep the load "uphill" when traveling on ramps
or grades."

Answer 1: Slight grades are not an issue such as crowns in roadways. Grades that can affect the
stability are and should be of high concern as they may result in forklift overturning and death or serious
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 9

injury to the operator. Please see the Forklift Hazard Evaluation Checklist- (This should be used for all
forklift operations) Site form A-6002-924 and the example in DOE/RL-92-36 Chapter 6, page 7. You
will see the item that identifies docks, grades and ramps >5%. If the manufacture has a lower limit it
must be followed and would take precedence over our general rule.

If the grade > 5% or > than a % of grade established by the specific lift manufacture we must go
vertically up and down the grade or put our operators at risk. The issue of grade needs to also take into
consideration these additional items that can make the manufacturer established grades or grades of less
than 5% dangerous:

 The type and class of forklift being used

 The surface condition-paved dirt ground
 The truck is loaded or unloaded- if loaded where is the center of gravity of the load
 How the truck is operated on the grade- such as turning.

6.2.3 Forklift Truck Operator The forklift truck operator has the following responsibilities:
6.2.3.a. Operate the truck in a safe responsible manner.

July 28, 2005 – Question 1: Is it allowable to partially lift/drag a container from the center of a trailer
to the side of the trailer to allow further offloading?
Answer 1: It is an acceptable practice to partially lift and re-position a load so the lift can fully engage
the load as long as the lift operator ensures the forklift does not become unstable or the integrity and
stability of the load is not compromised. When the load is fully lifted to remove from the truck, it must
be within the forklifts capacity at the given load center of the load.

17.3.7 Chapter 7.0 Shop Cranes

Interpretations: None

17.3.8 Chapter 8.0 Wire Rope

Interpretations:

8.3.3.3 Inspection Area: The inspection shall cover the entire length of each rope. Only the surface
wires of the rope must be inspected. No attempt should be made to open the rope. Any deterioration
resulting in loss of original strength shall be documented and a determination made as to whether further
use of the rope would constitute a hazard. As a minimum, ropes shall be inspected for the following:

Items listed for frequent wire rope inspection.

Question: Does requirement to inspect the entire length of rope allow leaving the first layer of rope on
the drum of mobile cranes as long as the qualified inspector can determine through visual inspection that
there is no apparent condition that would require further removal or meet out of service criteria and end
connections are acceptable and secure?

Answer: Yes
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 10

17.3.9 Chapter 9.0 Slings

Interpretations:

9.2.2.6 Chain Sling Inspection.

9.2.2.6.2. Periodic Inspection. Complete link-by-link inspections of the slings shall be performed at the intervals
defined in Table 9-3. Any deficiencies shall be examined and a determination made as to whether they constitute
a hazard. These inspections shall include chain sling frequent inspection, as specified above, in addition to the
following.
Table 9-3. Frequent and Periodic Inspection of Chain Slings.
a b
Service level Sling service Frequent inspection Periodic inspection
Normal Service that involves use of loads within the Monthly Yearly
rated load
Severe Service that involves normal service coupled Daily to weekly Monthly to quarterly
with abnormal operating conditions

Special or Service that involves operation, other than Before and after each Before each occurrence or
infrequent normal or severe, which is recommended by a occurrence sequence of occurrences
qualified individual within a 30-day period

9.2.3.8.2 Periodic Inspection. A wire rope sling periodic inspection shall be performed by a qualified
inspector on a regular basis (at least annually).

1. Inspection frequency shall be based on the following criteria:

a. Frequency of sling use
b. Severity of service conditions
c. Nature of lifts being made
d. Experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar circumstances.

2. The periodic inspection shall be documented by any one of the following methods:
a. Mark a serial number on the sling and maintaining inspection records by serial numbers.
b. Institute a comprehensive marking program (such as color coding) to indicate when the next
periodic inspection is required.
c. Mark each sling with a tag that indicates when the next periodic inspection is required. This tag
becomes the record.

9.2.5.6.3 Periodic Inspection. [Synthetic]A periodic inspection shall be performed by a qualified

inspector on a regular basis with frequency of inspection based on the following criteria:
1. Frequency of sling use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Nature of lifts being made
4. Experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar circumstances.

The periodic inspection shall be made at least annually and shall be documented by any one of the
following methods:
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 11

February 21, 2007 - Question 1 - Is a periodic inspection required to be performed on a regular basis
(at least annually) for slings not being used and left in locked up secured facilities, condemned facilities
or facilities that are not routinely accessed do to environmental or radiological hazards?

Answer to Question 1:- No

February 21, 2007 - Question 2 - Would these slings be considered inaccessible for use, therefore not
required to have a periodic inspection done until the slings are recovered, re-inspected and put back into
service?

Answer to Question 2:- Yes

Subject: Design Factors, Chapter 9 Slings

April 15, 2008 Question 1: When using a combination of approved slings, manually operated chain
hoist(s), and /or rigging hardware to attach a load to the crane, is it necessary to compensate for the
difference in the design factor of individual components? For example, the rigging configuration for a
specific lift consists of forged steel Weld less rings (design factor 6:1), shackles (design factor 5:1) and
chain slings (design factor 4:1).

Answer 1: No. The design factor is the ratio between nominal or minimum breaking strength or yield
strength and the rated capacity of the component. The rated load for each type of rigging is based on
characteristic properties of the component material, service history established by organizations and
manufacturers and therefore the design equation will vary by component. The design factors are adopted
by ASME. The share of load and rigging configuration that may increase loading shall be determined to
ensure rated Load or Working Load Limit (WLL) of the individual components are not exceeded.

17.3.10 Chapter 10.0 Rigging Hardware

Interpretations:

Subject: Design Factors, Chapter 10 Rigging Hardware

April 15, 2008 Question 1: When using a combination of approved slings, manually operated chain
hoist(s), and /or rigging hardware to attach a load to the crane, is it necessary to compensate for the
difference in the design factor of individual components? For example, the rigging configuration for a
specific lift consists of forged steel Weld less rings (design factor 6:1), shackles (design factor 5:1) and
chain slings (design factor 4:1).

Answer 1: No. The design factor is the ratio between nominal or minimum breaking strength or yield
strength and the rated capacity of the component. The rated load for each type of rigging is based on
characteristic properties of the component material, service history established by organizations and
manufacturers and therefore the design equation will vary by component. The design factors are adopted
by ASME. The share of load and rigging configuration that may increase loading shall be determined to
ensure rated Load or Working Load Limit (WLL) of the individual components are not exceeded.

Subject: Concrete Inserts, Chapter 10 Rigging Hardware

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 12

There have been recurring questions regarding the applicable standards or requirements for concrete
lifting inserts used with swivel hoist rings. There is no information regarding the inserts in either the
Hanford Site H&R Manual, or the ASME B30.26 Rigging Hardware Standard.

October 15, 2009 Question 1: Do the manufacture specifications for the installation, use and
design of concrete insert assembly apply and not the ASME B30.26 Rigging Hardware
standard.

Answer 1: Yes, the manufactures specifications would apply for the installation, use and
design of the inserts and not ASME B30.26, unless otherwise specified by the manufacture.
See examples below of inserts in question.

Meadow Burke hoist rings meet/exceed ASME B30.26 requirements. Meadow Burke concrete coil
loop lifting inserts shown below are not designed to comply with this standard.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 13
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 14

Dayton Superior hoist rings meet requirements of ASME B30.26. Dayton Superior concrete lifting
inserts shown below are not designed to meet this ASME standard
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 15

CONAC inserts shown below do not comply with the ASME B30.26 standard
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 16

17.3.11 Chapter 11.0 Below The Hook Lifting Devices

Interpretations:

11.3.1 Design Factor

Load-bearing structural components of a lifter shall be designed to withstand the stresses imposed by its
rated load plus the weight of the lifter, with a minimum design factor of 3, based on the yield strength of
the material, and with stress ranges that do not exceed the values given in ANSI/AWS D14.1,
Specification for Welding of Industrial and Mill Cranes and Other Material Handling Equipment for the
applicable conditions.
Date Unknown - Question 1: Is it the intent of this section to require fasteners performing as structural
components of a lifter be designed so that the static stress resulting from the rated load and the weight of
the lifter does not exceed 33% of the yield strength of the material?

Answer 1: Yes, The design factor of 3 is a relationship between the structural component (in this case
the fasteners) material yield strength and the static stress imposed by the rated load and the weight of the
lifter.

Date Unknown - Question 2: If the response to question (1) is yes, can fasteners be designed and
pretension in accordance with applicable industry codes and standards without pretension stress
becoming a factor in meeting the 33% of yield strength of the material criteria described in question (1)?

Answer 2: Yes, fastener pre-tension stress is not one of the stress factors in the design factor of 3
determination criteria.

September 21, 2004 - Question 1: Do the service classifications and PM/inspection frequency
requirements provided in the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual (based on ASME B30.20)
apply to a "below-the-hook" lifting device when ANSI N14.6 has been imposed on that device by the
responsible engineer/facility?

 Rigging Manual section 11.7 requires weekly to monthly frequent and semi-annual visual
inspection for heavy service.
 ANSI N14.6 section 6.3 requires only annual load testing with visual inspections or
alternatively allows special inspection, which includes NDE (Magnetic Particle).

Answer 1: The Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual section 11.2.1 Special Lifting Devices
allows for the responsible engineer or design authority to invoke ANSI N14.6 for Design, Fabrication,
Acceptance Testing, Maintenance, Assurance of continuing compliance, Inspection and Marking. The
responsible engineer would determine the need to apply elements of ASME B30.20 such as the service
classification but would not be required to when that element of ANSI N14.6 is applied such as
inspection criteria.

April/1/2003 - Question 1: Are electrical switchgear (circuit breaker) lifting devices, designed, built
and supplied by breaker manufacturer for handling his circuit breakers considered Below the Hook
Lifting devices as defined in DOE/RL-92-36 Section 11 and ASME B30.20?
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 17

Answer 1: No. These circuit breaker lifting devices designed, built and supplied specifically for lifting
the manufactures breakers are considered “Proprietary Lifting Devices” and do not meet criteria of
lifting devices for freely suspended loads as defined in DOE/RL-92-36 Section 11 and ASME B30.20?

June 21, 2006 – Question 1: Is a hook such as referenced in Chapter 11.0, Attachment 11.1-5; when
attached directly to the load block hook of a crane or hoist considered a Below-the–Hook Lifting
Device?

Answer 1: Yes. The hook shaped device shown is classified as a Below-the-Hook Lifting Device and
as such must comply with the requirements of ASME B30.20 Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices as
required by Chapter 11, Section 11.7.1.

Question 2: If a hook, covered in Chapter 10 Rigging Hooks or Chapter 5 Hooks was attached directly
to a load block hook would it then become a Below-the-Hook Lifting Device?

Answer 2: No. The hooks covered in Chapter 10, Riggings Hooks and Chapter 5 Hooks, of the
Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual are designed and built to the requirements of ASME B30.10
Hooks and not to ASME B30.20 Below the Hook Lifting Devices. The determination of which standard
is applicable is based on to which standard the device is built, and not to its use or application in a
rigging system.

Subject: Design Factors, Chapter 11 Below The Hook Lifting Devices

April 15, 2008 Question 1: When using a combination of approved slings, manually operated chain
hoist(s), and /or rigging hardware to attach a load to the crane, is it necessary to compensate for the
difference in the design factor of individual components? For example, the rigging configuration for a
specific lift consists of forged steel Weld less rings (design factor 6:1), shackles (design factor 5:1) and
chain slings (design factor 4:1).

Answer 1: No. The design factor is the ratio between nominal or minimum breaking strength or yield
strength and the rated capacity of the component. The rated load for each type of rigging is based on
characteristic properties of the component material, service history established by organizations and
manufacturers and therefore the design equation will vary by component. The design factors are adopted
by ASME. The share of load and rigging configuration that may increase loading shall be determined to
ensure rated Load or Working Load Limit (WLL) of the individual components are not exceeded.

17.3.12 Chapter 12.0 Hoists, Jib Cranes, and Monorail Systems

Interpretations:

Subject: Design Factors, Chapter 12 Hoists, Jib Cranes, and Monorail Systems

April 15, 2008 Question 1: When using a combination of approved slings, manually operated chain
hoist(s), and /or rigging hardware to attach a load to the crane, is it necessary to compensate for the
difference in the design factor of individual components? For example, the rigging configuration for a
specific lift consists of forged steel Weld less rings (design factor 6:1), shackles (design factor 5:1) and
chain slings (design factor 4:1).
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 18

Answer 1: No. The design factor is the ratio between nominal or minimum breaking strength or yield
strength and the rated capacity of the component. The rated load for each type of rigging is based on
characteristic properties of the component material, service history established by organizations and
manufacturers and therefore the design equation will vary by component. The design factors are adopted
by ASME. The share of load and rigging configuration that may increase loading shall be determined to
ensure rated Load or Working Load Limit (WLL) of the individual components are not exceeded.

17.3.13 Chapter 13.0 Overhead and Gantry Cranes

Interpretations:

July 15, 2004 - Question 1: Can the frequent and daily inspection listed in Hanford Site Hoisting and
Rigging Manual section 13.9.1.3.and section 13.9.1.2.2, be consolidated into a one (daily) inspection to
take credit for the frequent and daily inspection. We could just call the first day of the month the
frequent inspection. I have been told that some facilities do it that way. Is the Hanford Site Hoisting and
Rigging Manual requirement such that we would have to write a new OP to perform the frequent
inspection for the month?

Answer 1: As long as you cover those requirements for daily and frequent listed in the Hanford Site
Hoisting and Rigging Manual (there are some differences and you must ensure they are all completed)
you could consolidate to one procedure and take credit for it.

July 15, 2004 - Question 2: What qualifications are required to perform frequent and daily inspection
listed in Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual Section 13.9.1.3.and Section 13.9.1.2.2?

Answer 2: The Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual does not require a "qualified inspector" to
perform Frequent and Daily visual and operation checks of the crane. A qualified operator may perform
these. They are observations for visual damage or malfunctions.

13.8 MODIFICATIONS

Cranes may be modified or re-rated provided such modifications and the supporting structure are
analyzed thoroughly by a qualified person or crane manufacturer. A re-rated crane or one whose load-
supporting components have been modified shall be subjected to a rated load test (see paragraph
13.9.3.4, “Rated Load Test”). The new rated load shall be displayed in accordance with paragraph
13.7.1, “Rated Load Marking.” Documentation supporting crane re-rating shall be contained in, or
retrievable by reference from, the crane maintenance file.

February 09, 2005 - Question 1: Is the following sentence from Section 13.8: “A re-rated crane or
one whose load-supporting components have been modified shall be subjected to a rated load test (see
paragraph 13.9.3.4, “Rated Load Test”).” applicable to up-rating cranes only and not the down-rating
of cranes?

Answer 1: If the re-rating is for other than administrative proposes and we have re-rated because of
some physical condition of the crane components or supporting structure then we must load test. The
new rating needs to be supported by engineering analysis.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 19

Overhead Crane Support Structure Inspections

RE: Hanford Hoisting & Rigging manual Chapters 12 (ASME B30.11 Section 11-2.1) and Hanford Hoisting &
Rigging Manual Chapters 13 (ASME B30.17-2.1)

Since BNI is in the process of installing and soon to be load testing cranes and monorails, a question has arisen.

The codes referenced above and OSHA 1910.170 state that for initial inspections, new cranes shall be inspected
prior to initial use to verify compliance with requirements of frequent and periodic inspection.

The subject codes are silent on the load structures. There have been legacy opinions that the structure needs to
be inspected for obvious deformed or cracked members, defects, loose bolts, cracked welds, etc.

The WTP building steel is already inspected in accordance with the drawings and codes including bolt torques
and NDE on welds.

June 4, 2010 Question: Please provide a Hoisting &Rigging Committee interpretation for newly installed
cranes and monorails, whether building steel is to have any structural inspection after a crane/monorail load test.

Answer: Following a review it is determined that, under existing OSHA regulations and ASME codes, no
requirements exist that specify completion of a structural (supporting structure) inspection following completion
of a crane and monorail load test.

17.3.14 Chapter 14.0 Mobile Cranes

Interpretations:
14.5.14 Keeping Clear of the Load
The US Department of Energy nuclear site at Hanford requires additional employees other than those
currently identified in 1926.1425 (b), (d), and (e) (below) to be in the fall zone, but not under the load.
These personnel are necessary for the performance of critical activities, such as assessment,
containment, and confinement of radiological hazards as they pertain to radiation exposure as outlined
in 10 CFR 835, Occupational Radiological Protection. This work has been performed safely on the
Hanford Nuclear Site for many years. Essential personnel may include, but are not limited to, Health
Physics Technician (HPT) and Nuclear Chemical Operator (NCO), or Industrial Health (IH).

The Preamble to 29 CFR 1926 states:

Paragraph (b)(2) permits employees engaged in the initial attachment of the load to a component or
structure to be within the fall zone. One example of this activity is: A subassembly of steel members is
hoisted for attachment to a structure. When initially attaching the lower portion of that subassembly, an
employee is within the fall zone of the load. In this example, the employee engaged in the initial
attachment of the subassembly to the structure would be permitted to be within the fall zone; that work
cannot be done otherwise (emphasis added). No comments were received on this paragraph; it is
promulgated as proposed.

December 6, 2010 - Question 1: Do you concur that essential personnel (other than those currently
identified in 29 CFR 1926.1425 [b], [d], and [e]) may be permitted in the fall zone to perform work that
cannot be done otherwise, which include other essential personnel, such as, but are not limited to,
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 20

Health Physics Technician (HPT) and Nuclear Chemical Operator (NCO), or Industrial Health (IH),as
required for compliance to 10 CFR 835?

Reference:
 1926.1401 Definitions
o Fall zone means the area (including but not limited to the area directly beneath the load) in
which it is reasonably foreseeable that partially or completely suspended materials could fall in
the event of an accident.
 1926.1425 Keeping clear of the load
o This section of OSHA 1926 identifies personnel who can be in the fall zone while load is being
rigged is stationary or being landed
o (b) While the operator is not moving a suspended load, no employee must be within the fall
zone, except for employees:
 (1) Engaged in hooking, unhooking or guiding a load;
 (2) Engaged in the initial attachment of the load to a component or structure; or
 (3) Operating a concrete hopper or concrete bucket.
o (d) Receiving a load. Only employees needed to receive a load are permitted to be within the
fall zone when a load is being landed.
o (e) During a tilt-up or tilt-down operation:
o (1) No employee must be directly under the load.
o (2) Only employees essential to the operation are permitted in the fall zone (but not directly
under the load). An employee is essential to the operation if the employee is conducting one of
the following operations and the employer can demonstrate it is infeasible for the employee to
perform that operation from outside the fall zone: (1) physically guide the load; (2) closely
monitor and give instructions regarding the load’s movement; or (3) either detach it from or
initially attach it to another component or structure (such as, but not limited to, making an initial
connection or installing bracing).

Answer 1: To the extent that a Health Physics Technician (HPT) or an Industrial Hygienist (IH) is
needed to conduct radiological or chemical surveys to help determine the ultimate disposition of the
load, it is permissible if the load is stationary and can only be effectively surveyed while suspended. In
such circumstances, the HPT or IH is “guiding the load” per 29 CFR 1926.1425(a)(1) by helping to
determine how the suspended load is to be handled subsequent to the radiological or other
environmental/safety related surveys (i.e., will it be lowered immediately into the tank for further
decontamination, wrapped with protective sheeting, or moved to a laydown spot without further
treatment).

However, when such surveys can be effectively performed by an HPT or IH on a load that is safely on
the ground or from outside the fall zone (i.e., before it is lifted or while supported on dunnage), such
methods are preferable (as long as they comply with applicable nuclear or radiological safety
regulations). Accordingly, an evaluation of whether the HPT or IH may survey a suspended load to
determine its ultimate disposition must be conducted as part of the work planning to ascertain whether
the lift and related radiological surveys can be accomplished in another manner that will not place an
HPT or IH within the fall zone.

Similarly, a Nuclear Chemical Operator (NCO) may be within the fall zone if his planned work (e.g.,
wrapping a contaminated load in plastic sheeting) is essential to preparing the load for receipt in the
laydown area (refer to 29 CFR 1926.1425(d)) and if the work cannot be otherwise performed in
compliance with applicable nuclear or radiation safety rules. As noted above, a prior evaluation is
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 21

necessary to ensure that there is no other reasonable way to perform the work needed to prepare the load
for receipt in the laydown area.

In the limited circumstances outlined above where HPT’s, IH's and NCO’s are permitted within the fall
zone, their presence there must be as short as possible and limited to the time necessary to accomplish
their assigned work activities as prescribed in the work plan.

14.4.7.5 Power Lines Energized, Crane Operating Within the Erected/Fully Extended Boom
Length of the Prohibited Zone (Crane has the capacity to boom down, swing or extend into the
prohibited zone. See Figure 14-2).

a. An onsite meeting (see 14.4.7.3) between project management and a qualified representative of
the owner of the power lines or a designated representative of the electrical utility shall take
place to establish the conditions to safely complete the operations

April 29, 2005 - Question 1: Does project management mean somebody from the rigging crew
preferably the designated leader, or does it mean anyone within management over a particular
construction activity?

Answer 1: The intent is that the supervisor or person responsible for the crane crew and is involved in
the crane activity be at that meeting, it could be a DL. This is the person who is responsible for the
crane crew and activities, understands crane configurations, capabilities and is responsible for
implementing those items listed in 14.4.7.5.b-j and 14.4.7.6 a-g. Facility or Organization where the
activity is taking place wishes to have a representative at the meeting that would be good.

14.4.7.6 Crane Operations Within the Prohibited Zone and the Power Lines are Energized.

CAUTION: Working in the prohibited zone with power lines energized requires very
disciplined and extraordinary safety precautions, including direct involvement and support from
the electric utility organization. Working in the prohibited zone with power lines energized,
shall only be performed when no alternative exists.

14.4.7.6.a. Before such operations take place, a qualified person responsible for crane operations
and a qualified representative of the utility or an engineer qualified in power line
transmission, after visiting the site together, shall determine whether operating the crane
within the Prohibited Zone is the most feasible way to complete the job. Both persons
shall set minimum required clearances and procedures for safe operations. These
operations shall be under their supervision.

April 29, 2005 - Question 2: Does the definition 14.4.7.6 a., “a qualified person responsible for crane
operations” mean a designated leader, crane operator, rigger, or the crane supervisor, or does it mean
anyone within management over a particular construction activity?

Answer 2: See Answer 1 to Question 1 concerning 14.4.7.5.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 22

14.4.7.4Crane Operation Near De-energized and Grounded Electric Power Lines.

14.4.7.4.b. The lines shall be visibly grounded to avoid electrical feedback and appropriately
marked at the job-site location.

June 21, 2006 - Question 1--Is it the intent of 14.4.7.4.b that only transmission & distribution lines be
grounded to avoid electrical feedback or to become re-energized from other sources and not insulated
overhead premises wiring installed in accordance with the National Electrical code (NEC).

Answer 1: Yes, as long as the premises line voltage does not exceed 480 volt, factory-installed
insulation is on the conductor and the insulation would not be damaged while doing the work.

June 21, 2006 - Question 2--If an electrically safe work condition has been established, i.e., the circuit
has been locked out in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147, including authorized worker locks belonging
to the crane operator and assisting workers, will that satisfy the intent of 14.4.7.4.b for insulted premised
wiring lines?

Answer 2: No, The requirements 29CFR 1910.147 are required regardless of grounding issues.

14.3 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS

14.3.e Before leaving the crane unattended, perform the following tasks:

(1) Land any load, bucket, lifting magnet, or other device

June 21, 2006 - Question 1: When and under what conditions is it acceptable for a mobile crane
operator to leave his/her position at the crane controls with a load suspended?

Answer 1: If a condition arises that puts the mobile crane operator’s life or health at risk by remaining
in the cab with (or without) a load suspended, he/she shall leave the crane cab. It is also important that
anytime there is a known possibility that a condition could arise during the course of a work assignment
requiring the operator to leave a crane with the load suspended, it must be addressed with the assigned
designated leader and the crane operator prior to commencement of the work, as a part of pre-job
planning.

If there is no threat to the life or health of the crane operator, then the operator should not leave a crane
with the load suspended. Leaving a load suspended from an unattended mobile crane is a hazardous
practice and should never be implemented for convenience. To leave a mobile crane unattended with a
suspended load, other than in a situation where the operator’s life or health is threatened, there must be
an analysis completed by qualified hoisting and rigging personnel to identify manufacturer-specific
recommendations as well as implement actions and methods to mitigate the hazards. The analysis shall
be based on, as a minimum, the operating characteristics and limitations of the specific crane and the
following elements that may affect load, crane stability and cranes structural integrity;

 Crane footing
 Load weight,
 Load radius
 Physical dimensions and shape of the load
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 23

 Criticality of the load and it’s surroundings per chapter 3 of the DOE/RL-92-36 Hoisting and
Rigging Manual
 Crane capacity
 Crane condition
 Current and predicted weather conditions
 Effects on rigging, rigging hardware and lifting devices, if used
 Load stability
 Estimated time crane with suspended load will be left unattended

In most cases the safest and most expedient method is to leave the operator at the controls until the load
can be landed. If after analysis it is determined that the load will be left suspended without the operator
in the cab then the applicable requirements of DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging
Manual sections 14.3 and 14.4, and mitigating actions identified from the analysis shall be applied. As
a minimum control, the affected area shall be cordoned off to prevent personnel access into the work
zone.

14.4.4 Holding the Load

14.4.4.c. No person should be permitted to stand or pass under a suspended load.

July 6, 2006 - Question 1: Can a person walk, work, or park a vehicle under a crane that is boomed up
with the block and or ball hanging with no load attached?

Answer 1: Yes. The key term here is suspended load as used in DOE/RL-92-36 Hanford Site Hoisting
and Rigging Manual section14.4.4.c “Holding the Load”. The “load” referenced in Chapter 22.0
Appendix A and 14.4.2 is not referring to suspended load but is the term used in calculating crane
capacities and induced loads. The boom, load block and other components of a crane referenced are not
considered suspended load. The “suspended load” as it applies to personnel standing or passing under,
is the item being lifted. If it were applied to the boom and load block or hook it would not only be
impractical but in most cases impossible to perform work such as attaching the load and maintenance of
the equipment.

17.3.15 Chapter 15.0 Personnel Lifting

Interpretations: None
17.3.16 Chapter 16.0 A-Frames and Trolleys
Interpretations: None
17.3.17 Chapter 17.0 Interpretations
Interpretations: See contents of this chapter.
17.3.18 Chapter 18.0 Hoisting & Rigging in Hostile Environments
Interpretations: None
17.3.19 Chapter 19.0: 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC, Cranes and Derricks in Construction
Interpretations: None
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 24

17.3.20 H&R Committee Charter

Interpretations: None
17.3.21 References and Bibliography
Interpretations: None

17.3.22 Appendix A
Interpretations:
Monthly. Once each calendar month. A maintenance/inspection program should accomplish monthly
tasks at approximately the same time each calendar month. To manage such programs, tasks
should be scheduled as “due” on a particular date. If a task cannot reasonably be performed
on the scheduled “due” date, it should promptly be rescheduled for a date during the same
calendar month.

January 21, 2004 - Question 1: Does "monthly" and "annually" when applied to documented
inspections of equipment covered by the Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Manual, such as wire rope and
cranes, mean if these inspection are not performed 30 days or 365 days respectively from the previous
inspection, the equipment is out of service?

Answer 1: Required monthly and annual inspections need to be performed once each calendar month
and once each calendar year to as close to the exact date (30 or 365 days from previous date) as possible
allowing for variances for weekends and work schedules. As long as the inspection is performed in the
month it was due the equipment is not out of service. Monthly inspections could, on occasion be
performed early in one month and late in the next, but if this were a common practice it would not be
meeting the intent of the law or requirement.

Question 2: Is there a "grace period"?

Answer 2: There is no grace period.

17.3.23 ATTACHMENTS
Interpretations: None
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 10, 2016
Chapter 17.0 - INTERPRETATIONS Rev 1 Page 25

This page left intentionally blank

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2010

Chapter 18.0 – HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 18.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS..................................................................................................................................1
PAGINATION TABLE.....................................................................................................................................1
18.0 HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS..............................................................2

18.1 SCOPE..................................................................................................................................................... 2
18.1.1 Normal Operations ................................................................................................................. 2
18.1.2 Special Provisions .................................................................................................................. 2
18.2 EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS REVIEW ............................................................................... 2
18.2.1 Prerequisite Review................................................................................................................ 2
18.2.2 As Low As Reasonably Achievable .................................................................................... 2
18.2.3 First Priority............................................................................................................................. 2
18.3 HOSTILE ENVIRONMENT PLAN .................................................................................................. 2
18.3.1 Preparation ............................................................................................................................... 2
18.3.2 Review/Approval Requirements .......................................................................................... 2
18.3.3 Hostile Environment Plan Contents .................................................................................... 3
18.3.4 Additional Procedures............................................................................................................ 3
18.3.5 Hostile Environment Plan Distribution............................................................................... 3
18.4 MARKING AND POSTING ............................................................................................................... 4

18.5 INSPECTION AND MATERIAL LIMITATIONS......................................................................... 4

18.5.1 Hardware .................................................................................................................................. 4
18.5.2 Synthetic Fiber Slings ............................................................................................................ 4

ATTACHMENTS
18.1 HOSTILE ENVIRONMENT PLAN ................................................................................................... 5
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2010

Chapter 18.0 – HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS Rev 1 Page 2

18.0 HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS

18.1 SCOPE

18.1.1 Normal Operations

Hoisting and rigging (H&R) activities can usually be accomplished where the environment will
allow normal operations with access for hands-on equipment contact. In such situations, operations,
maintenance, inspections, and tests shall be done in accordance with regular provisions of this manual.

18.1.2 Special Provisions

This section contains the special provisions for H&R operations and equipment in hostile
environments where standard operating, maintenance, inspection, or test procedures cannot be followed
as a result of radiation or contamination, toxic/hazardous chemicals or gasses, or temperature extremes.

18.2 EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS REVIEW

18.2.1 Prerequisite Review

The H&R equipment or operations shall be reviewed by a designated person to determine

compliance with the requirements of this manual. If it is determined to be impossible or unreasonable for
the requirements of this manual to be met as a result of hostile environmental conditions, then a hostile
environment plan shall be prepared to document alternative compliance methods and procedures.

18.2.2 As Low As Reasonably Achievable

All H&R operations shall be consistent with the U.S. Department of Energy's radiation exposure
policy of "as low as reasonably achievable" (ALARA).

18.2.3 First Priority

Safety of personnel shall remain the first priority.

18.3 HOSTILE ENVIRONMENT PLAN

18.3.1 Preparation

A hostile environment plan shall be prepared by a designated person and shall cover operations,
equipment, inspection, testing, and maintenance. See Attachment 18.1 "Hostile Environment Plan."

18.3.2 Review/Approval Requirements

As a minimum, the plan shall be reviewed and approved (signed and dated) by responsible
management at the facility where the crane/hoist or other equipment is located and responsible
management of an overview organization (such as Safety or Quality Assurance). Depending upon the
site-specific organizational structure, the following review/approvals are recommended:
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2010

Chapter 18.0 – HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS Rev 1 Page 3

1. *Facility manager

2. *Responsible management, oversight organization (safety or quality assurance/control)

3. Responsible operations manager

4. Equipment custodian

5. Cognizant engineer.

*Review/approval is mandatory.
18.3.3 Hostile Environment Plan Contents

The plan shall address only those actions or features that require deviation from the requirements
of this manual because of a hostile environment, but shall contain the following information as a
minimum:

1. The specific requirement(s) that are not in compliance

2. The difference between the requirement and actual conditions
3. Justification for not meeting this manual's requirements
4. A statement of actions or features to be used to compensate for the differences
5. Specific maintenance, inspections, and tests to be performed whenever access is possible
6. Replacement or retirement criteria for equipment that is designed to operate with minimum
or no maintenance.
18.3.4 Additional Procedures
Detailed operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures that state specific
requirements and acceptance criteria shall be prepared based upon the hostile environment plan.

18.3.5 Hostile Environment Plan Distribution

The facility manager shall ensure that the approved hostile environment plan is distributed as
follows:
1. U.S. Department of Energy, Richland Operations Office Hoisting and Rigging Program
Manager, MSIN R3-78 (for information)
2. Equipment operators, maintenance organizations, and other organizations/personnel
affected by the plan
3. Equipment history file.

NOTE: Hostile environment plans in the equipment history file shall be readily available to
appointed personnel.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2010

Chapter 18.0 – HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS Rev 1 Page 4

18.4 MARKING AND POSTING

Equipment that requires a hostile environment plan should be posted "Hostile Environment Plan--
Special Maintenance and Operating Instructions."

18.5 INSPECTION AND MATERIAL LIMITATIONS

18.5.1 Hardware

Handling fixtures, rigging, and rigging accessories shall be marked, tagged, load tested, and
otherwise qualified, as appropriate, in accordance with this manual before being exposed to the hostile
environment.

18.5.2 Synthetic Fiber Slings

Synthetic fiber slings, including Kevlar1, K-Spec2, nylon, and polyester may be used in radiation
areas only when the responsible person ensures that the absorbed dose shall not exceed 100,000 rads
during the life of the sling.

1
Kevlar is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours.
2
K-Spec is a registered trademark of SlingMax.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2010

Chapter 18.0 – HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS Rev 1 Page 5

ATTACHMENT 18.1 -1 TYPICAL HOSTILE ENVIRONMENT PLAN

Building:___________________ Location:________________________________________________

Type crane/hoist:________________________________________________(e.g., overhead top-running

bridge and trolley; top-running bridge with underhung hoist; jib crane; monorail hoist; overhead hoist)

Capacity (main and auxiliary):___________________________________________________________

Power method:______________________________________ (e.g., hand operated, electrical powered)

Manufacturer: _______________________________________________________________________
1.a. Paragraph number of the H&R manual requirement that will not be met:____________________

(Copy the applicable paragraph)

1.b. Difference between manual requirement and what is to be allowed by this plan: ______________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

1.c. Justification for not meeting the manual requirement: ___________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

1.d. Actions or features to compensate for differences: ____________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

Include information regarding replacement or retirement criteria for this equipment. Also include
information regarding any special design, maintenance, or test considerations that apply to this
equipment. __________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

[ADD ADDITIONAL SECTIONS TO THIS PLAN AS REQUIRED. (e.g., 2.a THROUGH 2.d).]

APPROVALS

Facility Manager______________________ Manager, Oversight Organization:_____________________

(signature/date) (signature/date)

Other:____________________________________
(signature/date)

* Modify approval cycle, see paragraph 18.3.2

Place approved Hostile Environment Plan in Equipment History File
Make readily available to operating and maintenance personnel-
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 18, 2010

Chapter 18.0 – HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS Rev 1 Page 6

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 1

Monday,
August 9, 2010

Part II

Department of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration

29 CFR Part 1926

Cranes and Derricks in Construction;
Final Rule
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 2

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48135

Subpart S—Underground Subpart V—Power Transmission and decorating), and demolition workplaces
Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams, Distribution covered under 29 CFR part 1926, and
and Compressed Air also sets forth, in specified
■ 24. The authority citation for subpart circumstances, when ladders and
■ 19. The authority citation for subpart V of part 1926 is revised to read as stairways are required to be provided.
S of 29 CFR part 1926 is revised to read follows: Additional requirements for ladders
as follows: Authority: Section 3704 of the Contract used on or with scaffolds are contained
Authority: Sec. 107, Contract Work Hours Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 in subpart L—Scaffolds. This subpart
and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333); U.S.C. 3701); Secs. 4, 6, and 8 of the does not apply to integral components
secs. 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 of equipment covered by subpart CC.
and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s Subpart CC exclusively sets forth the
657); Secretary of Labor’s Orders 12–71 (36 Order Nos. 12–71 (36 FR 8754); 8–76 (41 FR circumstances when ladders and
FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR 25059), 9–83 (48 FR 25059); 9–83 (48 FR 35736, 1–90 (55 FR
9033), and 5–2007 (72 FR 31159). Section
stairways must be provided on
35736), 1–90 (55 FR 9033), 6–96 (62 FR 111),
1926.951 also issued under 29 CFR part 1911. equipment covered by subpart CC.
or 5–2007 (72 FR 31159) as applicable.
* * * * *
■ 20. Section 1926.800 is amended by ■ 25. Section 1926.952 is amended by
revising paragraph (t) to read as follows: revising paragraph (c) to read as follows: Appendix A to Part 1926—Designations
for General Industry Standards
§ 1926.800 Underground construction. § 1926.952 Mechanical equipment. Incorporated into Body of Construction
* * * * * * * * * * Standards
(t) Hoisting unique to underground (c) Cranes and other lifting
construction. Employers must comply equipment. ■ 28. Appendix A to part 1926 is
with § 1926.1501(g) of § 1926 subpart (1) All equipment shall comply with amended by removing the row
DD. Except as modified by this subparts CC and O of this part, as containing ‘‘1926.550(a)(19)’’ and
paragraph (t), the following provisions applicable. ‘‘1910.184(c)(9)’’ from the table ‘‘1926
of subpart N of this part apply: (2) Digger derricks used for augering DESIGNATIONS FOR APPLICABLE
Requirements for material hoists are holes for poles carrying electric lines, 1910 STANDARDS.’’
found in §§ 1926.552(a) and (b) of this placing and removing poles, or for
handling associated materials to be Subparts AA and BB—[Reserved]
part. Requirements for personnel hoists
are found in the personnel hoists installed or removed from the poles
must comply with 29 CFR 1910.269. ■ 29. Subparts AA and BB are reserved
requirements of §§ 1926.552(a) and (c)
(3) With the exception of equipment and subpart CC is added to read as
of this part and in the elevator
certified for work on the proper voltage, follows:
requirement of §§ 1926.552(a) and (d) of
this part. mechanical equipment shall not be Subpart CC—Cranes and Derricks in
operated closer to any energized line or Construction
* * * * *
equipment than the clearances set forth Sec.
Subpart T—Demolition in § 1926.950(c) unless, in addition to 1926.1400 Scope.
the requirements in § 1926.1410: 1926.1401 Definitions.
■ 21. The authority citation for subpart (i) The mechanical equipment is 1926.1402 Ground conditions.
S of 29 CFR part 1926 is revised to read insulated, or 1926.1403 Assembly/Disassembly—
as follows: (ii) The mechanical equipment is selection of manufacturer or employer
considered as energized. procedures.
Authority: Sec. 107, Contract Work Hours 1926.1404 Assembly/Disassembly—general
Note to paragraph (c)(3): In accordance
and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333); requirements (applies to all assembly
with 29 CFR 1926.1400(g), compliance with
secs. 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and disassembly operations).
29 CFR 1910.269(p) will be deemed
and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 1926.1405 Disassembly—additional
compliance with §§ 1926.1407 through
657); Secretary of Labor’s Orders 12–71 (36 requirements for dismantling of booms
1926.1411, including § 1926.1410.
FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR 25059), 9–83 (48 FR and jibs (applies to both the use of
35736), 1–90 (55 FR 9033), 6–96 (62 FR 111), manufacturer procedures and employer
Subpart X—Stairways and Ladders
or 5–2007 (72 FR 31159) as applicable. procedures).
■ 26. The authority citation for subpart 1926.1406 Assembly/Disassembly—
■ 22. Section 1926.856 is amended by
X of 29 CFR part 1926 is amended by employer procedures—general
revising paragraph (c) to read as follows: requirements.
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 1926.856 Removal of walls, floors, and 1926.1407 Power line safety (up to 350
Authority: Section 107, Contract Work kV)—assembly and disassembly.
material with equipment.
Hours and Safety Standards Act 1926.1408 Power line safety (up to 350
* * * * * (Construction Safety Act](40 U.S.C. 333); kV)—equipment operations.
(c) Mechanical equipment used shall Secs. 4, 6, 8, Occupational Safety and Health 1926.1409 Power line safety (over 350 kV).
meet the requirements specified in Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); 1926.1410 Power line safety (all voltages)—
subparts N and O and § 1926.1501 of Secretary of Labor’s Order Nos. 1–90 (55 FR equipment operations closer than the
§ 1926 subpart DD. 9033), 5–2007 (72 FR 31159); and 29 CFR Table A zone.
part 1911. 1926.1411 Power line safety—while
■ 23. Section 1926.858 is amended by
traveling.
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows: ■ 27. Section 1926.1050 is amended by 1926.1412 Inspections.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

revising paragraph (a) to read as follows: 1926.1413 Wire rope—inspection.

§ 1926.858 Removal of walls, floors, and
material with equipment. § 1926.1050 Scope, application, and 1926.1414 Wire rope—selection and
definitions applicable to this subpart. installation criteria.
* * * * * 1926.1415 Safety devices.
(b) Cranes, derricks, and other (a) Scope and application. This 1926.1416 Operational aids.
hoisting equipment used shall meet the subpart applies to all stairways and 1926.1417 Operation.
requirements specified in § 1926.1501 of ladders used in construction, alteration, 1926.1418 Authority to stop operation.
§ 1926 subpart DD. repair (including painting and 1926.1419 Signals—general requirements.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 3

48136 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

1926.1420 Signals—radio, telephone or ‘‘hammerhead boom’’), luffing boom and (13) Tree trimming and tree removal
other electronic transmission of signals. self-erecting); pedestal cranes; portal work.
1926.1421 Signals—voice signals— cranes; overhead and gantry cranes; (14) Anchor handling or dredge-
additional requirements. related operations with a vessel or barge
1926.1422 Signals—hand signal chart.
straddle cranes; sideboom cranes;
1926.1423 Fall protection. derricks; and variations of such using an affixed A-frame.
1926.1424 Work area control. equipment. However, items listed in (15) Roustabouts.
1926.1425 Keeping clear of the load. paragraph (c) of this section are (16) Helicopter cranes.
1926.1426 Free fall and controlled load excluded from the scope of this (17) Material Delivery
lowering. standard. (i) Articulating/knuckle-boom truck
1926.1427 Operator qualification and (b) Attachments. This standard cranes that deliver material to a
certification. applies to equipment included in construction site when used to transfer
1926.1428 Signal person qualifications. materials from the truck crane to the
1926.1429 Qualifications of maintenance &
paragraph (a) of this section when used
with attachments. Such attachments, ground, without arranging the materials
repair employees.
1926.1430 Training. whether crane-attached or suspended in a particular sequence for hoisting.
1926.1431 Hoisting personnel. include, but are not limited to: Hooks, (ii) Articulating/knuckle-boom truck
1926.1432 Multiple-crane/derrick lifts— magnets, grapples, clamshell buckets, cranes that deliver material to a
supplemental requirements. orange peel buckets, concrete buckets, construction site when the crane is used
1926.1433 Design, construction and testing. drag lines, personnel platforms, augers to transfer building supply sheet goods
1926.1434 Equipment modifications. or building supply packaged materials
1926.1435 Tower cranes.
or drills and pile driving equipment.
(c) Exclusions. This subpart does not from the truck crane onto a structure,
1926.1436 Derricks. using a fork/cradle at the end of the
1926.1437 Floating cranes/derricks and cover:
land cranes/derricks on barges. (1) Machinery included in paragraph boom, but only when the truck crane is
1926.1438 Overhead & gantry cranes. (a) of this section while it has been equipped with a properly functioning
1926.1439 Dedicated pile drivers. converted or adapted for a non-hoisting/ automatic overload prevention device.
1926.1440 Sideboom cranes. lifting use. Such conversions/ Such sheet goods or packaged materials
1926.1441 Equipment with a rated hoisting/ adaptations include, but are not limited include, but are not limited to: Sheets of
lifting capacity of 2,000 pounds or less. to, power shovels, excavators and sheet rock, sheets of plywood, bags of
1926.1442 Severability. cement, sheets or packages of roofing
concrete pumps.
Appendix A to Subpart CC of part 1926— (2) Power shovels, excavators, wheel shingles, and rolls of roofing felt.
Standard Hand Signals (iii) This exclusion does not apply
Appendix B to Subpart CC of part 1926— loaders, backhoes, loader backhoes,
track loaders. This machinery is also when:
Assembly/Disassembly—Sample
Procedures for Minimizing the Risk of excluded when used with chains, slings (A) The articulating/knuckle-boom
Unintended Dangerous Boom Movement or other rigging to lift suspended loads. crane is used to hold, support or
Appendix C to Subpart CC of part 1926— (3) Automotive wreckers and tow stabilize the material to facilitate a
Operator Certification—Written trucks when used to clear wrecks and construction activity, such as holding
Examination—Technical Knowledge haul vehicles. material in place while it is attached to
Criteria (4) Digger derricks when used for the structure;
augering holes for poles carrying electric (B) The material being handled by the
Subpart CC—Cranes and Derricks in articulating/knuckle-boom crane is a
and telecommunication lines, placing
Construction prefabricated component. Such
and removing the poles, and for
handling associated materials to be prefabricated components include, but
Authority: Section 3704 of the Contract are not limited to: Precast concrete
Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40
installed on or removed from the poles.
Digger derricks used in work subject to members or panels, roof trusses
U.S.C. 3701); sections 4, 6, and 8 of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 29 CFR part 1926, subpart V, must (wooden, cold-formed metal, steel, or
(29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s comply with 29 CFR 1910.269. Digger other material), prefabricated building
Order No. 5–2007 (72 FR 31159); and 29 CFR derricks used in construction work for sections such as, but not limited to:
part 1911. telecommunication service (as defined Floor panels, wall panels, roof panels,
at 29 CFR 1910.268(s)(40)) must comply roof structures, or similar items;
§ 1926.1400 Scope. (C) The material being handled by the
with 29 CFR 1910.268.
(a) This standard applies to power- (5) Machinery originally designed as crane is a structural steel member (for
operated equipment, when used in vehicle-mounted aerial devices (for example, steel joists, beams, columns,
construction, that can hoist, lower and lifting personnel) and self-propelled steel decking (bundled or unbundled) or
horizontally move a suspended load. elevating work platforms. a component of a systems-engineered
Such equipment includes, but is not (6) Telescopic/hydraulic gantry metal building (as defined in 29 CFR
limited to: Articulating cranes (such as systems. 1926 subpart R).
knuckle-boom cranes); crawler cranes; (7) Stacker cranes. (D) The activity is not specifically
floating cranes; cranes on barges; (8) Powered industrial trucks excluded under § 1400(c)(17)(i) and (ii).
locomotive cranes; mobile cranes (such (forklifts), except when configured to (d) All sections of this subpart CC
as wheel-mounted, rough-terrain, all- hoist and lower (by means of a winch apply to the equipment covered by this
terrain, commercial truck-mounted, and or hook) and horizontally move a standard unless specified otherwise.
boom truck cranes); multi-purpose suspended load. (e) The duties of controlling entities
machines when configured to hoist and
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(9) Mechanic’s truck with a hoisting under this subpart include, but are not
lower (by means of a winch or hook) device when used in activities related to limited to, the duties specified in
and horizontally move a suspended equipment maintenance and repair. § 1926.1402(c), § 1926.1402(e) and
load; industrial cranes (such as carry- (10) Machinery that hoists by using a § 1926.1424(b).
deck cranes); dedicated pile drivers; come-a-long or chainfall. (f) Where provisions of this standard
service/mechanic trucks with a hoisting (11) Dedicated drilling rigs. direct an operator, crewmember, or
device; a crane on a monorail; tower (12) Gin poles when used for the other employee to take certain actions,
cranes (such as a fixed jib, i.e., erection of communication towers. the employer must establish, effectively

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 4

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48137

communicate to the relevant persons, designed to support one employee in a tower sections to the top of the crane
and enforce, work rules to ensure sitting position. (top climbing), or by a system in which
compliance with such provisions. Bogie means ‘‘travel bogie,’’ which is the entire crane is raised inside the
(g) For work covered by subpart V of defined below. structure (inside climbing).
this part, compliance with 29 CFR Boom (equipment other than tower Come-a-long means a mechanical
§ 1910.269(p) is deemed compliance crane) means an inclined spar, strut, or device typically consisting of a chain or
with §§ 1926.1407 through 1926.1411. other long structural member which cable attached at each end that is used
(h) Section 1926.1402 does not apply supports the upper hoisting tackle on a to facilitate movement of materials
to cranes designed for use on railroad crane or derrick. Typically, the length through leverage.
tracks, when used on railroad tracks that and vertical angle of the boom can be Competent person means one who is
are part of the general railroad system of varied to achieve increased height or capable of identifying existing and
transportation that is regulated pursuant height and reach when lifting loads. predictable hazards in the surroundings
to the Federal Railroad Administration Booms can usually be grouped into or working conditions which are
under 49 CFR part 213, and that comply general categories of hydraulically unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to
with applicable Federal Railroad extendible, cantilevered type, latticed employees, and who has authorization
Administration requirements. See section, cable supported type or to take prompt corrective measures to
§ 1926.1402(f). articulating type. eliminate them.
Boom (tower cranes): On tower Controlled load lowering means
§ 1926.1401 Definitions. cranes, if the ‘‘boom’’ (i.e., principal lowering a load by means of a
A/D director (Assembly/Disassembly horizontal structure) is fixed, it is mechanical hoist drum device that
director) means an individual who referred to as a jib; if it is moveable up allows a hoisted load to be lowered with
meets this subpart’s requirements for an and down, it is referred to as a boom. maximum control using the gear train or
A/D director, irrespective of the Boom angle indicator means a device hydraulic components of the hoist
person’s formal job title or whether the which measures the angle of the boom mechanism. Controlled load lowering
person is non-management or relative to horizontal. requires the use of the hoist drive motor,
management personnel. Boom hoist limiting device includes rather than the load hoist brake, to
Articulating crane means a crane boom hoist disengaging device, boom lower the load.
whose boom consists of a series of hoist shut-off, boom hoist disconnect, Controlling entity means an employer
folding, pin connected structural boom hoist hydraulic relief, boom hoist that is a prime contractor, general
members, typically manipulated to kick-outs, automatic boom stop device, contractor, construction manager or any
extend or retract by power from or derricking limiter. This type of device other legal entity which has the overall
hydraulic cylinders. disengages boom hoist power when the responsibility for the construction of the
Assembly/Disassembly means the boom reaches a predetermined project—its planning, quality and
assembly and/or disassembly of operating angle. It also sets brakes or completion.
equipment covered under this standard. closes valves to prevent the boom from Counterweight means a weight used to
With regard to tower cranes, ‘‘erecting lowering after power is disengaged. supplement the weight of equipment in
and climbing’’ replaces the term Boom length indicator indicates the providing stability for lifting loads by
‘‘assembly,’’ and ‘‘dismantling’’ replaces length of the permanent part of the counterbalancing those loads.
the term ‘‘disassembly.’’ Regardless of boom (such as ruled markings on the Crane/derrick includes all equipment
whether the crane is initially erected to boom) or, as in some computerized covered by this subpart.
its full height or is climbed in stages, the systems, the length of the boom with Crawler crane means equipment that
process of increasing the height of the extensions/attachments. has a type of base mounting which
crane is an erection process. Boom stop includes boom stops, incorporates a continuous belt of
Assist crane means a crane used to (belly straps with struts/standoff), sprocket driven track.
assist in assembling or disassembling a telescoping boom stops, attachment Crossover points means locations on a
crane. boom stops, and backstops. These wire rope which is spooled on a drum
Attachments means any device that devices restrict the boom from moving where one layer of rope climbs up on
expands the range of tasks that can be above a certain maximum angle and and crosses over the previous layer.
done by the equipment. Examples toppling over backward. This takes place at each flange of the
include, but are not limited to: An Boom suspension system means a drum as the rope is spooled onto the
auger, drill, magnet, pile-driver, and system of pendants, running ropes, drum, reaches the flange, and begins to
boom-attached personnel platform. sheaves, and other hardware which wrap back in the opposite direction.
Audible signal means a signal made supports the boom tip and controls the Dedicated channel means a line of
by a distinct sound or series of sounds. boom angle. communication assigned by the
Examples include, but are not limited Builder means the builder/constructor employer who controls the
to, sounds made by a bell, horn, or of equipment. communication system to only one
whistle. Center of gravity: The center of gravity signal person and crane/derrick or to a
Blocking (also referred to as of any object is the point in the object coordinated group of cranes/derricks/
‘‘cribbing’’) is wood or other material around which its weight is evenly signal person(s).
used to support equipment or a distributed. If you could put a support Dedicated pile-driver is a machine
component and distribute loads to the under that point, you could balance the that is designed to function exclusively
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

ground. It is typically used to support object on the support. as a pile-driver. These machines
lattice boom sections during assembly/ Certified welder means a welder who typically have the ability to both hoist
disassembly and under outrigger and meets nationally recognized the material that will be pile-driven and
stabilizer floats. certification requirements applicable to to pile-drive that material.
Boatswain’s chair means a single- the task being performed. Dedicated spotter (power lines): To be
point adjustable suspension scaffold Climbing means the process in which considered a dedicated spotter, the
consisting of a seat or sling (which may a tower crane is raised to a new working requirements of § 1926.1428 (Signal
be incorporated into a full body harness) height, either by adding additional person qualifications) must be met and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 5

48138 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

his/her sole responsibility is to watch For example means ‘‘one example, equipment functions which can increase
the separation between the power line although there are others.’’ the severity of loading on the
and the equipment, load line and load Free fall (of the load line) means that equipment, e.g., hoisting, telescoping
(including rigging and lifting only the brake is used to regulate the out, or luffing out. Typically, those
accessories), and ensure through descent of the load line (the drive functions which decrease the severity of
communication with the operator that mechanism is not used to drive the load loading on the equipment remain
the applicable minimum approach down faster or retard its lowering). operational, e.g., lowering, telescoping
distance is not breached. Free surface effect is the uncontrolled in, or luffing in.
Directly under the load means a part transverse movement of liquids in Locomotive crane means a crane
or all of an employee is directly beneath compartments which reduce a vessel’s mounted on a base or car equipped for
the load. transverse stability. travel on a railroad track.
Dismantling includes partial Hoist means a mechanical device for Luffing jib limiting device is similar to
dismantling (such as dismantling to lifting and lowering loads by winding a a boom hoist limiting device, except
shorten a boom or substitute a different line onto or off a drum. that it limits the movement of the
component). Hoisting is the act of raising, lowering luffing jib.
Drum rotation indicator means a or otherwise moving a load in the air Marine hoisted personnel transfer
device on a crane or hoist which with equipment covered by this device means a device, such as a
indicates in which direction and at what standard. As used in this standard, ‘‘transfer net,’’ that is designed to protect
relative speed a particular hoist drum is ‘‘hoisting’’ can be done by means other the employees being hoisted during a
turning. than wire rope/hoist drum equipment. marine transfer and to facilitate rapid
Electrical contact occurs when a Include/including means ‘‘including, entry into and exit from the device.
person, object, or equipment makes but not limited to.’’ Such devices do not include
contact or comes in close proximity Insulating link/device means an boatswain’s chairs when hoisted by
with an energized conductor or insulating device listed, labeled, or equipment covered by this standard.
equipment that allows the passage of accepted by a Nationally Recognized Marine worksite means a construction
current. Testing Laboratory in accordance with worksite located in, on or above the
Employer-made equipment means 29 CFR 1910.7. water.
floating cranes/derricks designed and Jib stop (also referred to as a jib Mobile crane means a lifting device
built by an employer for the employer’s backstop), is the same type of device as incorporating a cable suspended latticed
own use. a boom stop but is for a fixed or luffing boom or hydraulic telescopic boom
Encroachment is where any part of jib. designed to be moved between
the crane, load line or load (including Land crane/derrick is equipment not operating locations by transport over the
rigging and lifting accessories) breaches originally designed by the manufacturer road.
a minimum clearance distance that this for marine use by permanent attachment Moving point-to-point means the
subpart requires to be maintained from to barges, pontoons, vessels, or other times during which an employee is in
a power line. means of floatation. the process of going to or from a work
Equipment means equipment covered List means the angle of inclination station.
by this subpart. about the longitudinal axis of a barge, Multi-purpose machine means a
Equipment criteria means pontoons, vessel or other means of machine that is designed to be
instructions, recommendations, floatation. configured in various ways, at least one
limitations and specifications. Load refers to the object(s) being of which allows it to hoist (by means of
Fall protection equipment means hoisted and/or the weight of the a winch or hook) and horizontally move
guardrail systems, safety net systems, object(s); both uses refer to the object(s) a suspended load. For example, a
personal fall arrest systems, positioning and the load-attaching equipment, such machine that can rotate and can be
device systems or fall restraint systems. as, the load block, ropes, slings, configured with removable forks/tongs
Fall restraint system means a fall shackles, and any other ancillary (for use as a forklift) or with a winch
protection system that prevents the user attachment. pack, jib (with a hook at the end) or jib
from falling any distance. The system is Load moment (or rated capacity) used in conjunction with a winch.
comprised of either a body belt or body indicator means a system which aids the When configured with the forks/tongs, it
harness, along with an anchorage, equipment operator by sensing (directly is not covered by this subpart. When
connectors and other necessary or indirectly) the overturning moment configured with a winch pack, jib (with
equipment. The other components on the equipment, i.e., load multiplied a hook at the end) or jib used in
typically include a lanyard, and may by radius. It compares this lifting conjunction with a winch, it is covered
also include a lifeline and other devices. condition to the equipment’s rated by this subpart.
Fall zone means the area (including capacity, and indicates to the operator Nationally recognized accrediting
but not limited to the area directly the percentage of capacity at which the agency is an organization that, due to its
beneath the load) in which it is equipment is working. Lights, bells, or independence and expertise, is widely
reasonably foreseeable that partially or buzzers may be incorporated as a recognized as competent to accredit
completely suspended materials could warning of an approaching overload testing organizations. Examples of such
fall in the event of an accident. condition. accrediting agencies include, but are not
Flange points are points of contact Load moment (or rated capacity) limited to, the National Commission for
limiter means a system which aids the
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

between rope and drum flange where Certifying Agencies and the American
the rope changes layers. equipment operator by sensing (directly National Standards Institute.
Floating cranes/derricks means or indirectly) the overturning moment Nonconductive means that, because of
equipment designed by the on the equipment, i.e., load multiplied the nature and condition of the
manufacturer (or employer) for marine by radius. It compares this lifting materials used, and the conditions of
use by permanent attachment to a barge, condition to the equipment’s rated use (including environmental
pontoons, vessel or other means of capacity, and when the rated capacity is conditions and condition of the
flotation. reached, it shuts off power to those material), the object in question has the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 6

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48139

property of not becoming energized Qualified evaluator (not a third party) boom or hook can be lifted or lowered
(that is, it has high dielectric properties means a person employed by the signal in a vertical direction only.
offering a high resistance to the passage person’s employer who has Special hazard warnings means
of current under the conditions of use). demonstrated that he/she is competent warnings of site-specific hazards (for
Operational aids are devices that in accurately assessing whether example, proximity of power lines).
assist the operator in the safe operation individuals meet the Qualification Stability (flotation device) means the
of the crane by providing information or Requirements in this subpart for a signal tendency of a barge, pontoons, vessel or
automatically taking control of a crane person. other means of flotation to return to an
function. These include, but are not Qualified evaluator (third party) upright position after having been
limited to, the devices listed in means an entity that, due to its inclined by an external force.
§ 1926.1416 (‘‘listed operational aids’’). independence and expertise, has Standard Method means the protocol
Operational controls means levers, demonstrated that it is competent in in Appendix A of this subpart for hand
switches, pedals and other devices for accurately assessing whether signals.
controlling equipment operation. individuals meet the Qualification Such as means ‘‘such as, but not
Operator means a person who is Requirements in this subpart for a signal limited to.’’
operating the equipment. person. Superstructure: See Upperworks.
Overhead and gantry cranes includes Qualified person means a person who, Tagline means a rope (usually fiber)
overhead/bridge cranes, semigantry, by possession of a recognized degree, attached to a lifted load for purposes of
cantilever gantry, wall cranes, storage certificate, or professional standing, or controlling load spinning and pendular
bridge cranes, launching gantry cranes, who by extensive knowledge, training motions or used to stabilize a bucket or
and similar equipment, irrespective of and experience, successfully magnet during material handling
whether it travels on tracks, wheels, or demonstrated the ability to solve/ operations.
other means. resolve problems relating to the subject Tender means an individual
Paragraph refers to a paragraph in the matter, the work, or the project. responsible for monitoring and
same section of this subpart that the Qualified rigger is a rigger who meets communicating with a diver.
word ‘‘paragraph’’ is used, unless the criteria for a qualified person. Tilt up or tilt down operation means
otherwise specified. Range control limit device is a device raising/lowering a load from the
Pendants includes both wire and bar that can be set by an equipment operator horizontal to vertical or vertical to
types. Wire type: A fixed length of wire to limit movement of the boom or jib tip horizontal.
rope with mechanical fittings at both to a plane or multiple planes. Tower crane is a type of lifting
ends for pinning segments of wire rope Range control warning device is a structure which utilizes a vertical mast
together. Bar type: Instead of wire rope, device that can be set by an equipment or tower to support a working boom (jib)
a bar is used. Pendants are typically operator to warn that the boom or jib tip in an elevated position. Loads are
used in a latticed boom crane system to is at a plane or multiple planes. suspended from the working boom.
easily change the length of the boom Rated capacity means the maximum While the working boom may be of the
suspension system without completely working load permitted by the fixed type (horizontal or angled) or have
changing the rope on the drum when manufacturer under specified working luffing capability, it can always rotate to
the boom length is increased or conditions. Such working conditions swing loads, either by rotating on the
decreased. typically include a specific combination top of the tower (top slewing) or by the
Personal fall arrest system means a of factors such as equipment rotation of the tower (bottom slewing).
system used to arrest an employee in a configuration, radii, boom length, and The tower base may be fixed in one
fall from a working level. It consists of other parameters of use. location or ballasted and moveable
an anchorage, connectors, a body Rated capacity indicator: See load between locations. Mobile cranes that
harness and may include a lanyard, moment indicator. are configured with luffing jib and/or
deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable Rated capacity limiter: See load tower attachments are not considered
combination of these. moment limiter. tower cranes under this section.
Portal crane is a type of crane Repetitive pickup points refer to, Travel bogie (tower cranes) is an
consisting of a rotating upperstructure, when operating on a short cycle assembly of two or more axles arranged
hoist machinery, and boom mounted on operation, the rope being used on a to permit vertical wheel displacement
top of a structural gantry which may be single layer and being spooled and equalize the loading on the wheels.
fixed in one location or have travel repetitively over a short portion of the Trim means angle of inclination about
capability. The gantry legs or columns drum. the transverse axis of a barge, pontoons,
usually have portal openings in between Running wire rope means a wire rope vessel or other means of floatation.
to allow passage of traffic beneath the that moves over sheaves or drums. Two blocking means a condition in
gantry. Runway means a firm, level surface which a component that is uppermost
Power lines means electric designed, prepared and designated as a on the hoist line such as the load block,
transmission and distribution lines. path of travel for the weight and hook block, overhaul ball, or similar
Procedures include, but are not configuration of the crane being used to component, comes in contact with the
limited to: Instructions, diagrams, lift and travel with the crane suspended boom tip, fixed upper block or similar
recommendations, warnings, platform. An existing surface may be component. This binds the system and
specifications, protocols and used as long as it meets these criteria. continued application of power can
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

limitations. Section means a section of this cause failure of the hoist rope or other
Proximity alarm is a device that subpart, unless otherwise specified. component.
provides a warning of proximity to a Sideboom crane means a track-type or Unavailable procedures means
power line and that has been listed, wheel-type tractor having a boom procedures that are no longer available
labeled, or accepted by a Nationally mounted on the side of the tractor, used from the manufacturer, or have never
Recognized Testing Laboratory in for lifting, lowering or transporting a been available, from the manufacturer.
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.7. load suspended on the load hook. The Upperstructure: See Upperworks.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 7

48140 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

Upperworks means the revolving requirements in paragraph (b) of this director must ensure that the crew
frame of equipment on which the section can be met. members understand all of the
operating machinery (and many cases (f) This section does not apply to following:
the engine) are mounted along with the cranes designed for use on railroad (i) Their tasks.
operator’s cab. The counterweight is tracks when used on railroad tracks that (ii) The hazards associated with their
typically supported on the rear of the are part of the general railroad system of tasks.
upperstructure and the boom or other transportation that is regulated pursuant (iii) The hazardous positions/
front end attachment is mounted on the to the Federal Railroad Administration locations that they need to avoid.
front. under 49 CFR part 213 and that comply (2) During assembly/disassembly
Up to means ‘‘up to and including.’’ with applicable Federal Railroad operations, before a crew member takes
Wire rope means a flexible rope Administration requirements. on a different task, or when adding new
constructed by laying steel wires into personnel during the operations, the
various patterns of multi-wired strands § 1926.1403 Assembly/Disassembly—
selection of manufacturer or employer
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1)(i)
around a core system to produce a through (d)(1)(iii) of this section must be
procedures.
helically wound rope. met.
When assembling or disassembling
§ 1926.1402 Ground conditions. (e) Protecting assembly/disassembly
equipment (or attachments), the
crew members out of operator view.
(a) Definitions. employer must comply with all
(1) ‘‘Ground conditions’’ means the (1) Before a crew member goes to a
applicable manufacturer prohibitions
ability of the ground to support the location that is out of view of the
and must comply with either:
equipment (including slope, operator and is either in, on, or under
(a) Manufacturer procedures
compaction, and firmness). the equipment, or near the equipment
applicable to assembly and disassembly,
(2) ‘‘Supporting materials’’ means (or load) where the crew member could
or
blocking, mats, cribbing, marsh buggies be injured by movement of the
(b) Employer procedures for assembly
(in marshes/wetlands), or similar equipment (or load), the crew member
and disassembly. Employer procedures
supporting materials or devices. must inform the operator that he/she is
may be used only where the employer
(b) The equipment must not be going to that location.
can demonstrate that the procedures
assembled or used unless ground (2) Where the operator knows that a
used meet the requirements in
conditions are firm, drained, and graded crew member went to a location covered
§ 1926.1406. Note: The employer must
to a sufficient extent so that, in by paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the
follow manufacturer procedures when
conjunction (if necessary) with the use operator must not move any part of the
an employer uses synthetic slings
of supporting materials, the equipment equipment (or load) until the operator is
during assembly or disassembly rigging.
manufacturer’s specifications for informed in accordance with a pre-
(See § 1926.1404(r).)
adequate support and degree of level of arranged system of communication that
the equipment are met. The requirement § 1926.1404 Assembly/Disassembly— the crew member is in a safe position.
for the ground to be drained does not general requirements (applies to all (f) Working under the boom, jib or
assembly and disassembly operations). other components.
apply to marshes/wetlands.
(c) The controlling entity must: (a) Supervision—competent-qualified (1) When pins (or similar devices) are
(1) Ensure that ground preparations person. being removed, employees must not be
necessary to meet the requirements in (1) Assembly/disassembly must be under the boom, jib, or other
paragraph (b) of this section are directed by a person who meets the components, except where the
provided. criteria for both a competent person and requirements of paragraph (f)(2) of this
(2) Inform the user of the equipment a qualified person, or by a competent section are met.
and the operator of the location of person who is assisted by one or more (2) Exception. Where the employer
hazards beneath the equipment set-up qualified persons (‘‘A/D director’’). demonstrates that site constraints
area (such as voids, tanks, utilities) if (2) Where the assembly/disassembly require one or more employees to be
those hazards are identified in is being performed by only one person, under the boom, jib, or other
documents (such as site drawings, as- that person must meet the criteria for components when pins (or similar
built drawings, and soil analyses) that both a competent person and a qualified devices) are being removed, the A/D
are in the possession of the controlling person. For purposes of this standard, director must implement procedures
entity (whether at the site or off-site) or that person is considered the A/D that minimize the risk of unintended
the hazards are otherwise known to that director. dangerous movement and minimize the
controlling entity. (b) Knowledge of procedures. The duration and extent of exposure under
(d) If there is no controlling entity for A/D director must understand the the boom. (See Non-mandatory
the project, the requirement in applicable assembly/disassembly Appendix B of this subpart for an
paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be procedures. example.)
met by the employer that has authority (c) Review of procedures. The A/D (g) Capacity limits. During all phases
at the site to make or arrange for ground director must review the applicable of assembly/disassembly, rated capacity
preparations needed to meet paragraph assembly/disassembly procedures limits for loads imposed on the
(b) of this section. immediately prior to the equipment, equipment components
(e) If the A/D director or the operator commencement of assembly/ (including rigging), lifting lugs and
determines that ground conditions do disassembly unless the A/D director equipment accessories, must not be
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

not meet the requirements in paragraph understands the procedures and has exceeded for the equipment being
(b) of this section, that person’s applied them to the same type and assembled/disassembled.
employer must have a discussion with configuration of equipment (including (h) Addressing specific hazards. The
the controlling entity regarding the accessories, if any). A/D director supervising the assembly/
ground preparations that are needed so (d) Crew instructions. disassembly operation must address the
that, with the use of suitable supporting (1) Before commencing assembly/ hazards associated with the operation,
materials/devices (if necessary), the disassembly operations, the A/D which include:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 8

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48141

(1) Site and ground bearing is sufficient to prevent boom movement. (1) The outriggers or stabilizers must
conditions. Site and ground conditions If it is not sufficient, a boom hoist pawl, be either fully extended or, if
must be adequate for safe assembly/ other locking device/back-up braking manufacturer procedures permit,
disassembly operations and to support device, or another method of preventing deployed as specified in the load chart.
the equipment during assembly/ dangerous movement of the boom (such (2) The outriggers must be set to
disassembly (see § 1926.1402 for ground as blocking or using an assist crane) remove the equipment weight from the
condition requirements). from a boom hoist brake failure must be wheels, except for locomotive cranes
(2) Blocking material. The size, used. (see paragraph (q)(6) of this section for
amount, condition and method of (11) Loss of backward stability. use of outriggers on locomotive cranes).
stacking the blocking must be sufficient Backward stability before swinging the This provision does not apply to
to sustain the loads and maintain upperworks, travel, and when attaching stabilizers.
stability. or removing equipment components. (3) When outrigger floats are used,
(3) Proper location of blocking. When (12) Wind speed and weather. The they must be attached to the outriggers.
used to support lattice booms or effect of wind speed and weather on the When stabilizer floats are used, they
components, blocking must be equipment. must be attached to the stabilizers.
appropriately placed to: (i) [Reserved.] (4) Each outrigger or stabilizer must
(i) Protect the structural integrity of (j) Cantilevered boom sections. be visible to the operator or to a signal
the equipment, and Manufacturer limitations on the person during extension and setting.
(ii) Prevent dangerous movement and maximum amount of boom supported (5) Outrigger and stabilizer blocking
collapse. only by cantilevering must not be must:
(4) Verifying assist crane loads. When exceeded. Where these are unavailable, (i) Meet the requirements in
using an assist crane, the loads that will a registered professional engineer paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(3) of this
be imposed on the assist crane at each familiar with the type of equipment section.
phase of assembly/disassembly must be involved must determine in writing this (ii) Be placed only under the outrigger
verified in accordance with limitation, which must not be exceeded. or stabilizer float/pad of the jack or,
§ 1926.1417(o)(3) before assembly/ (k) Weight of components. The weight where the outrigger or stabilizer is
disassembly begins. of each of the components must be designed without a jack, under the outer
(5) Boom and jib pick points. The readily available. bearing surface of the extended
point(s) of attachment of rigging to a (l) [Reserved.] outrigger or stabilizer beam.
boom (or boom sections or jib or jib (m) Components and configuration. (6) For locomotive cranes, when using
sections) must be suitable for preventing (1) The selection of components, and outriggers or stabilizers to handle loads,
structural damage and facilitating safe configuration of the equipment, that the manufacturer’s procedures must be
handling of these components. affect the capacity or safe operation of followed. When lifting loads without
(6) Center of gravity. the equipment must be in accordance using outriggers or stabilizers, the
(i) The center of gravity of the load with: manufacturer’s procedures must be met
must be identified if that is necessary (i) Manufacturer instructions, regarding truck wedges or screws.
for the method used for maintaining prohibitions, limitations, and (r) Rigging. In addition to following
stability. specifications. Where these are the requirements in 29 CFR 1926.251
(ii) Where there is insufficient unavailable, a registered professional and other requirements in this and other
information to accurately identify the engineer familiar with the type of standards applicable to rigging, when
center of gravity, measures designed to equipment involved must approve, in rigging is used for assembly/
prevent unintended dangerous writing, the selection and configuration disassembly, the employer must ensure
movement resulting from an inaccurate of components; or that:
identification of the center of gravity (ii) Approved modifications that meet (1) The rigging work is done by a
must be used. (See Non-mandatory the requirements of § 1926.1434 qualified rigger.
Appendix B of this subpart for an (Equipment modifications). (2) Synthetic slings are protected
example.) (2) Post-assembly inspection. Upon from: Abrasive, sharp or acute edges,
(7) Stability upon pin removal. The completion of assembly, the equipment and configurations that could cause a
boom sections, boom suspension must be inspected to ensure compliance reduction of the sling’s rated capacity,
systems (such as gantry A-frames and jib with paragraph (m)(1) of this section such as distortion or localized
struts), and components must be rigged (see § 1926.1412(c) for post-assembly compression. Note: Requirements for
or supported to maintain stability upon inspection requirements). the protection of wire rope slings are
the removal of the pins. (n) [Reserved.] contained in 29 CFR 1926.251(c)(9).
(8) Snagging. Suspension ropes and (o) Shipping pins. Reusable shipping (3) When synthetic slings are used,
pendants must not be allowed to catch pins, straps, links, and similar the synthetic sling manufacturer’s
on the boom or jib connection pins or equipment must be removed. Once they instructions, limitations, specifications
cotter pins (including keepers and are removed they must either be stowed and recommendations must be
locking pins). or otherwise stored so that they do not followed.
(9) Struck by counterweights. The present a falling object hazard. § 1926.1405 Disassembly—additional
potential for unintended movement (p) Pile driving. Equipment used for requirements for dismantling of booms and
from inadequately supported pile driving must not have a jib attached jibs (applies to both the use of
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

counterweights and from hoisting during pile driving operations. manufacturer procedures and employer
counterweights. (q) Outriggers and Stabilizers. When procedures).
(10) Boom hoist brake failure. Each the load to be handled and the operating Dismantling (including dismantling
time reliance is to be placed on the radius require the use of outriggers or for changing the length of) booms and
boom hoist brake to prevent boom stabilizers, or at any time when jibs.
movement during assembly/ outriggers or stabilizers are used, all of (a) None of the pins in the pendants
disassembly, the brake must be tested the following requirements must be met are to be removed (partly or completely)
prior to such reliance to determine if it (except as otherwise indicated): when the pendants are in tension.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 9

48142 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

(b) None of the pins (top or bottom) (3) Option (3)—Table A clearance. operator sufficient warning to prevent
on boom sections located between the (i) Determine the line’s voltage and encroachment.
pendant attachment points and the the minimum clearance distance (iv) A device that automatically limits
crane/derrick body are to be removed permitted under Table A (see range of movement, set to prevent
(partly or completely) when the § 1926.1408). encroachment.
pendants are in tension. (ii) Determine if any part of the (v) An elevated warning line,
(c) None of the pins (top or bottom) equipment, load line, or load (including barricade, or line of signs, in view of the
on boom sections located between the rigging and lifting accessories), could operator, equipped with flags or similar
uppermost boom section and the crane/ get closer than the minimum clearance high-visibility markings.
derrick body are to be removed (partly distance to the power line permitted (c) Assembly/disassembly below
or completely) when the boom is being under Table A (see § 1926.1408). If so, power lines prohibited. No part of a
supported by the uppermost boom then the employer must follow the crane/derrick, load line, or load
section resting on the ground (or other requirements in paragraph (b) of this (including rigging and lifting
support). section to ensure that no part of the accessories), whether partially or fully
(d) None of the top pins on boom equipment, load line, or load (including assembled, is allowed below a power
sections located on the cantilevered rigging and lifting accessories), gets line unless the employer has confirmed
portion of the boom being removed (the closer to the line than the minimum that the utility owner/operator has
portion being removed ahead of the clearance distance. deenergized and (at the worksite) visibly
pendant attachment points) are to be (b) Preventing encroachment/ grounded the power line.
removed (partly or completely) until the electrocution. Where encroachment (d) Assembly/disassembly inside
cantilevered section to be removed is precautions are required under Option Table A clearance prohibited. No part of
fully supported. (2), or Option (3) of this section, all of a crane/derrick, load line, or load
§ 1926.1406 Assembly/Disassembly—
the following requirements must be met: (including rigging and lifting
employer procedures—general (1) Conduct a planning meeting with accessories), whether partially or fully
requirements. the Assembly/Disassembly director assembled, is allowed closer than the
(a) When using employer procedures (A/D director), operator, assembly/ minimum approach distance under
instead of manufacturer procedures for disassembly crew and the other workers Table A (see § 1926.1408) to a power
assembly/disassembly, the employer who will be in the assembly/ line unless the employer has confirmed
must ensure that the procedures: disassembly area to review the location that the utility owner/operator has
(1) Prevent unintended dangerous of the power line(s) and the steps that deenergized and (at the worksite) visibly
movement, and prevent collapse, of any will be implemented to prevent grounded the power line.
part of the equipment. encroachment/electrocution. (e) Voltage information. Where
(2) Provide adequate support and (2) If tag lines are used, they must be Option (3) of this section is used, the
stability of all parts of the equipment. nonconductive. utility owner/operator of the power
(3) Position employees involved in (3) At least one of the following lines must provide the requested voltage
the assembly/disassembly operation so additional measures must be in place. information within two working days of
that their exposure to unintended The measure selected from this list must the employer’s request.
movement or collapse of part or all of be effective in preventing (f) Power lines presumed energized.
the equipment is minimized. encroachment. The employer must assume that all
(b) Qualified person. Employer The additional measures are: power lines are energized unless the
procedures must be developed by a (i) Use a dedicated spotter who is in utility owner/operator confirms that the
qualified person. continuous contact with the equipment power line has been and continues to be
operator. The dedicated spotter must: deenergized and visibly grounded at the
§ 1926.1407 Power line safety (up to 350 (A) Be equipped with a visual aid to worksite.
kV)—assembly and disassembly. assist in identifying the minimum (g) Posting of electrocution warnings.
(a) Before assembling or clearance distance. Examples of a visual There must be at least one electrocution
disassembling equipment, the employer aid include, but are not limited to: A hazard warning conspicuously posted in
must determine if any part of the clearly visible line painted on the the cab so that it is in view of the
equipment, load line, or load (including ground; a clearly visible line of operator and (except for overhead gantry
rigging and lifting accessories) could stanchions; a set of clearly visible line- and tower cranes) at least two on the
get, in the direction or area of assembly/ of-sight landmarks (such as a fence post outside of the equipment.
disassembly, closer than 20 feet to a behind the dedicated spotter and a
power line during the assembly/ building corner ahead of the dedicated § 1926.1408 Power line safety (up to 350
disassembly process. If so, the employer spotter). kV)—equipment operations.
must meet the requirements in Option (B) Be positioned to effectively gauge (a) Hazard assessments and
(1), Option (2), or Option (3) of this the clearance distance. precautions inside the work zone.
section, as follows: (C) Where necessary, use equipment Before beginning equipment operations,
(1) Option (1)—Deenergize and that enables the dedicated spotter to the employer must:
ground. Confirm from the utility owner/ communicate directly with the operator. (1) Identify the work zone by either:
operator that the power line has been (D) Give timely information to the (i) Demarcating boundaries (such as
deenergized and visibly grounded at the operator so that the required clearance with flags, or a device such as a range
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

worksite. distance can be maintained. limit device or range control warning

(2) Option (2)—20 foot clearance. (ii) A proximity alarm set to give the device) and prohibiting the operator
Ensure that no part of the equipment, operator sufficient warning to prevent from operating the equipment past those
load line or load (including rigging and encroachment. boundaries, or
lifting accessories), gets closer than 20 (iii) A device that automatically warns (ii) Defining the work zone as the area
feet to the power line by implementing the operator when to stop movement, 360 degrees around the equipment, up
the measures specified in paragraph (b) such as a range control warning device. to the equipment’s maximum working
of this section. Such a device must be set to give the radius.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 10

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48143

(2) Determine if any part of the implementing one of the measures (ii) For equipment with non-
equipment, load line or load (including described in §§ 1926.1408(b)(4)(i), (iii), extensible booms: The uppermost part
rigging and lifting accessories), if (iv) and (v). of the equipment, with the boom at true
operated up to the equipment’s (4) Implement at least one of the vertical, would be more than 20 feet
maximum working radius in the work following measures: below the plane of the power line or
zone, could get closer than 20 feet to a (i) A proximity alarm set to give the more than the Table A of this section
power line. If so, the employer must operator sufficient warning to prevent minimum clearance distance below the
meet the requirements in Option (1), encroachment. plane of the power line.
Option (2), or Option (3) of this section, (ii) A dedicated spotter who is in (iii) For equipment with articulating
as follows: continuous contact with the operator. or extensible booms: The uppermost
(i) Option (1)—Deenergize and Where this measure is selected, the part of the equipment, with the boom in
ground. Confirm from the utility owner/ dedicated spotter must: the fully extended position, at true
operator that the power line has been (A) Be equipped with a visual aid to vertical, would be more than 20 feet
deenergized and visibly grounded at the assist in identifying the minimum below the plane of the power line or
worksite. clearance distance. Examples of a visual more than the Table A of this section
(ii) Option (2)—20 foot clearance. aid include, but are not limited to: A minimum clearance distance below the
Ensure that no part of the equipment, clearly visible line painted on the plane of the power line.
load line, or load (including rigging and ground; a clearly visible line of (iv) The employer demonstrates that
lifting accessories), gets closer than 20 stanchions; a set of clearly visible line- compliance with paragraph (d)(1) of this
feet to the power line by implementing of-sight landmarks (such as a fence post section is infeasible and meets the
the measures specified in paragraph (b) behind the dedicated spotter and a requirements of § 1926.1410.
of this section. building corner ahead of the dedicated (e) Power lines presumed energized.
(iii) Option (3)—Table A clearance. spotter). The employer must assume that all
(A) Determine the line’s voltage and (B) Be positioned to effectively gauge power lines are energized unless the
the minimum approach distance the clearance distance. utility owner/operator confirms that the
permitted under Table A (see (C) Where necessary, use equipment power line has been and continues to be
§ 1926.1408). that enables the dedicated spotter to deenergized and visibly grounded at the
(B) Determine if any part of the communicate directly with the operator. worksite.
equipment, load line or load (including (D) Give timely information to the (f) When working near transmitter/
rigging and lifting accessories), while operator so that the required clearance communication towers where the
operating up to the equipment’s distance can be maintained. equipment is close enough for an
maximum working radius in the work (iii) A device that automatically warns electrical charge to be induced in the
zone, could get closer than the the operator when to stop movement, equipment or materials being handled,
minimum approach distance of the such as a range control warning device. the transmitter must be deenergized or
power line permitted under Table A (see Such a device must be set to give the the following precautions must be
§ 1926.1408). If so, then the employer operator sufficient warning to prevent taken:
must follow the requirements in encroachment. (1) The equipment must be provided
(iv) A device that automatically limits with an electrical ground.
paragraph (b) of this section to ensure
range of movement, set to prevent (2) If tag lines are used, they must be
that no part of the equipment, load line,
encroachment. non-conductive.
or load (including rigging and lifting (v) An insulating link/device, as
accessories), gets closer to the line than (g) Training.
defined in § 1926.1401, installed at a (1) The employer must train each
the minimum approach distance. point between the end of the load line
(b) Preventing encroachment/ operator and crew member assigned to
(or below) and the load. work with the equipment on all of the
electrocution. Where encroachment (5) The requirements of paragraph
precautions are required under Option following:
(b)(4) of this section do not apply to (i) The procedures to be followed in
(2) or Option (3) of this section, all of work covered by subpart V of this part. the event of electrical contact with a
the following requirements must be met: (c) Voltage information. Where power line. Such training must include:
(1) Conduct a planning meeting with Option (3) of this section is used, the (A) Information regarding the danger
the operator and the other workers who utility owner/operator of the power of electrocution from the operator
will be in the area of the equipment or lines must provide the requested voltage simultaneously touching the equipment
load to review the location of the power information within two working days of and the ground.
line(s), and the steps that will be the employer’s request. (B) The importance to the operator’s
implemented to prevent encroachment/ (d) Operations below power lines. safety of remaining inside the cab
electrocution. (1) No part of the equipment, load except where there is an imminent
(2) If tag lines are used, they must be line, or load (including rigging and danger of fire, explosion, or other
non-conductive. lifting accessories) is allowed below a emergency that necessitates leaving the
(3) Erect and maintain an elevated power line unless the employer has cab.
warning line, barricade, or line of signs, confirmed that the utility owner/ (C) The safest means of evacuating
in view of the operator, equipped with operator has deenergized and (at the from equipment that may be energized.
flags or similar high-visibility markings, worksite) visibly grounded the power (D) The danger of the potentially
at 20 feet from the power line (if using line, except where one of the exceptions energized zone around the equipment
Option (2) of this section) or at the
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

in paragraph (d)(2) of this section (step potential).

minimum approach distance under applies. (E) The need for crew in the area to
Table A (see § 1926.1408) (if using (2) Exceptions. Paragraph (d)(1) of this avoid approaching or touching the
Option (3) of this section). If the section is inapplicable where the equipment and the load.
operator is unable to see the elevated employer demonstrates that one of the (F) Safe clearance distance from
warning line, a dedicated spotter must following applies: power lines.
be used as described in (i) The work is covered by subpart V (ii) Power lines are presumed to be
§ 1926.1408(b)(4)(ii) in addition to of this part. energized unless the utility owner/

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 11

48144 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

operator confirms that the power line (iv) The limitations of an insulating (3) Training under this section must
has been and continues to be link/device, proximity alarm, and range be administered in accordance with
deenergized and visibly grounded at the control (and similar) device, if used. § 1926.1430(g).
worksite. (v) The procedures to be followed to (h) Devices originally designed by the
(iii) Power lines are presumed to be properly ground equipment and the manufacturer for use as: A safety device
uninsulated unless the utility owner/ limitations of grounding. (see § 1926.1415), operational aid, or a
operator or a registered engineer who is (2) Employees working as dedicated means to prevent power line contact or
a qualified person with respect to spotters must be trained to enable them electrocution, when used to comply
electrical power transmission and to effectively perform their task, with this section, must meet the
distribution confirms that a line is including training on the applicable manufacturer’s procedures for use and
insulated. requirements of this section. conditions of use.

TABLE A—MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES

Voltage Minimum clearance distance
(nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet)

up to 50 .................................................................................................... 10
over 50 to 200 .......................................................................................... 15
over 200 to 350 ........................................................................................ 20
over 350 to 500 ........................................................................................ 25
over 500 to 750 ........................................................................................ 35
over 750 to 1,000 ..................................................................................... 45
over 1,000 ................................................................................................. (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional
engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power
transmission and distribution).
Note: The value that follows ‘‘to’’ is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV.

§ 1926.1409 Power line safety (over 350 a qualified person with respect to contact, before the work begins, the
kV). electrical power transmission and automatic reclosing feature of the circuit
The requirements of § 1926.1407 and distribution determines the minimum interrupting device must be made
§ 1926.1408 apply to power lines over clearance distance that must be inoperative if the design of the device
350 kV except: maintained to prevent electrical contact permits.
(a) For power lines at or below 1000 in light of the on-site conditions. The (2) A dedicated spotter who is in
kV, wherever the distance ‘‘20 feet’’ is factors that must be considered in continuous contact with the operator.
specified, the distance ‘‘50 feet’’ must be making this determination include, but The dedicated spotter must:
substituted; and are not limited to: Conditions affecting (i) Be equipped with a visual aid to
(b) For power lines over 1000 kV, the atmospheric conductivity; time assist in identifying the minimum
minimum clearance distance must be necessary to bring the equipment, load clearance distance. Examples of a visual
established by the utility owner/ line, and load (including rigging and aid include, but are not limited to: A
operator or registered professional lifting accessories) to a complete stop; line painted on the ground; a clearly
engineer who is a qualified person with wind conditions; degree of sway in the visible line of stanchions; a set of clearly
respect to electrical power transmission power line; lighting conditions, and visible line-of-sight landmarks (such as
and distribution. other conditions affecting the ability to a fence post behind the dedicated
prevent electrical contact. spotter and a building corner ahead of
§ 1926.1410 Power line safety (all (2) Paragraph (c)(1) of this section the dedicated spotter).
voltages)—equipment operations closer does not apply to work covered by (ii) Be positioned to effectively gauge
than the Table A zone. subpart V of this part; instead, for such the clearance distance.
Equipment operations in which any work, the minimum clearance distances (iii) Where necessary, use equipment
part of the equipment, load line, or load specified in § 1926.950 Table V–1 apply. that enables the dedicated spotter to
(including rigging and lifting Employers engaged in subpart V work communicate directly with the operator.
accessories) is closer than the minimum are permitted to work closer than the (iv) Give timely information to the
approach distance under Table A of distances in § 1926.950 Table V–1 operator so that the required clearance
§ 1926.1408 to an energized power line where both the requirements of this distance can be maintained.
is prohibited, except where the section and § 1926.952(c)(3)(i) or (ii) are (3) An elevated warning line, or
employer demonstrates that all of the met. barricade (not attached to the crane), in
following requirements are met: (d) A planning meeting with the view of the operator (either directly or
(a) The employer determines that it is employer and utility owner/operator (or through video equipment), equipped
infeasible to do the work without registered professional engineer who is with flags or similar high-visibility
breaching the minimum approach a qualified person with respect to markings, to prevent electrical contact.
distance under Table A of § 1926.1408. electrical power transmission and However, this provision does not apply
(b) The employer determines that,
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

distribution) is held to determine the to work covered by subpart V of this

after consultation with the utility procedures that will be followed to part.
owner/operator, it is infeasible to prevent electrical contact and (4) Insulating link/device.
deenergize and ground the power line or electrocution. At a minimum these (i) An insulating link/device installed
relocate the power line. procedures must include: at a point between the end of the load
(c) Minimum clearance distance. (1) If the power line is equipped with line (or below) and the load.
(1) The power line owner/operator or a device that automatically reenergizes (ii) For work covered by subpart V of
registered professional engineer who is the circuit in the event of a power line this part, the requirement in paragraph

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 12

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48145

(d)(4)(i) of this section applies only to prevent unauthorized personnel from (k) Devices originally designed by the
when working inside the § 1926.950 entering the work area. In areas where manufacturer for use as a safety device
Table V–1 clearance distances. obstacles prevent the barricade from (see § 1926.1415), operational aid, or a
(iii) For work covered by subpart V of being at least 10 feet away, the barricade means to prevent power line contact or
this part involving operations where use must be as far from the equipment as electrocution, when used to comply
of an insulating link/device is feasible. with this section, must comply with the
infeasible, the requirements of (9) Workers other than the operator manufacturer’s procedures for use and
§ 1910.269(p)(4)(iii)(B) or (C) may be must be prohibited from touching the conditions of use.
substituted for the requirement in load line above the insulating link/ (l) [Reserved.]
(d)(4)(i) of this section. device and crane. Operators remotely (m) The employer must train each
(iv) Until November 8, 2011, the operating the equipment from the operator and crew member assigned to
following procedure may be substituted ground must use either wireless controls work with the equipment in accordance
for the requirement in paragraph that isolate the operator from the with § 1926.1408(g).
(d)(4)(i) of this section: All employees, equipment or insulating mats that
excluding equipment operators located insulate the operator from the ground. § 1926.1411 Power line safety—while
traveling under or near power lines with no
on the equipment, who may come in (10) Only personnel essential to the
load.
contact with the equipment, the load operation are permitted to be in the area
line, or the load must be insulated or of the crane and load. (a) This section establishes
guarded from the equipment, the load (11) The equipment must be properly procedures and criteria that must be met
line, and the load. Insulating gloves grounded. for equipment traveling under or near a
rated for the voltage involved are (12) Insulating line hose or cover-up power line on a construction site with
adequate insulation for the purposes of must be installed by the utility owner/ no load. Equipment traveling on a
this paragraph. operator except where such devices are construction site with a load is governed
(v) Until November 8, 2013, the unavailable for the line voltages by §§ 1926.1408, 1926.1409 or
following procedure may be substituted involved. 1926.1410, whichever is appropriate,
for the requirement in (d)(4)(i) of this (e) The procedures developed to and § 1926.1417(u).
section: comply with paragraph (d) of this (b) The employer must ensure that:
(A) The employer must use a link/ section are documented and (1) The boom/mast and boom/mast
device manufactured on or before immediately available on-site. support system are lowered sufficiently
November 8, 2011, that meets the (f) The equipment user and utility to meet the requirements of this
definition of an insulating link/device, owner/operator (or registered paragraph.
except that it has not been approved by professional engineer) meet with the (2) The clearances specified in Table
a Nationally Recognized Testing equipment operator and the other T of this section are maintained.
Laboratory, and that is maintained and workers who will be in the area of the (3) The effects of speed and terrain on
used in accordance with manufacturer equipment or load to review the equipment movement (including
requirements and recommendations, procedures that will be implemented to movement of the boom/mast) are
and is installed at a point between the prevent breaching the minimum considered so that those effects do not
end of the load line (or below) and the approach distance established in cause the minimum clearance distances
load; and paragraph (c) of this section and prevent specified in Table T of this section to be
(B) All employees, excluding electrocution. breached.
equipment operators located on the (g) The procedures developed to (4) Dedicated spotter. If any part of
equipment, who may come in contact comply with paragraph (d) of this the equipment while traveling will get
with the equipment, the load line, or the section are implemented. closer than 20 feet to the power line, the
load must be insulated or guarded from (h) The utility owner/operator (or employer must ensure that a dedicated
the equipment, the load line, and the registered professional engineer) and all spotter who is in continuous contact
load through an additional means other employers of employees involved in the with the driver/operator is used. The
than the device described in paragraph work must identify one person who will dedicated spotter must:
(d)(4)(v)(A) of this section. Insulating direct the implementation of the (i) Be positioned to effectively gauge
gloves rated for the voltage involved are procedures. The person identified in the clearance distance.
adequate additional means of protection accordance with this paragraph must (ii) Where necessary, use equipment
for the purposes of this paragraph. direct the implementation of the that enables the dedicated spotter to
(5) Nonconductive rigging if the procedures and must have the authority communicate directly with the operator.
rigging may be within the Table A of to stop work at any time to ensure (iii) Give timely information to the
§ 1926.1408 distance during the safety. operator so that the required clearance
operation. (i) [Reserved.] distance can be maintained.
(6) If the equipment is equipped with (j) If a problem occurs implementing (5) Additional precautions for
a device that automatically limits range the procedures being used to comply traveling in poor visibility. When
of movement, it must be used and set to with paragraph (d) of this section, or traveling at night, or in conditions of
prevent any part of the equipment, load indicating that those procedures are poor visibility, in addition to the
line, or load (including rigging and inadequate to prevent electrocution, the measures specified in paragraphs (b)(1)
lifting accessories) from breaching the employer must safely stop operations through (4) of this section, the employer
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

minimum approach distance established and either develop new procedures to must ensure that:
under paragraph (c) of this section. comply with paragraph (d) of this (i) The power lines are illuminated or
(7) If a tag line is used, it must be of section or have the utility owner/ another means of identifying the
the nonconductive type. operator deenergize and visibly ground location of the lines is used.
(8) Barricades forming a perimeter at or relocate the power line before (ii) A safe path of travel is identified
least 10 feet away from the equipment resuming work. and used.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 13

48146 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

TABLE T—MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES WHILE TRAVELING WITH NO LOAD

Voltage While traveling—minimum clearance distance
(nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet)

up to 0.75 ................................................................................................. 4
over .75 to 50 ........................................................................................... 6
over 50 to 345 .......................................................................................... 10
over 345 to 750 ........................................................................................ 16
Over 750 to 1,000 .................................................................................... 20
Over 1,000 ................................................................................................ (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional
engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power
transmission and distribution).

§ 1926.1412 Inspections. employer must ensure that the criteria Taking apart equipment components
(a) Modified equipment. are developed by the qualified person. and booming down is not required as
(1) Equipment that has had If an RPE is needed, the employer must part of this inspection unless the results
modifications or additions which affect ensure that they are developed by an of the visual inspection or trial
the safe operation of the equipment RPE. operation indicate that further
(such as modifications or additions (B) Determine if the repair/adjustment investigation necessitating taking apart
involving a safety device or operational meets the criteria developed in equipment components or booming
aid, critical part of a control system, accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) down is needed. Determinations made
power plant, braking system, load- of this section. in conducting the inspection must be
sustaining structural components, load (iii) The inspection must include reassessed in light of observations made
hook, or in-use operating mechanism) or functional testing of the repaired/ during operation. At a minimum the
capacity must be inspected by a adjusted parts and other components inspection must include all of the
qualified person after such that may be affected by the repair/ following:
modifications/additions have been adjustment. (i) Control mechanisms for
completed, prior to initial use. The (4) Equipment must not be used until maladjustments interfering with proper
inspection must meet all of the an inspection under this paragraph operation.
following requirements: demonstrates that the repair/adjustment (ii) Control and drive mechanisms for
(i) The inspection must assure that the meets the requirements of paragraph apparent excessive wear of components
modifications or additions have been (b)(1)(i) of this section (or, where and contamination by lubricants, water
done in accordance with the approval applicable, paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this or other foreign matter.
obtained pursuant to § 1926.1434 section). (iii) Air, hydraulic, and other
(Equipment modifications). (c) Post-assembly. pressurized lines for deterioration or
(1) Upon completion of assembly, the leakage, particularly those which flex in
(ii) The inspection must include
equipment must be inspected by a normal operation.
functional testing of the equipment.
qualified person to assure that it is (iv) Hydraulic system for proper fluid
(2) Equipment must not be used until
configured in accordance with level.
an inspection under this paragraph
manufacturer equipment criteria. (v) Hooks and latches for deformation,
demonstrates that the requirements of (2) Where manufacturer equipment cracks, excessive wear, or damage such
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section have criteria are unavailable, a qualified as from chemicals or heat.
been met. person must: (vi) Wire rope reeving for compliance
(b) Repaired/adjusted equipment. (i) Determine if a registered with the manufacturer’s specifications.
(1) Equipment that has had a repair or professional engineer (RPE) familiar (vii) Wire rope, in accordance with
adjustment that relates to safe operation with the type of equipment involved is § 1926.1413(a).
(such as: A repair or adjustment to a needed to develop criteria for the (viii) Electrical apparatus for
safety device or operator aid, or to a equipment configuration. If an RPE is malfunctioning, signs of apparent
critical part of a control system, power not needed, the employer must ensure excessive deterioration, dirt or moisture
plant, braking system, load-sustaining that the criteria are developed by the accumulation.
structural components, load hook, or in- qualified person. If an RPE is needed, (ix) Tires (when in use) for proper
use operating mechanism), must be the employer must ensure that they are inflation and condition.
inspected by a qualified person after developed by an RPE. (x) Ground conditions around the
such a repair or adjustment has been (ii) Determine if the equipment meets equipment for proper support, including
completed, prior to initial use. The the criteria developed in accordance ground settling under and around
inspection must meet all of the with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. outriggers/stabilizers and supporting
following requirements: (3) Equipment must not be used until foundations, ground water
(i) The qualified person must an inspection under this paragraph accumulation, or similar conditions.
determine if the repair/adjustment demonstrates that the equipment is This paragraph does not apply to the
meets manufacturer equipment criteria configured in accordance with the inspection of ground conditions for
(where applicable and available).
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

applicable criteria. railroad tracks and their underlying

(ii) Where manufacturer equipment (d) Each shift. support when the railroad tracks are
criteria are unavailable or inapplicable, (1) A competent person must begin a part of the general railroad system of
the qualified person must: visual inspection prior to each shift the transportation that is regulated pursuant
(A) Determine if a registered equipment will be used, which must be to the Federal Railroad Administration
professional engineer (RPE) is needed to completed before or during that shift. under 49 CFR part 213.
develop criteria for the repair/ The inspection must consist of (xi) The equipment for level position
adjustment. If an RPE is not needed, the observation for apparent deficiencies. within the tolerances specified by the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 14

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48147

equipment manufacturer’s of the corrective action required by manufacturer procedure for checking
recommendations, both before each shift paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this pressure, it must be followed).
and after each move and setup. section. (xiii) Hydraulic and pneumatic
(xii) Operator cab windows for (2) In addition, at least every 12 cylinders, as follows:
significant cracks, breaks, or other months, the equipment must be (A) Drifting caused by fluid leaking
deficiencies that would hamper the inspected by a qualified person. across the piston.
operator’s view. Disassembly is required, as necessary, to (B) Rod seals and welded joints for
(xiii) Rails, rail stops, rail clamps and complete the inspection. The equipment leaks.
supporting surfaces when the must be inspected for all of the (C) Cylinder rods for scores, nicks, or
equipment has rail traveling. This following: dents.
paragraph does not apply to the (i) Equipment structure (including the (D) Case (barrel) for significant dents.
inspection of rails, rail stops, rail boom and, if equipped, the jib): (E) Rod eyes and connecting joints:
clamps and supporting surfaces when (A) Structural members: Deformed, Loose or deformed.
cracked, or significantly corroded. (xiv) Outrigger or stabilizer pads/
the railroad tracks are part of the general
(B) Bolts, rivets and other fasteners: floats for excessive wear or cracks.
railroad system of transportation that is (xv) Slider pads for excessive wear or
regulated pursuant to the Federal loose, failed or significantly corroded.
(C) Welds for cracks. cracks.
Railroad Administration under 49 CFR (xvi) Electrical components and
part 213. (ii) Sheaves and drums for cracks or
significant wear. wiring for cracked or split insulation
(xiv) Safety devices and operational and loose or corroded terminations.
aids for proper operation. (iii) Parts such as pins, bearings,
shafts, gears, rollers and locking devices (xvii) Warning labels and decals
(2) If any deficiency in paragraphs originally supplied with the equipment
(d)(1)(i) through (xiii) of this section (or for distortion, cracks or significant wear.
(iv) Brake and clutch system parts, by the manufacturer or otherwise
in additional inspection items required required under this standard: Missing or
to be checked for specific types of linings, pawls and ratchets for excessive
wear. unreadable.
equipment in accordance with other (xviii) Originally equipped operator
sections of this standard) is identified, (v) Safety devices and operational
aids for proper operation (including seat (or equivalent): Missing.
an immediate determination must be (xix) Operator seat: Unserviceable.
made by the competent person as to significant inaccuracies).
(vi) Gasoline, diesel, electric, or other (xx) Originally equipped steps,
whether the deficiency constitutes a ladders, handrails, guards: Missing.
power plants for safety-related problems
safety hazard. If the deficiency is (xxi) Steps, ladders, handrails, guards:
(such as leaking exhaust and emergency
determined to constitute a safety hazard, In unusable/unsafe condition.
shut-down feature) and conditions, and (3) This inspection must include
the equipment must be taken out of
proper operation. functional testing to determine that the
service until it has been corrected. See
(vii) Chains and chain drive sprockets
§ 1926.1417. equipment as configured in the
for excessive wear of sprockets and
(3) If any deficiency in paragraph inspection is functioning properly.
excessive chain stretch. (4) If any deficiency is identified, an
(d)(1)(xiv) of this section (safety
(viii) Travel steering, brakes, and
devices/operational aids) is identified, immediate determination must be made
locking devices, for proper operation.
the action specified in § 1926.1415 and (ix) Tires for damage or excessive by the qualified person as to whether
§ 1926.1416 must be taken prior to using wear. the deficiency constitutes a safety
the equipment. (x) Hydraulic, pneumatic and other hazard or, though not yet a safety
(e) Monthly. pressurized hoses, fittings and tubing, as hazard, needs to be monitored in the
(1) Each month the equipment is in follows: monthly inspections.
service it must be inspected in (A) Flexible hose or its junction with (5) If the qualified person determines
accordance with paragraph (d) of this the fittings for indications of leaks. that a deficiency is a safety hazard, the
section (each shift). (B) Threaded or clamped joints for equipment must be taken out of service
(2) Equipment must not be used until leaks. until it has been corrected, except when
an inspection under this paragraph (C) Outer covering of the hose for temporary alternative measures are
demonstrates that no corrective action blistering, abnormal deformation or implemented as specified in
under paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this other signs of failure/impending failure. § 1926.1416(d) or § 1926.1435(e). See
section is required. (D) Outer surface of a hose, rigid tube, § 1926.1417.
(3) Documentation. or fitting for indications of excessive (6) If the qualified person determines
(i) The following information must be abrasion or scrubbing. that, though not presently a safety
documented and maintained by the (xi) Hydraulic and pneumatic pumps hazard, the deficiency needs to be
employer that conducts the inspection: and motors, as follows: monitored, the employer must ensure
(A) The items checked and the results (A) Performance indicators: Unusual that the deficiency is checked in the
of the inspection. noises or vibration, low operating speed, monthly inspections.
(B) The name and signature of the excessive heating of the fluid, low (7) Documentation of annual/
person who conducted the inspection pressure. comprehensive inspection. The
and the date. (B) Loose bolts or fasteners. following information must be
(ii) This document must be retained (C) Shaft seals and joints between documented, maintained, and retained
for a minimum of three months. pump sections for leaks. for a minimum of 12 months, by the
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(f) Annual/comprehensive. (xii) Hydraulic and pneumatic valves, employer that conducts the inspection:
(1) At least every 12 months the as follows: (i) The items checked and the results
equipment must be inspected by a (A) Spools: Sticking, improper return of the inspection.
qualified person in accordance with to neutral, and leaks. (ii) The name and signature of the
paragraph (d) of this section (each shift) (B) Leaks. person who conducted the inspection
except that the corrective action set (C) Valve housing cracks. and the date.
forth in paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(5), and (D) Relief valves: Failure to reach (g) Severe service. Where the severity
(f)(6) of this section must apply in place correct pressure (if there is a of use/conditions is such that there is a

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 15

48148 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

reasonable probability of damage or of core failure or steel core protrusion (B) If the deficiency is localized, the
excessive wear (such as loading that between the outer strands. problem is corrected by severing the
may have exceeded rated capacity, (B) Significant corrosion. wire rope in two; the undamaged
shock loading that may have exceeded (C) Electric arc damage (from a source portion may continue to be used.
rated capacity, prolonged exposure to a other than power lines) or heat damage. Joining lengths of wire rope by splicing
corrosive atmosphere), the employer (D) Improperly applied end is prohibited. If a rope is shortened
must stop using the equipment and a connections. under this paragraph, the employer
qualified person must: (E) Significantly corroded, cracked, must ensure that the drum will still
(1) Inspect the equipment for bent, or worn end connections (such as have two wraps of wire when the load
structural damage to determine if the from severe service). and/or boom is in its lowest position.
equipment can continue to be used (ii) Category II. Apparent deficiencies (ii) If a deficiency in Category II (see
safely. in this category are: paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section) is
(A) Visible broken wires, as follows:
(2) In light of the use/conditions (1) In running wire ropes: Six identified, operations involving use of
determine whether any items/ randomly distributed broken wires in the wire rope in question must be
conditions listed in paragraph (f) of this one rope lay or three broken wires in prohibited until:
section need to be inspected; if so, the one strand in one rope lay, where a rope (A) The employer complies with the
qualified person must inspect those lay is the length along the rope in which wire rope manufacturer’s established
items/conditions. one strand makes a complete revolution criterion for removal from service or a
(3) If a deficiency is found, the around the rope. different criterion that the wire rope
employer must follow the requirements (2) In rotation resistant ropes: Two manufacturer has approved in writing
in paragraphs (f)(4) through (6) of this randomly distributed broken wires in for that specific wire rope (see
section. six rope diameters or four randomly § 1926.1417),
(h) Equipment not in regular use. distributed broken wires in 30 rope (B) The wire rope is replaced (see
Equipment that has been idle for 3 diameters. § 1926.1417), or
months or more must be inspected by a (3) In pendants or standing wire (C) If the deficiency is localized, the
qualified person in accordance with the ropes: More than two broken wires in problem is corrected by severing the
requirements of paragraph (e) (Monthly) one rope lay located in rope beyond end wire rope in two; the undamaged
of this section before initial use. connections and/or more than one portion may continue to be used.
(i) [Reserved.] broken wire in a rope lay located at an Joining lengths of wire rope by splicing
(j) Any part of a manufacturer’s end connection. is prohibited. If a rope is shortened
procedures regarding inspections that (B) A diameter reduction of more than under this paragraph, the employer
relate to safe operation (such as to a 5% from nominal diameter. must ensure that the drum will still
safety device or operational aid, critical (iii) Category III. Apparent have two wraps of wire when the load
part of a control system, power plant, deficiencies in this category include the and/or boom is in its lowest position.
braking system, load-sustaining following: (iii) If a deficiency in Category III is
structural components, load hook, or in- (A) In rotation resistant wire rope, identified, operations involving use of
use operating mechanism) that is more core protrusion or other distortion the wire rope in question must be
comprehensive or has a more frequent indicating core failure. prohibited until:
schedule of inspection than the (B) Prior electrical contact with a (A) The wire rope is replaced (see
requirements of this section must be power line. § 1926.1417), or
followed. (C) A broken strand. (B) If the deficiency (other than power
(3) Critical review items. The line contact) is localized, the problem is
(k) All documents produced under
competent person must give particular corrected by severing the wire rope in
this section must be available, during
attention to all of the following: two; the undamaged portion may
the applicable document retention
(i) Rotation resistant wire rope in use. continue to be used. Joining lengths of
period, to all persons who conduct (ii) Wire rope being used for boom
inspections under this section. wire rope by splicing is prohibited.
hoists and luffing hoists, particularly at
Repair of wire rope that contacted an
§ 1926.1413 Wire rope—inspection. reverse bends.
(iii) Wire rope at flange points, energized power line is also prohibited.
(a) Shift inspection. If a rope is shortened under this
crossover points and repetitive pickup
(1) A competent person must begin a points on drums. paragraph, the employer must ensure
visual inspection prior to each shift the (iv) Wire rope at or near terminal that the drum will still have two wraps
equipment is used, which must be ends. of wire when the load and/or boom is
completed before or during that shift. (v) Wire rope in contact with saddles, in its lowest position.
The inspection must consist of equalizer sheaves or other sheaves (iv) Where a wire rope is required to
observation of wire ropes (running and where rope travel is limited. be removed from service under this
standing) that are likely to be in use (4) Removal from service. section, either the equipment (as a
during the shift for apparent (i) If a deficiency in Category I (see whole) or the hoist with that wire rope
deficiencies, including those listed in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section) is must be tagged-out, in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. identified, an immediate determination § 1926.1417(f)(1), until the wire rope is
Untwisting (opening) of wire rope or must be made by the competent person repaired or replaced.
booming down is not required as part of (b) Monthly inspection.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

as to whether the deficiency constitutes

this inspection. a safety hazard. If the deficiency is (1) Each month an inspection must be
(2) Apparent deficiencies. determined to constitute a safety hazard, conducted in accordance with
(i) Category I. Apparent deficiencies operations involving use of the wire paragraph (a) (shift inspection) of this
in this category include the following: rope in question must be prohibited section.
(A) Significant distortion of the wire until: (2) The inspection must include any
rope structure such as kinking, (A) The wire rope is replaced (see deficiencies that the qualified person
crushing, unstranding, birdcaging, signs § 1926.1417), or who conducts the annual inspection

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 16

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48149

determines under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of (ii) If the qualified person determines (ii) Type II rotation resistant wire rope
this section must be monitored. that, though not presently a safety (‘‘Type II’’). Type II rotation resistant
(3) Wire ropes on equipment must not hazard, the deficiency needs to be rope is stranded rope constructed to
be used until an inspection under this monitored, the employer must ensure have significant resistance to rotation. It
paragraph demonstrates that no that the deficiency is checked in the has at least 10 outer strands and
corrective action under paragraph (a)(4) monthly inspections. comprises an assembly of two or more
of this section is required. (4) The inspection must be layers of strands laid helically over a
(4) The inspection must be documented according to center in two or three operations. The
documented according to § 1926.1412(f)(7) (annual/ direction of lay of the outer strands is
§ 1926.1412(e)(3) (monthly inspection comprehensive inspection opposite to that of the underlying layer.
documentation). documentation). (iii) Type III rotation resistant wire
(c) Annual/comprehensive. (d) Rope lubricants that are of the type rope (‘‘Type III’’). Type III rotation
(1) At least every 12 months, wire that hinder inspection must not be used. resistant rope is stranded rope
ropes in use on equipment must be (e) All documents produced under constructed to have limited resistance to
inspected by a qualified person in this section must be available, during rotation. It has no more than nine outer
accordance with paragraph (a) of this the applicable document retention strands, and comprises an assembly of
section (shift inspection). period, to all persons who conduct two layers of strands laid helically over
(2) In addition, at least every 12 inspections under this section. a center in two operations. The
months, the wire ropes in use on
equipment must be inspected by a § 1926.1414 Wire rope—selection and direction of lay of the outer strands is
qualified person, as follows: installation criteria. opposite to that of the underlying layer.
(i) The inspection must be for (a) Original equipment wire rope and (2) Requirements.
deficiencies of the types listed in replacement wire rope must be selected (i) Types II and III with an operating
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. and installed in accordance with the design factor of less than 5 must not be
(ii) The inspection must be complete requirements of this section. Selection used for duty cycle or repetitive lifts.
and thorough, covering the surface of of replacement wire rope must be in (ii) Rotation resistant ropes (including
the entire length of the wire ropes, with accordance with the recommendations Types I, II and III) must have an
particular attention given to all of the of the wire rope manufacturer, the operating design factor of no less than
following: equipment manufacturer, or a qualified 3.5.
(A) Critical review items listed in person. (iii) Type I must have an operating
paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (b) Wire rope design criteria: Wire design factor of no less than 5, except
(B) Those sections that are normally rope (other than rotation resistant rope) where the wire rope manufacturer and
hidden during shift and monthly must comply with either Option (1) or the equipment manufacturer approves
inspections. Option (2) of this section, as follows: the design factor, in writing.
(C) Wire rope subject to reverse bends. (1) Option (1). Wire rope must comply (iv) Types II and III must have an
(D) Wire rope passing over sheaves. with section 5–1.7.1 of ASME B30.5– operating design factor of no less than
(iii) Exception: In the event an 2004 (incorporated by reference, see 5, except where the requirements of
inspection under paragraph (c)(2) of this § 1926.6) except that section’s paragraph paragraph (e)(3) of this section are met.
section is not feasible due to existing (c) must not apply. (3) When Types II and III with an
set-up and configuration of the (2) Option (2). Wire rope must be operating design factor of less than 5 are
equipment (such as where an assist designed to have, in relation to the used (for non-duty cycle, non-repetitive
crane is needed) or due to site equipment’s rated capacity, a sufficient lifts), the following requirements must
conditions (such as a dense urban minimum breaking force and design be met for each lifting operation:
setting), such inspections must be factor so that compliance with the (i) A qualified person must inspect
conducted as soon as it becomes applicable inspection provisions in the rope in accordance with
feasible, but no longer than an § 1926.1413 will be an effective means § 1926.1413(a). The rope must be used
additional 6 months for running ropes of preventing sudden rope failure. only if the qualified person determines
and, for standing ropes, at the time of (c) Wire rope must be compatible with
that there are no deficiencies
disassembly. the safe functioning of the equipment.
(3) If a deficiency is identified, an (d) Boom hoist reeving. constituting a hazard. In making this
immediate determination must be made (1) Fiber core ropes must not be used determination, more than one broken
by the qualified person as to whether for boom hoist reeving, except for wire in any one rope lay must be
the deficiency constitutes a safety derricks. considered a hazard.
hazard. (2) Rotation resistant ropes must be (ii) Operations must be conducted in
(i) If the deficiency is determined to used for boom hoist reeving only where such a manner and at such speeds as to
constitute a safety hazard, operations the requirements of paragraph (e)(4)(ii) minimize dynamic effects.
involving use of the wire rope in of this section are met. (iii) Each lift made under
question must be prohibited until: (e) Rotation resistant ropes. § 1926.1414(e)(3) must be recorded in
(A) The wire rope is replaced (see (1) Definitions. the monthly and annual inspection
§ 1926.1417), or (i) Type I rotation resistant wire rope documents. Such prior uses must be
(B) If the deficiency is localized, the (‘‘Type I’’). Type I rotation resistant rope considered by the qualified person in
problem is corrected by severing the is stranded rope constructed to have determining whether to use the rope
little or no tendency to rotate or, if again.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

wire rope in two; the undamaged

portion may continue to be used. guided, transmits little or no torque. It (4) Additional requirements for
Joining lengths of wire rope by splicing has at least 15 outer strands and rotation resistant ropes for boom hoist
is prohibited. If a rope is shortened comprises an assembly of at least three reeving.
under this paragraph, the employer layers of strands laid helically over a (i) Rotation resistant ropes must not
must ensure that the drum will still center in two operations. The direction be used for boom hoist reeving, except
have two wraps of wire when the load of lay of the outer strands is opposite to where the requirements of paragraph
and/or boom is in its lowest position. that of the underlying layer. (e)(4)(ii) of this section are met.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 17

48150 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

(ii) Rotation resistant ropes may be (ii) If a built-in crane level indicator (c) If a listed operational aid stops
used as boom hoist reeving when load is not working properly, it must be working properly during operations, the
hoists are used as boom hoists for tagged-out or removed. If a removable operator must safely stop operations
attachments such as luffing attachments crane level indicator is not working until the temporary alternative measures
or boom and mast attachment systems. properly, it must be removed. are implemented or the device is again
Under these conditions, all of the (iii) This requirement does not apply working properly. If a replacement part
following requirements must be met: to portal cranes, derricks, floating is no longer available, the use of a
(A) The drum must provide a first cranes/derricks and land cranes/ substitute device that performs the same
layer rope pitch diameter of not less derricks on barges, pontoons, vessels or type of function is permitted and is not
than 18 times the nominal diameter of other means of flotation. considered a modification under
the rope used. (2) Boom stops, except for derricks § 1926.1434.
(B) The requirements in and hydraulic booms. (d) Category I operational aids and
§ 1926.1426(a) (irrespective of the date (3) Jib stops (if a jib is attached), alternative measures. Operational aids
of manufacture of the equipment), and except for derricks. listed in this paragraph that are not
§ 1926.1426(b). (4) Equipment with foot pedal brakes working properly must be repaired no
(C) The requirements in ASME B30.5– must have locks. later than 7 calendar days after the
2004 sections 5–1.3.2(a), (a)(2) through (5) Hydraulic outrigger jacks and deficiency occurs. Exception: If the
(a)(4), (b) and (d) (incorporated by hydraulic stabilizer jacks must have an employer documents that it has ordered
reference, see § 1926.6) except that the integral holding device/check valve. the necessary parts within 7 calendar
minimum pitch diameter for sheaves (6) Equipment on rails must have rail days of the occurrence of the deficiency,
used in multiple rope reeving is 18 clamps and rail stops, except for portal the repair must be completed within 7
times the nominal diameter of the rope cranes. calendar days of receipt of the parts. See
used (instead of the value of 16 (7) Horn § 1926.1417(j) for additional
specified in section 5–1.3.2(d)). (i) The equipment must have a horn requirements.
(D) All sheaves used in the boom that is either built into the equipment or (1) Boom hoist limiting device.
hoist reeving system must have a rope is on the equipment and immediately (i) For equipment manufactured after
pitch diameter of not less than 18 times available to the operator. December 16, 1969, a boom hoist
the nominal diameter of the rope used. (ii) If a built-in horn is not working limiting device is required. Temporary
(E) The operating design factor for the properly, it must be tagged-out or alternative measures (use at least one).
boom hoist reeving system must be not removed. If a removable horn is not One or more of the following methods
less than five. working properly, it must be removed. must be used:
(F) The operating design factor for (b) Proper operation required. (A) Use a boom angle indicator.
these ropes must be the total minimum Operations must not begin unless all of (B) Clearly mark the boom hoist cable
breaking force of all parts of rope in the the devices listed in this section are in (so that it can easily be seen by the
system divided by the load imposed on proper working order. If a device stops operator) at a point that will give the
the rope system when supporting the working properly during operations, the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist
static weights of the structure and the operator must safely stop operations. If to keep the boom within the minimum
load within the equipment’s rated any of the devices listed in this section allowable radius. In addition, install
capacity. are not in proper working order, the mirrors or remote video cameras and
(G) When provided, a power- equipment must be taken out of service displays if necessary for the operator to
controlled lowering system must be
and operations must not resume until see the mark.
capable of handling rated capacities and (C) Clearly mark the boom hoist cable
the device is again working properly.
speeds as specified by the manufacturer. (so that it can easily be seen by a
(f) Wire rope clips used in See § 1926.1417 (Operation). Alternative
measures are not permitted to be used. spotter) at a point that will give the
conjunction with wedge sockets must be
spotter sufficient time to signal the
attached to the unloaded dead end of § 1926.1416 Operational aids. operator and have the operator stop the
the rope only, except that the use of (a) The devices listed in this section hoist to keep the boom within the
devices specifically designed for dead- (‘‘listed operational aids’’) are required
ending rope in a wedge socket is minimum allowable radius.
on all equipment covered by this (ii) If the equipment was
permitted. subpart, unless otherwise specified.
(g) Socketing must be done in the manufactured on or before December 16,
(1) The requirements in paragraphs 1969, and is not equipped with a boom
manner specified by the manufacturer of (e)(1), (e)(2), and (e)(3) of this section do
the wire rope or fitting. hoist limiting device, at least one of the
not apply to articulating cranes. measures in paragraphs (d)(1)(i)(A)
(h) Prior to cutting a wire rope,
(2) The requirements in paragraphs through (C) of this section must be used.
seizings must be placed on each side of
(d)(3), (e)(1), and (e)(4) of this section (2) Luffing jib limiting device.
the point to be cut. The length and
apply only to those digger derricks Equipment with a luffing jib must have
number of seizings must be in
manufactured after November 8, 2011. a luffing jib limiting device. Temporary
accordance with the wire rope
(b) Operations must not begin unless alternative measures are the same as in
manufacturer’s instructions.
the listed operational aids are in proper paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, except
§ 1926.1415 Safety devices. working order, except where an to limit the movement of the luffing jib
(a) Safety devices. The following operational aid is being repaired the rather than the boom hoist.
employer uses the specified temporary
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

safety devices are required on all (3) Anti two-blocking device.

equipment covered by this subpart, alternative measures. The time periods (i) Telescopic boom cranes
unless otherwise specified: permitted for repairing defective manufactured after February 28, 1992,
(1) Crane level indicator. operational aids are specified in must be equipped with a device which
(i) The equipment must have a crane paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. automatically prevents damage from
level indicator that is either built into More protective alternative measures contact between the load block,
the equipment or is available on the specified by the crane/derrick overhaul ball, or similar component,
equipment. manufacturer, if any, must be followed. and the boom tip (or fixed upper block

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 18

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48151

or similar component). The device(s) occur without movement of the load (ii) Articulating cranes manufactured
must prevent such damage at all points hoist, clearly mark the cable (so that it after November 8, 2011 must have at
where two-blocking could occur. can easily be seen by the operator) at a least one of the following: automatic
Temporary alternative measures: point that will give the operator overload prevention device, load
Clearly mark the cable (so that it can sufficient time to stop the hoist to weighing device, load moment (or rated
easily be seen by the operator) at a point prevent two-blocking, and use a spotter capacity) indicator, or load moment
that will give the operator sufficient when extending the boom. (rated capacity) limiter. Temporary
time to stop the hoist to prevent two- (e) Category II operational aids and alternative measures: The weight of the
blocking, and use a spotter when alternative measures. Operational aids load must be determined from a source
extending the boom. listed in this paragraph that are not recognized by the industry (such as the
(ii) Lattice boom cranes. working properly must be repaired no load’s manufacturer) or by a calculation
(A) Lattice boom cranes manufactured later than 30 calendar days after the method recognized by the industry
after Feb 28, 1992, must be equipped deficiency occurs. Exception: If the (such as calculating a steel beam from
with a device that either automatically employer documents that it has ordered measured dimensions and a known per
prevents damage and load failure from the necessary parts within 7 calendar foot weight). This information must be
contact between the load block, days of the occurrence of the deficiency, provided to the operator prior to the lift.
overhaul ball, or similar component, and the part is not received in time to (5) The following devices are required
and the boom tip (or fixed upper block complete the repair in 30 calendar days, on equipment manufactured after
or similar component), or warns the the repair must be completed within 7 November 8, 2011:
operator in time for the operator to calendar days of receipt of the parts. See (i) Outrigger/stabilizer position
prevent two-blocking. The device must § 1926.1417(j) for additional (horizontal beam extension) sensor/
prevent such damage/failure or provide requirements. monitor if the equipment has outriggers
adequate warning for all points where
(1) Boom angle or radius indicator. or stabilizers. Temporary alternative
two-blocking could occur.
(B) Lattice boom cranes and derricks The equipment must have a boom angle measures: The operator must verify that
manufactured after November 8, 2011 or radius indicator readable from the the position of the outriggers or
must be equipped with a device which operator’s station. Temporary stabilizers is correct (in accordance with
automatically prevents damage and load alternative measures: Radii or boom manufacturer procedures) before
failure from contact between the load angle must be determined by measuring beginning operations requiring outrigger
block, overhaul ball, or similar the radii or boom angle with a or stabilizer deployment.
component, and the boom tip (or fixed measuring device. (ii) Hoist drum rotation indicator if
upper block or similar component). The (2) Jib angle indicator if the the equipment has a hoist drum not
device(s) must prevent such damage/ equipment has a luffing jib. Temporary visible from the operator’s station.
failure at all points where two-blocking alternative measures: Radii or jib angle Temporary alternative measures: Mark
could occur. must be determined by ascertaining the the drum to indicate the rotation of the
(C) Exception. The requirements in main boom angle and then measuring drum. In addition, install mirrors or
paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of this the radii or jib angle with a measuring remote video cameras and displays if
section do not apply to such lattice device. necessary for the operator to see the
boom equipment when used for (3) Boom length indicator if the mark.
dragline, clamshell (grapple), magnet, equipment has a telescopic boom,
except where the rated capacity is § 1926.1417 Operation.
drop ball, container handling, concrete
bucket, marine operations that do not independent of the boom length. (a) The employer must comply with
involve hoisting personnel, and pile Temporary alternative measures. One or all manufacturer procedures applicable
driving work. more of the following methods must be to the operational functions of
(D) Temporary alternative measures. used: equipment, including its use with
Clearly mark the cable (so that it can (i) Mark the boom with measured attachments.
easily be seen by the operator) at a point marks to calculate boom length, (b) Unavailable operation procedures.
that will give the operator sufficient (ii) Calculate boom length from boom (1) Where the manufacturer
time to stop the hoist to prevent two- angle and radius measurements, procedures are unavailable, the
blocking, or use a spotter. (iii) Measure the boom with a employer must develop and ensure
(iii) Articulating cranes manufactured measuring device. compliance with all procedures
after December 31, 1999, that are (4) Load weighing and similar devices. necessary for the safe operation of the
equipped with a load hoist must be (i) Equipment (other than derricks and equipment and attachments.
equipped with a device that articulating cranes) manufactured after (2) Procedures for the operational
automatically prevents damage from March 29, 2003 with a rated capacity controls must be developed by a
contact between the load block, over 6,000 pounds must have at least qualified person.
overhaul ball, or similar component, one of the following: load weighing (3) Procedures related to the capacity
and the boom tip (or fixed upper block device, load moment (or rated capacity) of the equipment must be developed
or similar component). The device must indicator, or load moment (or rated and signed by a registered professional
prevent such damage at all points where capacity) limiter. Temporary alternative engineer familiar with the equipment.
two-blocking could occur. Temporary measures: The weight of the load must (c) Accessibility of procedures.
alternative measures: When two- be determined from a source recognized (1) The procedures applicable to the
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

blocking could only occur with by the industry (such as the load’s operation of the equipment, including
movement of the load hoist, clearly manufacturer) or by a calculation rated capacities (load charts),
mark the cable (so that it can easily be method recognized by the industry recommended operating speeds, special
seen by the operator) at a point that will (such as calculating a steel beam from hazard warnings, instructions, and
give the operator sufficient time to stop measured dimensions and a known per operator’s manual, must be readily
the hoist to prevent two-blocking, or use foot weight). This information must be available in the cab at all times for use
a spotter. When two-blocking could provided to the operator prior to the lift. by the operator.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 19

48152 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

(2) Where rated capacities are (A) No one is servicing, working on, method recognized by the industry
available in the cab only in electronic or otherwise in a dangerous position on (such as calculating a steel beam from
form: In the event of a failure which the machine. measured dimensions and a known per
makes the rated capacities inaccessible, (B) The equipment has been repaired foot weight), or by other equally reliable
the operator must immediately cease and is working properly. means. In addition, when requested by
operations or follow safe shut-down (ii) If there is a warning (tag-out or the operator, this information must be
procedures until the rated capacities (in maintenance/do not operate) sign on provided to the operator prior to the lift;
electronic or other form) are available. any other switch or control, the operator or
(d) The operator must not engage in must not activate that switch or control (ii) The operator must begin hoisting
any practice or activity that diverts his/ until the sign has been removed by a the load to determine, using a load
her attention while actually engaged in person authorized to remove it, or until weighing device, load moment
operating the equipment, such as the the operator has verified that the indicator, rated capacity indicator, or
use of cellular phones (other than when requirements in paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(A) rated capacity limiter, if it exceeds 75
used for signal communications). and (B) of this section have been met. percent of the maximum rated capacity
(e) Leaving the equipment (g) Before starting the engine, the at the longest radius that will be used
unattended. operator must verify that all controls are during the lift operation. If it does, the
(1) The operator must not leave the in the proper starting position and that operator must not proceed with the lift
controls while the load is suspended, all personnel are in the clear. until he/she verifies the weight of the
except where all of the following are (h) Storm warning. When a local load in accordance with paragraph
met: storm warning has been issued, the (o)(3)(i) of this section.
(i) The operator remains adjacent to competent person must determine (p) The boom or other parts of the
the equipment and is not engaged in any whether it is necessary to implement equipment must not contact any
other duties. manufacturer recommendations for obstruction.
(ii) The load is to be held suspended securing the equipment. (q) The equipment must not be used
for a period of time exceeding normal (i) [Reserved.] to drag or pull loads sideways.
lifting operations. (j) If equipment adjustments or repairs (r) On wheel-mounted equipment, no
(iii) The competent person determines are necessary: loads must be lifted over the front area,
(1) The operator must, in writing, except as permitted by the
that it is safe to do so and implements
promptly inform the person designated manufacturer.
measures necessary to restrain the boom
by the employer to receive such (s) The operator must test the brakes
hoist and telescoping, load, swing, and
information and, where there are each time a load that is 90% or more of
outrigger or stabilizer functions.
successive shifts, to the next operator; the maximum line pull is handled by
(iv) Barricades or caution lines, and
and lifting the load a few inches and
notices, are erected to prevent all
(2) The employer must notify all
employees from entering the fall zone. applying the brakes. In duty cycle and
affected employees, at the beginning of
No employees, including those listed in repetitive lifts where each lift is 90% or
each shift, of the necessary adjustments
§§ 1926.1425(b)(1) through (3), more of the maximum line pull, this
or repairs and all alternative measures.
§ 1926.1425(d) or § 1926.1425(e), are requirement applies to the first lift but
(k) Safety devices and operational
permitted in the fall zone. not to successive lifts.
aids must not be used as a substitute for
(2) The provisions in the exercise of professional judgment by (t) Neither the load nor the boom must
§ 1926.1417(e)(1) do not apply to the operator. be lowered below the point where less
working gear (such as slings, spreader (l) [Reserved.] than two full wraps of rope remain on
bars, ladders, and welding machines) (m) If the competent person their respective drums.
where the weight of the working gear is determines that there is a slack rope (u) Traveling with a load.
negligible relative to the lifting capacity condition requiring re-spooling of the (1) Traveling with a load is prohibited
of the equipment as positioned, and the rope, it must be verified (before starting if the practice is prohibited by the
working gear is suspended over an area to lift) that the rope is seated on the manufacturer.
other than an entrance or exit. drum and in the sheaves as the slack is (2) Where traveling with a load, the
(f) Tag-out. removed. employer must ensure that:
(1) Tagging out of service equipment/ (n) The competent person must adjust (i) A competent person supervises the
functions. Where the employer has the equipment and/or operations to operation, determines if it is necessary
taken the equipment out of service, a tag address the effect of wind, ice, and to reduce rated capacity, and makes
must be placed in the cab stating that snow on equipment stability and rated determinations regarding load position,
the equipment is out of service and is capacity. boom location, ground support, travel
not to be used. Where the employer has (o) Compliance with rated capacity. route, overhead obstructions, and speed
taken a function(s) out of service, a tag (1) The equipment must not be of movement necessary to ensure safety.
must be placed in a conspicuous operated in excess of its rated capacity. (ii) The determinations of the
position stating that the function is out (2) The operator must not be required competent person required in paragraph
of service and is not to be used. to operate the equipment in a manner (u)(2)(i) of this section are implemented.
(2) Response to ‘‘do not operate’’/tag- that would violate paragraph (o)(1) of (iii) For equipment with tires, tire
out signs. this section. pressure specified by the manufacturer
(i) If there is a warning (tag-out or is maintained.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(3) Load weight. The operator must

maintenance/do not operate) sign on the verify that the load is within the rated (v) Rotational speed of the equipment
equipment or starting control, the capacity of the equipment by at least must be such that the load does not
operator must not activate the switch or one of the following methods: swing out beyond the radius at which it
start the equipment until the sign has (i) The weight of the load must be can be controlled.
been removed by a person authorized to determined from a source recognized by (w) A tag or restraint line must be
remove it, or until the operator has the industry (such as the load’s used if necessary to prevent rotation of
verified that: manufacturer), or by a calculation the load that would be hazardous.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 20

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48153

(x) The brakes must be adjusted in the non-standard hand signals that will beginning operations to ensure that the
accordance with manufacturer be used. signal transmission is effective, clear,
procedures to prevent unintended (d) New signals. Signals other than and reliable.
movement. hand, voice, or audible signals may be (b) Signal transmission must be
(y) The operator must obey a stop (or used where the employer demonstrates through a dedicated channel, except:
emergency stop) signal, irrespective of that: (1) Multiple cranes/derricks and one
who gives it. (1) The new signals provide at least or more signal persons may share a
(z) Swinging locomotive cranes. A equally effective communication as dedicated channel for the purpose of
locomotive crane must not be swung voice, audible, or Standard Method coordinating operations.
into a position where railway cars on an hand signals, or (2) Where a crane is being operated on
adjacent track could strike it, until it is (2) The new signals comply with a or adjacent to railroad tracks, and the
determined that cars are not being national consensus standard that actions of the crane operator need to be
moved on the adjacent track and that provides at least equally effective coordinated with the movement of other
proper flag protection has been communication as voice, audible, or equipment or trains on the same or
established. Standard Method hand signals. adjacent tracks.
(aa) Counterweight/ballast. (e) Suitability. The signals used (hand, (c) The operator’s reception of signals
(1) The following applies to voice, audible, or new), and means of must be by a hands-free system.
equipment other than tower cranes: transmitting the signals to the operator
(i) Equipment must not be operated (such as direct line of sight, video, § 1926.1421 Signals—voice signals—
without the counterweight or ballast in radio, etc.), must be appropriate for the additional requirements.
place as specified by the manufacturer. site conditions. (a) Prior to beginning operations, the
(ii) The maximum counterweight or (f) During operations requiring operator, signal person and lift director
ballast specified by the manufacturer for signals, the ability to transmit signals (if there is one), must contact each other
the equipment must not be exceeded. between the operator and signal person and agree on the voice signals that will
(2) Counterweight/ballast must be maintained. If that ability is be used. Once the voice signals are
requirements for tower cranes are interrupted at any time, the operator agreed upon, these workers need not
specified in § 1926.1435(b)(8). must safely stop operations requiring meet again to discuss voice signals
signals until it is reestablished and a unless another worker is added or
§ 1926.1418 Authority to stop operation. proper signal is given and understood. substituted, there is confusion about the
Whenever there is a concern as to (g) If the operator becomes aware of a voice signals, or a voice signal is to be
safety, the operator must have the safety problem and needs to changed.
authority to stop and refuse to handle communicate with the signal person, (b) Each voice signal must contain the
loads until a qualified person has the operator must safely stop operations. following three elements, given in the
determined that safety has been assured. Operations must not resume until the following order: function (such as hoist,
operator and signal person agree that the boom, etc.), direction; distance and/or
§ 1926.1419 Signals—general
requirements. problem has been resolved. speed; function, stop command.
(h) Only one person may give signals (c) The operator, signal person and lift
(a) A signal person must be provided to a crane/derrick at a time, except in
in each of the following situations: director (if there is one), must be able to
circumstances covered by paragraph (j) effectively communicate in the language
(1) The point of operation, meaning of this section.
the load travel or the area near or at load used.
(i) [Reserved.]
placement, is not in full view of the (j) Anyone who becomes aware of a § 1926.1422 Signals—hand signal chart.
operator. safety problem must alert the operator
(2) When the equipment is traveling, Hand signal charts must be either
or signal person by giving the stop or posted on the equipment or
the view in the direction of travel is emergency stop signal. (Note:
obstructed. conspicuously posted in the vicinity of
§ 1926.1417(y) requires the operator to the hoisting operations.
(3) Due to site specific safety obey a stop or emergency stop signal).
concerns, either the operator or the (k) All directions given to the operator § 1926.1423 Fall protection.
person handling the load determines by the signal person must be given from
that it is necessary. (a) Application.
the operator’s direction perspective. (1) Paragraphs (b), (c)(3), (e) and (f) of
(b) Types of signals. Signals to (l) [Reserved.]
operators must be by hand, voice, this section apply to all equipment
(m) Communication with multiple covered by this subpart except tower
audible, or new signals. cranes/derricks. Where a signal
(c) Hand signals. cranes.
person(s) is in communication with (2) Paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), (d), (g), (j)
(1) When using hand signals, the more than one crane/derrick, a system
Standard Method must be used (see and (k) of this section apply to all
must be used for identifying the crane/ equipment covered by this subpart.
Appendix A of this subpart). Exception: derrick each signal is for, as follows:
Where use of the Standard Method for (3) Paragraphs (c)(4) and (h) of this
(1) for each signal, prior to giving the section apply only to tower cranes.
hand signals is infeasible, or where an function/direction, the signal person
operation or use of an attachment is not (b) Boom walkways.
must identify the crane/derrick the
covered in the Standard Method, non- (1) Equipment manufactured after
signal is for, or
standard hand signals may be used in November 8, 2011 with lattice booms
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(2) must use an equally effective

accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this method of identifying which crane/ must be equipped with walkways on the
section. derrick the signal is for. boom(s) if the vertical profile of the
(2) Non-standard hand signals. When boom (from cord centerline to cord
using non-standard hand signals, the § 1926.1420 Signals—radio, telephone or centerline) is 6 or more feet.
signal person, operator, and lift director other electronic transmission of signals. (2) Boom walkway criteria.
(where there is one) must contact each (a) The device(s) used to transmit (i) The walkways must be at least 12
other prior to the operation and agree on signals must be tested on site before inches wide.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 21

48154 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

(ii) Guardrails, railings and other (d) Personal fall arrest and fall attached to the equipment) must meet
permanent fall protection attachments restraint systems. Personal fall arrest the anchorage criteria in
along walkways are: system components must be used in § 1926.502(d)(15) for personal fall arrest
(A) Not required. personal fall arrest and fall restraint systems and § 1926.502(e)(2) for
(B) Prohibited on booms supported by systems and must conform to the positioning device systems.
pendant ropes or bars if the guardrails/ criteria in § 1926.502(d) except that (3) Anchorages for fall restraint
railings/attachments could be snagged § 1926.502(d)(15) does not apply to systems. Fall restraint systems must be
by the ropes or bars. components used in personal fall arrest anchored to any part of the equipment
(C) Prohibited if of the removable type and fall restraint systems. Either body that is capable of withstanding twice the
(designed to be installed and removed belts or body harnesses must be used in maximum load that an employee may
each time the boom is assembled/ personal fall arrest and fall restraint impose on it during reasonably
disassembled). systems. anticipated conditions of use.
(D) Where not prohibited, guardrails (e) For non-assembly/disassembly (h) Tower cranes.
or railings may be of any height up to, work, the employer must provide and (1) For work other than erecting,
but not more than, 45 inches. ensure the use of fall protection climbing, and dismantling, the
(c) Steps, handholds, ladders, equipment for employees who are on a employer must provide and ensure the
grabrails, guardrails and railings. walking/working surface with an use of fall protection equipment for
(1) Section 1926.502(b) does not apply unprotected side or edge more than 6 employees who are on a walking/
to equipment covered by this subpart. feet above a lower level as follows: working surface with an unprotected
(2) The employer must maintain in (1) When moving point-to-point: side or edge more than 6 feet above a
good condition originally-equipped (i) On non-lattice booms (whether lower level, except when the employee
steps, handholds, ladders and horizontal or not horizontal). is at or near draw-works (when the
guardrails/railings/grabrails. (ii) On lattice booms that are not equipment is running), in the cab, or on
(3) Equipment manufactured after horizontal. the deck.
November 8, 2011 must be equipped so (iii) On horizontal lattice booms (2) For erecting, climbing, and
as to provide safe access and egress where the fall distance is 15 feet or dismantling work, the employer must
between the ground and the operator more. provide and ensure the use of fall
work station(s), including the forward (2) While at a work station on any part protection equipment for employees
and rear positions, by the provision of of the equipment (including the boom, who are on a walking/working surface
devices such as steps, handholds, of any type), except when the employee with an unprotected side or edge more
ladders, and guardrails/railings/ is at or near draw-works (when the than 15 feet above a lower level.
grabrails. These devices must meet the equipment is running), in the cab, or on (i) [Reserved.]
following criteria: the deck. (j) Anchoring to the load line. A
(i) Steps, handholds, ladders and (f) For assembly/disassembly work, personal fall arrest system is permitted
guardrails/railings/grabrails must meet the employer must provide and ensure to be anchored to the crane/derrick’s
the criteria of SAE J185 (May 2003) the use of fall protection equipment for hook (or other part of the load line)
(incorporated by reference, see § 1926.6) employees who are on a walking/ where all of the following requirements
or ISO 11660–2:1994(E) (incorporated working surface with an unprotected are met:
by reference, see § 1926.6) except where side or edge more than 15 feet above a (1) A qualified person has determined
infeasible. lower level, except when the employee that the set-up and rated capacity of the
(ii) Walking/stepping surfaces, except is at or near draw-works (when the crane/derrick (including the hook, load
for crawler treads, must have slip- equipment is running), in the cab, or on line and rigging) meets or exceeds the
resistant features/properties (such as the deck. requirements in § 1926.502(d)(15).
diamond plate metal, strategically (g) Anchorage criteria. (2) The equipment operator must be at
placed grip tape, expanded metal, or (1) Sections 1926.502(d)(15) and the work site and informed that the
slip-resistant paint). 1926.502(e)(2) apply to equipment equipment is being used for this
(4) Tower cranes manufactured after covered by this subpart only to the purpose.
November 8, 2011 must be equipped so extent delineated in paragraph (g)(2) of (3) No load is suspended from the
as to provide safe access and egress this section. load line when the personal fall arrest
between the ground and the cab, (2) Anchorages for personal fall arrest system is anchored to the crane/
machinery platforms, and tower (mast), and positioning device systems. derrick’s hook (or other part of the load
by the provision of devices such as (i) Personal fall arrest systems must be line).
steps, handholds, ladders, and anchored to any apparently substantial (k) Training. The employer must train
guardrails/railings/grabrails. These part of the equipment unless a each employee who may be exposed to
devices must meet the following competent person, from a visual fall hazards while on, or hoisted by,
criteria: inspection, without an engineering equipment covered by this subpart on
(i) Steps, handholds, ladders, and analysis, would conclude that the all of the following:
guardrails/railings/grabrails must meet criteria in § 1926.502(d)(15) would not (1) the requirements in this subpart
the criteria of ISO 11660–1:2008(E) be met. that address fall protection.
(incorporated by reference, see § 1926.6) (ii) Positioning device systems must (2) the applicable requirements in
and ISO 11660–3:2008(E) (incorporated be anchored to any apparently §§ 1926.500 and 1926.502.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

by reference, see § 1926.6) or SAE J185 substantial part of the equipment unless
(May 2003) (incorporated by reference, a competent person, from a visual § 1926.1424 Work area control.
see § 1926.6) except where infeasible. inspection, without an engineering (a) Swing radius hazards.
(ii) Walking/stepping surfaces must analysis, would conclude that the (1) The requirements in paragraph
have slip-resistant features/properties criteria in § 1926.502(e)(2) would not be (a)(2) of this section apply where there
(such as diamond plate metal, met. are accessible areas in which the
strategically placed grip tape, expanded (iii) Attachable anchor devices equipment’s rotating superstructure
metal, or slip-resistant paint). (portable anchor devices that are (whether permanently or temporarily

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 22

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48155

mounted) poses a reasonably foreseeable (1) Engaged in hooking, unhooking or is within the radius of vertical travel of
risk of: guiding a load; the boom or the load.
(i) Striking and injuring an employee; (2) Engaged in the initial attachment (iv) The load is over a shaft, except
or of the load to a component or structure; where there are no employees in the
(ii) Pinching/crushing an employee or shaft.
against another part of the equipment or (3) Operating a concrete hopper or (v) The load is over a cofferdam,
another object. concrete bucket. except where there are no employees in
(2) To prevent employees from (c) When employees are engaged in the fall zone of the boom or the load.
entering these hazard areas, the hooking, unhooking, or guiding the (vi) Lifting operations are taking place
employer must: load, or in the initial connection of a in a refinery or tank farm.
(i) Train each employee assigned to load to a component or structure and are (2) The use of equipment in which the
work on or near the equipment within the fall zone, all of the following boom is designed to free fall (live boom)
(‘‘authorized personnel’’) in how to criteria must be met: is permitted only where none of the
recognize struck-by and pinch/crush (1) The materials being hoisted must circumstances listed in paragraph (a)(1)
hazard areas posed by the rotating be rigged to prevent unintentional of this section are present and:
superstructure. displacement. (i) The equipment was manufactured
(2) Hooks with self-closing latches or prior to October 31, 1984; or
(ii) Erect and maintain control lines,
their equivalent must be used. (ii) The equipment is a floating crane/
warning lines, railings or similar
Exception: ‘‘J’’ hooks are permitted to be derrick or a land crane/derrick on a
barriers to mark the boundaries of the
used for setting wooden trusses. vessel/flotation device.
hazard areas. Exception: When the (3) The materials must be rigged by a (b) Preventing boom free fall. Where
employer can demonstrate that it is qualified rigger. the use of equipment with a boom that
neither feasible to erect such barriers on (d) Receiving a load. Only employees is designed to free fall (live boom) is
the ground nor on the equipment, the needed to receive a load are permitted prohibited, the boom hoist must have a
hazard areas must be clearly marked by to be within the fall zone when a load secondary mechanism or device
a combination of warning signs (such as is being landed. designed to prevent the boom from
‘‘Danger—Swing/Crush Zone’’) and high (e) During a tilt-up or tilt-down falling in the event the primary system
visibility markings on the equipment operation: used to hold or regulate the boom hoist
that identify the hazard areas. In (1) No employee must be directly fails, as follows:
addition, the employer must train each under the load. (1) Friction drums must have:
employee to understand what these (2) Only employees essential to the (i) A friction clutch and, in addition,
markings signify. operation are permitted in the fall zone a braking device, to allow for controlled
(3) Protecting employees in the hazard (but not directly under the load). An boom lowering.
area. employee is essential to the operation if (ii) A secondary braking or locking
(i) Before an employee goes to a the employee is conducting one of the device, which is manually or
location in the hazard area that is out of following operations and the employer automatically engaged, to back-up the
view of the operator, the employee (or can demonstrate it is infeasible for the primary brake while the boom is held
someone instructed by the employee) employee to perform that operation (such as a secondary friction brake or a
must ensure that the operator is from outside the fall zone: (1) Physically ratchet and pawl device).
informed that he/she is going to that guide the load; (2) closely monitor and (2) Hydraulic drums must have an
location. give instructions regarding the load’s integrally mounted holding device or
(ii) Where the operator knows that an movement; or (3) either detach it from internal static brake to prevent boom
employee went to a location covered by or initially attach it to another hoist movement in the event of
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the component or structure (such as, but not hydraulic failure.
operator must not rotate the limited to, making an initial connection (3) Neither clutches nor hydraulic
superstructure until the operator is or installing bracing). motors must be considered brake or
informed in accordance with a pre- Note: Boom free fall is prohibited when an locking devices for purposes of this
arranged system of communication that employee is in the fall zone of the boom or subpart.
the employee is in a safe position. load, and load line free fall is prohibited (4) Hydraulic boom cylinders must
(b) Where any part of a crane/derrick when an employee is directly under the load; have an integrally mounted holding
is within the working radius of another see § 1926.1426. device.
crane/derrick, the controlling entity (c) Preventing uncontrolled retraction.
must institute a system to coordinate § 1926.1426 Free fall and controlled load Hydraulic telescoping booms must have
operations. If there is no controlling lowering. an integrally mounted holding device to
entity, the employer (if there is only one (a) Boom free fall prohibitions. prevent the boom from retracting in the
employer operating the multiple pieces (1) The use of equipment in which the event of hydraulic failure.
of equipment), or employers, must boom is designed to free fall (live boom) (d) Load line free fall. In each of the
institute such a system. is prohibited in each of the following following circumstances, controlled
circumstances: load lowering is required and free fall of
§ 1926.1425 Keeping clear of the load. (i) An employee is in the fall zone of the load line hoist is prohibited:
(a) Where available, hoisting routes the boom or load. (1) An employee is directly under the
that minimize the exposure of
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(ii) An employee is being hoisted. load.

employees to hoisted loads must be (iii) The load or boom is directly over (2) An employee is being hoisted.
used, to the extent consistent with a power line, or over any part of the area (3) The load is directly over a power
public safety. extending the Table A of § 1926.1408 line, or over any part of the area
(b) While the operator is not moving clearance distance to each side of the extending the Table A of § 1926.1408
a suspended load, no employee must be power line; or any part of the area clearance distance to each side of the
within the fall zone, except for extending the Table A clearance power line; or any part of the area
employees: distance to each side of the power line extending the Table A of § 1926.1408

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 23

48156 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

clearance distance to each side of the and skills listed in paragraphs (j)(1) and (D) The audit must be conducted in
power line is within the radius of (2) of this section. accordance with nationally recognized
vertical travel of the load. (B) Provide different levels of auditing standards.
(4) The load is over a shaft. certification based on equipment (2) Administration of tests.
(5) The load is over a cofferdam, capacity and type. (i) The written and practical tests
except where there are no employees in (iii) Have procedures for operators to must be administered under
the fall zone of the load. re-apply and be re-tested in the event an circumstances approved by the auditor
operator applicant fails a test or is as meeting nationally recognized test
§ 1926.1427 Operator qualification and administration standards.
certification. decertified.
(iv) Have testing procedures for re- (ii) The auditor must be certified to
(a) The employer must ensure that, evaluate the administration of the
certification designed to ensure that the
prior to operating any equipment written and practical tests by an
operator continues to meet the technical
covered under subpart CC, the person is accredited crane operator testing
knowledge and skills requirements in
operating the equipment during a organization (see paragraph (b) of this
paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this section.
training period in accordance with section).
(v) Have its accreditation reviewed by
paragraph (f) of this section, or the (iii) The auditor must not be an
the nationally recognized accrediting
operator is qualified or certified to employee of the employer.
agency at least every three years.
operate the equipment in accordance (iv) The audit must be conducted in
(2) An operator will be deemed
with the following: accordance with nationally recognized
(1) When a non-military government qualified to operate a particular piece of
equipment if the operator is certified auditing standards.
entity issues operator licenses for (3) The employer program must be
equipment covered under subpart CC, under paragraph (b) of this section for
that type and capacity of equipment or audited within 3 months of the
and that government licensing program beginning of the program and at least
meets the requirements of paragraphs for higher-capacity equipment of that
type. If no accredited testing agency every 3 years thereafter.
(e)(2) and (j) of this section, the (4) The employer program must have
equipment operator must either be: offers certification examinations for a
testing procedures for re-qualification
(i) Licensed by that government entity particular type and/or capacity of
designed to ensure that the operator
for operation of equipment within that equipment, an operator will be deemed
continues to meet the technical
entity’s jurisdiction; or qualified to operate that equipment if
knowledge and skills requirements in
(ii) qualified in compliance with the operator has been certified for the
paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this section.
paragraph (d) of this section. type/capacity that is most similar to that
The re-qualification procedures must be
(2) Where paragraph (a)(1) of this equipment and for which a certification
audited in accordance with paragraphs
section is not applicable, the examination is available. The operator’s
(c)(1) and (2) of this section.
certification or qualification must certificate must state the type/capacity
(5) Deficiencies. If the auditor
comply with one of the options in of equipment for which the operator is
determines that there is a significant
paragraphs (b) through (d) of this certified.
deficiency (‘‘deficiency’’) in the program,
section. (3) A certification issued under this
the employer must ensure that:
(3) Exceptions: Operator qualification option is portable and meets the (i) No operator is qualified until the
or certification under this section is not requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this auditor confirms that the deficiency has
required for operators of derricks (see section. been corrected.
§ 1926.1436), sideboom cranes (see (4) A certification issued under this (ii) The program is audited again
§ 1926.1440), or equipment with a paragraph is valid for 5 years. within 180 days of the confirmation that
maximum manufacturer-rated hoisting/ (c) Option (2): Qualification by an the deficiency was corrected.
lifting capacity of 2,000 pounds or less audited employer program. The (iii) The auditor files a documented
(see § 1926.1441). employer’s qualification of its employee report of the deficiency to the
(4) Whenever operator qualification or must meet the following requirements: appropriate Regional Office of the
certification is required under (1) The written and practical tests Occupational Safety and Health
§ 1926.1427, the employer must provide must be either: Administration within 15 days of the
the qualification or certification at no (i) Developed by an accredited crane auditor’s determination that there is a
cost to operators who are employed by operator testing organization (see deficiency.
the employer on November 8, 2010. paragraph (b) of this section); or (iv) Records of the audits of the
(b) Option (1): Certification by an (ii) Approved by an auditor in employer’s program are maintained by
accredited crane operator testing accordance with the following the auditor for three years and are made
organization. requirements: available by the auditor to the Secretary
(1) For a testing organization to be (A) The auditor is certified to evaluate of Labor or the Secretary’s designated
considered accredited to certify such tests by an accredited crane representative upon request.
operators under this subpart, it must: operator testing organization (see (6) A qualification under this
(i) Be accredited by a nationally paragraph (b) of this section). paragraph is:
recognized accrediting agency based on (B) The auditor is not an employee of (i) Not portable. Such a qualification
that agency’s determination that the employer. meets the requirements of paragraph (a)
industry recognized criteria for written (C) The approval must be based on the of this section only where the operator
auditor’s determination that the written
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

testing materials, practical is employed by (and operating the

examinations, test administration, and practical tests meet nationally equipment for) the employer that issued
grading, facilities/equipment and recognized test development criteria the qualification.
personnel have been met. and are valid and reliable in assessing (ii) Valid for 5 years.
(ii) Administer written and practical the operator applicants regarding, at a (d) Option (3): Qualification by the
tests that: minimum, the knowledge and skills U.S. military.
(A) Assess the operator applicant listed in paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this (1) For purposes of this section, an
regarding, at a minimum, the knowledge section. operator who is an employee of the U.S.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 24

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48157

military is considered qualified if he/ where the requirements of this lifting accessories), if operated up to the
she has a current operator qualification paragraph are met. equipment’s maximum working radius
issued by the U.S. military for operation (1) The employer must provide each in the work zone (see § 1926.1408(a)(1)),
of the equipment. An employee of the operator-in-training with sufficient could get within 20 feet of a power line
U.S. military is a Federal employee of training prior to operating the that is up to 350 kV, or within 50 feet
the Department of Defense or Armed equipment to enable the operator-in- of a power line that is over 350 kV.
Forces and does not include employees training to operate the equipment safely (ii) If the equipment is used to hoist
of private contractors. under limitations established by this personnel.
(2) A qualification under this section (including continuous (iii) In multiple-equipment lifts.
paragraph is: monitoring) and any additional (iv) If the equipment is used over a
(i) Not portable. Such a qualification limitations established by the employer. shaft, cofferdam, or in a tank farm.
meets the requirements of paragraph (a) (2) The tasks performed by the (v) In multiple-lift rigging operations,
of this section only where the operator operator-in-training while operating the except where the operator’s trainer
is employed by (and operating the equipment must be within the operator- determines that the operator-in-training
equipment for) the employer that issued in-training’s ability. skills are sufficient for this high-skill
the qualification. (3) Trainer. While operating the work.
(ii) Valid for the period of time equipment, the operator-in-training (g) Under this section, a testing entity
stipulated by the issuing entity. must be continuously monitored by an is permitted to provide training as well
(e) Option (4): Licensing by a individual (‘‘operator’s trainer’’) who as testing services as long as the criteria
government entity. meets all of the following requirements: of the applicable accrediting agency (in
(1) For purposes of this section, a (i) The operator’s trainer is an the option selected) for an organization
government licensing department/office employee or agent of the operator-in- providing both services are met.
that issues operator licenses for training’s employer. (h) Language and Literacy
operating equipment covered by this (ii) The operator’s trainer is either a Requirements.
certified operator under this section, or (1) Tests under this section may be
standard is considered a government
has passed the written portion of a administered verbally, with answers
accredited crane operator testing
certification test under one of the given verbally, where the operator
organization if the criteria in paragraph
options in paragraphs (b) through (e) of candidate:
(e)(2) of this section are met.
this section, and is familiar with the (i) Passes a written demonstration of
(2) Licensing criteria.
proper use of the equipment’s controls. literacy relevant to the work.
(i) The requirements for obtaining the (ii) Demonstrates the ability to use the
(iii) While monitoring the operator-in-
license include an assessment, by type of written manufacturer procedures
training, the operator’s trainer performs
written and practical tests, of the applicable to the class/type of
no tasks that detract from the trainer’s
operator applicant regarding, at a equipment for which the candidate is
ability to monitor the operator-in-
minimum, the knowledge and skills seeking certification.
training.
listed in paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this (iv) For equipment other than tower (2) Tests under this section may be
section. cranes: The operator’s trainer and the administered in any language the
(ii) The testing meets industry operator-in-training must be in direct operator candidate understands, and the
recognized criteria for written testing line of sight of each other. In addition, operator’s certificate must note the
materials, practical examinations, test they must communicate verbally or by language in which the test was given.
administration, grading, facilities/ hand signals. For tower cranes: The The operator is qualified under
equipment and personnel. operator’s trainer and the operator-in- paragraph (b)(2) of this section to
(iii) The government authority that training must be in direct operate equipment that is furnished
oversees the licensing department/ communication with each other. with materials required by this subpart
office, has determined that the (4) Continuous monitoring. The that are written in the language of the
requirements in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and operator-in-training must be monitored certification. The operator may only
(ii) of this section have been met. by the operator’s trainer at all times, operate equipment furnished with such
(iv) The licensing department/office except for short breaks where all of the materials.
has testing procedures for re-licensing following are met: (i) [Reserved.]
designed to ensure that the operator (i) The break lasts no longer than 15 (j) Certification criteria. Qualifications
continues to meet the technical minutes and there is no more than one and certifications must be based, at a
knowledge and skills requirements in break per hour. minimum, on the following:
paragraphs (j)(1) and (2) of this section. (ii) Immediately prior to the break the (1) A determination through a written
(3) A license issued by a government operator’s trainer informs the operator- test that:
accredited crane operator testing in-training of the specific tasks that the (i) The individual knows the
organization that meets the operator-in-training is to perform and information necessary for safe operation
requirements of this option: limitations to which he/she must adhere of the specific type of equipment the
(i) Meets the operator qualification during the operator trainer’s break. individual will operate, including all of
requirements of this section for (iii) The specific tasks that the the following:
operation of equipment only within the operator-in-training will perform during (A) The controls and operational/
jurisdiction of the government entity. the operator trainer’s break are within performance characteristics.
(ii) Is valid for the period of time
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

the operator-in-training’s abilities. (B) Use of, and the ability to calculate
stipulated by the licensing department/ (5) The operator-in-training must not (manually or with a calculator), load/
office, but no longer than 5 years. operate the equipment in any of the capacity information on a variety of
(f) Pre-qualification/certification following circumstances unless the configurations of the equipment.
training period. An employee who is not exception stated in paragraph (f)(5)(v) of (C) Procedures for preventing and
qualified or certified under this section this section is applicable: responding to power line contact.
is permitted to operate equipment only (i) If any part of the equipment, load (D) Technical knowledge similar to
as an operator-in-training and only line or load (including rigging and the subject matter criteria listed in

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 25

48158 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

Appendix C of this subpart applicable to Evaluator (third party), § 1926.1401 for (1) The operation is limited to those
the specific type of equipment the definition) showing that the signal functions necessary to perform
individual will operate. Use of the person meets the Qualification maintenance, inspect the equipment, or
Appendix C criteria meets the Requirements (see paragraph (c) of this verify its performance.
requirements of this provision. section). (2) The personnel either:
(E) Technical knowledge applicable (2) Option (2)—Employer’s qualified (i) Operate the equipment under the
to: evaluator. The employer’s qualified (see direct supervision of an operator who
(1) The suitability of the supporting Qualified Evaluator (not a third party), meets the requirements of § 1926.1427
ground and surface to handle expected § 1926.1401 for definition) evaluator (Operator qualification and
loads. assesses the individual and determines certification); or
(2) Site hazards. that the individual meets the (ii) Are familiar with the operation,
(3) Site access. Qualification Requirements (see limitations, characteristics and hazards
(F) This subpart, including applicable paragraph (c) of this section) and associated with the type of equipment.
incorporated materials. provides documentation of that (b) Maintenance and repair personnel
(ii) The individual is able to read and determination. An assessment by an must meet the definition of a qualified
locate relevant information in the employer’s qualified evaluator under person with respect to the equipment
equipment manual and other materials this option is not portable—other and maintenance/repair tasks
containing information referred to in employers are not permitted to use it to performed.
paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section. meet the requirements of this section.
(2) A determination through a § 1926.1430 Training.
(3) The employer must make the
practical test that the individual has the The employer must provide training
documentation for whichever option is
skills necessary for safe operation of the as follows:
used available at the site while the (a) Overhead powerlines. The
equipment, including the following: signal person is employed by the
(i) Ability to recognize, from visual employer must train each employee
employer. The documentation must specified in § 1926.1408(g) and
and auditory observation, the items specify each type of signaling (e.g. hand
listed in § 1926.1412(d) (shift § 1926.1410(m) in the topics listed in
signals, radio signals, etc.) for which the § 1926.1408(g).
inspection). signal person meets the requirements of
(ii) Operational and maneuvering (b) Signal persons. The employer
paragraph (c) of this section. must train each employee who will be
skills.
(b) If subsequent actions by the signal assigned to work as a signal persons
(iii) Application of load chart
person indicate that the individual does who does not meet the requirements of
information.
not meet the Qualification Requirements § 1926.1428(c) in the areas addressed in
(iv) Application of safe shut-down
(see paragraph (c) of this section), the that paragraph.
and securing procedures.
(k) Phase-in. employer must not allow the individual (c) Operators.
(1) The provisions of this section are to continue working as a signal person (1) Operators-in-Training for
applicable November 8, 2010, except for until re-training is provided and a re- equipment where certification or
paragraphs (a)(2) and (f) which are assessment is made in accordance with qualification is required by this subpart.
applicable November 10, 2014. paragraph (a) of this section that The employer must train each operator-
(2) When § 1926.1427(a)(1) is not confirms that the individual meets the in-training in the areas addressed in
applicable, all of the requirements in Qualification Requirements. § 1926.1427(j). The employer must
paragraphs (k)(2)(i) and (ii) of this (c) Qualification Requirements. Each provide re-training if the operator-in-
section apply until November 10, 2014: signal person must: training does not pass a qualification or
(i) The employer must ensure that (1) Know and understand the type of certification test.
operators of equipment covered by this signals used. If hand signals are used, (2) Transitional Period. During the
standard are competent to operate the the signal person must know and four-year phase-in period for operator
equipment safely. understand the Standard Method for certification or qualification, as
(ii) Where an employee assigned to hand signals. provided in § 1926.1427(k), employers
operate machinery does not have the (2) Be competent in the application of must train each operator who has not
required knowledge or ability to operate the type of signals used. yet been certified or qualified in the
the equipment safely, the employer (3) Have a basic understanding of areas addressed in § 1926.1427(j).
must train that employee prior to equipment operation and limitations, (3) Operators excepted from the
operating the equipment. The employer including the crane dynamics involved requirements of § 1926.1427. The
must ensure that each operator is in swinging and stopping loads and employer must train each operator
evaluated to confirm that he/she boom deflection from hoisting loads. excepted under § 1926.1427(a) from the
understands the information provided (4) Know and understand the relevant requirements of § 1926.1427 on the safe
in the training. requirements of § 1926.1419 through operation of the equipment the operator
§ 1926.1422 and § 1926.1428. will be using.
§ 1926.1428 Signal person qualifications. (5) Demonstrate that he/she meets the (4) The employer must train each
(a) The employer of the signal person requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) operator of the equipment covered by
must ensure that each signal person through (4) of this section through an this subpart in the following practices:
meets the Qualification Requirements oral or written test, and through a (i) On friction equipment, whenever
moving a boom off a support, first raise
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(paragraph (c) of this section) prior to practical test.

giving any signals. This requirement the boom a short distance (sufficient to
must be met by using either Option (1) § 1926.1429 Qualifications of maintenance take the load of the boom) to determine
or Option (2) of this section. & repair employees. if the boom hoist brake needs to be
(1) Option (1)—Third party qualified (a) Maintenance, inspection and adjusted. On other types of equipment
evaluator. The signal person has repair personnel are permitted to with a boom, the same practice is
documentation from a third party operate the equipment only where all of applicable, except that typically there is
qualified evaluator (see Qualified the following requirements are met: no means of adjusting the brake; if the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 26

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48159

brake does not hold, a repair is (2) Exceptions: A personnel platform (i) Equipment (except for derricks and
necessary. See § 1926.1417(f) and (j) for is not required for hoisting employees: articulating cranes) with a variable angle
additional requirements. (i) Into and out of drill shafts that are boom must be equipped with all of the
(ii) Where available, the up to and including 8 feet in diameter following:
manufacturer’s emergency procedures (see paragraph (o) of this section for (A) A boom angle indicator, readily
for halting unintended equipment requirements for hoisting these visible to the operator, and
movement. employees). (B) A boom hoist limiting device.
(d) Competent persons and qualified (ii) In pile driving operations (see (ii) Articulating cranes must be
persons. The employer must train each paragraph (p) of this section for equipped with a properly functioning
competent person and each qualified requirements for hoisting these automatic overload protection device.
person regarding the requirements of employees). (iii) Equipment with a luffing jib must
this subpart applicable to their (iii) Solely for transfer to or from a be equipped with:
respective roles. marine worksite in a marine-hoisted (A) A jib angle indicator, readily
(e) Crush/pinch points. The employer personnel transfer device (see paragraph visible to the operator, and.
must train each employee who works (r) of this section for requirements for (B) A jib hoist limiting device.
with the equipment to keep clear of hoisting these employees). (iv) Equipment with telescoping
holes, and crush/pinch points and the (iv) In storage-tank (steel or concrete), booms must be equipped with a device
hazards addressed in § 1926.1424 (Work shaft and chimney operations (see to indicate the boom’s extended length
area control). paragraph (s) of this section for clearly to the operator, or must have
(f) Tag-out. The employer must train requirements for hoisting these measuring marks on the boom.
each operator and each additional employees). (v) Anti two-block. A device which
employee authorized to start/energize (c) Equipment set-up. automatically prevents damage and load
equipment or operate equipment (1) The equipment must be uniformly failure from contact between the load
controls (such as maintenance and level, within one percent of level grade, block, overhaul ball, or similar
repair employees), in the tag-out and and located on footing that a qualified component, and the boom tip (or fixed
start-up procedures in §§ 1926.1417(f) person has determined to be sufficiently upper block or similar component) must
and (g). firm and stable. be used. The device(s) must prevent
(g) Training administration. (2) Equipment with outriggers or such damage/failure at all points where
(1) The employer must evaluate each stabilizers must have them all extended two-blocking could occur. Exception:
employee required to be trained under and locked. The amount of extension This device is not required when
this subpart to confirm that the must be the same for all outriggers and hoisting personnel in pile driving
employee understands the information stabilizers and in accordance with operations. Instead, paragraph (p)(2) of
provided in the training. manufacturer procedures and load this section specifies how to prevent
(2) The employer must provide two-blocking during such operations.
charts.
refresher training in relevant topics for (vi) Controlled load lowering. The
(d) Equipment criteria.
each employee when, based on the load line hoist drum must have a
(1) Capacity: Use of suspended
conduct of the employee or an system, other than the load line hoist
personnel platforms. The total load
evaluation of the employee’s brake, which regulates the lowering rate
(with the platform loaded, including the
knowledge, there is an indication that of speed of the hoist mechanism. This
hook, load line and rigging) must not
retraining is necessary. system or device must be used when
(3) Whenever training is required exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity
for the radius and configuration of the hoisting personnel.
under subpart CC, the employer must
provide the training at no cost to the equipment, except during proof testing. Note: Free fall of the load line hoist is
employee. (2) Capacity: Use of boom-attached prohibited (see § 1926.1426(d); the use of
personnel platforms. The total weight of equipment in which the boom hoist
§ 1926.1431 Hoisting personnel. the loaded personnel platform must not mechanism can free fall is also prohibited
exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity (see § 1926.1426(a)(1).
The requirements of this section are
supplemental to the other requirements for the radius and configuration of the (vii) Proper operation required.
in this subpart and apply when one or equipment (except during proof testing). Personnel hoisting operations must not
more employees are hoisted. (3) Capacity: Hoisting personnel begin unless the devices listed in this
(a) The use of equipment to hoist without a personnel platform. When section are in proper working order. If
employees is prohibited except where hoisting personnel without a personnel a device stops working properly during
the employer demonstrates that the platform pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of such operations, the operator must
erection, use, and dismantling of this section, the total load (including the safely stop operations. Personnel
conventional means of reaching the hook, load line, rigging and any other hoisting operations must not resume
work area, such as a personnel hoist, equipment that imposes a load) must until the device is again working
ladder, stairway, aerial lift, elevating not exceed 50 percent of the rated properly. Alternative measures are not
work platform, or scaffold, would be capacity for the radius and permitted. (See § 1926.1417 for tag-out
more hazardous, or is not possible configuration of the equipment, except and related requirements.)
because of the project’s structural design during proof testing. (6) Direct attachment of a personnel
or worksite conditions. This paragraph (4) When the occupied personnel platform to a luffing jib is prohibited.
platform is in a stationary working (e) Personnel platform criteria.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

does not apply to work covered by

subpart R (Steel Erection) of this part. position, the load and boom hoist (1) A qualified person familiar with
(b) Use of personnel platform. brakes, swing brakes, and operator structural design must design the
(1) When using equipment to hoist actuated secondary braking and locking personnel platform and attachment/
employees, the employees must be in a features (such as pawls or dogs) or suspension system used for hoisting
personnel platform that meets the automatic secondary brakes must be personnel.
requirements of paragraph (e) of this engaged. (2) The system used to connect the
section. (5) Devices. personnel platform to the equipment

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 27

48160 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

must allow the platform to remain (i) Personnel platforms must be used be used only for the platform and the
within 10 degrees of level, regardless of only for employees, their tools, and the necessary employees, their tools and
boom angle. materials necessary to do their work. materials necessary to do their work.
(3) The suspension system must be Platforms must not be used to hoist The bridles and associated rigging must
designed to minimize tipping of the materials or tools when not hoisting not have been used for any purpose
platform due to movement of employees personnel. other than hoisting personnel.
occupying the platform. (ii) Exception: Materials and tools to (h) Trial lift and inspection.
(4) The personnel platform itself be used during the lift, if secured and (1) A trial lift with the unoccupied
(excluding the guardrail system and distributed in accordance with personnel platform loaded at least to the
personal fall arrest system anchorages), paragraph (f)(3) of this section may be anticipated liftweight must be made
must be capable of supporting, without in the platform for trial lifts. from ground level, or any other location
failure, its own weight and at least five (3) Materials and tools must be: where employees will enter the
times the maximum intended load. (i) Secured to prevent displacement. platform, to each location at which the
(5) All welding of the personnel (ii) Evenly distributed within the platform is to be hoisted and positioned.
platform and its components must be confines of the platform while it is Where there is more than one location
performed by a certified welder familiar suspended. to be reached from a single set-up
with the weld grades, types and material (4) The number of employees position, either individual trial lifts for
specified in the platform design. occupying the personnel platform must each location, or a single trial lift, in
(6) The personnel platform must be not exceed the maximum number the which the platform is moved
equipped with a guardrail system which platform was designed to hold or the sequentially to each location, must be
meets the requirements of subpart M of number required to perform the work, performed; the method selected must be
this part, and must be enclosed at least whichever is less. the same as the method that will be
from the toeboard to mid-rail with either (g) Attachment and rigging.
(1) Hooks and other detachable used to hoist the personnel.
solid construction material or expanded (2) The trial lift must be performed
devices.
metal having openings no greater than (i) Hooks used in the connection immediately prior to each shift in which
1⁄2 inch (1.27 cm). Points to which
between the hoist line and the personnel will be hoisted. In addition,
personal fall arrest systems are attached personnel platform (including hooks on the trial lift must be repeated prior to
must meet the anchorage requirements overhaul ball assemblies, lower load hoisting employees in each of the
in subpart M of this part. blocks, bridle legs, or other attachment following circumstances:
(7) A grab rail must be installed inside assemblies or components) must be: (i) The equipment is moved and set
the entire perimeter of the personnel (A) Of a type that can be closed and up in a new location or returned to a
platform except for access gates/doors. locked, eliminating the throat opening. previously used location.
(8) Access gates/doors. If installed, (B) Closed and locked when attached. (ii) The lift route is changed, unless
access gates/doors of all types (ii) Shackles used in place of hooks the competent person determines that
(including swinging, sliding, folding, or must be of the alloy anchor type, with the new route presents no new factors
other types) must: either: affecting safety.
(i) Not swing outward. If due to the (A) A bolt, nut and retaining pin, in (3) The competent person must
size of the personnel platform, such as place; or determine that:
a 1-person platform, it is infeasible for (B) Of the screw type, with the screw (i) Safety devices and operational aids
the door to swing inward and allow safe pin secured from accidental removal. required by this section are activated
entry for the platform occupant, then (iii) Where other detachable devices and functioning properly. Other safety
the access gate/door may swing are used, they must be of the type that devices and operational aids must meet
outward. can be closed and locked to the same the requirements of § 1926.1415 and
(ii) Be equipped with a device that extent as the devices addressed in § 1926.1416.
prevents accidental opening. paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this (ii) Nothing interferes with the
(9) Headroom must be sufficient to section. Such devices must be closed equipment or the personnel platform in
allow employees to stand upright in the and locked when attached. the course of the trial lift.
platform. (2) Rope bridle. When a rope bridle is (iii) The lift will not exceed 50
(10) In addition to the use of hard used to suspend the personnel platform, percent of the equipment’s rated
hats, employees must be protected by each bridle leg must be connected to a capacity at any time during the lift.
overhead protection on the personnel master link or shackle (see paragraph (iv) The load radius to be used during
platform when employees are exposed (g)(1) of this section) in a manner that the lift has been accurately determined.
to falling objects. The platform overhead ensures that the load is evenly divided (4) Immediately after the trial lift, the
protection must not obscure the view of among the bridle legs. competent person must:
the operator or platform occupants (3) Rigging hardware (including wire (i) Conduct a visual inspection of the
(such as wire mesh that has up to 1⁄2 rope, shackles, rings, master links, and equipment, base support or ground, and
inch openings), unless full protection is other rigging hardware) and hooks must personnel platform, to determine
necessary. be capable of supporting, without whether the trial lift has exposed any
(11) All edges exposed to employee failure, at least five times the maximum defect or problem or produced any
contact must be smooth enough to intended load applied or transmitted to adverse effect.
prevent injury. that component. Where rotation (ii) Confirm that, upon the completion
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(12) The weight of the platform and resistant rope is used, the slings must be of the trial lift process, the test weight
its rated capacity must be conspicuously capable of supporting without failure at has been removed.
posted on the platform with a plate or least ten times the maximum intended (5) Immediately prior to each lift:
other permanent marking. load. (i) The platform must be hoisted a few
(f) Personnel platform loading. (4) Eyes in wire rope slings must be inches with the personnel and
(1) The personnel platform must not fabricated with thimbles. materials/tools on board and inspected
be loaded in excess of its rated capacity. (5) Bridles and associated rigging for by a competent person to ensure that it
(2) Use. suspending the personnel platform must is secure and properly balanced.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 28

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48161

(ii) The following conditions must be (iii) Not pull the platform out of over or near water, the requirements of
determined by a competent person to plumb in relation to the hoisting § 1926.106 apply.
exist before the lift of personnel equipment. (ii) The fall arrest system, including
proceeds: (3) Before employees exit or enter a the attachment point (anchorage) used
(A) Hoist ropes must be free of hoisted personnel platform that is not to comply with paragraph (i) of this
deficiencies in accordance with landed, the platform must be secured to section, must meet the requirements in
§ 1926.1413(a). the structure where the work is to be § 1926.502.
(B) Multiple part lines must not be performed, unless the employer can (11) Other load lines.
twisted around each other. demonstrate that securing to the (i) No lifts must be made on any other
(C) The primary attachment must be structure would create a greater hazard. of the equipment’s load lines while
centered over the platform. (4) If the platform is tied to the personnel are being hoisted, except in
(D) If the load rope is slack, the structure, the operator must not move pile driving operations.
hoisting system must be inspected to the platform until the operator receives (ii) Factory-produced boom-mounted
ensure that all ropes are properly seated confirmation that it is freely suspended. personnel platforms that incorporate a
on drums and in sheaves. (5) Tag lines must be used when winch as original equipment. Loads are
(6) Any condition found during the necessary to control the platform. permitted to be hoisted by such a winch
trial lift and subsequent inspection(s) (6) Platforms without controls. Where while employees occupy the personnel
that fails to meet a requirement of this the platform is not equipped with platform only where the load on the
standard or otherwise creates a safety controls, the equipment operator must winch line does not exceed 500 pounds
hazard must be corrected before hoisting remain at the equipment controls, on and does not exceed the rated capacity
personnel. (See § 1926.1417 for tag-out site, and in view of the equipment, at all of the winch and platform.
and related requirements.) times while the platform is occupied. (12) Traveling—equipment other than
(i) [Reserved.] (7) Platforms with controls. Where the derricks.
(j) Proof testing. platform is equipped with controls, all (i) Hoisting of employees while the
(1) At each jobsite, prior to hoisting equipment is traveling is prohibited,
of the following must be met at all times
employees on the personnel platform, except for:
while the platform is occupied:
and after any repair or modification, the (A) Equipment that travels on fixed
(i) The occupant using the controls in
platform and rigging must be proof rails; or
the platform must be a qualified person
tested to 125 percent of the platform’s (B) Where the employer demonstrates
with respect to their use, including the
rated capacity. The proof test may be that there is no less hazardous way to
safe limitations of the equipment and
done concurrently with the trial lift. perform the work.
(2) The platform must be lowered by hazards associated with its operation.
(C) This exception does not apply to
controlled load lowering, braked, and (ii) The equipment operator must be
rubber-tired equipment.
held in a suspended position for a at a set of equipment controls that
(ii) Where employees are hoisted
minimum of five minutes with the test include boom and swing functions of
while the equipment is traveling, all of
load evenly distributed on the platform. the equipment, and must be on site and
the following criteria must be met:
(3) After proof testing, a competent in view of the equipment. (A) Equipment travel must be
person must inspect the platform and (iii) The platform operating manual restricted to a fixed track or runway.
rigging to determine if the test has been must be in the platform or on the (B) Where a runway is used, it must
passed. If any deficiencies are found equipment. be a firm, level surface designed,
that pose a safety hazard, the platform (8) Environmental conditions. prepared and designated as a path of
and rigging must not be used to hoist (i) Wind. When wind speed (sustained travel for the weight and configuration
personnel unless the deficiencies are or gusts) exceeds 20 mph at the of the equipment being used to lift and
corrected, the test is repeated, and a personnel platform, a qualified person travel with the personnel platform. An
competent person determines that the must determine if, in light of the wind existing surface may be used as long as
test has been passed. (See § 1926.1417 conditions, it is not safe to lift it meets these criteria.
for tag-out and related requirements.) personnel. If it is not, the lifting (C) Equipment travel must be limited
(4) Personnel hoisting must not be operation must not begin (or, if already to boom length.
conducted until the competent person in progress, must be terminated). (D) The boom must be parallel to the
determines that the platform and rigging (ii) Other weather and environmental direction of travel, except where it is
have successfully passed the proof test. conditions. A qualified person must safer to do otherwise.
(k) Work practices. determine if, in light of indications of (E) A complete trial run must be
(1) Hoisting of the personnel platform dangerous weather conditions, or other performed to test the route of travel
must be performed in a slow, controlled, impending or existing danger, it is not before employees are allowed to occupy
cautious manner, with no sudden safe to lift personnel. If it is not, the the platform. This trial run can be
movements of the equipment or the lifting operation must not begin (or, if performed at the same time as the trial
platform. already in progress, must be lift required by paragraph (h) of this
(2) Platform occupants must: terminated). section which tests the lift route.
(i) Keep all parts of the body inside (9) Employees being hoisted must (13) Traveling—derricks. Derricks are
the platform during raising, lowering, remain in direct communication with prohibited from traveling while
and horizontal movement. This the signal person (where used), or the personnel are hoisted.
operator.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

provision does not apply to an occupant (l) [Reserved.]

of the platform when necessary to (10) Fall protection. (m) Pre-lift meeting. A pre-lift meeting
position the platform or while (i) Except over water, employees must be:
performing the duties of a signal person. occupying the personnel platform must (1) Held to review the applicable
(ii) Not stand, sit on, or work from the be provided and use a personal fall requirements of this section and the
top or intermediate rail or toeboard, or arrest system. The system must be procedures that will be followed.
use any other means/device to raise attached to a structural member within (2) Attended by the equipment
their working height. the personnel platform. When working operator, signal person (if used for the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 29

48162 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

lift), employees to be hoisted, and the Clearly mark the cable (so that it can be (s) Hoisting personnel for storage-tank
person responsible for the task to be easily seen by the operator) at a point (steel or concrete), shaft and chimney
performed. that will give the operator sufficient operations. When hoisting an employee
(3) Held prior to the trial lift at each time to stop the hoist to prevent two- in storage tank (steel or concrete), shaft
new work location, and must be blocking, and use a spotter who is in and chimney operations, the following
repeated for any employees newly direct communication with the operator requirements must be met:
assigned to the operation. to inform the operator when this point (1) The employee must be in a
(n) Hoisting personnel near power is reached. personnel platform except when the
lines. Hoisting personnel within 20 feet (3) If using a personnel platform, employer can demonstrate that use of a
of a power line that is up to 350 kV, and paragraphs (b) through (n) of this personnel platform is infeasible; in such
hoisting personnel within 50 feet of a section apply. a case, a boatswain’s chair must be used.
power line that is over 350 kV, is (4) If using a boatswain’s chair: (2) If using a personnel platform,
prohibited, except for work covered by (i) The following paragraphs of this paragraphs (a) through (n) of this section
subpart V of this part (Power section apply: (a), (c), (d)(1), (d)(3), apply.
Transmission and Distribution). (d)(4), (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(3), (f)(1), (f)(2)(i), (3) If using a boatswain’s chair:
(o) Hoisting personnel in drill shafts. (f)(3)(i), (g), (h), (j), (k)(1), (k)(6), (k)(8), (i) The following paragraphs of this
When hoisting employees into and out (k)(9), (k)(11)(i), (m), and (n). Where the section apply: (a), (c), (d)(1), (d)(3),
of drill shafts that are up to and terms ‘‘personnel platform’’ or ‘‘platform’’ (d)(4), (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(3), (f)(1), (f)(2)(i),
including 8 feet in diameter, all of the are used in these paragraphs, substitute (f)(3)(i), (g), (h), (k)(1), (k)(6), (k)(8),
following requirements must be met: them with ‘‘boatswains chair.’’ (k)(9), (k)(11)(i), (m), (n). Where the
(1) The employee must be in either a (ii) The employee must be hoisted in terms ‘‘personnel platform’’ or ‘‘platform’’
personnel platform or on a boatswain’s a slow, controlled descent and ascent. are used in these paragraphs, substitute
chair. (iii) The employee must use personal them with ‘‘boatswains chair.’’
(2) If using a personnel platform, fall protection equipment, including a (ii) The employee must be hoisted in
paragraphs (a) through (n) of this section full body harness, independently a slow, controlled descent and ascent.
apply. attached to the lower load block or (iii) The employee must use personal
(3) If using a boatswain’s chair: overhaul ball. fall protection equipment, including a
(i) The following paragraphs of this (iv) The fall protection equipment
full body harness, attached independent
section apply: (a), (c), (d)(1), (d)(3), must meet the applicable requirements
of the crane/derrick. When there is no
(d)(4), (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(3), (f)(1), (f)(2)(i), in § 1926.502.
(v) The boatswain’s chair itself adequate structure for attachment of
(f)(3)(i), (g), (h), (k)(1), (k)(6), (k)(8), personal fall arrest equipment as
(excluding the personal fall arrest
(k)(9), (k)(11)(i), (m), (n). Where the required in § 1926.502(d)(15), the
system anchorages), must be capable of
terms ‘‘personnel platform’’ or ‘‘platform’’ attachment must be to the lower load
supporting, without failure, its own
are used in these paragraphs, substitute block or overhaul ball.
weight and at least five times the
them with ‘‘boatswain’s chair.’’ (iv) The fall protection equipment
(ii) A signal person must be stationed maximum intended load.
(vi) No more than one person must be must meet the applicable requirements
at the shaft opening. in § 1926.502.
hoisted at a time.
(iii) The employee must be hoisted in (q) [Reserved.] (v) The boatswain’s chair itself
a slow, controlled descent and ascent. (r) Hoisting personnel for marine (excluding the personal fall arrest
(iv) The employee must use personal transfer. When hoisting employees system anchorages), must be capable of
fall protection equipment, including a solely for transfer to or from a marine supporting, without failure, its own
full body harness, attached independent worksite, the following requirements weight and at least five times the
of the crane/derrick. must be met: maximum intended load.
(v) The fall protection equipment (1) The employee must be in either a (vi) No more than one person must be
must meet the applicable requirements personnel platform or a marine-hoisted hoisted at a time.
in § 1926.502. personnel transfer device.
(vi) The boatswain’s chair itself § 1926.1432 Multiple-crane/derrick lifts—
(2) If using a personnel platform,
(excluding the personal fall arrest supplemental requirements.
paragraphs (a) through (n) of this section
system anchorages), must be capable of apply. (a) Plan development. Before
supporting, without failure, its own (3) If using a marine-hoisted beginning a crane/derrick operation in
weight and at least five times the personnel transfer device: which more than one crane/derrick will
maximum intended load. (i) The following paragraphs of this be supporting the load, the operation
(vii) No more than one person must be section apply: (a), (c)(2), (d)(1), (d)(3), must be planned. The planning must
hoisted at a time. (d)(4), (e)(1) through (5), (e)(12), (f)(1), meet the following requirements:
(p) Hoisting personnel for pile driving (g), (h), (j), (k)(1), (k)(8), (k)(9), (k)(10)(ii), (1) The plan must be developed by a
operations. When hoisting an employee (k)(11)(i), (k)(12), (m), and (n). Where qualified person.
in pile driving operations, the following the terms ‘‘personnel platform’’ or (2) The plan must be designed to
requirements must be met: ‘‘platform’’ are used in these paragraphs, ensure that the requirements of this
(1) The employee must be in a substitute them with ‘‘marine-hoisted subpart are met.
personnel platform or boatswain’s chair. personnel transfer device.’’ (3) Where the qualified person
(2) For lattice boom cranes: Clearly (ii) The transfer device must be used determines that engineering expertise is
mark the cable (so that it can easily be
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

only for transferring workers. needed for the planning, the employer
seen by the operator) at a point that will (iii) The number of workers must ensure that it is provided.
give the operator sufficient time to stop occupying the transfer device must not (b) Plan implementation.
the hoist to prevent two-blocking, or use exceed the maximum number it was (1) The multiple-crane/derrick lift
a spotter who is in direct designed to hold. must be directed by a person who meets
communication with the operator to (iv) Each employee must wear a U.S. the criteria for both a competent person
inform the operator when this point is Coast Guard personal flotation device and a qualified person, or by a
reached. For telescopic boom cranes: approved for industrial use. competent person who is assisted by

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 30

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48163

one or more qualified persons (lift (c) Prototype testing: mobile (computer modeling) has been
director). (including crawler and truck) and demonstrated by a documented history
(2) The lift director must review the locomotive cranes manufactured on or of verification through strain gauge
plan in a meeting with all workers who after November 8, 2010 must meet the measuring or strain gauge measuring in
will be involved with the operation. prototype testing requirements in Test combination with other physical testing.
Option A or Test Option B of this (d) All equipment covered by this
§ 1926.1433 Design, construction and subpart must meet the following
section. Tower cranes manufactured on
testing. requirements:
or after November 8, 2010 must meet the
The following requirements apply to prototype testing requirements in BS EN (1) Rated capacity and related
equipment that has a manufacturer- 14439:2006 (incorporated by reference, information. The information available
rated hoisting/lifting capacity of more see § 1926.6). in the cab (see § 1926.1417(c)) regarding
than 2,000 pounds. ‘‘rated capacity’’ and related information
(a) Crawler, truck and locomotive Note: Prototype testing of crawler,
must include, at a minimum, the
locomotive and truck cranes manufactured
cranes manufactured prior to November following information:
prior to November 8, 2010 must conform to
8, 2010 must meet the applicable paragraph (a) of this section. (i) A complete range of the
requirements for design, construction, manufacturer’s equipment rated
and testing as prescribed in ANSI (1) Test Option A. capacities, as follows:
B30.5–1968 (incorporated by reference, (i) The following applies to (A) At all manufacturer approved
see § 1926.6), PCSA Std. No. 2 (1968) equipment with cantilevered booms operating radii, boom angles, work
(incorporated by reference, see (such as hydraulic boom cranes): All the areas, boom lengths and configurations,
§ 1926.6), the requirements in paragraph tests listed in SAE J1063 (Nov. 1993) jib lengths and angles (or offset).
(b) of this section, or the applicable DIN Table 1 (incorporated by reference, see (B) Alternate ratings for use and
standards that were in effect at the time § 1926.6) must be performed to load all nonuse of option equipment which
of manufacture. critical structural elements to their affects rated capacities, such as
(b) Mobile (including crawler and respective limits. All the strength outriggers, stabilizers, and extra
truck) and locomotive cranes margins listed in SAE J1063 (Nov. 1993) counterweights.
manufactured on or after November 8, Table 2 (incorporated by reference, see (ii) A work area chart for which
2010 must meet the following portions § 1926.6) must be met. capacities are listed in the load chart.
of ASME B30.5–2004 (incorporated by (ii) The following applies to (Note: An example of this type of chart
reference, see § 1926.6) as applicable: equipment with pendant supported is in ASME B30.5–2004, section 5–1.1.3,
(1) In section 5–1.1.1 (‘‘Load Ratings— lattice booms: All the tests listed in SAE Figure 11).
Where Stability Governs Lifting J987 (Jun. 2003) Table 1 (incorporated (iii) The work area figure and load
Performance’’), paragraphs (a)—(d) by reference, see § 1926.6) must be chart must clearly indicate the areas
(including subparagraphs). performed to load all critical structural where no load is to be handled.
(2) In section 5–1.1.2 (‘‘Load Ratings— elements to their respective limits. All (iv) Recommended reeving for the
Where Structural Competence Governs the strength margins listed in SAE J987 hoist lines must be shown.
Lifting Performance’’), paragraph (b). (Jun. 2003) Table 2 (incorporated by (v) Recommended parts of hoist
(3) Section 5–1.2 (‘‘Stability reference, see § 1926.6) must be met. reeving, size, and type of wire rope for
(Backward and Forward)’’). (2) Test Option B. The testing and various equipment loads.
verification requirements of BS EN (vi) Recommended boom hoist
(4) In section 5–1.3.1 (‘‘Boom Hoist
13000:2004 (incorporated by reference, reeving diagram, where applicable; size,
Mechanism’’), paragraphs (a), (b)(1) and
see § 1926.6) must be met. In applying type and length of wire rope.
(b)(2), except that when using rotation
BS EN 13000:2004, the following (vii) Tire pressure (where applicable).
resistant rope, § 1926.1414(c)(4)(ii)(A) (viii) Caution or warnings relative to
applies. additional requirements must be met:
(i) The following applies to limitations on equipment and operating
(5) In section 5–1.3.2 (‘‘Load Hoist procedures, including an indication of
Mechanism’’), paragraphs (a)(2) through equipment with cantilevered booms
(such as hydraulic boom cranes): The the least stable direction.
(a)(4) (including subparagraphs), (b) (ix) Position of the gantry and
(including subparagraphs), (c) (first analysis methodology (computer
requirements for intermediate boom
sentence only) and (d). modeling) must demonstrate that all
suspension (where applicable).
(6) Section 5–1.3.3 (‘‘Telescoping load cases listed in SAE J1063 (Nov. (x) Instructions for boom erection and
Boom’’). 1993) (incorporated by reference, see conditions under which the boom, or
(7) Section 5–1.4 (‘‘Swing § 1926.6) meet the strength margins boom and jib combinations, may be
Mechanism’’). listed in SAE J1063 (Nov. 1993) Table 2. raised or lowered.
(8) In section 5–1.5 (‘‘Crane Travel’’), (ii) The following applies to (xi) Whether the hoist holding
all provisions except 5–1.5.3(d). equipment with pendant supported mechanism is automatically or
(9) In section 5–1.6 (‘‘Controls’’), all lattice booms: The analysis manually controlled, whether free fall is
provisions except 5–1.6.1 (c). methodology (computer modeling) must available, or any combination of these.
(10) Section 5–1.7.4 (‘‘Sheaves’’). demonstrate that all load cases listed in (xii) The maximum telescopic travel
(11) Section 5–1.7.5 (‘‘Sheave sizes’’). SAE J987 (Jun. 2003) (incorporated by length of each boom telescopic section.
(12) In section 5–1.9.1 (‘‘Booms’’), reference, see § 1926.6) meet the (xiii) Whether sections are telescoped
paragraph (f). strength margins listed in SAE J987 manually or with power.
(Jun. 2003) Table 2.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(13) Section 5–1.9.3 (‘‘Outriggers’’). (xiv) The sequence and procedure for
(14) Section 5–1.9.4 (‘‘Locomotive (iii) Analysis verification. The extending and retracting the telescopic
Crane Equipment’’). physical testing requirements under boom section.
(15) Section 5–1.9.7 (‘‘Clutch and SAE J1063 (Nov. 1993) (incorporated by (xv) Maximum loads permitted during
Brake Protection’’). reference, see § 1926.6) and SAE J987 the boom extending operation, and any
(16) In section 5–1.9.11 (Jun. 2003) (incorporated by reference, limiting conditions or cautions.
(‘‘Miscellaneous equipment’’), see § 1926.6) must be met unless the (xvi) Hydraulic relief valve settings
paragraphs (a), (c), (e), and (f). reliability of the analysis methodology specified by the manufacturer.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 31

48164 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

(2) Load hooks (including latched and so that they can be secured to prevent (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), or (a)(5) of this
unlatched types), ball assemblies and inadvertent closure. section are met.
load blocks must be of sufficient weight (C) Windows must be of safety glass (1) Manufacturer review and
to overhaul the line from the highest or material with similar optical and approval.
hook position for boom or boom and jib safety properties, that introduce no (i) The manufacturer approves the
lengths and the number of parts of the visible distortion or otherwise obscure modifications/additions in writing.
line in use. visibility that interferes with the safe (ii) The load charts, procedures,
(3) Hook and ball assemblies and load operation of the equipment. instruction manuals and instruction
blocks must be marked with their rated (iv) A clear passageway must be plates/tags/decals are modified as
capacity and weight. provided from the operator’s station to necessary to accord with the
(4) Latching hooks. an exit door on the operator’s side. modification/addition.
(i) Hooks must be equipped with (v) Areas of the cab roof that serve as (iii) The original safety factor of the
latches, except where the requirements a workstation for rigging, maintenance equipment is not reduced.
of paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section are or other equipment-related tasks must (2) Manufacturer refusal to review
met. be capable of supporting 250 pounds request. The manufacturer is provided a
(ii) Hooks without latches, or with without permanent distortion. detailed description of the proposed
latches removed or disabled, must not (8) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, modification/addition, is asked to
be used unless: sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, approve the modification/addition, but
(A) A qualified person has determined chains, and other parts or components it declines to review the technical
that it is safer to hoist and place the load that reciprocate, rotate or otherwise merits of the proposal or fails, within 30
without latches (or with the latches move must be guarded where contact by days, to acknowledge the request or
removed/tied-back). employees (except for maintenance and initiate the review, and all of the
(B) Routes for the loads are pre- repair employees) is possible in the following are met:
planned to ensure that no employee is performance of normal duties. (i) A registered professional engineer
required to work in the fall zone except (9) All exhaust pipes, turbochargers, who is a qualified person with respect
for employees necessary for the hooking and charge air coolers must be insulated to the equipment involved:
or unhooking of the load. or guarded where contact by employees (A) Approves the modification/
(iii) The latch must close the throat (except for maintenance and repair addition and specifies the equipment
opening and be designed to retain slings employees) is possible in the configurations to which that approval
or other lifting devices/accessories in performance of normal duties. applies, and
the hook when the rigging apparatus is (10) Hydraulic and pneumatic lines (B) Modifies load charts, procedures,
slack. must be protected from damage to the instruction manuals and instruction
(5) Posted warnings. Posted warnings extent feasible. plates/tags/decals as necessary to accord
required by this subpart as well as those (11) The equipment must be designed with the modification/addition.
originally supplied with the equipment so that exhaust fumes are not discharged (ii) The original safety factor of the
by the manufacturer must be maintained in the cab and are discharged in a equipment is not reduced.
in legible condition. direction away from the operator. (3) Unavailable manufacturer. The
(6) An accessible fire extinguisher (12) Friction mechanisms. Where manufacturer is unavailable and the
must be on the equipment. friction mechanisms (such as brakes and requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and
(7) Cabs. Equipment with cabs must clutches) are used to control the boom (ii) of this section are met.
meet the following requirements: hoist or load line hoist, they must be: (4) Manufacturer does not complete
(i) Cabs must be designed with a form (i) Of a size and thermal capacity the review within 120 days of the
of adjustable ventilation and method for sufficient to control all rated loads with request. The manufacturer is provided a
clearing the windshield for maintaining the minimum recommended reeving. detailed description of the proposed
visibility and air circulation. Examples (ii) Adjustable to permit modification/addition, is asked to
of means for adjustable ventilation compensation for lining wear to approve the modification/addition,
include air conditioner or window that maintain proper operation. agrees to review the technical merits of
can be opened (for ventilation and air (13) Hydraulic load hoists. Hydraulic the proposal, but fails to complete the
circulation); examples of means for drums must have an integrally mounted review of the proposal within 120 days
maintaining visibility include heater holding device or internal static brake to of the date it was provided the detailed
(for preventing windshield icing), prevent load hoist movement in the description of the proposed
defroster, fan, windshield wiper. event of hydraulic failure. modification/addition, and the
(ii) Cab doors (swinging, sliding) must (e) The employer’s obligations under requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and
be designed to prevent inadvertent paragraphs (a) through (c) and (d)(7) (ii) of this section are met.
opening or closing while traveling or through (13) of this section are met (5) Multiple manufacturers of
operating the machine. Swinging doors where the equipment has not changed equipment designed for use on marine
adjacent to the operator must open (except in accordance with § 1926.1434 work sites. The equipment is designed
outward. Sliding operator doors must (Equipment modifications)) and it can for marine work sites, contains major
open rearward. refer to documentation from the structural components from more than
(iii) Windows. manufacturer showing that the one manufacturer, and the requirements
(A) The cab must have windows in equipment has been designed, of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

front and on both sides of the operator. constructed and tested in accordance section are met.
Forward vertical visibility must be with those paragraphs. (b) Modifications or additions which
sufficient to give the operator a view of affect the capacity or safe operation of
the boom point at all times. § 1926.1434 Equipment modifications. the equipment are prohibited where the
(B) Windows may have sections (a) Modifications or additions which manufacturer, after a review of the
designed to be opened or readily affect the capacity or safe operation of technical safety merits of the proposed
removed. Windows with sections the equipment are prohibited except modification/addition, rejects the
designed to be opened must be designed where the requirements of paragraphs proposal and explains the reasons for

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 32

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48165

the rejection in a written response. If the and structural supports are installed in (iii) Travel rail end stops at both ends
manufacturer rejects the proposal but accordance with their design. of travel rail.
does not explain the reasons for the (ii) Loss of backward stability. (iv) Travel rail clamps on all travel
rejection in writing, the employer may Backward stability before swinging self bogies.
treat this as a manufacturer refusal to erecting cranes or cranes on traveling or (v) Integrally mounted check valves
review the request under paragraph static undercarriages. on all load supporting hydraulic
(a)(2) of this section. (iii) Wind speed. Wind must not cylinders.
(c) The provisions in paragraphs (a) exceed the speed recommended by the (vi) Hydraulic system pressure
and (b) of this section do not apply to manufacturer or, where manufacturer limiting device.
modifications made or approved by the does not specify this information, the (vii) The following brakes, which
U.S. military. speed determined by a qualified person. must automatically set in the event of
(5) Plumb tolerance. Towers must be pressure loss or power failure, are
§ 1926.1435 Tower cranes. erected plumb to the manufacturer’s required:
(a) This section contains tolerance and verified by a qualified (A) A hoist brake on all hoists.
supplemental requirements for tower person. Where the manufacturer does (B) Swing brake.
cranes; all sections of this subpart apply not specify plumb tolerance, the crane (C) Trolley brake.
to tower cranes unless specified tower must be plumb to a tolerance of (D) Rail travel brake.
otherwise. at least 1:500 (approximately 1 inch in (viii) Deadman control or forced
(b) Erecting, climbing and 40 feet). neutral return control (hand) levers.
dismantling. (6) Multiple tower crane jobsites. On (ix) Emergency stop switch at the
jobsites where more than one fixed jib operator’s station.
(1) Section 1926.1403 (Assembly/
(hammerhead) tower crane is installed, (x) Trolley end stops must be
Disassembly—selection of manufacturer
the cranes must be located such that no provided at both ends of travel of the
or employer procedures), § 1926.1404
crane can come in contact with the trolley.
(Assembly/Disassembly—general (3) Proper operation required.
structure of another crane. Cranes are
requirements (applies to all assembly Operations must not begin unless the
permitted to pass over one another.
and disassembly operations)), (7) Climbing procedures. Prior to, and devices listed in this section are in
§ 1926.1405 (Disassembly—additional during, all climbing procedures proper working order. If a device stops
requirements for dismantling of booms (including inside climbing and top working properly during operations, the
and jibs (applies to both the use of climbing), the employer must: operator must safely stop operations.
manufacturer procedures and employer (i) Comply with all manufacturer The equipment must be taken out of
procedures)), and § 1926.1406 prohibitions. service, and operations must not resume
(Assembly/Disassembly—employer (ii) Have a registered professional until the device is again working
procedures—general requirements), engineer verify that the host structure is properly. See § 1926.1417(f). Alternative
apply to tower cranes (except as strong enough to sustain the forces measures are not permitted to be used.
otherwise specified), except that the imposed through the braces, brace (e) Operational aids.
term ‘‘assembly/disassembly’’ is anchorages and supporting floors. (1) Section 1926.1416 does not apply
replaced by ‘‘erecting, climbing and (8) Counterweight/ballast. to tower cranes.
dismantling,’’ and the term (i) Equipment must not be erected, (2) The devices listed in this section
‘‘disassembly’’ is replaced by dismantled or operated without the (‘‘operational aids’’) are required on all
‘‘dismantling.’’ amount and position of counterweight tower cranes covered by this subpart,
(2) Dangerous areas (self-erecting and/or ballast in place as specified by unless otherwise specified.
tower cranes). In addition to the the manufacturer or a registered (3) Operations must not begin unless
requirements in § 1926.1404(e), for self- professional engineer familiar with the the operational aids are in proper
erecting tower cranes, the following equipment. working order, except where the
applies: Employees must not be in or (ii) The maximum counterweight and/ employer meets the specified temporary
under the tower, jib, or rotating portion or ballast specified by the manufacturer alternative measures. More protective
of the crane during erecting, climbing or registered professional engineer
alternative measures specified by the
and dismantling operations until the familiar with the equipment must not be
tower crane manufacturer, if any, must
crane is secured in a locked position exceeded.
(c) Signs. The size and location of be followed. See § 1926.1417(j) for
and the competent person in charge additional requirements.
indicates it is safe to enter this area, signs installed on tower cranes must be
(4) If an operational aid stops working
unless the manufacturer’s instructions in accordance with manufacturer
properly during operations, the operator
direct otherwise and only the necessary specifications. Where these are
unavailable, a registered professional must safely stop operations until the
personnel are permitted in this area. temporary alternative measures are
(3) Foundations and structural engineer familiar with the type of
equipment involved must approve in implemented or the device is again
supports. Tower crane foundations and working properly. If a replacement part
structural supports (including both the writing the size and location of any
signs. is no longer available, the use of a
portions of the structure used for substitute device that performs the same
(d) Safety devices.
support and the means of attachment) (1) Section 1926.1415 does not apply type of function is permitted and is not
must be designed by the manufacturer to tower cranes. considered a modification under
or a registered professional engineer.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(2) The following safety devices are § 1926.1434.

(4) Addressing specific hazards. The required on all tower cranes unless (5) Category I operational aids and
requirements in § 1926.1404(h)(1) otherwise specified: alternative measures. Operational aids
through (9) apply. In addition, the A/D (i) Boom stops on luffing boom type listed in this paragraph that are not
director must address the following: tower cranes. working properly must be repaired no
(i) Foundations and structural (ii) Jib stops on luffing boom type later than 7 calendar days after the
supports. The A/D director must tower cranes if equipped with a jib deficiency occurs. Exception: If the
determine that tower crane foundations attachment. employer documents that it has ordered

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 33

48166 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

the necessary parts within 7 calendar (if the tower crane is not equipped with must have a hook radius indicator
days of the occurrence of the deficiency, a radius indicating device, the radius readable from the operator’s station.
the repair must be completed within 7 must be measured to ensure the load is (C) Temporary alternative measures:
calendar days of receipt of the parts. within the rated capacity of the crane). Hook radii or boom angle must be
(i) Trolley travel limiting device. The In addition, the weight of the load must determined by measuring the hook radii
travel of the trolley must be restricted at be determined from a source recognized or boom angle with a measuring device.
both ends of the jib by a trolley travel by the industry (such as the load’s (ii) Trolley travel deceleration device.
limiting device to prevent the trolley manufacturer), or by a calculation The trolley speed must be automatically
from running into the trolley end stops. method recognized by the industry reduced prior to the trolley reaching the
Temporary alternative measures: (such as calculating a steel beam from end limit in both directions. Temporary
(A) Option A. The trolley rope must measured dimensions and a known per alternative measure: The employer must
be marked (so it can be seen by the foot weight), or by other equally reliable post a notice in the cab of the crane
operator) at a point that will give the means. This information must be notifying the operator that the trolley
operator sufficient time to stop the provided to the operator prior to the lift. travel deceleration device is
trolley prior to the end stops. (vi) Hoist line pull limiting device. malfunctioning and instructing the
(B) Option B. A spotter who is in The capacity of the hoist must be operator to take special care to reduce
direct communication with the operator limited to prevent overloading, the trolley speed when approaching the
must be used when operations are including each individual gear ratio if trolley end limits.
conducted within 10 feet of the outer or equipped with a multiple speed hoist (iii) Boom hoist deceleration device.
inner trolley end stops. transmission. Temporary alternative The boom speed must be automatically
(ii) Boom hoist limiting device. The reduced prior to the boom reaching the
measures: The operator must ensure
range of the boom must be limited at the minimum or maximum radius limit.
that the weight of the load does not
minimum and maximum radius. Temporary alternative measure: The
exceed the capacity of the hoist
Temporary alternative measures: employer must post a notice in the cab
(including for each individual gear ratio
Clearly mark the cable (so it can be seen of the crane notifying the operator that
by the operator) at a point that will give if equipped with a multiple speed hoist
the boom hoist deceleration device is
the operator sufficient time to stop the transmission).
malfunctioning and instructing the
boom hoist within the minimum and (vii) Rail travel limiting device. The
operator to take special care to reduce
maximum boom radius, or use a spotter travel distance in each direction must be the boom speed when approaching the
who is in direct communication with limited to prevent the travel bogies from minimum or maximum radius limits.
the operator to inform the operator running into the end stops or buffers. (iv) Load hoist deceleration device.
when this point is reached. Temporary alternative measures: A The load speed must be automatically
(iii) Anti two-blocking device. The spotter who is in direct communication reduced prior to the hoist reaching the
tower crane must be equipped with a with the operator must be used when upper limit. Temporary alternative
device which automatically prevents operations are conducted within 10 feet measure: The employer must post a
damage from contact between the load of either end of the travel rail end stops; notice in the cab of the crane notifying
block, overhaul ball, or similar the spotter must inform the operator of the operator that the load hoist
component, and the boom tip (or fixed the distance of the travel bogies from the deceleration device is malfunctioning
upper block or similar component). The end stops or buffers. and instructing the operator to take
device(s) must prevent such damage at (viii) Boom hoist drum positive special care to reduce the load speed
all points where two-blocking could locking device and control. The boom when approaching the upper limits.
occur. Temporary alternative measures: hoist drum must be equipped with a (v) Wind speed indicator. A device
Clearly mark the cable (so it can be seen control that will enable the operator to must be provided to display the wind
by the operator) at a point that will give positively lock the boom hoist drum speed and must be mounted above the
the operator sufficient time to stop the from the cab. Temporary alternative upper rotating structure on tower
hoist to prevent two-blocking, or use a measures: The device must be manually cranes. On self erecting cranes, it must
spotter who is in direct communication set when required if an electric, be mounted at or above the jib level.
with the operator to inform the operator hydraulic or automatic control is not Temporary alternative measures: Use of
when this point is reached. functioning. wind speed information from a properly
(iv) Hoist drum lower limiting device. (6) Category II operational aids and functioning indicating device on
Tower cranes manufactured after alternative measures. Operational aids another tower crane on the same site, or
November 8, 2011 must be equipped listed in this paragraph that are not a qualified person estimates the wind
with a device that prevents the last 2 working properly must be repaired no speed.
wraps of hoist cable from being spooled later than 30 calendar days after the (vi) Load indicating device. Cranes
off the drum. Temporary alternative deficiency occurs. Exception: If the manufactured after November 8, 2011
measures: Mark the cable (so it can be employer documents that it has ordered must have a device that displays the
seen by the operator) at a point that will the necessary parts within 7 calendar magnitude of the load on the hook.
give the operator sufficient time to stop days of the occurrence of the deficiency, Displays that are part of load moment
the hoist prior to last 2 wraps of hoist and the part is not received in time to limiting devices that display the load on
cable being spooled off the drum, or use complete the repair in 30 calendar days, the hook meet this requirement.
a spotter who is in direct the repair must be completed within 7 Temporary alternative measures: The
calendar days of receipt of the parts. weight of the load must be determined
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

communication with the operator to

inform the operator when this point is (i) Boom angle or hook radius from a source recognized by the
reached indicator. industry (such as the load’s
(v) Load moment limiting device. The (A) Luffing boom tower cranes must manufacturer), or by a calculation
tower crane must have a device that have a boom angle indicator readable method recognized by the industry
prevents moment overloading. from the operator’s station. (such as calculating a steel beam from
Temporary alternative measures: A (B) Hammerhead tower cranes measured dimensions and a known per
radius indicating device must be used manufactured after November 8, 2011 foot weight), or by other equally reliable

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 34

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48167

means. This information must be bolts must be inspected for proper where a qualified person or derrick
provided to the operator prior to the lift. condition and torque. manufacturer approves variations from
(f) Inspections. these requirements and revises the rated
(1) Section 1926.1412 (Inspections) § 1926.1436 Derricks.
capacity to compensate for such
applies to tower cranes, except that the (a) This section contains variations.
term ‘‘assembly’’ is replaced by supplemental requirements for derricks, (ii) Guy derricks must not be used
‘‘erection.’’ Section 1926.1413 (Wire whether temporarily or permanently unless the employer has the following
rope—inspection) applies to tower mounted; all sections of this subpart guy information from the manufacturer
cranes. apply to derricks unless specified or a qualified person, when not
(2) Pre-erection inspection. Before otherwise. A derrick is powered available from the manufacturer:
each crane component is erected, it equipment consisting of a mast or (A) The number of guys.
must be inspected by a qualified person equivalent member that is held at or (B) The spacing around the mast.
for damage or excessive wear. near the end by guys or braces, with or (C) The size, grade, and construction
(i) The qualified person must pay without a boom, and its hoisting of rope to be used for each guy.
particular attention to components that mechanism. The mast/equivalent (iii) For guy derricks manufactured
will be difficult to inspect thoroughly member and/or the load is moved by the after December 18, 1970, in addition to
during shift inspections. hoisting mechanism (typically base- the information required in paragraph
(ii) If the qualified person determines mounted) and operating ropes. Derricks (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer
that a component is damaged or worn to include: A-frame, basket, breast, must have the following guy
the extent that it would create a safety Chicago boom, gin pole (except gin information from the manufacturer or a
hazard if used on the crane, that poles used for erection of qualified person, when not available
component must not be erected on the communication towers), guy, shearleg, from the manufacturer:
crane unless it is repaired and, upon stiffleg, and variations of such (A) The amount of initial sag or
reinspection by the qualified person, equipment. tension.
found to no longer create a safety (b) Operation—procedures. (B) The amount of tension in guy line
hazard. (1) Section 1926.1417 (Operation) rope at anchor.
(iii) If the qualified person determines applies except for § 1926.1417(c) (iv) The mast base must permit the
that, though not presently a safety (Accessibility of procedures). mast to rotate freely with allowance for
hazard, the component needs to be (2) Load chart contents. Load charts
slight tilting of the mast caused by guy
monitored, the employer must ensure must contain at least the following
slack.
that the component is checked in the information:
(v) The mast cap must:
(i) Rated capacity at corresponding
monthly inspections. Any such (A) Permit the mast to rotate freely.
ranges of boom angle or operating radii.
determination must be documented, and (B) Withstand tilting and cramping
(ii) Specific lengths of components to
the documentation must be available to caused by the guy loads.
which the rated capacities apply.
any individual who conducts a monthly (iii) Required parts for hoist reeving. (C) Be secured to the mast to prevent
inspection. (iv) Size and construction of rope disengagement during erection.
(3) Post-erection inspection. In must be included on the load chart or (D) Be provided with means for
addition to the requirements in in the operating manual. attaching guy ropes.
§ 1926.1412(c), the following (3) Load chart location. (3) Stiffleg derricks.
requirements must be met: (i) Permanent installations. For (i) The mast must be supported in the
(i) A load test using certified weights, permanently installed derricks with vertical position by at least two stifflegs;
or scaled weights using a certified scale fixed lengths of boom, guy, and mast, a one end of each must be connected to
with a current certificate of calibration, load chart must be posted where it is the top of the mast and the other end
must be conducted after each erection. visible to personnel responsible for the securely anchored.
(ii) The load test must be conducted operation of the equipment. (ii) The stifflegs must be capable of
in accordance with the manufacturer’s (ii) Non-permanent installations. For withstanding the loads imposed at any
instructions when available. Where derricks that are not permanently point of operation within the load chart
these instructions are unavailable, the installed, the load chart must be readily range.
test must be conducted in accordance available at the job site to personnel (iii) The mast base must:
with written load test procedures responsible for the operation of the (A) Permit the mast to rotate freely
developed by a registered professional equipment. (when necessary).
engineer familiar with the type of (c) Construction. (B) Permit deflection of the mast
equipment involved. (1) General requirements. without binding.
(4) Monthly. The following additional (i) Derricks must be constructed to (iv) The mast must be prevented from
items must be included: meet all stresses imposed on members lifting out of its socket when the mast
(i) Tower (mast) bolts and other and components when installed and is in tension.
structural bolts (for loose or dislodged operated in accordance with the (v) The stiffleg connecting member at
condition) from the base of the tower manufacturer’s/builder’s procedures the top of the mast must:
crane up or, if the crane is tied to or and within its rated capacity. (A) Permit the mast to rotate freely
braced by the structure, those above the (ii) Welding of load sustaining (when necessary).
upper-most brace support. members must conform to (B) Withstand the loads imposed by
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(ii) The upper-most tie-in, braces, recommended practices in ANSI/AWS the action of the stifflegs.
floor supports and floor wedges where D14.3–94 (incorporated by reference, (C) Be secured so as to oppose
the tower crane is supported by the see § 1926.6) or AWS D1.1/D1.1M:2002 separating forces.
structure, for loose or dislodged (incorporated by reference, see (4) Gin pole derricks.
components. § 1926.6). (i) Guy lines must be sized and spaced
(5) Annual. In addition to the items (2) Guy derricks. so as to make the gin pole stable in both
that must be inspected under (i) The minimum number of guys boomed and vertical positions.
§ 1926.1412(f), all turntable and tower must be 6, with equal spacing, except Exception: Where the size and/or

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 35

48168 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

spacing of guy lines do not result in the (C) Section 7–1.3 (‘‘Installation’’). Temporary alternative measures: The
gin pole being stable in both boomed (D) Applicable terms in section 7–0.2 weight of the load must be determined
and vertical positions, the employer (‘‘Definitions’’). from a source recognized by the
must ensure that the derrick is not used (ii) Load tests for new hoists. The industry (such as the load’s
in an unstable position. employer must ensure that new hoists manufacturer), or by a calculation
(ii) The base of the gin pole must are load tested to a minimum of 110% method recognized by the industry
permit movement of the pole (when of rated capacity, but not more than (such as calculating a steel beam from
necessary). 125% of rated capacity, unless measured dimensions and a known per
(iii) The gin pole must be anchored at otherwise recommended by the foot weight), or by other equally reliable
the base against horizontal forces (when manufacturer. This requirement is met means. This information must be
such forces are present). where the manufacturer has conducted provided to the operator prior to the lift.
(5) Chicago boom derricks. The this testing. See § 1926.1417(j) for additional
fittings for stepping the boom and for (iii) Repaired or modified hoists. requirements.
attaching the topping lift must be Hoists that have had repairs, (ii) A load weight/capacity device that
arranged to: modifications or additions affecting is not working properly must be
(i) Permit the derrick to swing at all their capacity or safe operation must be repaired no later than 30 days after the
permitted operating radii and mounting evaluated by a qualified person to deficiency occurs. Exception: If the
heights between fittings. determine if a load test is necessary. If employer documents that it has ordered
(ii) Accommodate attachment to the it is, load testing must be conducted in the necessary parts within 7 days of the
upright member of the host structure. accordance with paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) occurrence of the deficiency, and the
(iii) Withstand the forces applied and (iv) of this section. part is not received in time to complete
when configured and operated in (iv) Load test procedure. Load tests the repair in 30 days, the repair must be
accordance with the manufacturer’s/ required by paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) or completed within 7 days of receipt of
builder’s procedures and within its (e)(2)(iii) of this section must be the parts.
rated capacity. conducted as follows: (g) Post-assembly approval and
(iv) Prevent the boom or topping lift (A) The test load must be hoisted a testing—new or reinstalled derricks.
from lifting out under tensile forces. vertical distance to assure that the load (1) Anchorages.
(d) Anchoring and guying. is supported by the hoist and held by (i) Anchorages, including the
(1) Load anchoring data developed by the hoist brake(s). structure to which the derrick is
the manufacturer or a qualified person (B) The test load must be lowered, attached (if applicable), must be
must be used. stopped and held with the brake(s). approved by a qualified person.
(2) Guy derricks. (C) The hoist must not be used unless (ii) If using a rock or hairpin
(i) The mast base must be anchored. a competent person determines that the anchorage, the qualified person must
(ii) The guys must be secured to the test has been passed. determine if any special testing of the
ground or other firm anchorage. (f) Operational aids. anchorage is needed. If so, it must be
(iii) The anchorage and guying must (1) Section 1926.1416 (Operational tested accordingly.
be designed to withstand maximum aids) applies, except for (2) Functional test. Prior to initial use,
horizontal and vertical forces § 1926.1416(d)(1) (Boom hoist limiting new or reinstalled derricks must be
encountered when operating within device), § 1926.1416(e)(1) (Boom angle tested by a competent person with no
rated capacity with the particular guy or radius indicator), and hook load to verify proper operation.
slope and spacing specified for the § 1926.1416(e)(4) (Load weighing and This test must include:
application. similar devices). (i) Lifting and lowering the hook(s)
(3) Stiffleg derricks. (2) Boom angle aid. A boom angle through the full range of hook travel.
(i) The mast base and stifflegs must be indicator is not required but if the (ii) Raising and lowering the boom
anchored. derrick is not equipped with a through the full range of boom travel.
(iii) Swinging in each direction
(ii) The mast base and stifflegs must functioning one, the employer must
through the full range of swing.
be designed to withstand maximum ensure that either: (iv) Actuating the anti two-block and
horizontal and vertical forces (i) The boom hoist cable must be
boom hoist limit devices (if provided).
encountered when operating within marked with caution and stop marks. (v) Actuating locking, limiting and
rated capacity with the particular The stop marks must correspond to indicating devices (if provided).
stiffleg spacing and slope specified for maximum and minimum allowable (3) Load test. Prior to initial use, new
the application. boom angles. The caution and stop or reinstalled derricks must be load
(e) Swingers and hoists. marks must be in view of the operator, tested by a competent person. The test
(1) The boom, swinger mechanisms or a spotter who is in direct load must meet the following
and hoists must be suitable for the communication with the operator; or requirements:
derrick work intended and must be (ii) An electronic or other device that (i) Test loads must be at least 100%
anchored to prevent displacement from signals the operator in time to prevent and no more than 110% of the rated
the imposed loads. the boom from moving past its capacity, unless otherwise
(2) Hoists. maximum and minimum angles, or recommended by the manufacturer or
(i) Base mounted drum hoists must automatically prevents such movement, qualified person, but in no event must
meet the requirements in the following is used. the test load be less than the maximum
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

sections of ASME B30.7–2001 (3) Load weight/capacity devices. anticipated load.

(incorporated by reference, see (i) Derricks manufactured more than (ii) The test must consist of:
§ 1926.6): one year after November 8, 2010 with a (A) Hoisting the test load a few inches
(A) Sections 7–1.1 (‘‘Load ratings and maximum rated capacity over 6,000 and holding to verify that the load is
markings’’). pounds must have at least one of the supported by the derrick and held by
(B) Section 7–1.2 (‘‘Construction’’), following: load weighing device, load the hoist brake(s).
except: 7–1.2.13 (‘‘Operator’s cab’’); 7– moment indicator, rated capacity (B) Swinging the derrick, if
1.2.15 (‘‘Fire extinguishers’’). indicator, or rated capacity limiter. applicable, the full range of its swing, at

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 36

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48169

the maximum allowable working radius (p) Inspections. In addition to the (2) Positive equipment house lock.
for the test load. requirements in § 1926.1412, the (3) Wind speed and direction
(C) Booming the derrick up and down following additional items must be indicator. A competent person must
within the allowable working radius for included in the inspections: determine if wind is a factor that needs
the test load. (1) Daily: Guys for proper tension. to be considered; if wind needs to be
(D) Lowering, stopping and holding (2) Annual. considered, a wind speed and direction
the load with the brake(s). (i) Gudgeon pin for cracks, wear, and indicator must be used.
(iii) The derrick must not be used distortion. (f) Operational aids.
unless the competent person determines (ii) Foundation supports for (1) An anti two-block device is
that the test has been passed. continued ability to sustain the imposed required only when hoisting personnel
(4) Documentation. Tests conducted loads. or hoisting over an occupied cofferdam
under this paragraph must be (q) Qualification and Training. The
or shaft.
documented. The document must employer must train each operator of a
derrick on the safe operation of (2) Section 1926.1416(e)(4) (Load
contain the date, test results and the weighing and similar devices) does not
name of the tester. The document must equipment the individual will operate.
Section 1926.1427 of this subpart apply to dragline, clamshell (grapple),
be retained until the derrick is re-tested magnet, drop ball, container handling,
or dismantled, whichever occurs first. (Operator qualification and certification)
does not apply. concrete bucket, and pile driving work
All such documents must be available, performed under this section.
during the applicable document § 1926.1437 Floating cranes/derricks and (g) Accessibility of procedures
retention period, to all persons who land cranes/derricks on barges. applicable to equipment operation. If
conduct inspections in accordance with (a) This section contains the crane/derrick has a cab, the
§ 1926.1412. supplemental requirements for floating requirements of § 1926.1417(c) apply. If
(h) Load testing repaired or modified cranes/derricks and land cranes/ the crane/derrick does not have a cab,
derricks. Derricks that have had repairs, derricks on barges, pontoons, vessels or the employer must ensure that:
modifications or additions affecting the other means of flotation (i.e., vessel/ (1) Rated capacities (load charts) are
derrick’s capacity or safe operation must flotation device). The sections of this posted at the operator’s station. If the
be evaluated by a qualified person to subpart apply to floating cranes/derricks operator’s station is moveable (such as
determine if a load test is necessary. If and land cranes/derricks on barges, with pendant-controlled equipment),
it is, load testing must be conducted and pontoons, vessels or other means of the load charts are posted on the
documented in accordance with flotation, unless specified otherwise. equipment.
paragraph (g) of this section. The requirements of this section do not (2) Procedures applicable to the
(i) [Reserved.] apply when using jacked barges when operation of the equipment (other than
(j) Power failure procedures. If power the jacks are deployed to the river, lake, load charts), recommended operating
fails during operations, the derrick or sea bed and the barge is fully speeds, special hazard warnings,
operator must safely stop operations. supported by the jacks. instructions and operators manual, must
This must include: (b) General requirements. The be readily available on board the vessel/
(1) Setting all brakes or locking requirements in paragraphs (c) through flotation device.
devices. (k) of this section apply to both floating (h) Inspections. In addition to meeting
(2) Moving all clutch and other power cranes/derricks and land cranes/ the requirements of § 1926.1412 for
controls to the off position. derricks on barges, pontoons, vessels or inspecting the crane/derrick, the
(k) Use of winch heads. other means of flotation.
(1) Ropes must not be handled on a employer must inspect the barge,
(c) Work area control. pontoons, vessel or other means of
winch head without the knowledge of (1) The requirements of § 1926.1424
the operator. flotation used to support a floating
(Work area control) apply, except for crane/derrick or land crane/derrick, and
(2) While a winch head is being used, § 1926.1424(a)(2)(ii).
the operator must be within reach of the ensure that:
(2) The employer must either:
power unit control lever. (i) Erect and maintain control lines, (1) Shift. For each shift inspection, the
(l) [Reserved.] warning lines, railings or similar means used to secure/attach the
(m) Securing the boom. barriers to mark the boundaries of the equipment to the vessel/flotation device
(1) When the boom is being held in a hazard areas; or is in proper condition, including wear,
fixed position, dogs, pawls, or other (ii) Clearly mark the hazard areas by corrosion, loose or missing fasteners,
positive holding mechanisms on the a combination of warning signs (such as, defective welds, and (when applicable)
boom hoist must be engaged. ‘‘Danger—Swing/Crush Zone’’) and high insufficient tension.
(2) When taken out of service for 30 visibility markings on the equipment (2) Monthly. For each monthly
days or more, the boom must be secured that identify the hazard areas. In inspection:
by one of the following methods: addition, the employer must train each (i) The means used to secure/attach
(i) Laid down. employee to understand what these the equipment to the vessel/flotation
(ii) Secured to a stationary member, as markings signify. device is in proper condition, including
nearly under the head as possible, by (d) Keeping clear of the load. Section inspection for wear, corrosion, and,
attachment of a sling to the load block. 1926.1425 does not apply. when applicable, insufficient tension.
(iii) For guy derricks, lifted to a (e) Additional safety devices. In (ii) The vessel/flotation device is not
taking on water.
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

vertical position and secured to the addition to the safety devices listed in
mast. § 1926.1415, the following safety (iii) The deckload is properly secured.
(iv) For stiffleg derricks, secured devices are required: (iv) The vessel/flotation device is
against the stiffleg. (1) Barge, pontoon, vessel or other watertight based on the condition of the
(n) The process of jumping the derrick means of flotation list and trim device. chain lockers, storage, fuel
must be supervised by the A/D director. The safety device must be located in the compartments, and hatches.
(o) Derrick operations must be cab or, when there is no cab, at the (v) The firefighting and lifesaving
supervised by a competent person. operator’s station. equipment is in place and functional.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 37

48170 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

(3) The shift and monthly inspections the deficiency constitutes a hazard or, (2) The employer must ensure that the
are conducted by a competent person, though not yet a hazard, needs to be manufacturer’s specifications and
and: monitored in the monthly or annual limitations with respect to
(i) If any deficiency is identified, an inspections, as appropriate. environmental, operational, and in-
immediate determination is made by a (A) If the surveyor determines that the transit loads for a barge, pontoon,
qualified person whether the deficiency deficiency constitutes a hazard, the vessel, or other means of flotation are
constitutes a hazard. vessel/flotation device is removed from not exceeded or violated.
(ii) If the deficiency is determined to service until it has been corrected. (3) When the manufacturer’s
constitute a hazard, the vessel/flotation (B) If the surveyor determines that, specifications and limitations are
device is removed from service until the though not presently a hazard, the unavailable, the employer must ensure
deficiency has been corrected. deficiency needs to be monitored, the that the specifications and limitations
(4) Annual: external vessel/flotation deficiency is checked in the monthly or
device inspection. For each annual established by a qualified person with
annual inspections, as appropriate. respect to environmental, operational
inspection: (6) Documentation. The monthly and
(i) The external portion of the barge, and in-transit loads for the barge,
annual inspections required in pontoons, vessel, or other means of
pontoons, vessel or other means of paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(4) of this
flotation used is inspected annually by flotation are not exceeded or violated.
section are documented in accordance
a qualified person who has expertise with §§ 1926.1412 (e)(3) and (l) [Reserved.]
with respect to vessels/flotation devices 1926.1412(f)(7), respectively, and that (m) Floating cranes/derricks. For
and that the inspection includes the the four-year inspection required in equipment designed by the
following items: paragraph (h)(5) of this section is manufacturer (or employer) for marine
(A) The items identified in paragraphs documented in accordance with use by permanent attachment to barges,
(h)(1) (Shift) and (h)(2) (Monthly) of this § 1926.1412(f)(7), except that the pontoons, vessels or other means of
section. documentation for that inspection must flotation:
(B) Cleats, bitts, chocks, fenders, be retained for a minimum of 4 years.
capstans, ladders, and stanchions, for (1) Load charts.
All such documents must be made
significant corrosion, wear, available, during the applicable (i) The employer must not exceed the
deterioration, or deformation that could document retention period, to all manufacturer load charts applicable to
impair the function of these items. persons who conduct inspections in operations on water. When using these
(C) External evidence of leaks and accordance with § 1926.1412. charts, the employer must comply with
structural damage; evidence of leaks and (i) [Reserved.] all parameters and limitations (such as
damage below the waterline may be (j) Working with a diver. The dynamic and environmental parameters)
determined through internal inspection employer must meet the following applicable to the use of the charts.
of the vessel/flotation device. additional requirements when working (ii) The employer must ensure that
(D) Four-corner draft readings.
with a diver in the water: load charts take into consideration a
(E) Firefighting equipment for
(1) If a crane/derrick is used to get a minimum wind speed of 40 miles per
serviceability.
(ii) Rescue skiffs, lifelines, work vests, diver into and out of the water, it must hour.
life preservers and ring buoys are not be used for any other purpose until (2) The employer must ensure that the
inspected for proper condition. the diver is back on board. When used requirements for maximum allowable
(iii) If any deficiency is identified, an for more than one diver, it must not be list and maximum allowable trim as
immediate determination is made by the used for any other purpose until all specified in Table M1 of this section are
qualified person whether the deficiency divers are back on board. met.
constitutes a hazard or, though not yet (2) The operator must remain at the
a hazard, needs to be monitored in the controls of the crane/derrick at all times. TABLE M1
monthly inspections. (3) In addition to the requirements in
(A) If the qualified person determines §§ 1926.1419 through 1926.1422 Maximum Maximum
that the deficiency constitutes a hazard, (Signals), either: allowable allowable
Rated capacity
the vessel/flotation device is removed (i) A clear line of sight must be list trim
maintained between the operator and (degrees) (degrees)
from service until it has been corrected.
See requirements in § 1926.1417(f). tender; or
Equipment designed
(B) If the qualified person determines (ii) The signals between the operator for marine use by
that, though not presently a hazard, the and tender must be transmitted permanent attach-
deficiency needs to be monitored, the electronically. ment (other than
deficiency is checked in the monthly (4) The means used to secure the derricks):
inspections. crane/derrick to the vessel/flotation 25 tons or less .......... 5 5
(5) Four-year: internal vessel/flotation device (see paragraph (n)(5) of this Over 25 tons ............. 7 7
device inspection. For each four-year section) must not allow any amount of Derricks designed for
inspection: shifting in any direction. marine use by per-
(i) A marine engineer, marine (k) Manufacturer’s specifications and manent attach-
architect, licensed surveyor, or other limitations. ment:
(1) The employer must ensure that the Any rated capacity .... 10 10
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

qualified person who has expertise with

respect to vessels/flotation devices barge, pontoons, vessel, or other means
surveys the internal portion of the barge, of flotation must be capable of (3) The employer must ensure that the
pontoons, vessel, or other means of withstanding imposed environmental, equipment is stable under the
flotation. operational and in-transit loads when conditions specified in Tables M2 and
(ii) If the surveyor identifies a used in accordance with the M3 of this section. (Note: Freeboard is
deficiency, an immediate determination manufacturer’s specifications and the vertical distance between the water
is made by the surveyor as to whether limitations. line and the main deck of the vessel.)

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 38

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48171

TABLE M2 section is performed by the equipment from shifting by being mounted to a

manufacturer, or a qualified person who wire rope system. The employer must
Wind Minimum has expertise with respect to both land ensure that the wire rope system meets
Operated at speed freeboard crane/derrick capacity and the stability the following requirements:
(mph) (ft) (A) The wire rope and attachments are
of vessels/flotation devices.
Rated capacity .......... 60 2
(3) For list and trim. of sufficient size and strength to support
Rated capacity plus (i) The maximum allowable list and the side load of crane/derrick.
25% ....................... 60 1 the maximum allowable trim for the (B) The wire rope is attached
High boom, no load .. 60 2 barge, pontoon, vessel or other means of physically to the vessel/flotation device.
flotation must not exceed the amount (C) The wire rope is attached to the
necessary to ensure that the conditions crane/derrick by appropriate attachment
TABLE M3 in paragraph (n)(4) of this section are methods (such as shackles or sheaves)
met. In addition, the maximum on the undercarriage, and that the
Operated at Wind allowable list and the maximum method used will allow the crew to
speed
allowable trim does not exceed the least secure the crane/derrick from movement
For backward stability of the boom: of the following: 5 degrees, the amount during operation and to move the crane/
High boom, no load, full back list 90 mph. specified by the crane/derrick derrick longitudinally along the vessel/
(least stable condition). manufacturer, or, when, an amount is flotation device for repositioning.
not so specified, the amount specified (D) Means are installed to prevent the
(4) If the equipment is employer- by the qualified person. crane/derrick from passing the forward
made, it must not be used unless the (ii) The maximum allowable list and or aft end of the wire rope attachments.
employer has documents demonstrating the maximum allowable trim for the (E) The crane/derrick is secured from
that the load charts and applicable land crane/derrick does not exceed the movement during operation.
parameters for use meet the amount specified by the crane/derrick (v) The systems/means used to
requirements of paragraphs (m)(1) manufacturer, or, when, an amount is comply with Option (1), Option (2),
through (3) of this section. Such not so specified, the amount specified Option (3), or Option (4) of this section
documents must be signed by a by the qualified person. are designed by a marine engineer,
registered professional engineer who is (4) For the following conditions: registered professional engineer familiar
a qualified person with respect to the (i) All deck surfaces of the barge, with floating crane/derrick design, or
design of this type of equipment pontoons, vessel or other means of qualified person familiar with floating
(including the means of flotation). flotation used are above water. crane/derrick design.
(5) The employer must ensure that the (ii) The entire bottom area of the (6) Exception. For mobile auxiliary
barge, pontoons, vessel or other means barge, pontoons, vessel or other means cranes used on the deck of a floating
of flotation used: of flotation used is submerged. crane/derrick, the requirement specified
(i) Are structurally sufficient to (5) Physical attachment, corralling, by paragraph (n)(5) of this section to use
withstand the static and dynamic loads rails system and centerline cable system Option (1), Option (2), Option (3), or
of the crane/derrick when operating at meet the requirements in Option (1), Option (4) does not apply when the
the crane/derrick’s maximum rated Option (2), Option (3), or Option (4) of employer demonstrates implementation
capacity with all planned and actual this section, and that whichever option of a plan and procedures that meet the
deck loads and ballasted compartments. is used also meets the requirements of following requirements:
(ii) Have a subdivided hull with one paragraph (n)(5)(v) of this section. (i) A marine engineer or registered
or more longitudinal watertight (i) Option (1)—Physical attachment. professional engineer familiar with
bulkheads for reducing the free-surface The crane/derrick is physically attached floating crane/derrick design develops
effect. to the barge, pontoons, vessel or other and signs a written plan for the use of
(iii) Have access to void means of flotation. Methods of physical the mobile auxiliary crane.
compartments to allow for inspection attachment include crossed-cable (ii) The plan is designed so that the
and pumping. systems attached to the crane/derrick applicable requirements of this section
(n) Land cranes/derricks. For land and vessel/flotation device, bolting or are met despite the position, travel,
cranes/derricks used on barges, welding the crane/derrick to the vessel/ operation, and lack of physical
pontoons, vessels or other means of flotation device, strapping the crane/ attachment (or corralling, use of rails or
flotation, the employer must ensure derrick to the vessel/flotation device cable system) of the mobile auxiliary
that: with chains, or other methods of crane.
(1) The rated capacity of the physical attachment. (iii) The plan specifies the areas of the
equipment (including but not limited to (ii) Option (2)—Corralling. The crane/ deck where the mobile auxiliary crane
modification of load charts) applicable derrick is prevented from shifting by is permitted to be positioned, travel, and
for use on land is reduced to: installing barricade restraints (i.e., a operate, and the parameters and
(i) Account for increased loading from corralling system). Employers must limitations of such movements and
list, trim, wave action, and wind. ensure that corralling systems do not operation.
(ii) Be applicable to a specified allow the equipment to shift by any (iv) The deck is marked to identify the
location(s) on the specific barge, amount of shifting in any direction. permitted areas for positioning, travel,
pontoons, vessel or other means of (iii) Option (3)—Rails. The crane/ and operation.
flotation that will be used, under the
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

derrick must be prevented from shifting (v) The plan specifies the dynamic
environmental conditions expected and by being mounted on a rail system. and environmental conditions that must
encountered. Employers must ensure that rail clamps be present for use of the plan.
(iii) The conditions required in and rail stops are used unless the (vi) If the dynamic and environmental
paragraphs (n)(3) and (n)(4) of this system is designed to prevent movement conditions in paragraph (n)(6)(v) of this
section are met. during operation by other means. section are exceeded, the mobile
(2) The rated capacity modification (iv) Option (4)—Centerline cable auxiliary crane is attached physically or
required in paragraph (n)(1) of this system. The crane/derrick is prevented corralled in accordance with Option (1),

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 39

48172 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

Option (2) or Option (4) of paragraph following sections of ASME B30.2–2005 (12) In section 14–3.2.3 (‘‘Moving the
(n)(5) of this section. (incorporated by reference, see § 1926.6) Load’’), paragraphs (j), (l), and (m).
(7) The barge, pontoons, vessel or apply: 2–1.3.1; 2–1.3.2; 2–1.4.1; 2–1.6;
other means of flotation used: 2–1.7.2; 2–1.8.2; 2–1.9.1; 2–1.9.2; 2– § 1926.1441 Equipment with a rated
(i) Are structurally sufficient to hoisting/lifting capacity of 2,000 pounds or
1.11; 2–1.12.2; 2–1.13.7; 2–1.14.2; 2– less.
withstand the static and dynamic loads 1.14.3; 2–1.14.5; 2–1.15.; 2–2.2.2; 2–
of the crane/derrick when operating at 3.2.1.1. In addition, 2–3.5 applies, The following paragraphs of this
the crane/derrick’s maximum rated except in 2–3.5.1(b), ‘‘29 CFR 1910.147’’ section specify requirements for
capacity with all anticipated deck loads is substituted for ‘‘ANSI Z244.1.’’ employers using equipment with a
and ballasted compartments. maximum rated hoisting/lifting capacity
(ii) Have a subdivided hull with one § 1926.1439 Dedicated pile drivers. of 2,000 pounds or less.
or more longitudinal watertight (a) The provisions of subpart CC (a) The employer using this
bulkheads for reducing the free surface apply to dedicated pile drivers, except equipment must comply with the
effect. as specified in this section. following provisions of this subpart:
(iii) Have access to void (b) Section 1926.1416(d)(3) (Anti two- § 1926.1400 (Scope); § 1926.1401
compartments to allow for inspection blocking device) does not apply. (Definitions); § 1926.1402 (Ground
and pumping. (c) Section 1926.1416(e)(4) (Load conditions); § 1926.1403 (Assembly/
§ 1926.1438 Overhead & gantry cranes.
weighing and similar devices) applies disassembly—selection of manufacturer
only to dedicated pile drivers or employer procedures); § 1926.1406
(a) Permanently installed overhead manufactured after November 8, 2011. (Assembly/disassembly—employer
and gantry cranes. The requirements of (d) In § 1926.1433, only procedures); §§ 1926.1407 through
§ 1910.179, except for § 1910.179(b)(1), §§ 1926.1433(d) and (e) apply to 1926.1411 (Power line safety);
and not the requirements of this subpart dedicated pile drivers. § 1926.1412(c) (Post-assembly);
CC, apply to the following equipment
§§ 1926.1413 through 1926.1414 (Wire
when used in construction and § 1926.1440 Sideboom cranes.
rope); § 1926.1418 (Authority to stop
permanently installed in a facility: (a) The provisions of this standard operation); §§ 1926.1419 through
overhead and gantry cranes, including apply, except § 1926.1402 (Ground
semigantry, cantilever gantry, wall 1926.1422 (Signals); § 1926.1423 (Fall
conditions), § 1926.1415 (Safety protection); § 1926.1425 (Keeping clear
cranes, storage bridge cranes, and others devices), § 1926.1416 (Operational aids),
having the same fundamental of the load) (except for § 1926.1425(c)(3)
and § 1926.1427 (Operator qualification (qualified rigger)); § 1926.1426 (Free fall
characteristics. and certification).
(b) Overhead and gantry cranes that and controlled load lowering);
(b) Section 1926.1426 (Free fall and § 1926.1432 (Multiple crane/derrick
are not permanently installed in a controlled load lowering) applies,
facility. lifts—supplemental requirements);
except § 1926.1426(a)(2)(i). Sideboom § 1926.1434 (Equipment modifications);
(1) This paragraph applies to the
cranes in which the boom is designed to § 1926.1435 (Tower cranes); § 1926.1436
following equipment when used in
free fall (live boom) are permitted only (Derricks); § 1926.1437 (Floating cranes/
construction and not permanently
if manufactured prior to November 8, derricks and land cranes/derricks on
installed in a facility: Overhead and
2010. barges); § 1926.1438 (Overhead & gantry
gantry cranes, overhead/bridge cranes,
(c) Sideboom cranes mounted on cranes).
semigantry, cantilever gantry, wall
wheel or crawler tractors must meet all (b) Assembly/disassembly.
cranes, storage bridge cranes, launching
of the following requirements of ASME
gantry cranes, and similar equipment (1) In addition to compliance with
B30.14–2004 (incorporated by reference,
having the same fundamental §§ 1926.1403 (Assembly/disassembly—
see § 1926.6):
characteristics, irrespective of whether selection of manufacturer or employer
(1) Section 14–1.1 (‘‘Load Ratings’’).
it travels on tracks, wheels, or other procedures) and 1926.1406 (Assembly/
(2) Section 14–1.3 (‘‘Side Boom
means. disassembly—employer procedures), the
(2) The following requirements apply Tractor Travel’’).
employer must also comply with
to equipment identified in paragraph (3) Section 14–1.5 (‘‘Ropes and
§ 1926.1441(b)(2)–(3).
(b)(1) of this section: Reeving Accessories’’).
(4) Section 14–1.7.1 (‘‘Booms’’). (2) Components and configuration.
(i) Sections 1926.1400 through The employer must ensure that:
1926.1414; §§ 1926.1417 through (5) Section 14–1.7.2 (‘‘General
Requirements—Exhaust Gases’’). (i) The selection of components, and
1926.1425; § 1926.1426(d), §§ 1926.1427 the configuration of the equipment, that
through 1926.1434; § 1926.1437, (6) Section 14–1.7.3 (‘‘General
Requirements—Stabilizers (Wheel-Type affect the capacity or safe operation of
§ 1926.1439, and § 1926.1441. the equipment complies with either the:
(ii) The following portions of Side Boom Tractors)’’).
(7) Section 14–1.7.4 (‘‘General (A) Manufacturer instructions,
§ 1910.179:
(A) Paragraphs (b)(5),(6),(7); Requirements—Welded Construction’’). recommendations, limitations, and
(e)(1),(3),(5),(6); (f)(1),(4); (g); (h)(1),(3); (8) Section 14–1.7.6 (‘‘General specifications. When these documents
(k); and (n) of § 1910.179. Requirements—Clutch and Brake and information are unavailable, a
(B) The definitions in § 1910.179(a) Protection’’). registered professional engineer familiar
except for ‘‘hoist’’ and ‘‘load.’’ For those (9) Section 14–2.2.2 (‘‘Testing—Rated with the type of equipment involved
words, the definitions in § 1926.1401 Load Test’’), except that it applies only must approve, in writing, the selection
and configuration of components; or
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

apply. to equipment that has been altered or

(C) Section 1910.179(b)(2), but only modified. (B) Approved modifications that meet
where the equipment identified in (10) In section 14–3.1.2 (‘‘Operator the requirements of § 1926.1434
paragraph (b)(1) of this section Qualifications’’), paragraph (a), except (Equipment modifications).
(§ 1926.1438) was manufactured before the phrase ‘‘When required by law.’’ (ii) Post-assembly inspection. Upon
September 19, 2001. (11) In section 14–3.1.3 (‘‘Operating completion of assembly, the equipment
(iii) For equipment manufactured on Practices’’), paragraphs (e), (f)(1)—(f)(4), is inspected to ensure that it is in
or after September 19, 2001, the (f)(6), (f)(7), (h), and (i). compliance with paragraph (b)(2)(i) of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 40

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48173

this section (see § 1926.1412(c) for post- recommended operating speeds, special to operating the equipment, on the safe
assembly inspection requirements). hazard warnings, instructions, and operation of the type of equipment the
(3) Manufacturer prohibitions. The operator’s manual are readily available operator will be using.
employer must comply with applicable for use by the operator. (f) Signal person qualifications. The
manufacturer prohibitions. (iii) When rated capacities are employer must train each signal person
(c) Operation—procedures. available at the control station only in in the proper use of signals applicable
(1) The employer must comply with electronic form and a failure occurs that to the use of the equipment.
all manufacturer procedures applicable makes the rated capacities inaccessible,
to the operational functions of the the operator immediately ceases (g) [Reserved.]
equipment, including its use with operations or follows safe shut-down (h) Inspections. The employer must
attachments. procedures until the rated capacities (in ensure that equipment is inspected in
(2) Unavailable operation procedures. electronic or other form) are available. accordance with manufacturer
The employer must: (d) Safety devices and operational procedures.
(i) When the manufacturer’s aids. (i) [Reserved.]
procedures are unavailable, develop, (1) The employer must ensure that
and ensure compliance with, all safety devices and operational aids that (j) Hoisting personnel. The employer
procedures necessary for the safe are part of the original equipment are must ensure that equipment covered by
operation of the equipment and maintained in accordance with this section is not used to hoist
attachments. manufacturer procedures. personnel.
(ii) Ensure that procedures for the (2) Anti two-blocking. The employer (k) Design. The employer must ensure
operational controls are developed by a must ensure that equipment covered by that the equipment is designed by a
qualified person. this section manufactured more than qualified engineer.
(iii) Ensure that procedures related to one year after November 8, 2010 have
the capacity of the equipment are either an anti two-block device that § 1926.1442 Severability.
developed and signed by a registered meets the requirements of Should a court of competent
professional engineer familiar with the § 1926.1416(d)(3), or is designed so that, jurisdiction hold any provision(s) of
equipment. in the event of a two-block situation, no subpart CC to be invalid, such action
(3) Accessibility. The employer must damage or load failure will occur (for shall not affect any other provision of
ensure that: example, by using a power unit that the subpart.
(i) The load chart is available to the stalls in response to a two-block BILLING CODE 4510–26–P
operator at the control station; situation).
(ii) Procedures applicable to the (e) Operator qualifications. The Appendix A to Subpart CC of Part
operation of the equipment, employer must train each operator, prior 1926—Standard Hand Signals
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 41

48174 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

BILLING CODE 4510–26–C

emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

ER09AU10.003</GPH>

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 42

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48175

Appendix B to Subpart CC of Part The following scenario is an example of crane that is rigged to support the boom
1926—Assembly/Disassembly: Sample how the exception applies: A boom cannot be section that is being detached, using
Procedures for Minimizing the Risk of disassembled on the ground because of particular care to ensure that the section end
Unintended Dangerous Boom aboveground piping (as might be found, for that is near the employee(s) removing the
example, in an oil refinery) that precludes pins is well supported. The duration and
Movement lowering the boom to the ground. The boom extent of exposure is minimized by removing
1. Section 1926.1404(f)(1) provides that must therefore be disassembled in the air, the far side pins first, moving the aerial lift
when pins (or similar devices) are being and the employees who remove the pins basket as soon as possible to the near side so
removed, employees must not be under the must perform that work from an aerial lift that the employees are no longer under the
boom, jib, or other components, except where whose base is positioned on one side (the
boom, and then removing the near side pins.
the requirements of § 1926.1404(f)(2) are met. near side) of the boom. To gain access to the
2. Section 1926.1404(h)(6)(i) provides that,
The exception in § 1926.1404(f)(2) applies pins on the far side, the aerial lift basket must
during assembly/disassembly, the center of
when the employer demonstrates that site move under the boom, since, due to lack of
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

constraints require one or more employees to room, the aerial lift cannot be repositioned gravity of the load must be identified if that
be under the boom, jib, or other components on the far side. Due to lack of room, the aerial is necessary for the method used for
when pins (or similar devices) are being lift cannot be repositioned on the far side, so maintaining stability. Section
removed. In such a situation, the A/D the aerial basket must move under the boom 1926.1404(h)(6)(ii) states that, where there is
director must implement procedures that to gain access to the pins on the far side. insufficient information to accurately
minimize the risk of unintended dangerous To minimize the risk of unintended identify the center of gravity, measures
movement and minimize the duration and dangerous movement while the pins are designed to prevent unintended dangerous
ER09AU10.004</GPH>

extent of exposure under the boom. removed, the A/D director uses an assist movement resulting from an inaccurate

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 43

48176 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

identification of the center of gravity must be (iv) Hydraulic. (9) How to determine where the load is to
used. (v) Combination. be picked up and placed and how to verify
An example of the application of (8) The significance of the instruments and the radii.
§ 1926.1404(h)(6)(ii) is as follows: The boom gauge readings. (10) Know basic rigging procedures.
is assembled by lowering boom sections (9) The effects of thermal expansion and (11) How to carry out the shift inspection
sequentially into place using an assist crane. contraction in hydraulic cylinders. required in this subpart.
The A/D director’s plan is to keep the boom (10) Background information necessary to (12) Know that the following operations
sections stable while they are lowered into understand the requirements of pre-operation require specific procedures and skill levels:
place by attaching the assist crane hoist line and inspection. (i) Multi-crane lifts.
above the center of gravity of each section. (11) How to use the safety devices and
(ii) Hoisting personnel.
However, in assembling the non-symmetrical operational aids required under § 1926.1415
and § 1926.1416. (iii) Clamshell/dragline operations.
top section of the boom, the A/D director is
not able to determine where to attach the (12) The difference between duty-cycle and (iv) Pile driving and extracting.
assist crane hoist line so that it is above the lifting operations. (v) Concrete operations, including poured-
center of gravity. In this situation, before (13) How to calculate net capacity for every in-place and tilt-up.
raising the section, all personnel are kept possible configuration of the equipment (vi) Demolition operations.
clear of the section and the section is first using the manufacturer’s load chart. (vii) Operations on water.
raised a few inches to determine whether it (14) How to use manufacturer-approved (viii) Magnet operations.
tips when raised (if it did tip, it would attachments and their effect on the (ix) Multi-drum operations.
indicate it is not rigged over the center of equipment. (13) Know the proper procedures for
gravity). If this occurs, the hoist line is (15) How to obtain dimensions, weight, operating safely under the following
repositioned and the procedure repeated and center of gravity of the load. conditions:
(with employees kept clear of the section (16) The effects of dynamic loading from: (i) Traveling with suspended loads.
while it is raised) until the A/D director (i) Wind. (ii) Approaching a two-block condition.
determines that it is rigged over the center of (ii) Stopping and starting. (iii) Operating near power lines.
gravity and can be moved into place without (iii) Impact loading. (iv) Hoisting personnel.
dangerous movement. (iv) Moving with the load. (v) Using other than full outrigger/crawler
(17) The effect of side loading. or stabilizer extensions.
Appendix C to Subpart CC of Part (18) The principles of backward stability.
1926—Operator Certification: Written (vi) Lifting loads from beneath the surface
(b) Site information.
Examination: Technical Knowledge of the water.
(1) How to identify the suitability of the
Criteria (vii) Using various approved counterweight
supporting ground/surface to support the
expected loads of the operation. Elements configurations.
This appendix contains information for (viii) Handling loads out of the operator’s
include:
employers, accredited testing organizations, vision (‘‘operating in the blind’’).
(i) Weaknesses below the surface (such as
auditors and government entities developing (ix) Using electronic communication
voids, tanks, loose fill).
criteria for a written examination to test an systems for signal communication.
(ii) Weaknesses on the surface (such as
individual’s technical knowledge relating to (14) Know the proper procedures for load
the operation of cranes. retaining walls, slopes, excavations,
depressions). control and the use of hand-held tag lines.
(a) General technical information. (15) Know the emergency response
(1) The functions and limitations of the (2) Proper use of mats, blocking/cribbing,
outriggers, stabilizers, or crawlers. procedure for:
crane and attachments.
(3) Identification of site hazards such as (i) Fires.
(2) Wire rope:
(i) Background information necessary to power lines, piping, and traffic. (ii) Power line contact.
understand the inspection and removal from (4) How to review operation plans with (iii) Loss of stability.
service criteria in § 1926.1413 and supervisors and other workers (such as the (iv) Control malfunction.
§ 1926.1414. signal person), including how to determine (v) Two-blocking.
(ii) Capacity and when multi-part rope is working height, boom length, load radius, (vi) Overload.
needed. and travel clearance. (vii) Carrier or travel malfunction.
(iii) Relationship between line pull and (5) How to determine if there is adequate (16) Know how to properly use outriggers
safe working load. room for extension of crawlers or outriggers/ and stabilizers in accordance with
(iv) How to determine the manufacturer’s stabilizers and counterweights. manufacturer specifications.
recommended rope for the crane. (c) Operations. (d) Use of load charts.
(3) Rigging devices and their use, such as: (1) How to pick, carry, swing and place the (1) Know the terminology necessary to use
(i) Slings. load smoothly and safely on rubber tires and load charts.
(ii) Spreaders. on outriggers/stabilizers or crawlers (where (2) Know how to ensure that the load chart
(iii) Lifting beams. applicable). is the appropriate chart for the equipment in
(iv) Wire rope fittings, such as clips, (2) How to communicate at the site with its particular configuration and application.
shackles and wedge sockets. supervisors, the crew and the signal person. (3) Know how to use load charts. This
(v) Saddles (softeners). (3) Proper procedures and methods of
includes knowing:
(vi) Clamps (beams). reeving wire ropes and methods of reeving
(i) The operational limitations of load
(4) The technical limitations of protective multiple-part lines and selecting the proper
charts and footnotes.
measures against electrical hazards: load block and/or ball.
(4) How to react to changes in conditions (ii) How to relate the chart to the
(i) Grounding.
that affect the safe operation of the configuration of the crane, crawlers, or
(ii) Proximity warning devices.
equipment. outriggers/stabilizers extended or retracted,
(iii) Insulated links.
(iv) Boom cages. (5) How to shut down and secure the jib erected or offset, and various
(v) Proximity to electric power lines, radii, equipment properly when leaving it counterweight configurations.
and microwave structures. unattended. (iii) The difference between structural
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

(5) The effects of load share and load (6) Know how to apply the manufacturer’s capacity and capacity limited by stability.
transfer in multi-crane lifts. specifications for operating in various (iv) What is included in capacity ratings.
(6) Basic crane terms. weather conditions, and understand how (v) The range diagram and its relationship
(7) The basics of machine power flow environmental conditions affect the safe to the load chart.
systems. operation of the equipment. (vi) The work area chart and its
(i) Mechanical. (7) How to properly level the equipment. relationship to the load chart.
(ii) Electrical. (8) How to verify the weight of the load (vii) Where to find and how to use the
(iii) Pneumatic. and rigging prior to initiating the lift. ‘‘parts-of-line’’ information.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Chapter 19.0, OSHA 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC Rev. 1 Page 44

Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 152 / Monday, August 9, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 48177

(4) Know how to use the load chart

together with the load indicators and/or load
moment devices.
[FR Doc. 2010–17818 Filed 7–28–10; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4510–26–P
emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2

VerDate Mar<15>2010 17:33 Aug 06, 2010 Jkt 220001 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 E:\FR\FM\09AUR2.SGM 09AUR2
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 20.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS

20.1 PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................................ 3

20.2 FUNCTION ..................................................................................................................................... 3
20.3 OPERATION ................................................................................................................................... 3
20.3.1 Balance of Interests ....................................................................................................................... 3
20.3.2 Due Process................................................................................................................................... 4
20.4 MEMBERSHIP ................................................................................................................................ 4
20.4.1 Member Selection ......................................................................................................................... 4
20.4.2 Alternate Members........................................................................................................................ 4
20.4.3 Eligibility ...................................................................................................................................... 4
20.4.4 Member Responsibilities............................................................................................................... 5
20.4.5 Tenure ........................................................................................................................................... 5
20.5 OFFICES.......................................................................................................................................... 6
20.5.1 Hanford Site DOE H&R Representative ....................................................................................... 6
20.5.2 HSHRC Chairperson..................................................................................................................... 6
20.5.3 HSHRC Vice Chairperson ............................................................................................................ 7
20.6 MEETINGS ..................................................................................................................................... 7
20.6.1 Frequency...................................................................................................................................... 7
20.6.2 Agenda .......................................................................................................................................... 7
20.6.3 Subcommittees .............................................................................................................................. 7
20.6.4 Guests ........................................................................................................................................... 7
20.7 VOTING .......................................................................................................................................... 8
20.7.1 Regular Meetings .......................................................................................................................... 8
20.7.2 Letter Ballots................................................................................................................................. 8
20.8 FUNDING ............................................................................................................................................ 9
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 2

This page intentionally left blank.

DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 3

20.1 PURPOSE

This charter describes the function and role of the Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Committee
(HSHRC). The HSHRC serves as an advisory body to help ensure the safe performance of hoisting and
rigging (H&R) activities at the Hanford Site.

20.2 FUNCTION

The HSHRC is established to maintain a single Site-wide H&R program manual and provide technical
advice to Hanford Site contractors in development of policy, requirements, and guidance relating to safe
implementation of activities. In fulfillment of this mission, the HSHRC will perform the following
functions:

1. Review, evaluate, and approve actions necessary to ensure that the Hanford Site Hoisting and
Rigging Manual (HSHRM), DOE-RL-92-36, remains current and is consistent with U.S.
Department of Energy (DOE) guidance and source standards (e.g., U.S. Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, including Title 29 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 1910 and 29 CFR 1926; and the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME) B30 and B56 series of standards).

2. Act as the preparing body for HSHRM interpretations, and H&R bulletins addressing Hanford
Site H&R activities.

3. Practice and promote cooperation between other technical and safety committees or councils in
areas of common interest.

4. Review and recommend solutions to H&R safety issues at the Hanford Site arising from
incidents, appraisals, assessments, lessons learned, and technical assistance reviews.

5. Conduct special-interest projects. Typical projects include the following:

a. Analyze Hanford Site H&R accident and incident data to identify trends.
b. Research and review available code and standard interpretations to assist in the
resolution of H&R safety-related issues.
c. Research available literature and develop recommended solutions for situations where
little or no H&R guidance is available.
d. Perform technical assistance visits to facilities to help evaluate conditions and provide
input on H&R matters.

20.3 OPERATION

The following principles will govern the committee’s operation:

20.3.1 Balance of Interests

Activities undertaken by the HSHRC will ensure representation from all disciplines that relate to the
subject matter.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 4

20.3.2 Due Process

All individuals or organizations at the Hanford Site who believe that an action or inaction of the HSHRC
causes unreasonable hardship or potential harm shall have a fair hearing of their concerns with
management from the DOE sponsoring organizations.

20.4 MEMBERSHIP

20.4.1 Member Selection

HSHRC voting members shall be limited to Hanford Site contractors whose contract scope includes
activities addressed in the HSHRM. This may include direct participation, management, engineering, or
operational direction of H&R operations at the Hanford Site. Members will be appointed by their
management on the basis of technical expertise in matters relating to hoisting and rigging and their ability
to participate in committee activities. HSHRC membership should, to the greatest extent possible, provide
a fair and balanced representation of the entire population of Hanford Site workers.

The representing DOE members have full veto power, but no voting privileges.

20.4.2 Alternate Members

At the option of the responsible organizations, alternate members may be appointed. When a member is
unavailable to attend a meeting or vote on a letter ballot, alternate members will have full authority and
responsibility of the member, including voting privileges. For voting and meeting participation, when a
member is represented by an alternate, the member is not counted absent or “not voting” for purposes of
tenure (Section 20.4.5, “Tenure”).

20.4.3 Eligibility

Participation in policy, guidance, and HSHRM development will be open to persons who are directly and
materially affected by the activity in question. HSHRC membership shall be open to the following:

1. A member representing each Hanford Site contractor

NOTE: A contractor may provide more than one representative where contractor operations
include multiple projects and/or services.

2. A member representing the Hanford Atomic Metal Trades Council (HAMTC).

3. A member representing the Building and Construction Trades Council, AFL-CIO.

4. A member representing the U.S. Department of Energy, Richland Operations Office (RL).

5. A member representing the U.S. Department of Energy, Office of River Protection (ORP).
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 5

20.4.4 Member Responsibilities

Members (and alternates) serve on the HSHRC on behalf of their company, project, or appointing
organization (herein called their organization). In this capacity, members represent the HSHRC within
their organization and shall perform the following functions:

1. Attend and participate in committee meetings, being prepared to act on behalf of their organization
2. Serve as the main communication link between the HSHRC and their sponsoring organization
3. Identify issues of concern for committee consideration
4. Respond in a timely manner to issues placed before the committee by means of the balloting
process
5. Keep the HSHRC aware of H&R-related matters of interest within their organization. Matters of
interest include the following:
a. “High visibility lifts” that require extraordinary attention
b. Accidents and incidents
c. Near misses
d. Lessons learned
e. Unique use of equipment
f. New technologies
g. H&R problems experienced by the organization
h. Assessment results
i. Recommendations on HSHRM revisions
j. Other H&R-related issues that may be of interest to the HSHRC or for which the
HSHRC may be of assistance to the member and his/her organization.

6. Elevate HSHRC proposals to their organization for comment and resolution when a letter ballot is
open for committee consideration. A member’s vote must reflect the technical position of his/her
organization. Members should be able to explain the technical basis of proposed HSHRM
revisions if questions arise within their organization.

7. Coordinate activities with their organization’s alternate(s), as necessary.

20.4.5 Tenure

There is no maximum term for membership. Members may resign from the HSHRC by notifying the
chairperson in writing (e-mail is acceptable). Members may be replaced by organization management. If a
member becomes unable to remain active on the HSHRC for any reason, the member should request
replacement from his/her sponsoring organization. Members who fail to attend three consecutive monthly
committee meetings with no alternate representation or who fail to vote on four consecutive letter ballots
with no alternate representation will be removed from the committee roster, with voting privileges revoked.
Former members requesting reinstatement will require written request from their manager to the
chairperson. (For tenure consideration; members returning letter ballots with an “abstain” vote will be
counted as voting.)
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 6

20.5 OFFICES

20.5.1 Hanford Site DOE H&R Representative

The Hanford Site DOE H&R representative will ensure that the HSHRC operates in accordance with this
charter. The RL H&R committee member is the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for the HSHRM.
Both RL and ORP shall have a representative on the committee. The ORP interface may be further
defined in a memo of understanding between RL and the ORP.

20.5.2 HSHRC Chairperson

The chairperson shall be a contractor employee. The chairperson shall attend DOE, Headquarters, Senior
Technical Advisory Committee meetings, and actively participate with ASME code and standards
committees involved with the Safety Standard for Cableways, Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and
Slings. The chairperson's duties are as follows:

1. Convene and preside over HSHRC meetings.

2. Call special meetings as may be required to resolve matters of immediate concern

3. Delegate special tasks to HSHRC members and ad hoc subcommittees.

4. Develop and operate a balloting process to allow members to vote on pending proposals (e.g.,
HSHRM revisions, interpretations, and bulletins). The balloting process will provide a formal
voting record while allowing voting members to document their approval, disapproval, or
comments on issues before the committee.

5. Ensure that issues and actions brought before the HSHRC are documented and tracked to
completion.

6. Arrange for the meeting room and other logistics for regular committee meetings.

7. Prepare and distribute agendas and minutes of regular committee meetings.

8. Maintain the HSHRM and the Hanford Site H&R Intranet web site.

9. Retain a history file of HSHRC activities.

In the event of a permanent chairperson vacancy from the position, the Vice Chairperson and responsible
contractors shall convene a session of the HSHRC within 3 working days to initiate the process for
selecting a chairperson.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 7

20.5.3 HSHRC Vice Chairperson

The committee shall elect a Vice Chairperson, from the active voting members of the committee, whose
company will support the appointment. The Vice Chairperson shall perform as the Chairperson during any
absences and shall serve as the Chairperson in the event of a permanent vacancy, until such a time that a
new Chairperson is appointed and approved by the HSHRC. The Vice Chairperson shall vote as a member
of the committee, except when fulfilling the duties of the Chairperson. The Chairperson shall provide the
Vice Chairperson necessary mentoring and access to files to fulfill responsibilities.

20.6 MEETINGS

20.6.1 Frequency

Regular meetings will be planned once each month and will be formally called, via the Sitewide e-mail
system, by the chairperson. Meeting frequency may be adjusted based on current activities and/or needs
(e.g., special meetings).

20.6.2 Agenda

An agenda will be developed for each meeting based on input from the members, pending assignments,
etc. Written notices of the meeting and the agenda will be prepared and communicated to HSHRC
members in advance of the meeting.

20.6.3 Subcommittees

For specific tasks, ad hoc subcommittees may be developed. Subcommittee membership and chairmanship
shall be approved by a majority vote of the HSHRC. Volunteers will be encouraged. Individuals from
outside the committee may be solicited to participate as subcommittee members, but the subcommittee
must be chaired by an HSHRC member. Subcommittees will report their findings to the HSHRC.
Subcommittee proposals will be subject to HSHRC voting procedures. Subcommittees automatically will
dissolve when their assigned task is complete.

20.6.4 Guests

Guests are welcome to attend committee meetings. Guests may accompany members or may attend on
their own. Guests will be encouraged to express their opinions on matters before the committee, but
cannot vote on committee business.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 8

20.7 VOTING

20.7.1 Regular Meetings

Changes to the HSHRM shall be managed through a letter ballot process. Other issues presented to the
HSHRC at the regular meetings may be resolved during the meeting, provided a quorum (50 percent of the
HSHRC membership) is present. The chairperson may call a vote of members present to resolve these
issues.

1. A count of the votes will be recorded in the meeting minutes. If a member chooses to offer
comments to accompany a vote, the member’s name and comments will be included in the
minutes.

2. A simple majority approval of members present at the time of the vote is required for an issue to
pass during a meeting.

20.7.2 Letter Ballots

The chairperson will seek committee approval to revise the HSHRM and issue HSHRM written
interpretations and HSHRC-related bulletins. The following guidelines will govern the letter ballot
process:

1. Ballots will be sent via e-mail or plant mail to HSHRC members and alternates. The letter ballot
shall have four voting choices:
a. Approved [ ]
b. Approved with Comment [ ]*
c. Disapproved with Comment [ ]*
d. Abstain [ ]

*Reason/comment must be stated.

2. Any letter ballot not completed and returned by the established deadline will be documented as
“not returned.”

3. Rules for First Ballot Consideration. One or more “disapproved” votes will cause the ballot to
fail, unless the “disapproved” vote is changed to “approved” or “approved with comment” during
comment resolution. If substantial change is made during comment resolution, a follow-up ballot
shall be prepared under the rules for “first ballot consideration.”

4. Rules for Second Ballot Consideration. If a first ballot consideration is disapproved or fails, and
no substantial change is made in the balloted document, the matter will move to second ballot
consideration. Approval of no less than 90 percent of the members is required for a second ballot
to pass.

5. After a letter ballot closes, the chairperson shall issue a ballot status report outlining voting results.
This report shall be distributed to HSHRC members, alternates, and other interested parties.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 9

20.8 Funding

All prime contractors signatory to the HSHRM shall share in the funding of the manual administration and
chairperson activities, allocating such funds to the appropriate entity. Each contractor’s share of the cost
shall be based on their respective contract value.
DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 15, 2012

Chapter 20.0 – H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER Rev 1 Page 10

This page intentionally left blank.

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 1

CHAPTER 21.0 REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY

21.0 REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY.......................................................................................... 3

21.1 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................... 3

21.1.1 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) ....................................................................................... 3
21.1.2 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .................................................................... 3
21.1.3 American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ANSI/ASME)...................................................................................................................................... 4
21.1.4 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ........................................................... 4
21.1.5 An American National Standard/Industrial Truck Standards Development
Foundation (ANSI/ITSDF)................................................................................................................. 4
21.1.6 An American National Standard/American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS) ................. 4
21.1.7 American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE) ................................................................. 4
21.1.8 American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)....................................................... 5
21.1.9 Crane Manufacturer’s Association of America (CMAA) ............................................... 5
21.1.10 Department of Energy ........................................................................................................... 5
21.1.11 Federal Specifications, Defense Printing Department ........................................................ 5
21.1.12 National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) ................................................. 5
21.1.13 National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) ............................................................................ 5
21.1.14 Society of Automotive Engineers .......................................................................................... 6
21.2 BIBLIOGRAPHY ............................................................................................................................... 6
21.2.1 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) ....................................................................................... 6
21.2.2 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) .................................................................... 6
21.2.3 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ........................................................... 6
21.2.4 The Crosby Group ................................................................................................................... 6
21.2.5 Construction Safety Association of Ontario .......................................................................... 6
21.2.6 Federal Specifications, Defense Printing Department .......................................................... 7
21.2.7 Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) ........................................................................................... 7
21.2.8 Washington Administrative Code (WAC) ............................................................................. 7
21.2.9 Wire Rope Technical Board (WRTB) .................................................................................... 7
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 2

This page left intentionally blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 3

21.0 REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY

NOTE: It is recommended that the most recent ASME standards referenced here be invoked by contract
to accompany this standard. However, there may be circumstances where referenced standards are
invoked on a periodic basis (e.g., upon award of a site-wide management contract) and not on an ongoing
basis (with running updates for each minor site contractor or subcontractor.) This decision is left to the
Hanford Program Office’s discretion. Accordingly, this standard does not cite the year of referenced
ASME standard to facilitate the site’s ultimate decision in this regard.

21.1 REFERENCES

NOTE: References listed in this section are cited in the document text.

21.1.1 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)

• 10 CFR 710, Criteria and Procedures for Determining Eligibility for Access to Classified Matter
or Special Nuclear Material

• 14 CFR 77, Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace

• 29 CFR 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Administration

o 1910.27, Fixed Ladders
o 1910.178, Powered Industrial Trucks
o 1910.179, Overhead and Gantry Cranes
o 1910.180, Crawler Locomotive and Truck Cranes
o 1910.184, Slings

• 29 CFR 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction

o 1926.106, Working Over or Near Water
o 1926.251, Rigging Equipment for Material Handling
o 1926.550, Reserved
o 1926.1400-Subpart CC, Cranes and Derricks in Construction

• 40 CFR, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations and Regulatory Guidance

o 40, Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug Testing Programs
o 383.5, Definitions
o 391, Subpart E, Physical Qualification and Examination

21.1.2 American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

• A10.28, Safety Requirements for Work Platforms Suspended from Cranes or Derricks for
Construction and Demolition Operations.
• MH27.1, Specifications for Underhung Cranes and Monorail Systems
• N14.6, American National Standard for Radioactive Materials - Special Lifting Devices for
Shipping Containers Weighing 10,000 Pounds (4500 kg) or More
• Z241.2, Safety Requirements for Melting and Pouring of Metals in the Metalcasting Industry
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 4

21.1.3 American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical Engineers

(ANSI/ASME)

• B18.15, Forged Eyebolt.

21.1.4 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

• B30.2, Overhead and Gantry Cranes Top Running Bridge, Single or Multiple Girder, Top
Running Trolley Hoist
• B30.5, Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
• B30.9, Slings
• B30.10, Hooks
• B30.16, Overhead Hoists (Underhung)
• B30.17, Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Single Girder, Underhung Hoist)
• B30.20, Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
• BTH-1, Design of Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
• B30.21, Lever Hoists
• B30.23, Personnel Lifting Systems
• B30.26, Rigging Hardware
• PASE, Portable Automotive Service Equipment
21.1.5 An American National Standard/Industrial Truck Standards Development Foundation
(ANSI/ITSDF)

• B56.1 Low Lift and High Lift Trucks

• B56.6 Rough Terrain Forklift Trucks
• B56.10 Manually Propelled High Lift Industrial Trucks
21.1.6 An American National Standard/American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS)

• D1.1, Structural Welding Code – Steel

• D1.2, Structural Welding Code – Aluminum
• D14.1, Specification for Welding of Industrial and Mill Cranes and Other Material Handling
Equipment
21.1.7 American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE)

• A1264-89, Safety Requirements for Workplace Walking/Working Surfaces and Their Access;
Workplace, Floor, Wall and Roof Openings; Stairs and Guardrails Systems
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 5

21.1.8 American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)

• A148/A148M, Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, For Structural Purposes

• A391/A391M, Standard Specification for Grade 80 for Alloy Steel Chain

• A489, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Eyebolts

• E165, Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method

• E709, Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination

• F 1145, Standard Specification for Turnbuckles, Swaged, Welded, Forged

• F541, Standard Specifications for Alloy Steel Eyebolts

21.1.9 Crane Manufacturer’s Association of America (CMAA)

• 70, Specifications for Top Running Bridge & Gantry Type Multiple Girder Electric Overhead
Traveling Cranes

• 74, Specifications for Top Running & Under Running Single Girder Electric Overhead Traveling
Cranes Utilizing Under Running Trolley Hoist.

21.1.10 Department of Energy

• DOE-HDBK-1205-97, Guide to Good Practices for Design Development and Implementation

• DOE-HDBK-1206-98, Guide to Good Practices for on-the-Job Training

• DOE Order 5480.4, Environmental Protection, Safety, and Health Protection Standards

• DOE Order 5480.20A, Personnel Selection, Qualification, and Training Requirements for DOE
Nuclear Facilities

• Functions, Responsibilities and Authorities Manual (FRAM), U.S. Department of Energy,

Richland Operations Office.

21.1.11 Federal Specifications, Defense Printing Department

• MIL-S-24214, Shackles, Steel, General Purpose, and High Strength

• RR-C-271, Chains and Attachments, Welded and Weldless

21.1.12 National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA)

• ICS-6, Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems, ICS-6

21.1.13 National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA)

• 505, Powered Industrial Trucks Including Type Designations, Areas of Use, Conversions,
Maintenance, and Operation
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 6

• 70, National Electrical Code

• Article 610, Cranes and Hoists

21.1.14 Society of Automotive Engineers

• SAE J765, Crane Load Stability Test Code

21.2 BIBLIOGRAPHY

NOTE: References that are listed in this section are not cited in the document text, but include sections
that relate to topics in this document.

21.2.1 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)

• 29 CFR 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Administration

o 1910.181, “Derricks”
o 1910.183, “Helicopters”

• 29 CFR 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction

o 1926.106, “Working Over or Near Water”

21.2.2 American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

• A1264.1, Safety Requirements for Workplace Floor and Wall Openings, Stairs and Railing
Systems
• N14.6, For Radioactive Materials Special Lifting Devices for Shipping Containers Weighing
10,000 Pounds (4,500 kg) or More
21.2.3 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

• B30.22, Articulating Boom Cranes

• NOG-1, Rules for Construction of Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Multiple
Girder)

• NUM-1, Rules for Construction of Cranes, Monorails, and Hoist (with bridge or trolley or hoist
of the underhung type)

• NQA-1, Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Facilities

21.2.4 The Crosby Group

• The Crosby General Catalog, Tulsa, OK.

21.2.5 Construction Safety Association of Ontario

• Mobile Crane Manual

• Rigging Manual
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017
Chapter 21.0 –REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY Rev 1 Page 7

21.2.6 Federal Specifications, Defense Printing Department

• RR-W-410D, Wire Rope and Strand

21.2.7 Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL)

• 558, Standard for Safety Industrial Trucks, Internal Combustion Engine-Powered

• 583, Standard for Safety Electric-Battery-Powered Industrial Trucks

21.2.8 Washington Administrative Code (WAC)

• WAC 296, Labor and Industries, Dept. of

o 296-24, General Safety and Health Standards
o 296-24-240, Crawler Locomotive and Truck Cranes
o 296-155-525, Cranes and Derricks
o Part D, Materials Handling and Storage, Including Cranes, Derricks, etc., and Rigging
o Part L, Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors

21.2.9 Wire Rope Technical Board (WRTB)

• Wire Rope Sling User’s Manual, 1990

• Wire Rope User’s Manual, 3rd Edition, 1993

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 1

DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

The following specialized terms and acronyms are used regarding hoisting and rigging operations and
equipment. Not all of these terms are used in this manual but have been included for general information.

AC--Alternating current.

Acceleration Stress--Additional stress imposed by an increase in the load velocity.

ACI--American Concrete Institute.

Assembly/Disassembly (A/D) Director--An individual who meets this subpart’s requirements for an
A/D director, irrespective of the person’s formal job title or whether the person is non-management
or management personnel.
Administrative or Regulatory Authority--Governmental agency, or the employer in the absence of
governmental jurisdiction.

Aggregate Strength--The wire rope strength derived by totaling the individual breaking strengths of the
elements of the strand or rope. This strength does not recognize the reduction in strength resulting
from the angularity of the elements in the rope or from other factors that may affect efficiency.

AGMA--American Gear Manufacturers Association.

AISC--American Institute of Steel Construction.

AISE--Association of Iron and Steel Engineers.

AISI--American Iron and Steel Institute.

Albert’s Lay--Synonymous with lang lay.

Alternate Lay--Lay of wire rope in which the strands are alternately regular lay and lang lay.

Alternator/Generator (eddy current brake)--When used in conjunction with an eddy current brake, it
provides stator excitation in the event of simultaneous loss of power and mechanical brake failure.
Provides for a safe lowering of a suspended load after power failure.

Angle Indicator, boom--An accessory that measures the angle of the boom base section to the horizontal.

Angle of Loading--Inclination of a leg or branch of a sling as measured from the horizontal or vertical
plane.

Annual Condition Report--An annual report of the current condition of a crane. This report is prepared
by a qualified person using maintenance and inspection records from the crane history file to
compare the current condition with the original condition and the condition reported in previous
years. Operation and performance histories are compared with original performance specifications
and actual performance as reported in previous years to identify trends or equipment degradation.

ANS--American Nuclear Society.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 2

ANSI--American National Standards Institute.

Anti-Two-Block Device--A device which, when activated, disengages all crane functions whose
movement can cause two-blocking. See two-block damage prevention feature and two-block
warning feature.

API--American Petroleum Institute.

Appointed Person--Person assigned specific responsibilities for an activity.

Armored Rope--See steel clad rope.

Articulating Crane--A crane whose boom consists of a series of folding, pin connected structural
members, typically manipulated to extend or retract by power from hydraulic cylinders.
ASLE--American Society of Lubrication Engineers.

ASM--American Society of Metals.

ASME--American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

ASNT--American Society for Nondestructive Testing.

Assembly/Disassembly--The assembly and/or disassembly of cranes covered under this standard, with
the exception of overhead cranes covered by ASME B30.2, B30.11, and B30.17.

Assist Crane--A crane used to assist in assembling or disassembling a crane.

ASTM--American Society for Testing Materials.

Attachment, forklift truck--A device other than conventional forks or load backrest extension, mounted
permanently or removable on the elevating mechanism of a forklift truck for handling the load.
Popular types are fork extensions, clamps, rotating devices, side shifters, load stabilizers, rams, and
booms.
Audible Signal--A signal made by a distinct sound or series of sounds. Examples include, but are not
limited to, sounds made by a bell, horn, or whistle.
Authorized--Approved by a duly constituted administrator or regulatory authority.

Authorized Service Center--An independent service facility designated by the manufacturer to repair
and test equipment of their manufacture.

Auxiliary Hoist--Supplemental hoisting unit usually smaller and faster than the main hoist.

AWG--American Wire Gage.

AWS--American Welding Society.

Axis of Rotation--The vertical axis around which the crane superstructure rotates. Also called center of
rotation (obsolete) and swing axis.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 3

Back-Hitch Gantry--A fixed- or adjustable-height structure that forms part of the upper structure of a
mobile crane, to which the lower spreader (carrying live boom-suspension ropes) is anchored.

Back Stay--Guy used to support a boom or mast or that section of a main rope, as on a suspension bridge
or cableway leading from the tower to the anchorage.

Bail--(a) The U-shaped member of a bucket or load usually used as a lifting point; or (b) A U-shaped
portion of a socket, or other fitting used on wire rope.

Ballast--Weight added to a crane base to create additional stability; it does not rotate when the crane
swings.

Barrel--The lagging or body part of a rope drum in a drum hoist.

Base--The mounting flanges or feet used to attach a hoist to its supporting structure or foundation.

Base Mounting--The structure forming the lowest element of a crane or derrick; it transmits loads to the
ground or other supporting surface. For mobile cranes, this is synonymous with carrier or crawler
mounting. For tower cranes, the term includes a travel base, knee frame base, or fixed base
(footing).

Base Section--The lowermost section of a telescopic boom; it does not telescope but contains the boom
foot pin mountings and the boom-hoist-cylinder upper end mountings.

Basic Boom--The minimum length of sectional latticed boom that can be mounted and operated, usually
consisting of a boom base and tip section only.

Basket of Socket--The conical portion of a socket into which a splayed rope end is inserted and secured
with zinc.

Bearing Life (rated life)--The number of revolutions or the number of hours at a constant speed that
90 percent of an apparently identical group of bearings will complete or exceed before the first
evidence of fatigue develops; i.e., 10 out of 100 bearings will fail before rated life. Minimum life
and L10 life are also used to mean rated life.

Becket Line--That part of the rope in a multi-ply reeving system that is dead-ended on one of the blocks.

Becket Loop--A loop of small rope or strand fastened to the end of a large wire rope to facilitate
installation.

Bird Cage--A colloquial term describing the appearance of wire rope forced into compression. The outer
strands form a Acage@ and, at times, displace the core.

Bleeding Line--A condition caused when wire rope is overloaded, forcing the lubricant in the cable to be
squeezed out and run excessively.

Block--A term applied to a wire rope sheave (pulley) enclosed inside plates and fitted with some
attachment such as a hook or shackle.
Blocking (also referred to as “cribbing”)--Wood or other material used to support equipment or a
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 4

component and distribute loads to the ground. It is typically used to support lattice boom
sections during assembly/ disassembly and under outrigger and stabilizer floats.
Boom Angle--The angle above or below horizontal of the longitudinal axis of the base boom section.
Boom Angle Indicator--A device which measures the angle of the boom relative to horizontal.
Boom (crane)--A member, in compression, hinged to the rotating superstructure and used for supporting
the hoisting tackle and load.

Boom Base--The lowermost section of a sectional latticed boom having the attachment or boom foot pins
mounted at its lower end; also called boom butt or butt section.

Boom Foot Mast--A component of some mobile-crane boom suspensions. It consists of a frame hinged
at or near the boom foot to increase the height of the inboard end of the fixed-boom suspension
ropes, thereby increasing the angle the suspension ropes make with the boom while being itself
controlled by the boom-hoist ropes. Its purpose is to reduce the axial compressive force on the
boom; also called hi-light gantry.

Boom Guy Line--A fixed-length rope forming part of the boom-suspension system; also called hog line,
boom stay, standing line, or stay rope.

Boom Head--The portion of a boom that houses the upper load sheaves.

Boom Hoist--The rope drum(s), drive(s), and reeving controlling the luffing motion of the boom.

Boom-Hoist Cylinder--Hydraulic ram used instead of a rope boom suspension, the most common means
of derricking telescopic booms.
Boom Hoist Limiting Device-- Includes boom hoist disengaging device, boom hoist shutoff, boom hoist
disconnect, boom hoist hydraulic relief, boom hoist kick-outs, automatic boom stop device, or
derricking limiter. This type of device disengages boom hoist power when the boom reaches a
predetermined operating angle. It also sets brakes or closes valves to prevent the boom from
lowering after power is disengaged.
Boom Hoist Line--Wire rope that operates the boom hoist system of equipment such as derricks, cranes,
deadlines, and shovels.

Boom Inserts--Center sections of a sectional latticed boom usually having all four chords parallel.
Boom Length Indicator--Indicates the length of the permanent part of the boom (such as ruled
markings on the boom) or, as in some computerized systems, the length of the boom with
extensions/attachments.
Boom Line--A wire rope for supporting or operating the boom on equipment such as derricks, cranes,
draglines, and shovels.

Boom Pendant--A non-operating rope or strand with end terminations to support the boom.

Boom Stay--A fixed-length rope forming part of the boom-suspension system; also called boom guy
line, hog line, standing line, or stay rope.

Boom Stop--A device intended to limit the maximum angle to which the boom can be raised.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 5

Boom Tip Section--The uppermost section of a sectional latticed boom, which usually includes the
weldment mounting the upper load sheaves as an integral part; also called boom point, head section,
or tapered tip.

Boom Suspension--A system of rope fittings, either fixed or variable in length, that supports the boom
and controls the boom angle.

Brake--A device used for retarding or stopping motion by friction or power means.

Brake, drag--A brake that provides retarding force without external control.

Brake, eddy current--A device for controlling load speed in the hoisting or lowering direction by placing
a supplementary load on the motor. This loading results from the interaction of magnetic fields
produced by an adjustable or variable direct current in the stator coils and induced currents in the
rotor.

Brake, holding or parking--A brake that automatically sets and prevents motion when power is off.

Brake, mechanical load--A friction device, usually using multiple discs or shoes, for controlling load
speed in the lowering direction only. The brake prevents the load from overhauling the motor.

Braking, counter torque--See counter torque.

Breaking Strength--The measured tensile load required to cause failure of cable, chain, wire rope, or any
other load-bearing element.

Bridge Crane--See cranes, types of.

Bridge Travel--Horizontal travel of the crane parallel with bridge runway rails.

Bridge Trucks--An assembly consisting of wheels, bearings, axles, and structural framework that
supports the end reactions of the bridge girders.

Bridle Sling--Sling composed of multiple wire rope legs with a fitting that attaches to the lifting hook.

Bright Rope--Wire rope made of wires that are not coated with zinc or tin.

Brooming--Unlaying and straightening of strands and wires in the end of wire ropes during the process of
installing a wire rope socket.

Bull Pole--A pole, generally of steel pipe, which is mounted to project laterally from the base of a derrick
mast. It is used to swing the derrick manually.

Bull Ring--The main, large ring of a sling to which sling legs are attached; also called master link.

Bull Wheel--A horizontally mounted circular frame fixed to the base of a derrick mast to receive and
guide the ropes used for swinging.

Bumper (buffer)--An energy-absorbing device that reduces impact when two moving cranes or trolleys
come into contact or when a moving crane or trolley reaches the end of its permitted travel.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 6

Butt Section--The lowermost section of a sectional latticed boom having the attachment or boom foot
pins mounted at its lower end; also called boom butt.

Cab--Operator’s compartment on a crane.

Cab, normal--Operator’s compartment from which a crane is controlled.

Cab, skeleton--Operator’s compartment used for occasional cab operation of a normally floor- or remote-
operated crane.

Cable--A term loosely applied to wire ropes, wire strand, and electrical conductors. Wire rope is the
preferred term for hoisting and rigging application.

Cable Crowd Rope--Wire rope used to force the bucket of a power shovel into the material being
handled.

Cable-Laid Wire Rope--A wire rope consisting of several independent wire ropes wrapped around a
fiber or wire rope core.

Cableway--Aerial conveying system for transporting single loads along a suspended track cable.

Cab-Operated Crane--See cranes, types of.

Camber--The slight curvature given to beams and girders to compensate for deflections caused by
loading.

Canyon--A descriptive term applied to some building configurations at the Hanford Site, usually process
plants, which have an operating floor or level, surrounded by high walls. A typical canyon building
is much longer than it is wide.

Canyon Crane--A term used on the Hanford Site to describe a crane, usually an overhead or gantry
crane, that is installed above the operating floor in a canyon building. Such cranes typically will
have a lift range that extends below the operating floor to piping and equipment located in cells or
pits below the operating floor.

Capstan--A spool-shaped revolving drum, manually or power-operated, used for pulling fiber or
synthetic rope. Also called a winch head.

Carrier (trolley)--A unit that travels on the bottom flange of a monorail track or a bridge girder to
transport a load.

CCTV--Closed circuit television.

CDL--Commercial Driver’s License.

Center of Gravity-- The center of gravity of any object is the point in the object around which its
weight is evenly distributed. If you could put a support under that point, you could balance the
object on the support.
Certified Welder--A person holding a certificate as proof that qualified test welds have been performed
and passed in accordance with the governing welding code.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 7

CFR--Code of Federal Regulations.

Cheek Plate(s)--The stationary plate that support(s) the pin (axle) of a sheave or load.

Cheek Weights--Overhauling weights attached to the side plates of a lower load block.

Choker--Sling, wire rope with eyes spliced on each end, which is used to lift load.

Choker Hitch--Sling with one end passing under the load and through a loop end attachment on other
end of sling.

Class (of load)--See critical service and critical lift.

Clearance--The horizontal or vertical distance from any part of the crane to a point of the nearest
obstruction.

Clevis--A U-shaped fitting with holes in each end through which a pin or bolt is run.

Clip--Fitting for clamping two parts of wire rope.

Closed Cell--For the purposes of this manual, access to closed cells is limited during some operating
cycles. See hot cell.

Closed Socket--Wire rope end fitting consisting of integral basket and bail.

Closing Line--Wire rope that closes a clamshell or orange-peel bucket, and then operates as a hoisting
rope.

Clutch--An electromagnetic, hydraulic, pneumatic, or positive mechanical device for engagement or

disengagement of power.

CMAA--Crane Manufacturers Association of America.

CMV--Commercial Motor Vehicle.

Coil--Circular bundle of wire or fiber rope not packed on a reel.

Collector--Contacting device mounted on bridge or trolley for collecting current from conductor system.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 8

Come-Along--Lever-operated chain or wire rope devices designed for pulling, not lifting; also called
pullers. Unlike hoists, the tension is held by a releasable ratchet. Much smaller and lighter than
hoists of equal capacity, they are not intended nor allowed for lifting, but are suited for activities
such as skidding machinery.

Commercial Motor Vehicle--A motor vehicle or combination of motor vehicles used in commerce to
transport passengers or property if the motor vehicle:
a. Has a gross combination weight of 11,794 kg (26,001 lb) or more inclusive of a towed unit with
a gross vehicle weight rating of more than 4536 kg (10,000 lb), or
b. Has a gross vehicle weight rating of 11,794 kg (26,001 lb) or more, or
c. Is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver, or
d. Is of any size and is used in the transportation of materials found to be hazardous for the
purposes of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act and which requires the motor vehicle
to be placarded under 49 CFR 172, Subpart F, “Hazardous Materials Regulations.”
Competent Person-- One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the
surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees,
and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
Conductors (bridge or runway)--Electrical conductors located along the bridge girder(s) or runway to
provide power and/or control circuits to the crane and trolley.

Conical Drum--Grooved hoisting drum of tapering diameter.

Construction Worksite--The area within the limits necessary to perform the work described in the
construction procurement or authorization document. It includes the facility being constructed or
renovated along with all necessary staging and storage areas as well as adjacent areas subject to
project hazards.

Construction--Combination of erection, installation, assembly, demolition, or fabrication activities

involved to create a new facility or to alter, add to, rehabilitate, dismantle, or remove an existing
facility. It also includes the alteration and repair (including dredging, excavating, and painting) of
buildings, structures, or other real property, as well as any construction, demolition, and excavation
activities conducted as part of environmental restoration or remediation efforts.

Continuous Bend--Reeving of wire rope over sheaves and drums so that it bends in one direction, as
opposed to reverse bend.

Control Braking Means--A method of controlling hoisting or lowering speed of the load by removing
energy from the moving load or by imparting energy in the opposite direction.
Controlled Load Lowering-- Lowering a load by means of a mechanical hoist drum device that allows a
hoisted load to be lowered with maximum control using the gear train or hydraulic components of
the hoist mechanism. Controlled load lowering requires the use of the hoist drive motor, rather than
the load hoist brake, to lower the load.
Controller--A device or group of devices that serve to govern, in some predetermined manner, the power
delivered to the motor to which it is connected.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 9

Controller, spring return--A controller which, when released, will return automatically to a neutral
position.
Controlling Entity--An employer that is a prime contractor, general contractor, construction manager or
any other legal entity which has the overall responsibility to DOE for the construction of the project
– its planning, quality and completion.
Control Panel--An assembly of magnetic or static electrical components that govern the flow of power to
or from a motor in response to signals from a master switch, push-button station, or remote control.

Core--Core member of wire rope about which the strands are laid. It may be fiber, a wire strand, or an
independent wire rope.

Corrosion--Chemical decomposition by exposure to moisture, acids, alkalis, or other destructive agents.

Corrugated--A term used to describe the grooves of a sheave or drum when worn so as to show the
impression of a wire rope.

Counter Jib--A horizontal member of a tower crane on which the counterweights and usually the
hoisting machinery are mounted; also called counterweight jib.

Counter Torque--A method of control by which the power to the motor is reversed to develop torque in
the opposite direction to the rotation of the motor. See braking, counter torque.

Counterweight Jib--Also called counter jib.

Counterweights--Weights added to a crane upper structure to create additional stability. They rotate
with the crane as it swings.

Cover Plate--The top or bottom plate of a box girder or junction box.

Crane--A machine for lifting and lowering a load vertically and moving it horizontally with the hoisting
mechanism as an integral part of the machine. The term is applicable to fixed and mobile machines
and to powered or manually driven machines.

Crane Classification--The CMAA has established six service classes to enable the purchaser to specify
the most economical class of crane for a particular installation. It is not economical either to under
specify or to over specify when choosing a service class. Specifying a crane with too light a service
class will reduce cost but may result in excessive maintenance. A crane with too high a service
class may decrease maintenance costs but at an excessive initial investment. See crane service.

Crane Service--Class A (Standby or Infrequent Service)

Class A1 (Standby Service)--This service class covers cranes used in installations such as power
houses, public utilities, turbine rooms, nuclear reactor buildings, motor rooms, nuclear fuel
handling and transformer stations, where precise handling of valuable machinery at slow speeds
with long idle periods between lifts is required.

Class A2 (Infrequent Use)--These cranes are used in installations such as small maintenance
shops, pump rooms, testing laboratories, and similar operations where the loads are relatively
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 10

light, speeds are slow, and a low degree of control accuracy is required. The loads may vary
anywhere from no load to full rated load with a frequency of a few lifts per day or month.

Crane Service--Class B (Light Service)--This service covers cranes that may be used in repair shops,
light assembly operations, service buildings, or light warehousing, where service requirements are
light, and the speed is slow. Loads may vary from no load to occasional full rated loads with two to
five lifts per hour, averaging 3 meters (10 feet) per lift.

Crane Service--Class C (Moderate Service)--This service covers cranes that may be used in machine
shops or paper-mill machine rooms, where service requirements are moderate. In this type of
service, the crane will handle loads that average 50 percent of the rated capacity with 5 to 10 lifts
per hour, averaging 4.6 meters (15 feet), not over 50 percent of the lifts at rated capacity.

Crane Service--Class D (Heavy Service)--This service covers cranes that may be used in heavy machine
shops, foundries, fabricating plants, steel warehouses, container yards, or lumber mills, and
standard-duty bucket and magnet operations where heavy-duty production is required.

In this type of service, loads approaching 50 percent of the rated capacity will be handled constantly
during the working period. High speeds are desirable for this type of service with 10 to 20 lifts per
hour averaging 4.6 meters (15 feet), not over 65 percent of the lifts at rated capacity.

Crane Service--Class E (Severe Service)--This type of service requires a crane capable of handling
loads approaching a rated capacity throughout its life. Applications may include magnet, bucket,
magnet/bucket combination cranes for scrap yards, cement mills, lumber mills, fertilizer plant, or
container handling, with 20 or more lifts per hour at or near the rated capacity.

Crane Service--Class F (Continuous Severe Service)--This type of service requires a crane capable of
handling loads approaching rated capacity continuously under severe service conditions throughout
its life. Applications may include custom-design specialty cranes essential to performing the
critical work tasks affecting the total production facility. These cranes must provide the highest
reliability with special attention to ease of maintenance features.

Cranes, types of--

Automatic Crane--A crane that, when activated, operates through a preset cycle or cycles.

Bridge Crane--A crane with a single- or multiple-girder movable bridge, carrying a movable
trolley or fixed hoisting mechanism, and traveling on an overhead fixed runway structure.

Cab-Operated Crane--A crane controlled by an operator in a cab located on the bridge or trolley.

Cantilever Gantry Crane--A gantry or semigantry crane in which the bridge girders or trusses
extend transversely beyond the crane runway on one or both sides.

Crawler Crane--A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with power plant, operating
machinery, and boom, mounted on a base, equipped with crawler treads for travel.

Its function is to hoist, lower, and swing loads at various radii.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 11

Double-Girder Crane--A crane having two bridge girders mounted between, and supported from,
the end trucks.

Floating Crane--A rotating superstructure, power plant, operating machinery, and boom mounted
on a barge or pontoon. The power plant may be installed below decks. The cranes function is
to handle loads at various radii.
Floating Cranes/Derricks--Equipment designed by the manufacturer (or employer) for marine use
by permanent attachment to a barge, pontoons, vessel or other means of flotation.
Floor-Operated Crane--A power-operated crane that is controlled by an operator from the floor or
an independent platform or walkway located in the crane-way, using power control switches or
push-buttons on a pendant.

Gantry Crane--A crane similar to an overhead bridge crane, except that the bridge for carrying the
trolley or trolleys is rigidly supported on two or more legs running on fixed rails or other
runway, usually 3 meters (10 feet) or more below the bottom of the bridge.

Hammerhead Tower Crane--A lifting machine consisting of a mast with an upper, rotating
member to which a jib boom is attached that extends horizontally from the rotating member,
with a counter-weighted jib boom extending from the rotating member in the opposite
direction, neither of which jib booms are arranged or rigged for luffing. The main jib boom
carries a trolley on which the lower load block is suspended. The counterweight jib boom
contains the counterweight for the main jib and working load, and sometimes provides the
mounting for the hoisting and trolley travel motors and drums.

Interlocking Crane--A crane with an interlock mechanism on one or both ends, enabling it to be
mechanically locked to another crane, fixed transfer section, or spur track for the purpose of
transferring a carrier from one to another.

Jib Crane--A fixed crane with a vertical rotating member supported at the bottom (also at the top
in some types), from which an arm extends to carry the hoist trolley. Jib cranes are most
commonly mounted on a vertical column, supplied as part of the jib crane or mounted on
existing structural members (e.g., a wall-mounted jib crane).

Locomotive Crane--A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with power plant, operating
machinery and boom, mounted on a base or car equipped for travel on a railroad track. It may
be self-propelled or propelled by an outside source. Its function is to hoist and swing loads at
various radii.
Manually Operated Crane--A crane whose hoist mechanism is driven by pulling an endless chain,
or whose travel mechanism is driven in the same manner or by manually moving the load.
Mobile Crane--A lifting device incorporating a cable suspended latticed boom or hydraulic
telescopic boom designed to be moved between operating locations by transport over the
road.
Monorail Crane--A crane or hoist attached to a trolley that runs on the flanges of a structural
beam.

Overhead Crane--A crane with a single or multiple girder movable bridge, carrying a movable
trolley or fixed hoisting mechanism, and traveling on an overhead fixed runway structure.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 12

Polar Crane--A bridge or gantry crane that travels on a circular runway.

Portable Gantry Crane (A-Frame)—A crane similar to an overhead (underhung) crane, except
the bridge beam for the trolleys is supported by four legs usually on casters.

Portal Crane--A type of crane consisting of a rotating upperstructure, hoist machinery, and boom
mounted on top of a structural gantry which may be fixed in one location or have travel
capability. The gantry legs or columns usually have portal openings in between to allow
passage of traffic beneath the gantry.

Power-Operated Crane--A crane whose mechanism is driven by electricity, air, hydraulic, or

internal combustion engine, as opposed to hand-operated movements.

Pulpit-Operated Crane--A crane operated from a fixed operator station not attached to the crane.

Remotely Operated Crane--A crane controlled by any method other than with a pendant, rope, or
attached cab.

Semi-Gantry Crane--A gantry crane with one end of the bridge rigidly supported by leg(s) that
run on a fixed rail or runway and the other end supported by end trucks that run on an elevated
rail or runway.

Sideboom Crane--A track-type or wheel-type tractor having a boom mounted on the side of the
tractor, used for lifting, lowering or transporting a load suspended on the load hook. The boom
or hook can be lifted or lowered in a vertical direction only.

Single-Girder Crane--A crane having one bridge girder mounted between, and supported from the
end trucks.

Storage Gantry Crane--A gantry-type crane of long span usually used for bulk storage of material.
The bridge girders or trusses are rigidly or nonrigidly supported on one or more legs. It may
have one or more fixed or hinged cantilever ends.
Tower Crane--A type of lifting structure which utilizes a vertical mast or tower to support a
working boom (jib) in an elevated position. Loads are suspended from the working boom.
While the working boom may be of the fixed type (horizontal or angled) or have luffing
capability, it can always rotate to swing loads, either by rotating on the top of the tower (top
slewing) or by the rotation of the tower (bottom slewing). The tower base may be fixed in one
location or ballasted and moveable between locations. Mobile cranes that are configured with
luffing jib and/or tower attachments are not considered tower cranes under this section.
Truck Crane--A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with a power plant, operating
machinery, and boom on a truck-type mounting equipped with a power plant for travel. Its
function is to hoist, lower, and swing loads at various radii. Some variations of this use a single
engine in the truck that also is the power source for the superstructure, or use a single engine in
the superstructure, which is also the power source for the truck.

Wall-Mounted Jib--See cranes, types of, jib crane.

Wall Crane--A crane having a jib, with or without a trolley, supported from a side wall or line of
columns of a building. It is a traveling-type crane and operates on a runway attached to the side
wall or line of columns.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 13

Wheel-Mounted Crane (wagon crane)--A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with

power plant, operating machinery and boom, mounted on a base or platform equipped with
axles and rubber-tired wheels for travel. The base may be propelled by an engine in the
superstructure, or with a separate engine controlled from the superstructure. Its function is to
hoist, lower, and swing loads at various radii.

Craneway--The area in length and width served by a crane.

Crawler Frames--Part of the base mounting of a crawler crane attached to the car body and supporting
the crawler treads, the track rollers, and the idler sprockets. Crawler frames transmit crane weight
and operational loadings to the ground; also called side frames.

Creep Speed--A very slow, constant, continuous, fixed rate of motion of the hoist, trolley, or bridge,
usually established at 1 to 10 percent of the normal full-load speed.

Critical Diameter--Diameter of the smallest bend for a given wire rope that permits the wires and strands
to adjust themselves by relative movement while remaining in normal position.

Critical Lift--A hoisting operation utilizing a documented lift plan in which a critical item will be hoisted
or moved, or in which a noncritical item will be hoisted or moved in an area where critical items
could be affected.

Critical Load or Item--In accordance with this manual: A part, component, assembly, or piece of
equipment (Aitem@) whose dropping, upset, or collision could cause/result in the following:
a. Damage that would result in serious economic consequences
b. Damage that would result in unacceptable delay to schedule or other significant deleterious
programmatic impact (such as loss of vital data)
c. Undetectable damage that would jeopardize future operations or safety of a facility
d. Significant release of radioactive or other hazardous material to the environment or create an
undesirable condition
e. Personnel injury or significant adverse health impact, either onsite or offsite.

Large, costly items should be considered critical. Items that require special care in handling
because of size, weight, installation in close-tolerance receptors, fragility, high susceptibility to
damage or other unusual factors should be considered critical.

Implicit in this definition is the possibility of handling items, which are themselves not critical in
nature, over other items that are critical, thus making the lift involved “critical.”

Critical Load--In accordance with ANSI N14.6: Any lifted load whose uncontrolled movement or
release could adversely affect any safety-related system when such system is required for unit
safety or could result in potential off-site exposures comparable to the guideline exposures outlined
in Code of Federal Regulations, Title 10, Part 100.

Critical Load--In accordance with ASME NOG-1: Any lifted load whose uncontrolled movement or
release could adversely affect any safety-related system when such system is required for unit
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 14

safety or could result in potential off-site exposures in excess of the limit determined by the
equipment purchaser.

Critical Service--The use of equipment or tackle for hoisting, rigging, or handling of critical items, or
other items in, around, or above spaces containing critical items.

Crossover Points--In multiple-layer spooling of rope on a drum, those points of rope contact where the
rope crosses the preceding rope layer.

CSAO--Construction Safety Association of Ontario.

Custodian--An individual designated as having custodial responsibility for equipment. The custodian
takes “ownership” of assigned equipment and ensures that required maintenance, inspections, and
tests remain current. The custodian will have quick access to the equipment history file.

Cylindrical Drum--Hoisting drum of uniform diameter.

DC--Direct current.

D/d RATIO--A term regarding wire rope. D = Diameter of curvature around which the rope is bent. d =
diameter of rope.

Dead End--The point of fastening of one rope end in a running rope system, the other end being fastened
at the rope drum.

Dead-Line--The end of the rotary drilling line fastened to the anchor or dead-line clamp.

Deadman--An object or structure, either existing or built for the purpose, used as anchorage for a guy
rope.

Deceleration Stress--Additional stress imposed on rigging resulting from a decrease in load velocity.

Deflection--(a) The sag across a span of a load member caused by the imposed live and/or dead loads,
which is usually measured at mid-span as the distance along a straight horizontal line drawn
between the supports; (b) any deviation from a straight horizontal line.

Derrick--An apparatus for lifting or lowering loads, consisting of a mast or equivalent member held at
the head by guys or braces, with or without a boom, for use with hoists and ropes.

Design Factor--The conservatism used in design calculations. As a function of design, this factor can be
based upon the point of equipment failure, such as crane tipping, and brake stopping capacity, or
based upon strength of materials, ultimate, nominal, or yield. Consensus standards and this manual
express design factors as a ratio (for example: 5:1, 3:1, 3.5:1) or as a single number (for example: 5,
3, or 3.5, understood to mean the “X” to 1). Although “design factor” is sometimes referred to as a
“safety factor”, “design factor” is the preferred term. An inexperienced person may incorrectly
assume this factor of design conservatism will make up for such conditions as shock loading, poor
rigging, improper equipment selection, and overload conditions.

Designated--Selected or assigned by the employer or employer=s representative as being qualified to

perform specific duties. See appointed person.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 15

Designated Leader (DL)/ Lift Director--A qualified individual assigned to all hoisting and rigging
operations to ensure that the lifting operation is properly performed.

Diameter (wire rope)--The diameter of wire rope is the diameter of the circle that will contain the rope.

Direct Geared--A hoist with drum(s) geared directly to its power source.
Directly Under the Load-- A part or all of an employee is directly beneath the load.

Dismantling-- Includes partial dismantling (such as dismantling to shorten a boom or substitute a

different component).
DOE--U.S. Department of Energy.

Dog Leg--Permanent short bend or kink in wire rope caused by improper use.

DOL--U.S. Department of Labor.

DOT--U.S. Department of Transportation.

Dragline--Wire rope used to pull an excavating or drag bucket. Also used as an expression of a particular
type of mobile crane using a drag bucket during excavation.

Draw-works—The draw works is the primary hoisting machinery consisting of a drum and countershafts
whose main function is to provide a means of raising and lowering the travel blocks through wire
ropes.

Drifting--Pulling a suspended load laterally to change its horizontal position.

Drift Point--A point on a travel motion controller that releases the brake while the motor is not energized.
This allows for coasting before the brake is set.

Drive--An assembly consisting of motors, couplings, gear, and gear case(s) that is used to propel a bridge,
trolley, or hoist.

Drive Girder--Girder on which the bridge drive, cross shaft, walk, railing, and operator=s cab are
mounted.

Drum--(a) A cylindrical-flanged barrel of uniform (cylindrical drum) or tapering (conical drum) diameter
on which cable is wound for operation or storage, which may be smooth or grooved; (b) the
cylindrical member around which rope is wound for lifting or lowering the load or boom, or
swinging the boom supporting structure.

Drum Capacity, rope--The length of a specific diameter of rope that can be wound on a drum.

Drum Hoist--A hoisting mechanism incorporating one or more rope drums; also called hoist, winch, or
hoisting engine.
Drum Rotation Indicator-- A device on a crane or hoist which indicates in which direction and at
what relative speed a particular hoist drum is turning.
Dummy Cab--See cab, skeleton.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 16

Dynamic Loading--Loads introduced into the machine or its components by forces in motion.

Dynamic Lowering--A method of control by which the hoist motor is so connected in the lowering
direction, that when it is over-hauled by the load, it acts as a generator and forces current through
resistors. (NOTE: Feeding back into the line is regenerative braking.)

Efficiency (wire rope)--Ratio of a wire rope’s measured breaking strength and the aggregate strength of
all individual wires tested separately, which is usually expressed as a percentage. The breaking
strength of wire ropes seldom exceeds 90 percent of the aggregate strength of all the wires, the
average being about 82.5 percent.

Elastic Limit--Limit of stress above which a permanent deformation takes place within the material.
This limit is approximately 55 to 65 percent of breaking strength of steel wire ropes.
Electrical Contact-- Occurs when a person, object, or equipment makes contact or comes in close
proximity with an energized conductor or equipment that allows the passage of current.

Encroachment-- Where any part of the crane, load line or load (including rigging and lifting
accessories) breaches a minimum clearance distance that this subpart requires to be maintained
from a power line.
End Control--The operator-control position is located at the end opposite the load end of the truck.

End Penetration--The treatment of the end of a length of wire rope designed primarily as an aid for
pulling the rope through a reeving system or tight drum opening. These are not designed for use as
a method for making a permanent connection.

End Termination--The treatment at the end or ends of a length of wire rope, which is usually made by
forming an eye or attaching a fitting, designed to be the permanent end termination on the wire rope
that connects it to the load.

End Tie--A structural member, other than the end truck, that connects the ends of the girders to maintain
the squareness of the bridge.

End Truck--An assembly consisting of structural members such as wheels, bearings, and axles that
supports the bridge girder(s) or the trolley cross member(s).

Endless Rope--Rope whose two ends are spliced together.

Equalizer--Device used to compensate for unequal length or stretch of a hoist rope and connects two or
more systems to a single running block.

Equalizing Thimble--Special type of fitting used as a component part of some wire rope slings.

Equalizing Sheave--The sheave at the center of a rope system over which no rope movement occurs
other than equalizing movement. It is frequently overlooked during crane inspections, with
disastrous consequences. It can be a source of severe degradation.

Examination-- The process of nondestructive testing performed to ensure freedom from harmful hidden
defects that could result in catastrophic failure.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 17

Exposed--Applies to hazardous objects not guarded or isolated (capable of being contacted

inadvertently).

Extender--A device that increases a jack’s closed length.

Extraflexible Wire Rope--See extrapliable wire rope.

Extraimproved Plow Steel Rope--See grades, rope.

Extrapliable Wire Rope (also called extraflexible)--Wire rope made with either 8 strands of 19 wires
each, or 6 strands of 37 wires each, with a fiber core. The wires in this rope are smaller than those
used in standard rope and consequently are not as suitable to withstand abrasion.

Eye or Eye Splice--A loop with or without a thimble formed in the end of a wire rope.

Factor of Safety--See design factor.

Fail-Safe--A provision designed to automatically stop or safely control any motion in which a
malfunction occurs.

Falls--See parts of line.

Fall Zone--The area (including but not limited to the area directly beneath the load) in which it is
reasonably foreseeable that partially or completely suspended materials could fall in the event
of an accident.
Fatigue--The phenomenon leading to fracture under repeated or fluctuating stresses having a maximum
value less than the tensile strength of the material.

Fiber Cores--Cords or rope made of vegetable or synthetic fiber used in the core of a wire rope.

Fiddle Block--A block consisting of two sheaves in the same plane held in place by the same cheek
plates.

Filler Wire--Small auxiliary wires in a strand used for spacing and positioning other wires.

Fitting--Any accessory used as an attachment for wire rope.

Flange Point--A point of contact between rope and drum flange where the rope changes layers.

Flat Rope--Wire rope made of parallel alternating right-lay and left-lay ropes sewn together by relatively
soft wire.

Flattened Strand Rope--A wire rope of either oval or triangular shaped strands that presents a flattened
rope surface.

Fleet Angle--The maximum angle between a rope and the line perpendicular to the drum on which it
winds.

Fleeting Sheave--Sheave mounted on a shaft parallel to the rope-drum shaft and arranged so that it can
slide laterally as the rope spools, permitting close sheave placement without excessive fleet angle.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 18

Flemish Eye--A type or method of making a wire rope eye splice. Same as a “Molly Hogan.”

Floating Crane--See cranes, types of.

Floor-Operated Crane--See cranes, types of.

FO&M--Fleet Operations and Maintenance.

Footblock--A steel weldment or assembly serving as the base mounting for a guy derrick, gin pole, or
boom derrick.

Foot-Walk--A walkway with handrail and toeboards, attached to the bridge or trolley for access
purposes.

Forklift Truck--A high-lift, self-loading truck, equipped with load carriage and forks for transporting
and tiering loads.

FRAM--Functions, Responsibilities, and Authority Manual

Free Fall (of the load line)--Only the brake is used to regulate the descent of the load line (the drive
mechanism is not used to drive the load down faster or retard its lowering).
Front-End Attachment--see attachment, fork-lift truck

Gage Points--Permanent marks on a hook that are used to determine any change in the throat-opening
dimension.

Galvanized Rope--Wire rope made of galvanized wire.

Galvanized Strand--Strand made of galvanized wire.

Gantry Crane--See cranes, types of.

Generator--See alternator/generator.

Girder, bridge--The principal horizontal beam(s) of the crane, which supports the trolley, is supported by
the end trucks, and is perpendicular to the runway.

Girder, drive (Girder “A”)--The bridge girder to which the bridge motor and gear-case(s) are attached.
For cranes having a drive on each girder, it is the girder to which the control panels and/or the cab
are attached.

Girder, idler (Girder “B”)--The bridge that does not have the bridge drive attached, but usually carries
the bridge conductors.

Girder, runway--A horizontal beam attached to the building columns or wall and supporting a runway
rail on which the crane travels.

Girder, auxiliary (outrigger)--An additional girder, either solid or latticed, arranged parallel to the
bridge girder(s) for supporting the footwalk, control panels, or operator=s cab to reduce the torsional
forces such loads might otherwise impose.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 19

Gooseneck Boom--A boom with an upper section projecting at an angle to the longitudinal centerline of
the lower section.

Grades, rope--Classification of wire rope by its breaking strength. Listed in order of increasing breaking
strengths: iron, traction, mild plow steel, plow steel, improved plow steel, and extra-improved plow
steel.

Grooved Drum--Drum with a grooved surface that accommodates and guides the rope.

Grooves--Depressions in the periphery of a sheave or drum used for positioning and supporting a rope.

Ground Conditions--The ability of the ground to support the equipment (including slope, compaction,
and firmness).

Gudgeon Pin--The pin at the top of a derrick mast forming pivot for the spider or for the mast of a stiff-
leg derrick.

Guy or Guy Line--Strand or rope, usually galvanized steel, for holding a structure in position.

Hammerhead Boom--A boom tip arrangement in which both the boom suspension and the hoist ropes
are greatly offset from the boom longitudinal centerline to provide increased load clearance.

HAMTC--Hanford Atomic Metal Trades Council.

Handling Fixture--A cradle, handling structure, shipping fixture, or container designed specifically to
support or facilitate component lifting or handling during fabrication, loading, shipping, storage,
installation, or use.

Haulage Rope--Wire rope used for pulling cars on a track.

Hazardous (classified) Location--Locations where fire or explosion hazards may exist. Locations are
classified depending on the properties of the flammable vapors, liquids, or gases, or combustible
dusts or fibers which may be present and the likelihood that a flammable or combustible
concentration or quantity is present.

Class I--Locations in which flammable gases or vapors are, or may be, present in the air in quantities
sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.

Class II--Locations that are hazardous because of the presence of combustible dust.

Class III--Locations where easily ignitable fibers or flyings are present but not likely to be suspended in
quantities sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures.

H&R--Hoisting and rigging.

High Consequence--See critical item, critical lift, and critical service.

HHRC--Hanford Hoisting and Rigging Committee.

HMI--Hoist Manufacturers Institute.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 20

Hoist-- A lifting device for raising or lowering loads. Its service area is vertical over its mounting.
Hoists may be attached to fixed or moveable structures by an upper hook or bracket and can be
either power or manually operated; (b) A power-operated component of a crane or monorail system
that provides torque to raise a load or lower it at a controlled speed and hold a load stationary; (c) A
power-driven drum or drums capable of lifting and lowering loads.
Hoisting--The act of raising, lowering or otherwise moving a load in the air with equipment covered by
this standard. As used in this standard, “hoisting” can be done by means other than wire rope/ hoist
drum equipment.
Hoist, direct geared--A hoist with a drum(s) geared directly to its power source.

Hoist, drum--A hoist with hoisting drum(s) and with or without a swinger.

Hoist, friction drum--A hoist with drum(s) controlled by friction clutches and brakes and provided with
drum ratchets and pawls.

Hoist, lever-operated--A lever-operated, manual device used to lift, lower, or pull a load and to apply or
release tension. (See come-along.)

Holding Line--Wire rope on a clamshell or orange-peel bucket that holds the bucket while the closing
line is released to dump the load.

Hook, Rigging--A hook used as part of tackle. Any hook used in hoisting and rigging that is not the
“primary hook” or main “load hook.”

Hook Latch--A mechanical device to bridge the throat opening of a hook.

Hot Cell--A shielded enclosure where the shielding media is composed of concrete, steel, lead or other
special materials, specifically designed to protect operating personnel from undue amounts of
nuclear radiation. For the purpose of this manual, access to hot cells is minimal or very rarely
allowed and most work functions are performed remotely.

HR-Human resources.

Idler--Sheave or roller used to guide or support a rope. It is also used as a slang expression for an
equaling sheave.

Improved Plow Steel Rope--See grades, rope.

Inching--See jog.

Inching Drive (micro drive)--A mode of crane operation (usually limited to hoists) that disengages the
main drive motor by means of a clutch mechanism and engages a single, nonvariable motor drive at
a very low or creep speed.

Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC)--Wire rope used as the core of a larger rope.
Insulating Link/Device--An insulating device listed, labeled, or accepted by a Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.7.
Internally Lubricated--Wire rope or strand in which all wires are coated with lubricant.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 21

Iron Rope--See grades, rope.

ISO--International Standards Organization.

Jack--A portable hand- or power-operated mechanism with a base and load point designed for controlled
linear movement.

Jack, double-acting hydraulic--A jack that is extended and retracted under hydraulic pressure.

Jack, mechanical--A jack using any means other than fluid to move the load.

Jib--An extension attached to the boom point to provide added boom length for lifting specified loads.
The jib may be in line with the boom or offset to various angles in the vertical plane of the boom.

Jib Crane--See cranes, types of.

Jib Dtop--(also referred to as a jib backstop); The same type of device as a boom stop but is for a fixed
or luffing jib.
Jog (inch)--To move the hook, trolley, or bridge in a series of short, discontinuous increments by
momentary operation of a controller.

Kink--Permanent distortion of wires and strands resulting from sharp bends.

L10 life--See bearing life.

Laced Blocks--Passing wire rope through a set of blocks by starting from an outside sheave and
following in rotation. Will usually tilt travel block when running empty.

Lagging--External wood covering on a reel to protect the wire rope, strand, or grooved drum.

Lang Lay Rope--Wire rope in which the wires in the strands and the strands in the rope are laid in same
direction. Synonymous with Albert’s Lay.

Latch, hook--A device used to bridge the throat opening of a hook.

Latticed Boom--A boom constructed of four longitudinal corner members, called chords, assembled with
transverse and/or diagonal members, called lacings, to form a trusswork in two directions. The
chords carry the axial boom forces and bending moments, while lacings resist the shears.

Lay (wire rope)--(a) The manner in which the wires in a strand or the strands in a rope are helically laid,
or (b) the distance measured parallel to the axis of the rope (or strand) in which a strand (or wire)
makes one complete helical convolution about the core (or center). In this connection, lay is also
referred to as “lay length” or “pitch”.

Lead Line--That part of a rope tackle leading from the first or fast sheave to the drum.

Lefthand End--A reference to parts or dimensions on the viewer’s left of the centerline of span,
established when facing the drive girder side of the crane.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 22

Left Lay--(a) strand--strand in which cover wires are laid in a helical pitch, similar to left-hand screw; (b)
rope--rope in which strands are laid in a helix having a left-hand pitch, similar to left-hand screw.

Level Luffing--An operating technique whereby the crane or derrick hook does not significantly change
elevation as the boom is raised or lowered.

Lift--(a) Any sequence of operations in which a hoisting device raises an object above the ground, floor,
or support, and then places it on the ground, floor, or support; (b) maximum safe vertical distance
through which the hook can travel; (c) the hoisting of a load.

Lift, critical--See critical lift.

Lift, ordinary—Are those lifts that are performed by trained and qualified personnel with conventional
equipment using sound hoisting and rigging practices as described in safety handbooks, consensus
standards, and in compliance with regulations.

Lift, special—Any documented lift not designated as a critical lift or ordinary lift. Special Lift plans do
not require the technical rigor of a critical lift and do not have to be performed in a step-by-step
sequence.

Lift Beam--See spreader beam.

Lifting Devices--Devices that are not reeved onto the hoist ropes, such as hook-on buckets, magnets,
grabs, load-spreader bars, and other supplemental units used for ease of handling certain types of
loads. The weight of these devices is to be considered part of the working load.

Lifting Eye--A point of attachment on the item to be lifted, having a looped head designed to
accommodate a hook or shackle. Also called a slinging eye.

Limiting Devices--A device that is operated by some part of a power-driven machine or equipment to
control motions of the machine or equipment.

Limit Switch--An electrical device that is operated by the bridge, trolley, or hoist motion to disconnect
the circuit, to establish a new circuit, or to provide a warning.

Line--Rope used for supporting and controlling a suspended load.

Line Pull--The pulling force attainable in a rope leading off a rope drum or lagging at a particular pitch
diameter (number of layers).

Line Speed--The speed attainable in a rope leading off a rope drum or lagging at a particular pitch
diameter (number of layers).

Load--The total superimposed weight or force to be overcome by the hoisting and rigging equipment.

Load-Bearing Parts--Any part of a material-handling device in which the induced stress is influenced by
the hook load. A primary load-bearing part is one, where the failure of which could result in
dropping, upset, or uncontrolled motion of the load. Load-bearing parts which, if failed, would
result in no more than stoppage of the equipment without causing dropping, upset, or loss of control
of the load, are not considered to be primary load-bearing parts.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 23

Load Block, lower--The assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended by
hoisting ropes.

Load Block, upper--The assembly of sheaves, pins, and frame suspended from the hoisting platform or
from the boom in mobile cranes.

Load Center (forklifts)--The horizontal longitudinal distance from the intersection of the horizontal
load-carrying surfaces and vertical load engaging faces of the forks (or equivalent load positioning
structure) to the center of gravity of the load.

Load, critical--See critical load.

Load, dead--The load(s) on a portion of the crane, which remain(s) in a fixed position relative to the
member being considered.

Load Float--A control system that enables stepless operation of a hoist in either the lifting or lowering
direction for a range of about 0 percent to 5 percent of full-rated speed, as well as permitting the
load to be suspended stationary for a very short time with the holding brake(s) released.

Load Jib--The horizontal live load supporting member of a hammerhead-type tower crane having the
load falls supported from a trolley that traverses the jib; also called saddle jib.

Load, live--A load that moves or varies relative to the member being considered. For the trolley, the live
load consists of the rated load plus the weight of the block. For the bridge, the live load consists of
the rated load plus the weight of the trolley.
Load Moment (or rated capacity) Indicator--A system which aids the equipment operator by sensing
(directly or indirectly) the overturning moment on the equipment, i.e., load multiplied by radius. It
compares this lifting condition to the equipment’s rated capacity, and indicates to the operator the
percentage of capacity at which the equipment is working. Lights, bells, or buzzers may be
incorporated as a warning of an approaching overload condition.

Load Moment (or rated capacity) Limiter--A system which aids the equipment operator by sensing
(directly or indirectly) the overturning moment on the equipment, i.e., load multiplied by radius. It
compares this lifting condition to the equipment’s rated capacity, and when the rated capacity is
reached, it shuts off power to those equipment functions which can increase the severity of loading
on the equipment, e.g., hoisting, telescoping out, or luffing out. Typically, those functions which
decrease the severity of loading on the equipment remain operational, e.g., lowering, telescoping in,
or luffing in.
Load Point--The point of load application.

Load Point, auxiliary--Any point of load application other than the load point.

Load Point, integral auxiliary--Any nonremovable point of load application other than the load point.

Load Rating, auxiliary--Rated load of the jack, as determined by the manufacturer, when load is applied
at the auxiliary load point.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 24

Load Radius--Normally, the horizontal distance from the axis of rotation to the center of gravity of a
lifted load. In mobile crane practice, this is more specifically defined as the horizontal distance
from the projection to the ground of the axis of rotation before loading to the center of a loaded but
vertical hoist line.

Load, rated--The maximum static vertical load for which a crane or an individual hoist is designed. See
rated capacity.

Load Rating--Rating in pounds established by the manufacturer.

Load, safe working (SWL)--The maximum load a piece of equipment (or tackle) can handle without
exceeding the rated capacity (the rated capacity of the lowest capacity item used in the lift). See
load, rated.

Load, working--The external load, in pounds applied to the crane. For mobile cranes and derricks, the
weight of load-attaching equipment is included as part of the working load (e.g., load blocks,
hooks, shackles, and slings). In permanently installed cranes such as overhead, gantry, and
monorail cranes and hoists, the weight of the load block and hook is not part of the working load.

Locked coil strand--Smooth-surfaced strand composed of shaped wires laid in concentric layers around a
center of round wires.
Lowest service temperature (LST)--A predetermined temperature below which all lifting equipment,
assemblies, or fixtures should not be used.
Luffing--Changing the boom angle. Also called booming in (out), or topping.
Luffing Jib Limiting Device--Similar to a boom hoist limiting device, except that it limits the movement
of the luffing jib.
Machine Resisting Moment--The moment of the deadweight of the crane or derrick, less boom weight,
about the tipping fulcrum; hence, the moment that resists overturning; also called machine
moment or stabilizing moment.

Magnet--An electromagnetic device carried on a crane hook that picks up loads magnetically.

Magnetic Controls--Controls in which acceleration and deceleration are controlled as a master switch or
pushbutton is moved from neutral to the forward or reverse positions. A combination of
electromagnetically operated contractors and relays that actuate sequentially to vary the motor
torque by changing the resistance.

Magnetic Particle Examination--A nondestructive test that reveals defects in ferromagnetic materials
via detection of leakage fields at discontinuities in magnetic flow paths.

Main Hoist--The hoist mechanism provided for lifting the machine’s maximum-rated load.

Main Switch--A switch controlling the entire power supply to the hoist.

Man Trolley--A trolley having an operator’s cab attached.

Manufacturer/Builder--The builder/constructor of equipment.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 25

Marine Worksite--A construction worksite located in, on or above the water.

Marlin Spike--Tapered steel pin used in splicing wire rope.

Mast--The upright member of a derrick.

Mast Cap--See spider.

Master Link--Forged or welded steel link used to support all members (legs) of an alloy-steel chain or
wire rope sling (includes bull ring, pear link, oblong link, and weldless sling link). Also called bull-
ring.

Master Switch--A manual or automatic device that governs the operation of contractors and/or auxiliary
devices of an electric control and provides for shutdown of all electric power to a crane or hoist.

Material Elevator--A mechanism consisting of a tower with vertical members, which guide a platform
that is lifted and lowered by means of a hoist.

MHI--Material Handling Institute.

Micro Drive--See inching drive.

Mild Plow--See grades, rope.

Milking--The progressive movement of strands along the axis of the rope, resulting from the ropes
movement through a restricted passage such as a tight sheave.

Minimum Life--See bearing life.

Molly Hagan--A type or method of making a wire rope eye splice. Same as a “flemish eye”.

Monorail--Usually a series of continuous beams with curves, switches, and stops that carry loads over a
predetermined route or routes.

Monthly--Once each calendar month. A maintenance/inspection program should accomplish monthly

tasks at approximately the same time each calendar month. To manage such programs, tasks should
be scheduled as “due” on a particular date. If a task cannot reasonably be performed on the
scheduled “due” date, it should promptly be rescheduled for a date during the same calendar month.

Mousing--A method of bridging the throat opening of a hook to prevent the release of load lines and
slings, under service or slack conditions, by wrapping with soft wire, rope, heavy tape, or similar
materials.
Multi-Purpose Machine--A machine that is designed to be configured in various ways, at least one of
which allows it to hoist (by means of a winch or hook) and horizontally move a suspended load. For
example, a machine that can rotate and can be configured with removable forks/tongs (for use as a
forklift) or with a winch pack, jib (with a hook at the end) or jib used in conjunction with a winch.
When configured with the forks/tongs, it is not covered by this subpart. When configured with a
winch pack, jib (with a hook at the end) or jib used in conjunction with a winch, it is covered by
this subpart.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 26

Multiple Load Line Operation--Simultaneous use of two or more lines reeved over sheaves on a single
shaft or multiple shafts of a crane with multiple load drums to lift, rotate, or hold a single load.

Narrow-Aisle Truck--A self-loading truck primarily intended for right-angle stacking in aisles narrower
than those normally required by counterbalance trucks of the same capacity.
Nationally Recognized Accrediting Agency--An organization that, due to its independence and
expertise, is widely recognized as competent to accredit testing organizations. Examples of such
accrediting agencies include, but are not limited to, the National Commission for Certifying
Agencies and the American National Standards Institute
NCR--Nonconformance report.

NDA--Nondestructive assessment.

NDT--Nondestructive test.

NEMA--National Electrical Manufacturers Association.

NFPA--National Fire Protection Association.

Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature--The maximum temperature at which a standard drop-weight

specimen breaks when tested in accordance with ASTM E-208.

NLGI--National Lubricating Grease Institute.

NLGI Grade number--A grade number defining the consistency of grease in accordance with methods
prescribed by the National Lubricating Grease Institute.

Nominal Strength, wire rope--Nominal wire rope strengths as calculated by a standardized industry-
accepted procedure. Minimum acceptance strength is 22% lower than nominal strength.
(Re: Wire Rope Users Manual.)

Nonconductive--Because of the nature and condition of the materials used, and the conditions of use
(including environmental conditions and condition of the material), the object in question has the
property of not becoming energized (that is, it has high dielectric properties offering a high
resistance to the passage of current under the conditions of use).

Nondestructive Examination (NDE)--A name applied to a variety of tests which make use of indirect
means to locate material discontinuities (e.g., radiography, dye penetrant, magnetic particle,
ultrasonic).

Nonrotating Wire Rope--See rotation-resistant rope.

Nonspinning Wire Rope--See rotation-resistant rope.
Normal Operating Conditions--Those conditions during which a crane or carrier is being operated and
is performing functions within the scope of the original design. For a cab-operated crane, the
operator is at the operating control devices in the cab and no other person is on the crane except
those designated. For a floor-operated crane or carrier, the operator is at the operating control
devices, which are suspended from the crane but operated with the operator off the crane, and no
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 27

person is on the crane. For a remote-operated crane or carrier, the operator is at the operator control
devices, which are not attached to any part of the crane, and no person is on the crane.

NRC--U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

Offset Angle--The angle between the longitudinal centerline of a jib and the longitudinal centerline of the
boom on which it is mounted.

OJT--On-the-job training.

Open Socket--Wire rope fitting consisting of a basket and two ears with a pin.

Operating Sectors--Portions of a horizontal circle about the axis of rotation of a mobile crane providing
the limits of zones where over-the-side, over-the-rear, and over-the-front ratings are applicable.
Operational Aids--Devices that assist the operator in the safe operation of the crane by providing
information or automatically taking control of a crane function. These include, but are not
limited to, the devices listed in § 1926.1416 (“listed operational aids”).

Operational Controls--Levers, switches, pedals and other devices for controlling equipment
operation.

Operator--A person who is operating the equipment.

OSHA--Occupational Safety and Health Administration (or Act).

Outrigger Lift-Off--The occurrence of an outrigger lifting from the ground is often attributed to the
natural flex in the cranes frame according to the manufacture. This may happen when lifting a load
in certain configurations within the capacity limits of the load chart and is not necessarily an
indication of an unstable condition.

Outriggers--Extendable arms attached to a crane base mounting, which include the means for relieving
the wheels (crawlers) of crane weight; used to increase stability.

Overhauling Weight--Weight added to a load fall to overcome resistance and permit unspooling at the
rope drum when no live load is being supported; also called headache ball, cheek weights.

Overhead Crane--See cranes, types of.

Overhead Guard--A framework fitted to a truck over the head of a riding operator.

Overload--Any load in excess of the safe working load or rated capacity of the equipment or tackle.

Overtravel--Movement beyond maximum travel for which the jack was designed.

Overturning Moment--The moment of the load plus the boom weight about the tipping fulcrum. Wind
and dynamic effects can be included when appropriate.

Parking Brake--A device to prevent the movement of a stationary vehicle.

Parts of Line--A number of running ropes supporting a load or force, also called parts or falls.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 28

Pawl (dog)--A device for positively holding a member against motion in one or more directions.

Paying Out--Adding slack to a line or relieving load on a line by letting (spooling) out rope.

PCSA--Power Crane and Shovel Association.

Pendants--Both wire and bar types. Wire type: a fixed length of wire rope with mechanical fittings at
both ends for pinning segments of wire rope together. Bar type: instead of wire rope, a bar is used.
Pendants are typically used in a latticed boom crane system to easily change the length of the boom
suspension system without completely changing the rope on the drum when the boom length is
increased or decreased.
Pendant Control Station--Controls suspended from an overhead crane, gantry crane, or overhead hoist
for operating the unit. (Commonly called the pendant.)

Peening--Permanent distortion of outside wire in a rope caused by pounding.

Periodic Inspection--Daily to yearly inspections.

Pitch Diameter--The distance, measured through the center of a drum or sheave, from center to center of
a rope passed about the periphery of the drum or sheave.

Pivoted Luffing Jib--A tower crane jib that in general has pivot points somewhere in the middle area;
also called articulated jib.

Plow Steel--See grades, rope.

Plug--To operate a controller in such a manner that the motor line voltage polarity or phase sequence is
reversed before the motor rotation has stopped, thereby developing a counter torque that acts as a
retarding force.

Plugging--Stopping the forward motion of the bridge or trolley travel by reversing the controller to the
opposite direction.

Plugging relay--A current relay that senses current in the motor secondary circuit of an alternating
current motor and limits reverse torque of the motor until the motor rotation has stopped. In a
direct current control panel, the relay performs the same function by establishing a sensing circuit at
the motor armature (also known as the antiplugging relay.)

Polar Crane--See cranes, types of.

Power-Controlled Lowering--A system or device in the power train, other than the load holding brake,
that can control the lowering speed of the load hoist mechanism.
Power Lines--Electric transmission and distribution lines.
Powered Industrial Truck--A mobile, power-driven vehicle used to carry, push, pull, lift, stack, or tier
material.

Power-Operated Crane--See cranes, types of.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 29

Pre-Engineered Lift--A noncritical lift that management has designated as requiring additional controls
by having a qualified individual or engineer independently pre-identify load weight, load center of
gravity, lift attachment points, and minimum lifting hardware (slings, below-the-hook lifting
devices, shackles, etc.) capacities that will be used for the lift or series of lifts. Pre-identified
information shall be provided to the personnel involved in the lift.

Preece Test--A recognized standard of testing the galvanized coating on wire.

Preformed Strand--Strand in which the wires are permanently shaped, before fabrication in the strands,
to the helical form they assume in the strand.

Preformed Wire Rope--Wire rope in which the strands are permanently shaped, before fabrication into
the rope, to the helical form they assume in the wire rope.

Premise Wiring--Interior and exterior wiring, including power, lighting, control, and signal circuit wiring
together with all their associated hardware, fittings, and wiring devices, both permanently and
temporarily installed.

Pressure Gripping Lifters, friction type--Lifters that grip the load without significant or harmful
permanent deformation of the load surfaces.

Pressure Gripping Lifters, indentation type--Lifters that carry the load by applying sufficient force to
permanently indent the sides of the load.

Prestressing--Stressing a wire rope or strand before use under such a tension and for such a time that the
construction stretch is largely removed.

Preventive Maintenance--A periodic or scheduled program that provides lubrication, adjustments,

inspection, and testing as required to keep equipment in safe, operable working conditions.

Primary Load-Bearing Part--See load-bearing parts.

Proof Load--The load applied in performance of a proof test.

Proximity Alarm--A device that provides a warning of proximity to a power line and that has been listed,
labeled, or accepted by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory in accordance with 29 CFR
1910.7.
Pullers--Also called come-along.

Pulpit-Operated Crane--See cranes, types of.

Qualified--A person, who by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or

by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve
or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project.

Qualified Engineer--A person who, by possession of a recognized degree or certificate of professional

standing, or who, by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated
the ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter and work.
Qualified Evaluator-- A person who has demonstrated that he/she is competent in accurately assessing
whether individuals meet the Qualification Requirements.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 30

Qualified Inspector--One whose competence is recognized by the cognizant manager and whose
qualification to perform specific inspection activities has been determined verified and attested to in
writing.

Qualified Operator--One whose competence to operate equipment safely and effectively (including the
ability to accurately spot and control loads) has been demonstrated by extensive experience or
operational tests and whose name has been posted on the Qualification List in the work area by the
cognizant manager.
Qualified Person-- A person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or
professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training and experience,
successfully demonstrated the ability to solve/resolve problems relating to the subject
matter, the work, or the project.
Qualified Rigger--a rigger who meets the criteria for a qualified person.

Qualified Safety Representative--A person who, by possession of a recognized degree or certificate of

professional standing, or who, by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully
demonstrated the ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter and work.

Rail, bridge--The track supported by the bridge girder(s) on which the trolley travels.

Rail, runway--The track supported by the runway beams on which the crane travels.

Rail sweep--A mechanical device attached to the end truck of a bridge or trolley, located in front of the
leading wheels, to remove foreign objects from the rail.

Radius (reach)--For mobile equipment, the horizontal distance from the theoretical intersection of the
axis of rotating and the vertical center of the hoist line(s).
Range Control Limit Device--A device that can be set by an equipment operator to limit movement of
the boom or jib tip to a plane or multiple planes.

Range Control Warning Device--A device that can be set by an equipment operator to warn that the
boom or jib tip is at a plane or multiple planes.
Range Diagram--A diagram showing an elevation view of a crane with circular arcs marked off to show
the luffing path of the tip for all boom and jib lengths and radial lines marking boom angles. A
vertical scale indicates height above ground, while a horizontal scale is marked with operating radii.
The diagram can be used to determine lift heights, clearance of the load from the boom, and
clearances for lifts over obstructions.

Ratchet--A toothed member, attached to or a part of the drum, for engagement with the pawl.

Rated Capacity (rated load)--(a) The maximum working load permitted by the manufacturer under
specified working conditions. Such working conditions typically include a specific combination of
factors such as equipment configuration, radii, boom length, and other parameters of use. (b) For a
truck equipped with load carriage and forks or attachments it is the weight established by the
manufacturer at a required load center that a given truck can transport and stack to an established
height.
Rated Life--See bearing life.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 31

Rated Load (hydraulic jacks)--Maximum load, applied at a specified point, for which the jack is
designed and built by a manufacturer for its specified travel.

Rated Load, lifting (mechanical jacks)--Maximum load, applied at a specified point, which the jack was
designed to lift with the specified operating lever.

Rated Load, sustaining (mechanical jacks)--Maximum load, applied at a specified point, which the jack
was designed to sustain.

Rated Lope (line) Pull--The manufacturer=s recommended load in pounds (kilograms) applied to the rope
attached to the hoist drum.

Reach--Distance from the axis of rotation of a crane or derrick, sometimes used synonymously with
radius.

Rerate--To change the rated load (capacity). The rated load may be increased or decreased.

Reel--The flanged spool on which wire rope or strand is wound for storage or shipment.

Reeve--The pattern that a rope forms between sheaves in a hoisting system.

Reeved Blocks--Passing rope through a set of blocks, as opposed to laced blocks, and in such a manner
that there are no lines crossed or rubbing each other.

Reeving--A rope system in which the rope travels around drums and sheaves in a prescribed manner.

Reeving Diagram--A diagram showing the path of the rope through a system of sheaves (blocks).

Regenerative--A method of control in which the electrical energy generated by the motor is fed back into
the power system.

Regular-Lay Rope--Wire rope in which the wires in the strands and the strands in the rope are laid in
opposite directions.

Remote-Operated Crane--See cranes, Types of.

Repetitive Pickup Point--When operating on a short cycle operation, the rope being used on single layer
and being spooled repetitively over a short portion of the drum.

Reverse Bend--Reeving of a wire rope over sheaves and drums so that it bends in opposite directions.

Reverse Lay--See alternate lay.

Revolving Superstructure--On a mobile crane, the entire rotating structure less the front end attachment;
also called upper superstructure.

Rigger--See qualified rigger and rigging specialist.

Rigging--The act of attaching hoisting equipment to the load.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 32

Rigging Hook--See hook, rigging.

Rigging Specialist--A qualified rigger or recognized rigging authority with at least 5 years hoisting and
rigging experience selected by the employer to advise or supervise hoisting and rigging activities.
(See qualified rigger.)

Right-Hand End--A reference to parts or dimensions on the viewer=s right of the centerline of span,
established when facing the drive-girder side of the crane.

Right-Lay--(a) Strand in which the cover wires are laid in a helix having a right-hand pitch, similar to a
right-hand screw; (b) Rope in which the strands are laid in a helix having a right-hand pitch, similar
to a right-hand screw.

RL--DOE, Richland Operations Office.

Rocker Beam--Beam used for hoisting flimsy trusses or long flimsy loads. Also used to equalize the
weight and to keep a load, such as tank plate, from buckling.

Rollers--Relatively small-diameter cylinders or wide-faced sheaves for supporting or guiding ropes.

Rooster--One or more struts at the top of a boom or mast, such as a jib strut, a tower-crane top tower, or
the struts at the top of the mast of a mobile crane tower attachment.

Rope--Refers to wire rope unless otherwise specified.

Rope Drum--That part of a drum hoist that consists of a rotating cylinder with side flanges on which
hoisting rope is spooled in or out (wrapped).

Rotation-Resistant Rope--A wire rope consisting of an inner layer of strands laid in one direction,
covered by a layer of strands laid in the opposite direction. This has the effect of counteracting
torque by reducing the tendency of the finished rope to rotate.

Running Wire Rope--A rope that moves over sheaves or drums.

Running Sheave--A pulley-type device that changes location in relation to the hoisting device.

Runway (overhead cranes)--An assembly of rails, girders, and brackets that form a structural support on
which a crane operates.

Saddle Jib--The horizontal live-load supporting member of a hammerhead-type tower crane having the
load falls supported from a trolley that traverses the jib; also called load jib.

SAE--Society of Automotive Engineers.

Safety Factor--See design factor.

Safe Working Load (SWL)--See rated capacity.

Sag--See deflection.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 33

Seale--A strand construction having one size of cover wires with the same number of one size of wires in
the inner layer and each layer having the same length and direction of lay. Most common
construction is one center wire, nine inner wires, and nine cover wires.

Seize--To bind securely the end of a wire rope or strand with seizing wire or strand.

Seizing Strand--Small strand, usually of seven wires, made of soft-annealed-iron wire.

Seizing Wire--A soft-annealed-iron wire.

Serve--To cover the surface of a wire rope or strand with a wrapping of wire.

Service, normal--That service which involves operation with randomly distributed loads within the rated
load limit, or uniform loads of less than 65 percent of the rated load for not more than 15 percent of
the time for manually operated hoists and 25 percent of the time for electric- or air-powered hoists,
of a single work shift.

Service, heavy--that service which involves operation within the rated load limit which exceeds normal
service.

Service, severe--that service which involves normal or heavy service with abnormal operating conditions.

Shackle--A type of clevis normally used for lifting.

Shaft, cross (squaring shaft) (drive shaft)--The shaft(s) extending the length of the bridge, used to
transmit torque from the motor to a wheel(s) at each end of the bridge.

Shall--Word indicating that the rule is mandatory and must be followed.

Sheave--A wheel or pulley with a circumferential groove designed for a particular size of wire rope; used
to change direction of a running rope.

Shock Loading--Term used to call attention to the application of any sudden, unplanned loading of
equipment that would jeopardize the safety of the lift. Typical examples that could result in shock
loading are: (a) rapid travel of the burden block without alteration of speed before all slack is
removed from the sling(s), (b) unplanned shifting of the load while suspended, (c) fracture of a
lifting system component resulting in the application of unknown loading on remaining
components.

Should--Word indicating that the rule is a recommendation, the advisability of which depends on the
facts in each situation.

Side Frames--Part of the base mounting of a crawler crane attached to the carbody and supporting the
crawler treads, the track roller, and the drive and idler sprockets. Crawler frames transmit crane
weight and operational loadings to the ground; also called crawler frames.

Side Pull--That portion of the hoist pull acting horizontally when the hoist lines are not operated
vertically.

Side Loading--A loading applied at any angle to the vertical plane of the boom.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 34

Siemens-Martin Strand--A grade of galvanized strand.

Signal Person/Flagman – A qualified person whose responsibility is to provide direction for equipment
movements to the operator through use of voice signals or standardized hand signals.

Single Galvanized Strand--Strand made in the Acommon grade@ or wiped galvanized wire. See common
strand.
Site Supervisor--Exercises supervisory control over the work site on which a crane is being used and
over the work that is being performed on that site.
Slewing--A crane or derrick function wherein the boom or load-supporting member rotates about a
vertical axis (axis of rotation); also called swing.

Slinging Eye--See lifting eye.

Slings--Wire ropes, chains, or synthetic fabric made into forms, with or without fittings, for handling
loads.

Slings, braided--A very flexible sling composed of several individual wire ropes braided into a single
sling.

Slings, endless and grommet wire rope--A wire rope made endless from one continuous length of
cable-laid rope with the ends joined by one or more metallic fittings.

Slings, four-leg bridle--Sling made with four single-rope legs, secured to a single lifting ring.

Slings, three-leg bridle--Slings made with three single-rope legs, secured to a single lifting ring.

Slings, two-leg bridle--Slings with single-rope legs, equalizing double-rope legs, or multiple-part rope
legs.

Slip (motor)--The difference between theoretical, or synchronous, speed and actual speed in an induction
motor. Under standard conditions, an induction motor never reaches synchronous speed, at which
zero torque is developed.

Smooth Coil Strand--Strand composed entirely of round wires.

Snatch Block--A single- or double-sheave block arranged so one or both cheek plates can be opened,
permitting the block to be reeved without having to use a free rope end; also called gate block.
(The brand name SKOCUM is also used generically; thus, snatch blocks are also called skocum
blocks.)

Socket--Type of wire rope fitting. See bridge sockets, closed sockets, open sockets, and wedge
sockets.

Softeners--Anything used to protect the load or the rigging from damage while making a lift. Also,
prevents load from slipping.

Span--The horizontal distance center-to-center of runway rails.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 35

Special Flexible--See extraflexible and extrapliable.

Special Hazard Warnings--Warnings of site-specific hazards (for example, proximity of power
lines).
Special-Rated Capacity--The maximum hook load that a piece of hoisting equipment or the maximum
working load that an industrial truck or piece of rigging tackle is permitted to carry, based on its
present condition and the operational conditions as determined by an engineering evaluation, load
test, or both. The special-rated capacity may be equal to, but not greater than, the rated capacity of
equipment established by the manufacturer.

Spider--A fitting mounted to a pivot (gudgeon pin) at the top of a derrick mast, providing attachment
points for guy ropes; also called Mast cap.

Spiral Groove--A continuous helical groove that follows a path on and around a drum face, similar to a
screw thread.

Splicing--Interweaving of two ends of ropes to make a continuous or endless length without appreciably
increasing the diameter. Also, making a loop or eye in the end or a rope by tucking the ends of the
strands.

Spooling (rope)--Winding of rope on a cylindrical drum in evenly spaced, uniform layers.

Spotter – An assigned person(s) whose sole responsibility is to provide a warning or stop signal during
vehicle or equipment operation prior to violation of proximity restrictions or per-determined
distance limitations to structures or hazards such as power and communication lines, overhead
obstructions, buildings, telephone poles, ground penetrations and etc. (Spotters for mobile cranes
require the use of a qualified signalman/flagman as a spotter).

Spreader Bar--A frame, forming part of the boom suspension, supporting sheaves for the live suspension
ropes and attached to the fixed suspension ropes (pendants); also called bridle, spreader, live
spreader, or flating harness.

Spreader Beam--A fixture made of rigid parts, such as pipe, wide-flange, I-beam, channel, plate, etc., to
assist in rigging a load; also called lifting beam.

Stabilizers--Devices for increasing stability of a crane; they are attached to the crane base mounting but
are incapable of relieving the wheels (crawlers) of crane weight.

Stabilizing moment--The moment of the dead-weight of the crane or derrick, less boom weight, about
the tipping fulcrum; hence, the moment that resists overturning; also called machine moment or
machine resisting moment.

Stainless Steel Rope--Wire rope made of low-carbon corrosion-resistant steel.

Standby--A crane or derrick that is not in regular service, but one that is used occasionally or
intermittently as required.

Standing Line--A fixed-length line that supports loads without being spooled on or off a drum; a line of
which both ends are dead; also called stay rope or pendant.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 36

Standing Rope--See guy line.

Standing Rope (pendant)--A supporting rope that maintains a constant distance between the points of
attachment to the two components connected by the rope.

Static Base--Tower-crane support (base mounting) where the crane mast is set on or into a foundation.

Static Controls--Controls that provide a function similar to that of magnetic controls. The accelerating
resistors and contactors are replaced with thyristors, silicon-controlled rectifiers (SCRS), and
similar static electronic devices. Operating characteristics are similar to those that might be
obtained from magnetic control having an infinite number of accelerating contacts between the first
and final control points.

Statically Determinate Load--The load or stress in a member that, when determined by arithmetic
means, is mathematically accurate.

Statically Indeterminate Load--A load or stress that is determined arithmetically and which has a range
of values which cannot be accurately determined mathematically.

Stay Rope--A fixed-length rope forming part of the boom suspension system; also called boom guy line,
hog line, boom stay, standing line, or pendant.

Steel-Clad Rope--Rope with individual strands spirally wrapped with flat steel wire. See armored rope.

Stirrup--The U-bolt or eyebolt attachment on a bridge socket.

Stop--A member to physically limit the travel of a trolley or bridge. This member is rigidly attached to a
fixed structure and normally does not have energy-absorbing ability.

Strand, wire rope--A plurality of round or shaped wires helically laid about an axis.

Strength Margin--The ratio of structural failure load (or stress) to actual or permitted load (or stress).

Structural competence--The ability of the equipment and its components to support the stresses imposed
by operating loads without the stresses exceeding specified limits.

Superstructure--The rotating upper frame structure of a mobile crane and the operating machinery
mounted thereon.

Supporting materials--Blocking, mats, cribbing, marsh buggies (in marshes/wetlands), or similar

supporting materials or devices.

SUS--Saybolt universal seconds.

Swaged Fittings--Fittings in which wire rope is inserted and attached by a cold-forming method.

Swing--Rotation of the superstructure of a mobile crane or derrick boom for movement of loads in a
horizontal direction about the axis of rotation.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 37

Swing Axis--The vertical line about which a crane or derrick swings; also called center of rotation
(obsolete) or axis of rotation.

Swing Mechanism--The machinery involved in providing rotation of the superstructure or derrick boom.

Swingers--(a) Attached--Reversible drum unit arranged to rotate or swing a derrick mast and boom, or
some other structure which supports a load lifting or lowering boom, which is attached to and
receives its power from a hoist; (b) Independent--Unit directly geared to its own power for rotating
or swinging a derrick mast and boom; (c) Rope--Unit provided with one or two reversible drums for
winding the rope used for rotating or swinging a bull wheel of a boom supporting structure.

Switch--A device for making, breaking, or changing the connections in a control circuit. It is also a
device for changing directions of a trolley from one monorail system (track) to another.

Switch, emergency stop--A manually or automatically operated electric switch to cut off electric power
independently of the regular operating controls.

Switch, limit--A switch that is operated by some part or motion of a power-driven machine or equipment
to open or close the electrical circuit associated with the machine or equipment.

Switch, main--A switch controlling the entire power supply to the crane, often called the disconnect
switch.

Synchronous Speed--The synchronous speed of an alternating current (ac) motor is directly proportional
to the supply frequency and inversely proportional to the number of poles. For example, the
synchronous speed of a four pole motor operating at 60 Hz is determined by the following equation:

Synchronous Speed = 120 X Frequency ÷ # of Poles therefore: 120 x 60 ÷ 4 = 1800 r/min.

Tackle--Those pieces of rigging such as slings, spreader bars, chokers shackles, thimbles, eyebolts, rings,
or other handling fixtures used for attachment of the load to the crane or hoist.
Tag Line--A rope (usually fiber) attached to a lifted load for purposes of controlling load.
Tailing Crane--The crane controlling the base end of the object in a multi-machine operation in which a
long object is erected from a horizontal starting position to a vertical final position.

Taking Up--The process of removing slack from a line or drawing (spooling) in on a line; loading a line
by drawing in on it.

Tapered Tip--The uppermost section of a sectional latticed boom, which usually includes the weldment
mounting the upper load sheaves as an integral part; also called boom point, head section, or
boom tip section.

Technical Approver--An individual assigned to review critical lift plans who has technical knowledge
and experience applicable to the requirements of this manual, mandatory standards, and equipment
identified in the critical lift plan.

Test Load--A load that is periodically applied to hoisting equipment to ensure that it has the ability to
safely handle the rated capacity of the equipment. The test load is usually some percentage of the
rated load capacity--100 percent to 150 percent of rated load.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 38

Thimble--Grooved-metal fitting designed to prevent crushing or overstressing wire rope at the terminal
end which is used to protect the eye of a wire rope or sling.

Third-Party Inspection--An inspection made by an independent party who is a crane and hoist
specialist. See qualified inspector.

Tiller Rope--A very flexible operating rope, commonly made by cable laying six 6 x 7 ropes around a
fiber core.
Tilt Up or Tilt Down Operation--Raising/lowering a load from the horizontal to vertical or
vertical to horizontal.
Tinned Wire--Wire coated with tin.

Tipping Fulcrum--The horizontal line about which a crane or derrick will rotate should it overturn; the
point(s) on which the entire weight of a crane or derrick will be imposed during tipping.

Tipping Lift--Refer to boom hoist.

Tipping Load--The load for a particular operating radius that brings the crane or derrick to the point of
incipient tipping.

Topping--See derrick.

Torque, locked-rotor--The minimum torque which an induction motor will develop at rest, for all
angular positions of the rotor, with rated voltage applied at rated frequency. Not applicable to
wound-rotor (slipping motors).

Torque, motor breakdown--The maximum torque that an induction motor will develop with rated
voltage applied at rated frequency without an abrupt drop in speed.

Torque, motor full-load--The torque developed by an electric motor (ac or direct current [dc]) to
produce its rated horsepower at rated full-load speed.

Torque, motor pull-up--The minimum torque developed by an induction motor during the period of
acceleration from rest to the speed at which breakdown torque occurs. For induction motors with 8
percent or greater slip, the pull-up torque, the breakdown torque, and the starting torque are all
equal and occur at zero speed.

Traction Steel--A grade of wire rope used in elevator service. See grades, rope.

Tram--The practice of placing punch marks on a hook for gauging use.

Transit--Moving or transporting a mobile crane from one job site to another.

Travel--(a) Movement of a mobile or wheel-mounted crane about a job site under its own power;

(b) Linear extending or retracting movement of a jack.

Travel Base--The base mounting for a wheel-mounted (traveling) tower crane.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 39

Tread Diameter--The diameter of a sheave or grooved rope drum measured at the base of the groove.
The diameter of a smooth barrel on a rope drum.

Trolley--A unit that travels on the bridge rails consisting of frame, end trucks, drive supporting the
hoisting mechanism, rope, and load block that supports the load, or a unit that travels on the lower
flange of a beam or monorail system supporting a hoist.

Trolley Girts--Structural members that are supported on the trolley trucks and contain the upper sheave
assemblies.

Trolley Travel--The trolley movement.

Trolley Truck--An assembly consisting of wheels, bearings, axles, and structural framework that
supports the hoist mechanism.

Turnbuckle--Device attached to wire rope chain or rods for making limited adjustments in length, which
consists of a barrel and right-hand and left-hand threaded bolts.

Two-Block Damage Prevention Feature--A system that will stall when two-blocking occurs without
causing damage to the hoist rope or crane machinery components. See anti-two-block device.

Two-Block Warning Feature--A warning device to alert the operator of an impending two-blocking
condition. See anti-two-block device.

Two-Blocking--The condition in which the lower load block or ball assembly comes in contact with the
upper load block or boom-point sheave assembly.

UBC--Uniform Building Code.

UL--Underwriters Laboratory.

Ultimate Strength--The maximum conventional stress, tensile, compressive, or shear that a material can
stand without failure.
Unavailable Procedure: Procedures that are no longer available from the manufacturer, or have never
been available, from the manufacturer.

Upperworks--The revolving frame of equipment on which the operating machinery (and many cases
the engine) are mounted along with the operator’s cab. The counterweight is typically supported
on the rear of the upperstructure and the boom or other front end attachment is mounted on the
front.
Vangs (vangs lines)--Tackle attached to each side of a derrick boom near the outer end, and to the base or
pontoon at a lateral distance, by means of which the boom is rotated (slewed) from one side to the
other.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 40

Verification--A procedure, instruction, report, or document that is checked for validity and signed by one
or more parties. The person designated to sign verifies that a specific action has been performed in
accordance with specified requirements, usually based on personal observation, certified records, or
a direct report.

Wall Crane--See cranes, Types of, - jib crane.

Warrington--A wire rope strand construction in which one layer of wires, usually the outer, is composed
of alternating large and small wires.

Weather Crane--To swing with the wind when out of service to expose a minimum area to the wind.

Web Plate--The vertical plate(s) connecting the upper and lower flanges or cover plates of a girder.

Wedge Socket--Wire rope fitting in which the rope end is secured by a wedge.

Wheel Load--Load placed on a bridge or trolley wheel.

Wheel Load, bridge--The vertical force (without impact) produced on any bridge wheel by the sum of
the rated load, trolley weight, and bridge weight, with the trolley so positioned on the bridge as to
give maximum loading.

Wheel Load, trolley--The vertical force (without impact) produced on any trolley wheel by the sum of
the rated load and the trolley weight.

Wheelbase--The distance from center to center of the outermost wheels of the bridge or trolley, measured
parallel to the rail.

Whipline (runner or auxiliary line)--A separate hoist rope system usually of a lighter load capacity than
provided by the main hoist. Standard Hanford Site terminology is auxiliary hoist.

Winch Head (gypsy head)--A rotatable cylindrical drum with curved end flanges, used for load handling
by means of fiber rope coiled about its barrel with hand tension applied to the nonload end. Also
called a capstan.

Windlass--A base-mounted machine, usually power-operated, used for hauling in or paying out rope or
chain.

Wire Rope-- A flexible rope constructed by laying steel wires into various patterns of multi-wired strands
around a core system to produce a helically wound rope..

Wire (round)--A single, continuous length of metal, cold drawn from a rod.

Wire (shaped)--A single, continuous length of metal either cold drawn or cold rolled from a rod.

WISHA--Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act.

Wrap--One circumferential turn of wire rope around a rope drum barrel.

Working Load Limit--WLL (see rated capacity).

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 41

WSMA--Web Sling Manufacturers Association

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 12, 2017

Chapter 22.0 Appendix A, Definitions and Acronyms Rev 1 Page 42

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Rev 1 Page 1

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Permission has been received from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers to use and
reproduce portions of standards relating to crane operation and safety. The Committee of Wire Rope
Producers of the American Iron and Steel Institute grants permission to reproduce or quote their Wire Rope
Users Manual and the Wire Rope Sling User’s Manual when used as an editorial reference. The Crosby
Group, Inc., has granted permission to use information about wire rope clips and illustrations of swivel
hoist rings and rigging techniques from The Crosby General Catalog.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual January 31, 2011

Rev 1 Page 2

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 18, 2014
APPENDIX B, Users Guide Rev 1 Page 1

INTRODUCTION

This chapter is a user’s guide to good practices. Its use and application does not absolve the user
of responsibilities to comply with the requirements of this manual and referenced Department of
Energy (DOE), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and American Society
of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards. Permission for the use of The Complete Rigger’s
Reference Handbook in this manual does not allow reproduction. Personnel who desire a
hardcopy of the Riggers Reference Handbook can order one at http://riggsafe.com/.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual November 18, 2014
APPENDIX B, Users Guide Rev 1 Page 2

This page intentionally left blank.

 THE
COMPLETE

RIGGER’S
REFERENCE
HANDBOOK
A practical reference for the rigger and crane operator

By Mike Riggs
 THE
COMPLETE

RIGGER'S
REFERENCE
HANDBOOK
3rd Edition
A practical reference tool for riggers & crane operators

By Mike Riggs

Published and distributed by:

RiggSafe Solutions, Inc.
P.O. Box 52003
Knoxville, TN 37950
(888) 315-1325

www.riggsafe.com
We at RiggSafe Solutions, Inc. would like to thank you for seeing the
value of this riggers reference handbook. We trust its content will help
to make your crane and rigging activities efficient and safe. Your
comments concerning the Riggers Reference and suggestions for
future editions is valued and appreciated.
Please contact RiggSafe Solutions, Inc. at [email protected]

No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in

any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrieval
system without the expressed written permission of RiggSafe
Solutions, Inc.

Copyright 2013 RiggSafe Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.

 Preface
The Complete RIGGER'S REFERENCE Handbook is a practical, well
illustrated guide designed as a quick reference tool for the beginning
and professional rigger, crane operator, supervisor and others
responsible for the safe and proper use and inspection of rigging gear.
This handbook is specifically designed to be used in the instruction of
crane and rigging activity. It is the product of over 30 years of the
author’s personal experience in construction and maintenance rigging,
design, development and presentation of crane and rigging training, as
well as several years of fabrication experience with the Slingmax®
Rigging Solutions organization.

Disclaimer
The information contained in this publication was obtained from
sources proven to be reliable at the time of this publication. The
contained material does not cover all the regulations or standards used
in the crane and rigging industry. Suggested procedures should not be
used without securing competent engineering advice for any given
application.
The publisher and author make no representation or guarantee of
results based upon the use of this information and disclaims all
warranties whether implied, express or statutory, including, but not
limited to, warranties of merchantability, fitness for use and fitness for a
particular purpose.
The reader assumes the entire risk as to the use of this information, and
the publisher and the author assume no liability in connection with
either the information presented or use of the suggestions made in this
publication.

i
 Acknowledgments
No one person has any measure of success without the support of
quality people befriended along the way. I would like to give special
thanks to the many who have encouraged me and made my efforts
successful throughout the years. First, I would like to thank Harley Gist,
Dana Morgan, Mike Gelskey Sr., Mark Coyle, Bo Kentner and Scott
Fleming for challenging and encouraging me to strive for continued
personal growth in the craft of rigging. A special thanks to Dennis St.
Germain whose brilliant mind and upbeat attitude has taught me to
think practically, while still remaining outside the box, when resolving
rigging problems that tend to hinder the everyday rigger. A very special
thanks goes to Harley Gist who assisted me with the valuable
brainstorming of ideas from conception to the completion of this book. I
would be negligent if I did not acknowledge the quality Ironworkers of
Local 14 where I first began this journey, and the crane operator’s of
Local 280 who willingly helped educate me about what is happening
above the hook.
Last but not least, loving appreciation goes to my wife, Connie, and our
two daughters, Angela and Amanda, for their understanding and
supportive attitude as I spent many nights away from home during my
career. With all the help I’ve received throughout my life, nothing good
was accomplished but by the grace of God.
I would like also to sincerely thank John Braunbeck, Tom Crane, Tom
DeSoo, Matt Lanham, Sandy Porter and Art Zoerner for their critique of
the technical components of this project and Kathy Gist, Angela Parris
and Amanda Prinz for the grammatical content of this handbook before
it went to print.

ii
 References
ASME B30.2
ASME B30.3
ASME B30.5
ASME B30.9
ASME B30.10
ASME B30.16
ASME B30.20
ASME B30.21
ASME B30.23
ASME B30.26
Engineering Formulas 6th Edition
Handbook of Rigging for Construction and Industrial Operations
I & I Sling, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . www.iandisling.com
International Marine Contractors Association (IMCA)
Jergens, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . www.jergensinc.com
Lift-It Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . www.lift-it.com
Mobile Craning Today (Second Edition)
OSHA 29 CFR 1926 (2009)
OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1400
Pewag Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . www.pewagchain.com
Slingmax Rigging Solutions . . . . . . . . . www.slingmax.com
The Crosby Group . . . . . . . . . . . www.thecrosbygroup.com
Wire Rope Corporation of America . . . . . . . . . www.wrca.com
Wire Rope Users Sling Manual (Third Edition)
Web Sling & Tie Down Association WSTDA-RS-1

iii
 Table of Contents
Load Control
Center of Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Finding the Center of Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Single Hook Turning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Turning with a Choker Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Load Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Tagline Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sling Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
D/d Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sling Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Horizontal Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sling Length/Headroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Drifting Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Block & Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Load Movement  Level/Incline Planes . . . . . . . . . . 41
Load Weight Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Weight Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Weights of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Harley's Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Sling Inspection
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Synthetic Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Synthetic Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Alloy Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Measuring Bridle Sling Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Multiple Lift Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Sling Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Hand Tucked Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

iv
 Flemish Eye Mechanical Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3-Part Tri-Flex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
6-Part Flat Braided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8-Part Braided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Slingmax Gator Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Slingmax Gator-Flex Grommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Wire Rope Grommet Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Wire Rope Sling Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Wire Rope - 6 x 19 / 6 x 36 Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Synthetic Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Type I and Type II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Type III and Type IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Type V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Type VI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Synthetic Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Polyester Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Slingmax Single-Path Slings with  Fast . . . . . . . . . 88
Twin-Path and Single-Path Extra HPF Slings . . . . . . . . 89
Alloy Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Rigging Hardware
Shackles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Heavy Lift Hook Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Eyebolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Swivel Eyebolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Shackle Hoist Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Rings (Master Links) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

v
 Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Wedge Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Manual Operated Chain Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Rigging Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sling Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Knots, Bends & Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Lifting & Spreader Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Lift Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Crane Signals
Mobile Crane Hand Signals. . . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. 159
Overhead Crane Hand Signals . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. 162
Tower Crane Hand Signals . . . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. 163
Voice Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. 164
Crane Set-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Outrigger Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Electrical Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Crane Block Reeving Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Wire Rope Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Crane Limitations
Radius / Boom Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Load Drift / Two-Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Boom Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Dynamic Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Side Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Crane Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Quadrants of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Suspended Personnel Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Conversion Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Reference Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

vi
 Load Control
Center of Gravity (CG)
To enhance the safety and stability of any lift, the Center of Gravity
(CG) must first be located and then controlled. The CG is the point
where the weight is considered to be concentrated on a load. In other
words, the CG is the balance point in all planes.
The laws of physics dictate that the Center of Gravity will always
attempt to reach the lowest possible point. In addition, when the load is
lifted as a single-point pick, the C/G will always hang directly below the
point of suspension .

When the load is suspended, the center of gravity will try to move in two
directions: 1) directly below its point of support and 2) to the lowest
point possible.

1
In order to control load movement caused by the effects of the CG,
slings and lifting devices must be attached accordingly. For the best
control, equal length slings should be attached equal distance from and
above the CG. When this is not possible, keep the CG contained within
three or more legs. A load with a high CG can rotate in some sling hitch
configurations. After taking all these conditions into consideration, the
load can be lifted safely with the assurance of controlling the load.

STABLE UNSTABLE STABLE

STABLE: Slings are attached UNSTABLE: Slings are STABLE: Slings are attached
above the Center of Gravity. attached below the Center of below the Center of Gravity with
Gravity with only two legs. three legs creating stability.

Finding the Center of Gravity

There are several methods to determine the center of gravity (CG).
Depending on the load's shape and size, the CG may be easy to
determine with the following trial and error method. More unique loads
may require one of the mathematical methods to determine its location.
If there is ever any doubt as to the location of the CG consult with a
qualified person before making the lift.

2
Method 1: Trial and Error

1. Attach a plumb line to the hoisting hook. Attach the rigging in a

configuration that will prevent slippage. Lift load until it is barely
suspended and mark a vertical line as designated by the plumb
line.
2. Lower load and adjust rigging so that the load will hang in the
opposite direction when lifted the second time. Make another
vertical mark as designated by the plumb line.
3. The intersection of the two lines will be the CG on that plane.
Attach sling accordingly and lift the load level. (Note this method
should not be used for large or critical lifts)

Method 2:
The CG of a non-symmetrical load may be identified using load cells or
a dynamometer.
1. Lift each end of the load separately.
2. Try to attach rigging at the very end of the lift and make sure the
opposite end is cribbed or supported at the extreme end of the lift.
NOTE: The lift must be executed in this order for two reasons - 1)
To be sure you include all of the lift weight. 2) Anything extending

3
past the point of the support could act as a counterweight at the
non-lifted end.
After weighing each end, add the two weights together to get the total
weight of the lift. Use the distance between the lift points as the total
distance. Use the percentage of the weight to determine percentage of
distance from the opposite end to the CG.
1) Weight of End A + Weight of End B = Total Weight of Lift
2) Weight of End A divided by Total Weight = % of Weight of End A
3) % of Weight at End A x Total Distance between Lift Points =
Distance from Lift Point B to CG
Vertical Weight Vertical Weight

A B
A - Vertical Weight (500 lbs)
B - Vertical Weight (1,500 lbs)
CG - Center of Gravity
Dist. to CG TD - Total Distance (20 ft)
TD

CG from A: B    B)  TD = CG
1,500  (500  1,500)  20  15 Ft.
CG from B: A    B)  TD = CG
500  (500  1,500)  20  5 Ft.

Follow this process on the other two sides of the load. Then intersect
the two CG's to find the combined CG.
4
Method 3
On loads that have obvious uniform sections, the combined CG can be
determined by calculating the size and weight of each section and its
CG.
1. Measure the distance (TD) between the CG-1 and CG-2
2. Calculate the weight of each section
3. To determine the combined CG, divide the weight of one of the
sections by the total weight (TW) of the combined sections; then
multiply by total distance (TD). The resultant will be the distance
from the combined CG to the CG of the opposite section of the
load.

CG-2
CG-1
TD
Dist. to CG

Total Distance (TD) = 20 Ft

Total Weight (TW) = 10,000 lbs
CG-1 Section Wt = 6,000 lbs
CG-2 Section Wt = 4,000 lbs

CG from CG-1: Wt. CG-2  TW  TD

4,000  10,000  20  8 ft
CG from CG-2: Wt. CG-1  TW  TD
6,000  10,000  20  12 ft

5
Method 4
A fourth method can be accomplished by performing the following
steps. These steps can be repeated on all three planes.
1. Calculate the total weight of the load.
2. Establish a baseline on one edge of the load as a reference, in
order to establish measurements from the baseline to the CG of
each section of the load along a given plane.
3. Multiply the weight of each section of the object by the distance
from the baseline to the CG of each section.
4. Add (or subtract, if the section is void) all the sections
determined in step 3 and divide by the total weight of the object.
The result obtained will provide you with the distance to the CG
from the baseline in one plane.

Baseline

4'  8'

16'  21'  9" thick

4'  5'
4'  8'

Reinforced Concrete at 150 lbs Cubic Ft.

6
 Baseline

5 ft

10.5 ft
B

16 ft

18 ft
A

C
D

Baseline

9.8 ft

Section Weight (lbs) Distance from Baseline Total

A 37,800   10.5'  396,900 +
B 3,600   5'  18,000 
C 2,250   16'  36,000 
D 3,600   18'  64,800 
28,350 278,100
278,100  28,350  9.8 ft.

7
Single Hook Turning
There are several ways to turn or roll a load. One of the most difficult
tasks a rigger faces is to control the Center of Gravity (CG) while
turning a load using one hook. The key to a smooth successful turn is
to have the crane movement dictate the load's movement, not the CG.

1) The lift point must be above

the CG and at a point opposite
the direction of the turn. The
lower corner diagonally from
Turn Point
the lift point will be the turn or
pivot point.

2) With the hook over the lift

point, lift slowly. Once the load
starts to pivot move hook
slowly towards the turn point.

3) Continue slowly, moving the

hook up and towards the turn
point until the lift point is
directly over the turn point. In
tight places, the load can be
lifted off the ground, moved
back and lowered to a new
bearing point before resuming
and completing the turn. At this
point, move rigging as required
based on load size and shape.

8
 4) Slowly, move through the turn
point to the second turn point.
Begin to slowly lower the
load while slowly moving the
load horizontally.
When re-rigged

Second Turn Point

5) Stop horizontal movement of

the hook once the hook is
over the placement point and
continue to lower load until
rigging is slack.

Turning with a Choker Hitch

When turning a load with a choker hitch, use an endless sling or double
choker hitch with the eyes pointing in the opposite direction of the turn.
Lift, travel and turn into the bite of the hitch. Turning into the bite of the
hitch will reduce the hitch's capacity by 50%. Then select the sling size
accordingly.

Turn into the bite of the double choker hitch.

Turn into the bite of the hitch.

NOTE: Slings may need

protection from edges and
corner.

9
Load Stability
A load should not be moved unless control of the load's movement,
once suspended, is assured. This includes placement of the lift point
(over the CG), hitch configurations (vertical, choke, basket, etc.) and
number of legs.
Rigging configurations should be planned to control the load's
suspended movement in four directions, North-South-East-West
(N-S-E-W). A single leg does not offer restriction in a load moving
N,S,E, or W. Two-leg rigging configurations inhibit movement in two
directions, while three- and four-leg configurations inhibit movement in
all four directions (N-S-E-W).

One-Leg Two-Legs

Three-Legs Four-Legs

10
Tagline Use
The safest method for a rigger when controlling a suspended load's
spin is by the use of a tag line. When attached properly, a tagline allows
the rigger to control load rotation while keeping the rigger away from
the load.
1. The main purpose of a tagline is to control load spin (rotation).
2. Rigger's safety is enhanced when a
tagline is correctly used. The taglines
proper use provides a safe distance
between the rigger and the load.
3. Attach taglines as far from the center of
gravity as practical.
4. For best control of the load while
moving, trail the load.
5. Keep tagline free of knots and
loops which can hang-up during
load movement.
6. Safely coil up excess line to
prevent entanglement
with the rigger's feet.
7. Never wrap the
tagline around any
part of your body or limbs.

11
Sling Hitches
There are three basic hitches; the vertical hitch, the choker hitch and
the basket hitch. All other hitches are a combination or variation of the
these sling hitches.
Vertical Hitch - A hitch where the sling is used in an
eye and eye or straight-pull configuration. The vertical
hitch capacity reflects a full 100% of the slings
Working Load Limit (WLL). The hitch's efficiency is
reduced when used at any angle less than 90 from
the horizontal plane.
Vertical Hitch

Choker Hitch - A hitch formed when one end of the

sling is passed under or through the load and back up
through the sling eye or hardware then is attached to
the lifting hook or other device. The choker hitch WLL
reflects 75% to 80% of the vertical hitch rating, when
the angle of choke is 120 or greater. When the angle
of the choke is less than 120, the hitch efficiency is
Choker Hitch reduced accordingly.

Basket Hitch - A hitch formed when the sling is passed

under or through the load and back up with both ends
placed in the hoisting hook or other device. The
basket hitch WLL is 200% of the vertical hitch rating as
long as both legs of the hitch are within 5 of vertical
and the correct D/d ratio for the sling type is achieved.
When the legs of the hitch are less than 90, its
Basket Hitch efficiency is reduced accordingly.

12
 Bridle Hitch - A hitch where multiple vertical hitches
(usually 2 to 4 slings) are attached to a single upper
attachment point to facilitate making the lift.

Bridle Sling - A sling where multiple legs are

gathered on a master link during fabrication. Bridle
sling capacities are based on a specific angle with
all legs lifting an equal share of the load weight.

Rendered Choker Hitch - A hitch where the bite of

the choke is rendered, to some degree, off to the
side of the load. This helps to control a high center
of gravity. It is usually used with an opposing hitch.
Bite of hitch

Rendered Choke Hitch

RENDERED CHOKE ADJUSTMENT

Angle of Choke Efficiency

Over 120° 100%
90°- 120° 87%
60°- 89° 74%
30°- 59° 62%
0°- 29° 49%

Rendered Hitch Capacity = Choker WLL X Angle of Choke Efficiency

13
 Double Wrap Choker Hitch - This hitch has the
same rating as a choker hitch that does not have
an extra wrap. However, this hitch provides
more load control because the extra wrap,
around the load, provides 360 contact around
the load. The double wrap is great for bundled
loads and controlling a high center of gravity.
Dbl. Wrap Choker Hitch
Double Wrap Basket Hitch - This hitch has the
same rating as a basket hitch. The extra wrap
provides 360 contact around the load. The
double wrap is great for bundled loads and
controlling a high center of gravity.

Dbl. Wrap Basket Hitch

Double Choker Hitch - This hitch has double the

choker hitch capacity when the body of the sling
passes through the eyes and back to the hook.
Thus allowing for full adjustment of the sling to
equalize loading on all parts of the sling.

Dbl. Choker Hitch

Inverted Basket Hitch - This hitch has the same
rating as a standard basket hitch, less the
reduction of a small D/d ratio. It is used to
increase the D/d ratio from a vertical basket
through a shackle. It also provides continual
adjustments when used in conjunction with
snatch blocks during tilt up operations. It is
possible for the inverted basket to run over the
Inverted Basket Hitch saddle of the hook unless restrained.
14
 Double Basket Hitch - This hitch has the same
rating as two basket hitches (with the same angle).
This hitch should be used at angles no less than
60 from the horizontal plane. A tighter angle may
cause the basket part of the hitch to run, making the
load unstable. The hitch achieves an equilateral
Double Basket Hitch triangle at 60.
Adjustable Hitch - This hitch should be used with
the choker hitch rating. This hitch is used for loads
which have an offset center of gravity. For this hitch
to work, the bends in the hitch must be tight. When
slack, the hitch should be adjusted to the desired
length. Once under load, friction will allow the hitch
to stay in place. Rigging hardware should be used
Adjustable Hitch in the bite of the hitch.

Endless Choker Hitch - A choker hitch formed with

an endless style sling provides a more stable hitch
than if formed with an eye and eye style sling. This
is because it provides a large base of support under
the load.

Endless Choker Hitch

Endless Basket Hitch - A basket hitch formed with

an endless style sling provides a more stable hitch
than a basket hitch formed with an eye and eye
style sling because it gives a large base of support
under the load.
Endless Basket Hitch
15
 Double Wrap Basket Hitches Double Wrap Choker Hitches

Rendered Choker Hitch

Endless Sling Vertical Hitches

Two Vertical Hitches

Adjustable Hitch

16
D/d Ratio - Wire Rope Slings
The diameter of curvature around which a wire rope sling is bent affects
its capacity. This is known as the D/d ratio. The upper case D refers to
the diameter of the object to which the sling hitch is applied. The lower
case d represents the diameter of the wire rope.
D/d ratio commonly affects the capacity of wire rope slings in a basket
hitch configuration. To determine the D/d ratio, divide the diameter of
the wire rope sling into the diameter of the load. For example, when the
diameter of the load is 15 times the diameter of the wire rope sling the
D/d ratio is 15:1. This is an 88% efficiency of the sling's basket hitch
capacity.
D/d Efficiency D/d Efficiency
25 100% 3.5 73%
20 92% 3.25 72%
15 88% 3 71%
10 86% 2.75 70% 1" wire rope sling
8 84% 2.5 68%
6 80% 2.25 67% 15"
5 78% 2 65%
4.75 77% 1.75 62%
4.5 76% 1.5 59% D/d ratio = 15: 15"  1" = 15
15:1 ratio = approx. 88% efficiency
4 75% 1.25 55%
3.75 74% 1 50%

Softeners can be used to improve the

radius of contact when using a wire
rope sling around a 90 corner. The
softener's purpose is to create a
contact radius of at least 6 times the Radius of Contact

wire rope diameter.

17
When using multi-part wire rope slings, follow the manufacturers
requirements for pin size in both the eyes and the body of the sling. D/d
ratios are based on component part wire or finished diameter.

D/d ratio is based on component of the

multi-part wire rope sling.

D/d Ratio is based on the finished

diameter of the multi-part wire rope
sling.

18
D/d Ratio - Alloy Chain Slings
According to the National Association Chain of Manufacturers (NACM)
testing the diameter of curvature around which an alloy chain sling is
bent affects its capacity. This is also known as the D/d ratio. The upper
case D refers to the diameter of the object to which the sling hitch is
applied. The lower case d represents the diameter of the alloy chain.
D/d ratio commonly affects the capacity of alloy chain slings in a basket
hitch configuration. To determine the D/d ration, divide the diameter of
the alloy chain sling into the diameter of the load. For example, when
the diameter of the load is 4 times the diameter of the alloy chain sling
the D/d ratio is 4:1. This is 80% efficiency of the sling's basket hitch
capacity.

D/d Ratio Alloy Chain Sling

Strength Efficiencies
6:1 or greater 100%
5:1 90%
4:1 80%
3:1 70%
2:1 60%
Less than 2:1 Not Recommended D/d ratio = 4:1 4” ÷ 1” = 4
4:1 ratio=approx. 80% efficiency.

Softeners can be used to

improve the radius of contact
when using an alloy chain
sling around a 90°corner. The
softener’s purpose is to
protect the chain from
gouging and bending around Softener protecting chain.
tight corners.

19
D/d Ratio - Polyester Roundslings
Roundsling strength is affected by the size and diameter of its
connecting hardware. The Web Sling & Tie Down Association
(WSTDA) directs the users of polyester roundslings to calculate the
bearing stress the sling applies to the fitting to determine if the
hardware is of the correct size and diameter to use the sling at its full
rating. To determine bearing stress we must know two facts about the
hardware we are using. The effective bearing surface and the bearing
surface diameter.
Straight Bearing Surface

Shackles specifically designed for

synthetic slings generally have a
flat surface making the effective
and actual widths identical.

Effective Inside Width

Actual Inside Width

Curved Bearing Surface

An anchor type shackle's effective

inside width is normally 75% of the
shackle's actual width.

Effective Inside Width

Actual Inside Width

20
D/d Ratio - Polyester Roundslings (Cont...)
The WSTDA recommends that the bearing stress on the fitting and
sling to not exceed 7,000 pounds.
Sling Loading
= BEARING STRESS
Load Bearing Area

Example:
A #3 (RS90) roundsling with a vertical
3/4" working load limit of 8,400 lbs connected to a
2" 3/4" shackle.
The shackle has a 2" actual inside width with
an 1-1/2" effective inside width and a stock
7,500 lbs
Force diameter of 0.75 (3/4) inches.
The load of 7,500 lbs is applied to the sling.
Bearing stress equals 6,667 lbs.
WSTDA Recommended Pin Dia.
Sling Vert/Choker Basket
Effective Contact Width
Size Hitch (In.) Hitch (In.)
.75 x 2" = 1.5"
1 .39 .54
2 .59 .83 Load Bearing Area
3 .72 1.02 Hardware Effective Load
4 .85 1.20 Thickness x Contact = Bearing
5 .95 1.35 Diameter Width Area
6 1.12 1.59 .75 x 1.5 = 1.125
7 1.15 1.63
Sling Loading BEARING STRESS
8 1.25 1.77
Load Bearing Area = (Not to exceed 7,000 lbs)
9 1.41 2.00
10 1.60 2.26 7,500
11 1.90 2.69
= 6,667 lbs
1.125 inches
12 2.05 2.90
13 2.46 3.50

21
 Sling Loading
It is important that slings and associated hardware remain within their
rated capacities. The maximum weight a sling can lift is affected by the
number of legs used, the sling's share of the load and the angles at
which the slings are loaded. As the horizontal angle between a sling
and the load is decreased, the sling's ability to lift is decreased.

1-leg carries 100% of the load. 2-legs: each will share 100% of the load.

3-legs: each leg will share 100% of the load.

22
 4-Leg: Anywhere from two to four
legs share the total weight of the
load.

Worst case scenario: Two legs, from

corner to corner, carry the complete
load and the other two legs help
balance the load.

This type of scenario can happen

when the load is rigid, slings are not
of equal lengths, all attachment
points are not equal distance from
the center of gravity or the slings are
not attached correctly on the hoist
hook. In most cases, all legs share
the load but it may not be an equal
share. While two legs are sharing 0%
to 50% the other two share the
remaining 50% to 0% of the load.

23
4-Leg Solutions
We can rig 4-leg hitches in ways that will assure better load distribution
on the four legs. Below are some rigging methods that can be used to
ensure loading is better distributed on a four leg hook up.
When four slings are used
to lift a load with four
individual slings or a 4-leg
bridle is used, all lifting
conditions must be ideal to
assure all four legs are
sharing the load.

Consider the following rigging applications when rigging with four legs:

24
 Calculating Share of Load (SOL)
Symmetrical Loads: When lifting points are on the same plane, the load
is symmetrical and lift points are equal distance from the Center of
Gravity (CG), divide the weight by the number of legs to determine
Share of Load (SOL).
5,000 lbs 5,000 lbs
Share of Load
Wt  # of legs = SOL
10,000  2 = 5,000 lbs

10,000 lbs
Uneven Loads:
SOL - A: D2 x WT  TD = SOL for A
SOL - A SOL - B
TD = Total Distance TD = 10'
D1 = Distance 1 D1 = 6'
D2 = Distance 2 D2 = 4'
WT = Total Weight WT = 10,000 lbs

SOL - A
4 x 10,000  10 = 4,000 lbs
10,000 lbs
SOL - B
6 x 10,000  10 = 6,000 lbs D1 D2
TD

25
Multiple-leg bridle sling capacities are based on all legs lifting an equal
share of the load. Double-leg bridles are based on each leg lifting 50%
of the load. Three-leg bridles are based on each leg lifting 33-1/3% of
the load, while four-leg bridles, except for alloy chain slings, are based
on each leg lifting 25% of the load. Alloy chain sling three- and four-leg
bridles are based on three-leg capacities.
Multiple-Sling Capacity Calculation
Rated load = 1) vertical rated capacity (VRC) of single-leg multiplied by
the number of legs in the bridle; 2) multiplied by the sine (multiplier) of
the horizontal angle.
70  0.939 40  0.642
Multipliers: 60  0.866 35  0.573
50  0.766 30  0.500
45  0.707 25  0.422

EXAMPLE:
Number of slings: 2
Sling VRC each: 10,000 lbs
Sling horizontal angle: 60
Multiplier: 0.866 the sine of 60

10,000  2  .866 = 17,320 lbs Max. load

26
Calculating Sling Loading
The loading of a sling is affected by the angles at which the sling is
loaded. As the horizontal angle between a sling and the load is
decreased, the loading of the sling is increased causing the sling's net
payload to decrease.

Angle of Multiplier
A load of 2,000 lbs. shared by two slings, Loading
can result in higher forces in each individual 90 1.000
sling leg than their 1,000 lb. share of the load 85 1.004
as shown in the above diagram. However, 80° 1.015
the loading on each leg is doubled when 75° 1.035
70° 1.064
loaded at 30. 65° 1.104
60° 1.155
Load Angle Multipliers
55° 1.221
Load Angle Multipliers are used in 50° 1.305
determining the load carried at an angle to 45° 1.414
the load. When the angle of loading is 40° 1.555
35° 1.742
known, the sling tension can be calculated
30° 2.000
by using the Load Angle Multipliers shown in 25° 2.364
the table on this page. Simply determine the 20° 2.924
share of the load the sling is responsible for 15° 3.861
and then multiply its share of the load by the 10° 5.750
angle of loading multiplier. 5° 11.49

27
Calculating Sling Loading (known Angle of Loading)
1) Calculate the sling's share of the load.
2) Multiply the share of the load by the angle of the corresponding
angle multiplier.

EXAMPLE:

SOL = Share of Load

LAM = Load Angle Multiplier
SL = Sling Loading

Angle of Multiplier
Loading
90 1.000
85 1.004
80° 1.015
75° 1.035
70° 1.064
65° 1.104
60° 1.155
55° 1.221
50° 1.305
45° 1.414
40° 1.555
SOL X LAM = SL 35° 1.742
30° 2.000
1,000 x 1.305 = 1,305 lbs
28
Calculating Sling Loading (unknown Angle of Loading)
STEP 1: Determine the Share of Load (SOL). Share of Load is the
percentage of the total load that the sling is lifting. (see page 25)
STEP 2: a) Determine total sling length (L) including any hardware.
b) Determine the vertical height (H) from the horizontal plane
of the load, to the upper sling attachment point.
c) Divide the sling-leg length (L) by the height (H). The result
is the Load Angle Multiplier (LAM).
STEP 3: Multiply the Load Angle Multiplier (LAM) by the Share of Load
(SOL). The sling is responsible for the total tension or loading
on the sling leg.

L
SOL x = Sling Loading
H

SOL = 2,500 lbs

L 12
= = 1.5 (LAM)
H 8
12
2,500 x = 3,750 lbs
8
Sling Loading = 3,750 lbs

29
Calculating Sling Loading (offset Center of Gravity)
When calculating sling loading on loads with an offset center of gravity
(CG) and different sling lengths the following process must be followed
to determine the correct share of the load. (shown on page 25)
L1 = 6.7'
L2 = 5'
H = 3'
L1 L2
H D1 = 6'
D2 = 4'
TD = 10'
WT = 10,000 lbs
SOL = Share of Load

D1 D2
TD

L1 Leg:
1) D2 x WT  TD = SOL 4 x 10,000  10 = 4,000 lbs
2) L1  H = LAM 6.7  3 = 2.233
3) LAM x SOL = Sling Loading 2.233 x 4,000 = 8,932 lbs

L2 Leg:
1) D1 x WT  TD = SOL 6 x 10,000  10 = 6,000 lbs
2) L2  H = LAM 5  3 = 1.666
3) LAM x SOL = Sling Loading 1.666 x 6,000 = 9,996 lbs

30
Calculating Sling Loading (attached at different elevations)
When slings are attached to the load at different elevations,
unexpected stresses are created. The following formulas will correctly
calculate the loading on the slings.
W x D2 x L1 W x D1 x L2
Leg L1: Leg L2: (D x H ) + (D x H )
(D2 x H1) + (D1 x H2) 2 1 1 2

L1 = 10'
L2 = 18'
H1 = 9.5'
L1
H1 L2 H2 H2 = 15.6'
D1 = 3'
D2 = 9'
TD = 12'
WT = 10,000 lbs

D1 D2
TD

900,000 540,000
10,000 x 9' x 10' 10,000 x 3' x 18'
Leg L1: (9' x 9.5') + (3' x 15.6') Leg L2: (9' x 9.5') + (3' x 15.6')
85.5 + 46.8 85.5 + 46.8
132.3 132.3
Leg L1: 6,803 lbs loading Leg L2: 4,082 lbs loading

31
Horizontal Load Calculations (Based on Sling Tension)
Sling angles that affect sling tension also create horizontal loading
causing compression on the load. As the horizontal angle between a
sling and the load is decreased, the horizontal force (compression) is
increased. When the Sling Tension (ST) is known, multiply the sling
tension by the ST Horizontal Force Multiplier (STHFM) to determine the
horizontal force on the load. ST x STHFM = HF

ST = Sling Tension
HF = Horizontal Force
ST HSA = Horizontal Sling Angle
STHFM = ST Horizontal Force Multiplier

Horizontal Force Multipliers

when Sling Tension is Known

HF HSA Horizontal STHFM

Sling Angle Multiplier
90 0.000
85 0.087
80° 0.174
ST = 20,000 lbs 75° 0.259
HSA = 30 70° 0.342
65° 0.423
STHFM = 0.866 60° 0.500
55° 0.574
ST x STHFM = HF 50° 0.643
45° 0.707
20,000 x 0.866 = 17,320 lbs 40° 0.766
35° 0.819
NOTE: To determine total horizontal 30° 0.866
force on the load created by angular 25° 0.906
loading, calculation must be done 20° 0.940
from only one sling. 15° 0.966
10° 0.985
5° 0.996

32
Horizontal Load Calculations (Based on Share of Load)
Sling angles that affect sling tension also create horizontal loading
causing compression on the load. As the horizontal angle between a
sling and the load is decreased, the horizontal force (compression) is
increased. When the Share of Load (SOL) is known, multiply the sling
tension by the SOL Horizontal Force Multiplier (SOLHFM) to determine
the horizontal force on the load. SOL x SOLHFM = HF
SOL
SOL = Share of Load
HF = Horizontal Force
HSA = Horizontal Sling Angle
SOLHFM = Horizontal Force Multiplier
Horizontal Force Multipliers
when Share of Load is Known
HF HSA Horizontal SOLHFM
Sling Angle Multiplier
90 0.000
85 0.087
80° 0.177
SOL = 10,000 lbs 75° 0.268
HSA = 30 70° 0.364
SOLHFM = 1.732 65° 0.467
60° 0.578
55° 0.701
SOL x SOLHFM = HF 50° 0.839
45° 1.000
10,000 x 1.732 = 17,320 lbs 40° 1.191
35° 1.427
NOTE: To determine total horizontal 30° 1.732
force on the load created by angular 25° 2.142
loading, calculation must be done 20° 2.749
from only one share of the load. 15° 3.730
10° 5.664
5° 11.444

33
Calculating Sling Length/Headroom
The Pythagorean Theorem can be used to calculate usable sling length
and available headroom. Knowing two sides of a right triangle makes it
possible to calculate the third side.
a = available headroom
b = distance from attachment to CG
c = usable sling length

a= c2 - b2

b= c2 - a2

c= a2 + b2

If distance to CG (b) is 3' and the sling a= 52 - 32 (25 - 9 = 16)

leg (c) is 5' the available head room (a)
16 = 4'
is 4'

If distance to CG (b) is 6' and the c= 82 + 62 (64 + 36 = 100)

available head room (a) is 8' usable
sling leg (c) is 10' 100 = 10'

34
 Quick Checks
60 Angles
When the sling legs are the same length as the distance between
attachment points the sling angle will be 60. If sling legs are longer,
the angle is greater than 60. If sling legs are shorter, the angle is less
than 60. (Assuming CG is
centered.)

To determine approximate sling

length for 60, 45 and 30
multiply the following multipliers
by the distance between the sling
attachment points.
60 - Distance x 1.0
45 - Distance x .75 (.707 exact)
30 - Distance x .60 (.577 exact)

60 angle: 10 x 1.0 = 10' sling legs

If Distance = 10': 45 angle: 10 x .75 = 7.5' sling legs
30 angle: 10 x .60 = 6' sling legs

35
Field Tension Check
Once slings are attached, lift the hook until the sling is snug to the angle
formed during the lift then:

1
Measure up from the attachment
point until you make a 10" mark
on the sling leg.

10"

2
Measure up from the attachment
point along the sling leg to the 10"
mark.

13"

3 Divide 10" into the measured

length (13"). The result will be the
load angle multiplier (LAM).
Multiply by Share of Load to get
sling loading.
13"
10"
13
= 1.3 (LAM) x SOL = Sling loading
10

36
 Drifting Loads
The tension on two hoists and their associated rigging while drifting a
load can increase the loading enough to severely overload the hoist
and rigging. To determine how much tension will be put on the hoist
use the following formula:

TD
D1 D2

Hoist A Hoist B
L1 L2
H

TD = 16' D1 = 11' D2 = 5' L1 = 12' L2 = 7' H = 5' WT = 2,000 lbs

Hoist A:
Tension = (WT x D2 x L1)  (H x TD)
(2,000 x 5 x 12)  (5 x 16)
120,000  80 = 1,500 lbs

Hoist B:
Tension = (WT x D1 x L2)  (H x TD)
(2,000 x 11 x 7)  (5 x 16)
154,000  80 = 1,925 lbs

37
 Block Loading
Rigging Block Selection
Suitable characteristics for both application and the environment must
be considered when selecting a rigging block. The included angle
formed between the load lines must also be taken into consideration
because of the negative effect this has on the block's capacity. The D/d
ratio between the sheave pitch diameter and the wire rope diameter
should be a minimum of 4:1.

The actual load on a block is usually

greater than the weight of the load
itself. The weight, number of parts of
line and the angle of line pull, must be
taken into consideration when
determining block and anchorage
point load.

Block Loading Multipliers

Angle Multiplier Angle Multiplier Angle Multiplier
0 2.00 60 1.73 130 .84
10 1.99 70 1.64 135 .76
20 1.97 80 1.53 140 .68
30 1.93 90 1.41 150 .52
40 1.87 100 1.29 160 .35
45 1.84 110 1.15 170 .17
50 1.81 120 1.00 180 .00

38
Block Loading
When multiple parts of line are added to a block, there is added
mechanical advantage. This requires less line pull to make the lift. The
number of lines is determined by the number of lines exiting the
traveling block. (Note: examples below are approximate. Resistance due to sheave
bearings will add loading to line pull.)
A B

Line
Lead Line

Lead
1 part of line
4 parts of line

Line pull = Load  Parts of Line

Line pull load A = 2,000  1
= 2,000 lbs
Line pull load B = 2,000  4
= 500 lbs

Load on Block & Structure = Load Weight + Line Pull

Line pull load A = 2,000 + 2,000
= 4,000 lbs
Line pull load B = 2,000 + 500
= 2,500 lbs
39
When determining block loading use the Block Loading Multipliers
table. (on page 38)

2 parts of line

0
Lead Line
A
C

Line pull
Weight  Parts of line = Line Pull  5,000  2 = 2,500 lbs

Block A
Line pull x Multiplier of 0  2,500 x 2 = 5,000 lbs

Block B
Line pull x Multiplier of 40  2,500  (2,500 x 1.87) = 7,175 lbs

Block C
Line pull x Multiplier of 120  2,500 x 1 = 2,500 lbs

Winch
Winch loading = Line pull  Winch loading = 2,500 lbs
40
 Load Movement  Level/Incline Planes
Calculating Pulling Force
Legend Formulas
H= Height, vertical distance
Level: CF  W = F
R= Run, horizontal distance
L= Length, hypotenuse of H & R
Uphill: [CFW  (RL)]  [(H  R)  W] = F
F= Force required to move load
CF = Coefficient of friction
Downhill: [CFW  (RL)]  [(H  R)  W] = F
W= Weight of load

Coefficients of Friction
Cast iron on steel .25 Metal on concrete .60
Concrete on concrete .65 Steel on steel .10
Continuous lubricated surface .15 Wood on concrete .45
Load on air .002 Wood on metal .30
Load on ice .01 Wood on wood .50
Load on wheels .05

Legend values for following three diagrams.

H = 2  R = 10'  L = 10.2  CF = .60  W = 10,000 lbs

Level
Metal on concrete
W

CF  W = F
.60  10,000 = 6,000 lbs

41
Uphill

Metal on concrete
[CF x W x (R  L)]  [(H  R)  W] = F
[.60  10,000  (10  10.2)]  [(2  10)  10,000] = F
[.60  10,000  .98]  [.2  10,000] = F
5,880  2,000 = 7,880 lbs
Downhill
Snub line

Metal on concrete

[CF  W  (R  L)]  [(H  R)  W] = F

[.60  10,000  (10  10.2)]  [(2  10)  10,000] = F
[.60  10,000  .98]  [.2  10,000] = F
5,880  2,000 = 3,880 lbs

NOTE: More force is needed to start load movement than to maintain

its movement.

NOTE: A snub line (hold back) should be used to hold back loads
during stopping and downhill movement.

42
 Load Weight Calculation
The weight of a load is calculated by determining the area and/or
volume of the load or pieces of the load. The weights of some loads can
be calculated easily because of their uniformed shapes and density.
The weights of other loads can be difficult to calculate because of the
complexity of their shape and/or density.
The weights of fabricated steel such as angle iron, channel and
I-beams can be broken down into separate pieces and calculated as
individual shapes. These shapes are then added together to determine
the weight of the whole object. Once the area or volume is calculated,
multiply it by the weight of material to determine the weight of the load.

Legend
A = Area r = Radius
V = Volume d2 = Diameter squared
C = Circumference = Square root
L = Length = 3.14 (Pi)
w = Width h = Height

Calculating Area

Rectangle: A = L w
8 x 4 = 32 ft 2

L = 8' w = 4'

43
Calculating Area (cont...)
Circle: A = r 2
3.14 x 52 = 78.5 ft2
r = 5'
OR
Circle: A = d2  .785
100'  .78 = 78.5 ft2
d = 10'

Sphere: A = 4r 2
4 x 3.14 x 52 = 314 ft2
r = 5'

OR
Sphere: A = d 2
3.14 x 102 = 314 ft2
d = 10'

bh
Triangle: A =
2
5x 6 30
= = 15 ft2
2 2
b = 5'  h = 6'

44
Calculating Area (cont...)

Parallelogram: A = bh
5  3 = 15 ft2

b = 5'  h = 3'

( a  b )h
Trapezoid: A =
2
( 3  5) 8 8x 8 64

2 2 2
64
 32 ft2
2
a = 3'  b = 5'  h = 8'

Pipe: A = d  L
3.14  2  8  50.24 ft2

d = 2'  L = 8'

45
Calculating Volume

Cube: V = L  w  h
8 x 4 x 5 = 160 ft3

L = 8'  w = 4'  h = 5'

Cylinder: V = .785  d2  L
.785 x 5' x 5' x 10' = 196.25 ft3
d = 5'  L = 10'

Pipe: V = t  (d-t)    L
.5 x (5 - .5) x 3.14 x 10'
.5 x 4.5' x 3.14 x 10' = 70.65 ft3
t = .5'  d = 5'  L = 10'

OR
Pipe: V = V of o.d.  V of i.d.
196.25  125.60 = 70.65 ft3

46
Calculating Volume (Cont...)

Cone: V = Area of base  h  3

78.5 x 15  3 = 392.5 ft3

d = 10'  h = 15'

Frustum of Cone:
V = V of cone h2  V of cone h1
392.5 ft3  11.77 ft3 = 380.73 ft3

d = 10'  d1 = 3'  h1 = 5'  h2 = 15'

Pyramid: V = Area of base  h  3

15 x 10  3 = 50 ft3

h = 10'  Area of base = 15 ft2

47
When calculating weights in the field, the rigger often does not have the
luxury of a calculator or the availability of formulas. Even though this
may be the case, load weight must still be determined. Estimating load
weight is not as difficult as it may seem. The rigger should break the
load into three simple shapes whose formulas are easy to remember 
such as a circle, rectangle and cube. By enlarging irregular shaped
portions of the load into simple shapes such as blocks and cylinders
and rounding equations changing  from (3.14 to 3.2) will ensure that
the estimated weight is higher than the actual weight. This process
enhances ones ability to estimate the load weight while ensuring that
the load is not underestimated.

Example:

Block weight 1

Cylinder weight

Block weight 2

Block weight 1  Cylinder weight  Block weight 2  ESTIMATED WEIGHT

48
Displacement
When calculating the weight of a lift in the water the object's
"displacement" must be taken into account. Displacement is the loads
weight multiplied by the density of the liquid it is submersed in. The
Displacement weight is subtracted from the weight of the load to
determine its weight while submerged in the liquid. Likewise when you
remove a load from a liquid, displacement weight is added to the load.
LW = Load Wt.  DV = Displacement Volume  DW = Displacement Wt  SW = Submerged Wt.

Concrete Mooring Block

LW = 5,400 lbs  DV = 36  DW = 2,268 lbs  SW = Submerged Wt.

5,400 lbs
LW  (DV  DW) = SW
 2,340 lbs
5,400  (36  65) = SW
5,400  2,340 = 3,060 lbs
= 3,060 lbs

Steel Pipe
LW = Load Wt.  DV = 7.36  DW = 478.4 lbs  SW = 3,606 lbs

= 4,084.8 lbs
SW  (DV  DW) = LW
3,606.4  (7.36  65) = LW
 478.4 lbs
3,606.4  478.4 = 4,084.8 lbs
3,606.4 lbs

49
Weights of Material
Weight: Pounds per Square Foot Corrugated Sheet Steel
Plate Size Steel Aluminum Pounds per Square Foot
(inches)
1/8 5 1.75 12 Gauge 5.5 18 Gauge 2.5
1/4 10 3.50
14 Gauge 4 20 Gauge 2
1/2 20 7.00
3/4 30 10.50 16 Gauge 3 22 Gauge 1.5
1 40 14.40

Weight: Pounds per Cubic Foot

Material Weight Material Weight
Alcohol 49 Hydraulic fluid 54
Aluminum, solid 165 Ice 58
Asbestos, solid 153 Iron, cast 450
Asphalt, crushed 45 Iron, wrought 485
Brass, cast-rolled 534 Kerosene 50
Brick, common 120 Lead, cast-rolled 710
Bronze 509 Limestone, broken 97
Cement, Portland-loose 90 Lumber, fir 33
Charcoal 13 Lumber, oak 62
Clay, compacted 109 Lumber, railroad ties 50
Clay, wet excavated 114 Marble, broken 98
Coal 56 Marble, solid 160
Concrete, reinforced 150 Motor Oil 55
Copper, cast-rolled 556 Mud, packed 119
Crushed rock 95 Plywood 39
Diesel Fuel 52 Rubber 94
Earth, dry (loose) 78 Sand, loose 90
Earth, dry (packed) 95 Steel 490
Earth, wet 100 Tar 75
Glass 161 Water, pure 63
Granite, solid 168 Water, sea 65

50
 HARLEY'S CORNER
Area Volume
144 sq. in. = 1 sq. ft. 1,728 cu. in. = 1 cu. ft.
1,296 sq. in. = 1 sq. yd. 9 cu. ft. = 1 cu. yd.
9 sq. ft. = 1 sq. yd 1 gal. = ?? cu. ft.
Liquid Weight
16 fl. oz. = 1 pint 1 lb = .454 klg.
2 fl. pt. = 1 qt. 1 klg = 2.2 lbs.
4 fl. qt. = 1 gal.
1 gal. = 0.264 Liters Conversion
1 Liter = 3.785 gal. Convert fractions to decimals
7.48 gal. in 1 cu. ft. by dividing bottom # into top #
Example: 3/4" = 3  4 = .75
NOTES
To find decimal equivalent of inches divide the # of inches
by 12 Example: 3"  12 = .25
Unknown wire rope sling strength can be estimated by
squaring rope diameter and multiply x 8 to find estimated

51
 Sling Inspection
Wire Rope Slings (ASME B30.9-2)

Special Considerations
1) Rotation-resistant wire rope shall not be used to fabricate slings.
2) Wire rope clips shall not be used to fabricate slings except where
the application prevents the use of prefabricated slings or where
the specific application is designed by a qualified person.
3) Malleable clips or knots are not to be used when making wire
rope slings.
4) Slings made with six strand and cable-laid wire rope shall have a
minimum clear length of rope 10 times the rope diameter
between splices, sleeves or end fittings, unless approved by a
qualified person.
5) Braided slings shall have a minimum clear length of rope 40
times the rope diameter between splices, sleeves or end fittings,
unless approved by a qualified person.
6) Grommets and endless slings shall have a minimum
circumferential length of 96 times its body diameter, unless
approved by a qualified person.
Proof Testing
1) Required proof tests:
• New swaged & poured sockets. (200% VRC)
• New turnback eyes & mechanical grommets. (200% VRC)
• Slings with used or welded fittings. (200% VRC)

52
Identification
Each wire rope sling shall be marked to show:
1) manufacturer name or trademark
2) rated load for at least one hitch
type and the angle it is based on
3) diameter or size
4) number of legs if more than one
Inspection
Wire rope slings shall be inspected before each days use. At least once
every 12 months a documented inspection shall be completed by a
designated person. The sling shall be removed from service if one or
more of the following conditions are present:
1) missing or illegible sling identification
2) broken wires
• strand-laid and single-part slings  10 randomly broken
wires in one rope lay, or 5 broken wires in one strand in one
rope lay, and for cable-laid slings  20 broken wires per lay
• six part braided slings  20 broken wires per braid
• for eight or more-part slings  40 broken wires per braid
3) severe localized abrasion or scraping
4) kinking, crushing, birdcaging or other damage resulting in
damage to the rope structure
5) evidence of heat damage
6) end attachments that are cracked, deformed or worn to the
extent that the strength of the sling is substantially affected
7) severe corrosion of the rope, end attachments or fittings
8) other conditions, including visible damage that cause doubt as to
the continued use of the sling

53
Synthetic Web Slings (ASME B30.9-5)

Special Considerations
1) Fittings on synthetic web slings shall be equal to or greater than
the web sling to which they are attached.
2) Fitting surfaces shall be cleanly finished and sharp edges
removed.
3) Stitching shall be the only method for fabricating web slings.
Proof Testing
1) Required proof tests:
• New synthetic web slings incorporating previously used or
welded fittings (200% VRC  Vertical Rated Capacity)
• All repaired slings (200% VRC)
Identification
Each synthetic web sling shall be marked to show:
1) manufacturer's name or trademark
2) manufacturer's code or stock number
3) rated load for at least one hitch type and the angle it is based on
4) type of synthetic web material
5) number of legs if more than one

54
Synthetic Web Sling Types

Type I (TC)
Sling is made with a triangle fitting on one end and a
slotted triangle choker fitting on the other end. It can be
used in a vertical, choke or basket hitch.

Type II (TT)
Sling is made with a triangle fitting on both ends. It can
be used in a vertical or basket hitch.

Type III (EE)

Sling is made with a flat loop eye on each end with loop
eye opening on the same plane as sling body. This
sling is often called a flat eye and eye sling. It can be
used in a vertical, choke or basket hitch.

Type IV (EE)
Sling is made with a twisted loop eye on each end with
loop eye opening at a right angle to the sling body. This
sling is often called a twisted eye and eye sling. It can
be used in a vertical, choke or basket hitch.

55
Type V (EN)
This sling is an endless sling sometimes referred to
as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by
joining the ends of the webbing together. It can be
used in a vertical, choke or basket hitch.

Type VI (RE)
This sling is a returned-eye (reversed-eye) sling.
The sling is made by sewing the body of an endless
sling together with wear protection on one or both
sides of the sling body to form loop eyes at each end
at a right angle to the body. It can be used in a
vertical, choke or basket hitch.

Manufacturer Code

56
Inspection
Synthetic web slings shall be inspected before each days use. At least
once every 12 months a documented inspection shall be completed by
a designated person. The sling shall be removed from service if one or
more of the following conditions are present:
1) missing or illegible sling identification
2) acid or caustic burns
3) melting or charring on any part of the sling
4) holes, tears, cuts, or snags
5) excessive abrasive wear
6) knots in any part of the sling
7) discoloration and brittle or stiff areas on any part of the sling,
which may mean chemical or ultraviolet (UV)/sunlight damage,
8) fittings that are pitted, corroded, cracked, bent, twisted, gouged,
or broken (hooks ASME B30.10  links B30.26)
9) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as to
the continued use of the sling

GENERAL GUIDE ONLY

Dry
Strong Bleaching Halogenated
MATERIAL Acids Aldehydes Alkalies
Alkalies Agents
Cleaning
Hydrocarbons
Solvents
Nylon NO OK OK OK NO OK OK
Polyester  NO OK  OK OK OK
Oil Crude & Soaps & Water &
MATERIAL Ketone Hydrocarbons Ethers
Lubricating Detergents Saltwater
Weak Alkalis

Nylon OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
Polyester OK OK NO OK OK OK OK
Disintegrated by concentrated sulfuric acid. Degraded by strong alkalis at elevated temperatures.

57
Synthetic Roundslings (ASME B30.9-6)

Synthetic roundslings are single- or multiple-path design usually made

from polyester or high performance core fiber with single or double
protective covers encasing the core fiber. Follow the manufacturer's
instructions when using slings with high performance fiber.

Special Considerations
1) Fittings shall be manufactured to ensure that the rated load shall
be at least the same as the synthetic roundsling.
2) Fittings shall have sufficient strength to sustain twice the rated
load of the sling without visible permanent deformation.
2) Fitting surfaces shall be cleanly finished and sharp edges
removed.

Proof Testing
1) Required proof tests:
• New synthetic roundslings incorporating previously used or
welded fittings. (200% VRC)
• All repaired slings. (200% VRC)

58
Identification
Each synthetic roundsling shall be marked to show:
1) manufacturer's name or trademark
2) manufacturer's code or stock number
3) rated load for at least one hitch type and the angle it is based on
4) core material
5) cover material, if different from core material
6) number of legs if more than one

Inspection
Synthetic roundslings shall be inspected before each days use. At
least once every 12 months a documented inspection shall be
completed by a designated person. The sling shall be removed from
service if one or more of the following conditions are present:
1) missing or illegible sling identification
2) acid or caustic burns
3) evidence of heat damage
4) holes, tears, cuts, abrasive wear or snags that expose the load
fibers
5) broken or damaged load fiber
6) weld splatter that exposes load fiber
7) roundslings tied in knots
59
 8) discoloration and brittle or stiff areas on any part of the sling
which may mean chemical or ultraviolet (UV)/sunlight damage
9) fittings that are pitted, corroded, cracked, bent, twisted, gouged
or broken
10) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as to
the continued use of the sling
11) Follow manufacturer's instruction when roundslings are
equipped with inspection aids such as fiber optics, Tell-Tails
and Check-Fast. (For more information on Slingmax
inspection systems go to www.slingmax.com)
Fiber Optic

Tell-Tails

Check-Fast EWI

60
Twin-Path Sling Usage
These instructions are specific for Twin-Path High Performance
Slings with K-Spec Fiber which is manufactured, tested and repaired
exclusively by authorized Slingmax Dealers. For roundslings other
than Slingmax, contact the manufacturer for usage instructions.

1 2

Do not put folded and Smooth folds and wrinkles Do NOT fold one path Squeeze both paths
wrinkled sling covers on from the covers with your over the other path to fit together to fit sling into
bearing points. hands. sling into tight fittings. tight hooks and fittings.

3 4

When rigging a basket Adjust slack out by hand, When rigging a vertical Equalize the slack side
hitch, do NOT pull slack before lifting with the hitch with a long sling by hand..
out of the hitch with the crane. don't pull the slack side
crane. out with the crane.

61
Twin-Path Sling Usage (Cont...)

5 6

Do NOT allow the sling to Sling paths should be Do NOT place the Identification should be
roll over itself and twist at smooth in the choker hitch identification tag on the placed 18"-24" away
the choker hitch. without any twisting. bearing point. from the bearing point
and facing away from the
load.

7 8

When placing multiple Twin-Path slings on When connecting two When connecting two
hardware place the slings directly on top of each slings with a shackle, DO slings with a shackle, use
other or side by side. NOT place a sling over the sling protection on the
pin without protection. pin to protect the sling
from cutting.

62
Alloy Steel Chain Slings (ASME B30.9-1)

Special Considerations
1) Only alloy chain such as Grade 80, Grade 100 or Grade 120 shall
be used to fabricate alloy chain slings.
2) Mechanical coupling links shall not be used within the body of an
alloy chain sling leg to connect two pieces.
3) When components of the sling have a lower rated capacity than
the alloy chain to which it is attached, the sling rated capacity
shall reflect the capacity of the lowest rating of its components.

Proof Testing
1) Required proof tests:
• New alloy chain and components of an alloy chain sling, either
individually or as an assembly, shall be proof tested. (200%
VRC)
• All repaired chain or components of a chain sling shall be proof
tested. (200% VRC)

Identification
Each alloy chain sling shall be marked to show:
1) manufacturer's name or trademark
2) grade and unique identification (e.g., serial number)
3) nominal chain size
4) rated load for at least one hitch type and the angle it is based on

63
 5) reach (length of sling measured from bearing to bearing point)
6) number of legs (branches)

Inspection
Alloy steel chain slings shall be inspected before each days use. At
least once every 12 months a documented inspection shall be
completed by a designated person. The sling shall be removed from
service if one or more of the following conditions are present:
1) missing or illegible sling identification
2) cracks or breaks
3) excessive wear, nicks or gouges
4) stretched chain links or components
5) bent, twisted, or deformed chain links or components
6) evidence of heat damage
7) excessive pitting or corrosion
8) lack of ability of chain or components to hinge freely
9) weld splatter
10) fittings that are pitted, corroded, cracked, bent, twisted, gouged
or broken
11) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as to
the continued use of the sling

64
Metal Mesh Slings (ASME B30.9-3)

Special Considerations
1) Manufacturers of non-standard metal mesh slings shall produce
specific data as it relates to the material used.
2) Slings used in pairs should be attached to a spreader beam.
Proof Testing
1) Prior to initial use, all new and repaired metal mesh slings shall
be proof tested by the sling manufacturer or qualified person.
(200% VRC)
2) All repaired metal mesh slings shall be proof tested. (200% VRC)
Identification
Each metal mesh sling shall be marked by the sling manufacturer to
show:
1) manufacturer's name or trademark
2) rated loads for the type of hitch(s) used and the angle upon which
it is based
3) width and gauge
4) unique identification
(e.g. serial number)

65
Inspection
Metal mesh slings shall be inspected before each days use. At least
once every 12 months a documented inspection shall be completed by
a designated person. The sling shall be removed from service if one or
more of the following conditions are present:
1) missing or illegible sling identification
2) broken weld or a broken brazed joint along the sling edge
3) broken wire in any part of the mesh
4) reduction in wire diameter of 25% due to abrasion or 15% due to
corrosion
5) lack of flexibility due to distortion of the mesh
6) distortion of the choker fitting so the depth of the slot is increased
by more than 10%
7) distortion of either end fitting so the width of the eye opening is
decreased by more than 10%
8) a 15% reduction of the original cross-sectional area of any point
around the hook opening of the end fitting
9) visible distortion of either end fitting out of its plane
10) cracked end fitting
11) slings in which the spirals are locked or without free articulation
shall not be used
12) fittings that are pitted, corroded, cracked, bent, twisted, gouged
or broken
13) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as
to the continued use of the sling

66
 Measuring Bridle Sling Length
Not all bridle sling lengths are measured the same. Wire rope,
synthetic web and synthetic roundslings are measured from the sling's
bearing point located on the lower part of the master link to the bearing
point of the sling or hardware attached on its opposite end. Alloy chain
sling length is measured from bearing point to bearing point, this
measurement is known as the Reach. The Reach is measured from the
upper bearing point of master link to the bearing point of the sling or
hardware attached on its opposite end. See the following examples:

Sling Length Sling Length

Wire Rope Sling Bridle Synthetic Web Sling Bridle

Sling Length
Sling Length (Reach)

Synthetic Roundsling Bridle Alloy Chain Sling Bridle

67
 Multiple Lift Slings
Multi-lift rigging (also known as Christmas tree
slings) is a lifting assembly that facilitates the
attachment of up to five independent loads used in
steel erection.
1) A multi-lift sling assembly can have a
maximum of five lifting members.
2) Components of a multiple lift assembly
shall be specifically designed and
assembled with a maximum capacity for
the total assembly and for each individual
attachment point.
3) The capacity of all components shall be
based on a 5:1 design factor on all
components.
4) Only beams and similar structural members
are lifted.
5) Rigged members shall be rigged at their
center of gravity and maintained
reasonably level.
6) Members are rigged from the top down.
7) Members are rigged at least 7 feet apart.
8) Members on the multi-lift sling shall be
set from the bottom up.

For complete requirements for multi-lift rigging

see OSHA 29 CFR 1926.753

68
 Sling Capacities
Slings are made from various types of materials and in various
configurations. Rated capacities are based on a variety of factors such
as D/d ratio, end fitting efficiencies, material construction, material
grades, design factors, hitch types and fabricating technique. The
following sling capacities are for planning purposes only. The rated
capacities on the sling's identification should always be followed before
the ratings of capacity charts and rigging handbooks. If the sling
identification is missing contact the manufacturer or a qualified entity to
apply proper sling identifications and capacities as required by ASME
and the manufacturer.

WARNING  Steel Slings

Follow OSHA, ASME B30.9 and manufacturer's guidelines. Slings can fail if damaged,
misused or overloaded. Inspect slings before use. Use only if trained. Do not exceed
sling's rated capacity. Protect sling from contact with edges. DEATH or INJURY can
occur from improper use or maintenance of slings.

WARNING  Synthetic Slings

Follow OSHA, ASME B30.9 and manufacturer's guidelines. Slings can fail if damaged,
misused or overloaded. Inspect slings before use. Use only if trained. Do not exceed
sling's rated capacity. Protect sling from being cut by load edges, corners, protrusions
and abrasive surfaces. Avoid exposure to acid, alkali and temperatures over 180F.
DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance of slings.

Temperature ratings for synthetic slings, depending on the

manufacturer or standard, are rated from 180F to 194F. Always
follow manufacturers requirements.
69
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
Hand Tucked Splice (XIP)

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  FC / IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons

2-Leg & Basket Hitch

Size in
Inches Vertical Choker Basket
60 45 30
1/4 0.54 0.42 1.1 0.94 0.77 0.54
3/8 1.2 0.94 2.4 2.0 1.7 1.2
1/2 2.0 1.6 4.0 3.5 2.9 2.0
5/8 3.1 2.6 6.2 5.3 4.4 3.1
3/4 4.3 3.7 8.6 7.4 6.1 4.3
7/8 5.7 5.0 11.0 9.8 8.0 5.7
1 7.4 6.4 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.4
1-1/8 9.3 8.1 19.0 16.0 13.0 9.3
*1-1/4 11.0 9.9 23.0 20.0 16.0 11.0
*1-3/8 14.0 12.0 27.0 24.0 19.0 14.0
*1-1/2 16.0 14.0 32.0 28.0 23.0 16.0
*1-5/8 19.0 16.0 38.0 33.0 27.0 19.0
*1-3/4 22.0 19.0 44.0 38.0 31.0 22.0
*2 28.0 25.0 56.0 49.0 40.0 28.0
*2-1/8 32.0 28.0 63.0 55.0 45.0 32.0
*2-1/4 35.0 31.0 70.0 61.0 50.0 35.0
*2-3/8 39.0 34.0 78.0 68.0 55.0 39.0
*2-1/2 43.0 38.0 86.0 74.0 61.0 43.0
Wire rope: 6 x 19 EIP FC / *6 x 36 XIP FC **Basket rated capacity based on a diameter of
curvature of 15 times the individual rope diameter of points of sling contact with load.

70
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
Mechanical Splice (EIP)

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons

2-Leg & Basket Hitch

Size in
Inches Vertical Choker Basket
60 45 30
1/2 .65 .48 1.3 1.1 .91 .65
3/8 1.4 1.1 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.4
1/2 2.5 1.9 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.5
5/8 3.9 2.9 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9
3/4 5.6 4.1 11.0 9.7 7.9 5.6
7/8 7.6 5.6 15.0 13.0 11.0 7.6
1 9.8 7.2 20.0 17.0 14.0 9.8
1-1/8 12.0 9.1 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0
*1-1/4 15.0 11.0 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0
*1-3/8 18.0 13.0 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0
*1-1/2 21.0 16.0 42.0 37.0 30.0 21.0
*1-5/8 24.0 18.0 49.0 42.0 35.0 24.0
*1-3/4 28.0 21.0 57.0 49.0 40.0 28.0
*2 37.0 28.0 73.0 63.0 52.0 37.0
*2-1/8 40. 31.0 80.0 69.0 56.0 40.0
*2-1/4 44.0 35.0 89.0 77.0 63.0 44.0
*2-1/2 54.0 42.0 109.0 94.0 77.0 54.0
*2-3/4 65.0 51.0 130.0 113.0 92.0 65.0
*3 77.0 60.0 153.0 133.0 108.0 77.0
*3-1/2 102.0 77.0 204.0 176.0 144.0 102.0
*4 130.0 97.0 260.0 225.0 183.0 130.0
Wire rope: 6 x 19 EIP / *6 x 36 EIP IWRC **Basket rated capacities based on a diameter of
curvature of 25 times the individual rope diameter of points of sling contact with load.

71
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
Mechanical Splice (IPS)

6X19 / 6X36  IPS  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons

2-Leg & Basket Hitch

Size in
Inches Vertical Choker Basket
60 45 30
1/4 0.56 0.41 1.1 0.97 0.79 0.56
3/8 1.2 0.92 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.2
1/2 2.2 1.6 4.4 3.8 3.1 2.2
5/8 3.4 2.5 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4
3/4 4.9 3.6 9.7 8.4 6.9 4.9
7/8 6.6 4.8 13.0 11.0 9.3 6.6
1 8.5 6.3 17.0 15.0 12.0 8.5
1-1/8 10.0 7.9 21.0 18.0 15.0 10.0
*1-1/4 13.0 10.0 26.0 22.0 18.0 13.0
*1-3/8 15.0 12.0 30.0 27.0 22.0 15.0
*1-1/2 18.0 14.0 37.0 32.0 26.0 18.0
*1-5/8 21.0 16.0 43.0 37.0 30.0 21.0
*1-3/4 25.0 19.0 49.0 43.0 35.0 25.0
*2 32.0 24.0 64.0 55.0 45.0 32.0
*2-1/8 35.0 27.0 69.0 60.0 49.0 35.0
*2-1/4 39.0 30.0 77.0 67.0 55.0 39.0
*2-1/2 47.0 37.0 94.0 82.0 67.0 47.0
*2-3/4 57.0 44.0 113.0 98.0 80.0 57.0
*3 67.0 52.0 133.0 115.0 94.0 67.0
*3-1/2 88.0 69.0 177.0 153.0 125.0 88.0
Wire rope: 6 x 19 IPS / *6 x 36 IPS IWRC **Basket rated capacities based on a diameter of
curvature of 25 times the individual rope diameter of points of sling contact with load.

72
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
3 - Part Tri-Flex Sling (Slingmax)

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons

Finished Rope
Weight Per Ft
Diameter Diameter Vertical Choker Basket
Lbs
(inches) (inches)
1/2 1/4 1.7 1.3 3.4 .44
5/8 5/16 2.6 1.9 5.2 .68
3/4 3/8 3.6 2.7 7.2 .99
7/8 7/16 4.9 3.7 9.8 1.33
1 1/2 6.4 4.8 12.8 1.75
1-1/8 9/16 8.0 6.0 16.0 2.24
1-1/4 5/8 9.9 7.4 19.8 2.73
1-1/2 3/4 14.0 10.5 28.0 3.9
1-3/4 7/8 19.0 14.3 38.0 5.4
2 1 24.8 18.6 49.6 7.0
2-1/4 1-1/8 31.2 23.4 62.4 8.9
2-1/2 *1-1/4 38.4 28.8 76.8 10.0
2-3/4 *1-3/8 46.0 34.5 92.0 13.3
3 *1-1/2 55.0 41.2 110.0 15.8
3-1/4 *1-5/8 63.4 47.6 126.8 18.5
3-1/2 *1-3/4 73.0 54.8 146.0 21.5
4 *2 95.0 71.2 190.0 28.0
4-1/2 *2-1/4 118.0 88.5 236.0 35.6
5 *2-1/2 145.0 109.0 290.0 44.0
Wire rope component part: 6 x 19 EIP / *6 x 36 EIP IWRC **Basket rated capacities based on a D/d ratio of 5 times
the wire ropes finished diameter. Rated capacity based on a pin no larger than natural eye width and no smaller than
1-1/2 times the finished diameter.

73
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
6 - Part Flat Braided Sling

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons
Rope Width of Thickness
Diameter Body of Body Vertical Choker Basket
(inches) (inches) (inches)
3/32 7/16 1/4 0.42 0.37 8.84
1/8 9/16 3/8 0.84 0.74 1.7
3/16 13/16 1/2 1.6 1.4 3.3
1/4 1-1/8 11/16 2.9 2.5 5.7
5/16 1-3/8 7/8 4.4 3.9 8.9
3/8 1-11/16 1 6.3 5.5 13.0
7/16 2 1-3/16 8.6 7.5 17.0
1/2 2-1/4 1-5/16 11.0 9.8 22.0
9/16 2-1/2 1-1/2 14.0 12.0 28.0
5/8 2-13/16 1-11/16 17.0 15.0 35.0
3/4 3-3/8 2 25.0 22.0 49.0
7/8 4 2-5/16 33.0 29.0 67.0
1 4-1/2 2-5/8 43.0 38.0 87.0
1-1/8 5 3 55.0 48.0 109.0
1-1/4 5-5/8 3-5/16 67.0 59.0 134.0
1-3/8 6-3/16 3-5/8 87.0 71.0 161.0
1-1/2 6-3/4 4 96.0 84.0 192.0
1-5/8 7-5/16 4-5/16 111.0 97.0 222.0
1-3/4 7-7/8 4-5/8 129.0 112.0 257.0
2 9 5-3/8 166.0 146.0 333.0
Wire rope component part: 6 x 19 EIP / 6 x 36 EIP IWRC Basket rated capacities based on a D/d ratio of 25
times the component rope diameter. Rated capacity based on a pin no larger than natural eye width and no smaller
than nominal sling diameter.

74
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
8 - Part Round Braided Sling

6X19 / 6X36  EPS  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons

Finished Rope
Diameter Diameter Vertical Choker Basket
(inches) (inches)
13/16 3/16 2.2 1.9 4.3
1-1/8 1/4 3.8 3.3 7.6
1-3/8 5/16 5.9 5.2 12.0
1-11/16 3/8 8.5 7.4 17.0
2 7/16 11.0 10.0 23.0
2-1/4 1/2 15.0 13.0 30.0
2-1/2 9/16 19.0 16.0 38.0
2-13/16 5/8 23.0 20.0 46.0
3-3/8 3/4 33.0 29.0 66.0
4 7/8 45.0 39.0 89.0
4-1/2 1 58.0 51.0 116.0
5 1-1/8 73.0 64.0 146.0
5-5/8 1-1/4 89.0 78.0 179.0
6-3/16 1-3/8 108.0 94.0 215.0
6-3/4 1-1/2 128.0 112.0 255.0
7-5/16 1-5/8 148.0 129.0 296.0
7-7/8 *1-3/4 171.0 150.0 343.0
9 2 222.0 194.0 444.0
Wire rope component part: 6 x 19 EIP / 6 x 36 EIP IWRC Basket rated capacities based on a D/d ratio of 25
times the component rope diameter. Rated capacity based on a pin no larger than natural eye width and no
smaller than nominal sling diameter.

75
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
9 - Part Laid Sling with Parallel Eyes (Slingmax

Gator-Max & Gator-Laid Slings

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons
Finished Rope
Diameter Diameter Vertical Choker Basket
(inches) (inches)
5/8 3/16 1.8 1.4 3.6
3/4 5/32 2.7 2.0 5.5
7/8 7/32 3.7 2.7 7.4
1 1/4 4.8 3.6 9.7
1-1/4 5/16 7.4 5.5 14.7
1-1/2 3/8 10.5 7.9 21.0
1-3/4 7/16 14.0 11.0 29.0
2 1/2 19.0 17.0 38.0
2-1/4 9/16 24.0 19.0 48.0
2-1/2 5/8 29.0 22.0 58.0
3 3/4 42.0 31.0 83.0
3-1/2 7/8 56.0 42.0 112.0
4 1 74.0 55.0 146.0
4-1/2 1-1/8 92.0 69.0 184.0
5 1-1/4 113.0 85.0 227.0
5-1/2 1-3/8 137.0 102.0 273.0
6 1-1/2 162.0 121.0 323.0
7 1-3/4 216.0 162.0 432.0
8 2 280.0 210.0 560.0
9 2-1/4 350.0 261.0 700.0
10 2-1/2 428.0 321.0 856.0
Wire rope: 6 x 19 EIP / 6 x 36 EIP IWRC Rated capacities based on a diameter of curvature of 5 times the
finished diameter of points of sling contact with load.

76
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
9 - Part Laid Sling with Standard Eyes (Slingmax)

Gator-Flex & T&D Ultra-Flex Slings

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons
Finished Rope
Diameter Diameter Vertical Choker Basket
(inches) (inches)
5/8 3/16 1.7 1.3 3.4
3/4 5/32 2.6 1.9 5.2
7/8 7/32 3.5 2.6 7.0
1 1/4 4.6 3.4 9.2
1-1/4 5/16 7.0 5.2 14.0
1-1/2 3/8 10.0 7.5 20.0
1-3/4 7/16 13.8 10.3 27.6
2 1/2 18.0 13.5 36.0
2-1/4 9/16 22.7 18.1 45.4
2-1/2 5/8 27.8 20.8 55.6
3 3/4 39.7 29.8 79.4
3-1/2 7/8 53.7 40.3 107.4
4 1 69.8 52.3 139.6
4-1/2 1-1/8 87.7 65.8 175.4
5 1-1/4 108.8 81.0 216.0
5-1/2 1-3/8 130.0 97.5 260.0
6 1-1/2 154.0 115.5 308.0
7 1-3/4 206.0 154.5 412.0
8 2 267.0 200.2 534.0
9 2-1/4 333.0 249.7 666.0
10 2-1/2 408.0 306.0 816.0
Wire rope: 6 x 19 EIP / 6 x 36 EIP IWRC Rated capacities based on a diameter of curvature of 5 times the
finished diameter of points of sling contact with load.

77
 Wire Rope Sling Capacities
9 - Part Laid Grommet Sling (Slingmax)

Gator-Flex Grommet Slings

6X19 / 6X36  EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons
Finished Rope
Diameter Diameter Vertical Choker Basket Weight
per Foot
(inches) (inches)
1 1/4 10 7 20 2
1-1/4 5/16 15 11 30 3
1-1/2 3/8 22 15 44 5
1-3/4 7/16 29 21 58 6
2 1/2 38 27 76 8
2-1/4 9/16 48 34 96 11
2-1/2 5/8 59 42 118 13
3 3/4 85 59 170 19
3-1/2 7/8 115 81 230 25
4 1 148 104 296 33
4-1/2 1-1/8 187 131 374 42
5 1-1/4 230 161 460 52
5-1/2 1-3/8 276 194 552 63
6 1-1/2 328 230 656 75
7 1-3/4 441 308 882 102
8 2 570 399 1,140 133
9 2-1/4 711 498 1,422 168
10 2-1/2 870 609 1,740 209
11 2-3/4 1,040 728 2,080 250
12 3 1,224 857 2,448 300
Wire rope: 6 x 19 EIP / 6 x 36 EIP IWRC Rated capacities based on a diameter of curvature of 5 times the
finished diameter at points of sling contacted with load.

78
 Strand-Laid & Cable-Laid Grommets

EIP  IWRC  Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Tons

2-Leg & Basket Hitch
Size in
Inches Vertical Choker Basket
60 45 30
Strand-Laid Grommet  6 x 19 / 6 x 36 Wire Rope
3/4 9.2 6.4 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.2
7/8 12.0 8.7 25.0 22.0 18.0 12.0
1 16.0 11.0 32.0 28.0 23.0 16.0
1-1/8 20.0 14.0 41.0 35.0 29.0 20.0
1-1/4 25.0 17.0 50.0 43.0 35.0 25.0
1-1/2 36.0 25.0 71.0 62.0 50.0 36.0
1-3/4 48.0 33.0 95.0 83.0 68.0 48.0
2 62.0 43.0 124.0 107.0 87.0 62.0
2-1/8 69.0 48.0 138.0 119.0 98.0 69.0
2-1/4 77.0 54.0 154.0 133.0 109.0 77.0
2-1/2 94.0 66.0 188.0 163.0 133.0 94.0
Cable-Laid Grommet  7 x 6 x 19 / 6 x 36 Wire Rope
3/4 6.2 4.1 12.0 11.0 8.8 6.2
7/8 8.3 5.4 17.0 14.0 12.0 8.3
1 11.0 6.8 21.0 18.0 15.0 11.0
1-1/8 13.0 8.4 26.0 22.0 18.0 13.0
1-1/4 16.0 10.0 31.0 27.0 22.0 16.0
1-1/2 22.0 14.0 43.0 38.0 31.0 22.0
1-3/4 28.0 18.0 56.0 48.0 40.0 28.0
Rated capacities based on a diameter of curvature of 5 times the finished diameter at points
of sling contacted with load.

79
 Wire Rope Sling Weights

To calculate sling weight multiply weight per foot x sling length plus extras in eyes.
Mechanical Splice Standard Sling 9-Part Laid Wire Rope Sling
Finished Weight of Steel
Sleeves and Weight per Rope Weight of Weight per
Diameter Extra Wire in Foot (lbs) Diameter Extra Wire in Foot (lbs)
(Inches) Eyes (lbs) (Inches) Eyes (lbs)
1/4 0.25 .116 1/8 0.30 .26
3/8 0.78 .26 5/32 0.54 .40
1/2 1.73 .46 3/16 0.98 .59
5/8 3.28 .72 7/32 1.45 .77
3/4 5.66 1.04 1/4 2.39 .99
7/8 8.30 1.42 5/16 3.76 1.56
1 13.15 1.85 3/8 6.50 2.19
1-1/8 18.07 2.34 7/16 9.63 3.15
1-1/4 26.10 2.89 1/2 13.80 4.14
1-3/8 32.96 3.50 9/16 19.24 5.31
1-1/2 41.88 4.16 5/8 25.20 6.48
1-5/8 58.80 4.88 3/4 39.00 9.36
1-3/4 69.97 5.67 7/8 62.13 12.78
2 111.32 7.39 1 92.50 16.65
2-1/8 125.62 8.35 1-1/8 136.69 21.06
2-1/4 160.47 9.36 1-1/4 177.74 26.01
2-1/2 209.44 11.6 1-3/8 237.13 31.50
2-3/4 267.00 14.0 1-1/2 309.92 37.44
3 341.00 16.6 1-3/4 481.95 51.03
3-1/2 562.00 22.7 2 739.00 66.51
4 972.00 29.6 2-1/4 1,053.00 84.24
4-1/2 1,410.00 37.4 2-1/2 1,450.00 104.00

80
 Wire Rope
Nominal Strengths and Weights
6 x 19 Class  6 x 36 Class

Nominal Strength in Tons of 2,000 Lbs

Approximate Weight
Diameter Extra Improved
Improved Plow Steel (IPS) Plow per Foot in Pounds
in Inches Steel (EIP)
Fiber Core IWRC IWRC Fiber Core IWRC
1/4 2.74 2.94 3.4 .105 .116
5/16 4.26 4.58 5.27 .164 .18
3/8 6.1 6.56 7.55 .236 .26
7/16 8.27 8.89 10.2 .32 .35
1/2 10.7 11.5 13.3 .42 .46
9/16 13.5 14.5 16.8 .53 .59
5/8 16.7 17.9 20.6 .66 .72
3/4 23.8 25.6 29.4 .95 1.04
7/8 32.2 34.6 39.8 1.29 1.42
1 41.8 44.9 51.7 1.68 1.85
1-1/8 52.6 56.5 65.0 2.13 2.34
1-1/4 64.6 69.4 79.9 2.63 2.89
1-3/8 77.7 83.5 96.0 3.18 3.50
1-1/2 92.0 98.9 114.0 3.78 4.16
1-3/4 124.0 133.0 153.0 5.15 5.67
1-7/8 141.0 152.0 171.0 5.91 6.50
2 160.0 172.0 198.0 6.72 7.39
2-1/8 179.0 192.0 221.0 7.59 8.35
2-1/4 200.0 215.0 247.0 8.51 9.36
2-3/8 222.0 239.0 274.0 9.48 10.4
2-1/2 244.0 262.0 302.0 10.5 11.6
2-3/4 292.0 314.0 361.0 12.7 14.0
2-7/8 317.0 341.0 393.0 13.9 15.3
3  370.0 425.0  16.6
3-1/8  399.0 458.0  18.0

81
 Nylon Web Sling Capacities

TYPE I TYPE II

9800# Heavy Duty Stuffer Weave Nylon/Polyester Construction Webbing

Rated Capacity in pounds
Type I & Type II Slings with steel hardware
(Type II slings have no choke hitch rating)
Width Ply Vertical Choker Basket Weight Weight
(Inches) (8' base) per foot
2 1 3,200 2,500 4,800 4.42 .12
2 6,400 4,800 12,800 5.26 .22
3 1 5,600 4,200 11,200 7.15 .18
2 8,600 6,900 17,200 8.44 .35
4 1 6,400 5,000 12,800 10.10 .22
2 11,400 9,000 22,800 11.64 .44
6 1 9,600 7,600 19,200 16.15 .33
2 16,800 13,400 33,600 17.80 .65
8 1 12,800 10,250 25,600 46.86 .45
2 22,400 17,900 44,800 49.26 .90
10 1 15,000 12,000 30,000 53.61 .59
2 24,000 19,000 48,000 55.96 1.17
12 1 19,000 15,000 38,000 66.44 .72
2 30,000 24,000 60,000 69.44 1.44

82
 TYPE III TYPE IV
9800# Heavy Duty Stuffer Weave Nylon/Polyester Construction Webbing
Rated Capacity in pounds
Type III & IV Slings
Width Ply Vertical Choker Basket Weight Weight
(Inches) (8' base) per foot
1 1 1,600 1,200 3,200 .67 .04
2 3,200 2,500 6,400 1.00 .12
3 4,100 3,300 8,200
4 6,400 5,000 12,800 1.22 .14
2 1 3,200 2,500 4,800 1.34 .12
2 6,400 4,800 12,800 2.02 .22
3 8,300 6,600 16,600 3.36 .34
4 8,860 7,000 17,720 4.14 .44
3 1 4,800 3,800 9,600 2.29 .18
2 8,600 6,900 17,200 3.24 .35
3 12,500 10,000 25,000 5.53 .53
4 17,000 13,000 34,000 6.60 .70
4 1 6,400 5,000 12,800 2.86 .22
2 11,400 9,000 22,800 3.96 .44
3 16,000 12,800 32,000 6.82 .66
4 22,800 18,000 45,600 8.36 .88
5 1 8,000 6,000 16,000 3.48 .27
2 14,250 11,400 28,500 4.82 .54
3 19,200 15,400 38,400 8.30 .81
4 24,000 19,000 48,000 10.18 1.07
6 1 9,600 7,600 19,200 4.21 .33
2 17,000 13,000 34,000 5.83 .65
3 23,000 18,400 46,000 10.04 .98
4 30,000 24,000 60,000 12.31 1.30

83
 TYPE III TYPE IV
9800# Heavy Duty Stuffer Weave Nylon/Polyester Construction Webbing
Rated Capacity in pounds
Type III & IV Slings (Cont...)
Width Ply Vertical Choker Basket Weight Weight
(Inches) (8' base) per foot
8 1 12,800 10,250 25,600 6.27 .45
2 22,400 17,900 44,800 8.51 .90
3 30,700 24,500 61,400 14.78 1.35
4 40,000 32,000 80,000 17.47 1.79
10 1 15,000 12,000 30,000 8.20 .59
2 24,000 19,000 48,000 11.13 1.17
3 36,800 29,400 73,600 19.33 1.76
4 45,000 36,000 90,000 22.85 2.34
12 1 19,000 15,000 38,000 10.08 .72
2 30,000 24,000 60,000 13.68 1.44
3 44,000 35,200 88,000 23.76 2.16
4 53,000 43,000 106,000 28.80 2.88

84
 TYPE V
9800# Heavy Duty Stuffer Weave Nylon/Polyester Construction Webbing
Rated Capacity in pounds
Type V Slings
Width Ply Vertical Choker Basket Weight Weight
(Inches) (8' base) per foot
1 1 3,300 2,500 6,400 .95 .06
2 6,400 5,000 12,800 1.96 .22
3 9,600 7,600 19,200 2.97 .33
4 10,000 8,000 20,000 3.92 .44
2 1 6,400 5,000 12,800 1.90 .22
2 12,500 10,000 25,000 3.92 .44
3 17,500 14,000 35,000 5.94 .67
4 23,500 18,000 47,000 7.95 .89
3 1 9,600 7,600 19,200 2.99 .35
2 17,500 14,000 35,000 6.16 .70
3 26,500 21,000 53,000 9.33 1.05
4 35,000 28,000 70,000 12.50 1.40
4 1 12,500 10,000 25,000 3.74 .44
2 23,500 18,000 47,000 7.70 .88
3 35,000 28,000 70,000 11.66 1.32
4 46,000 36,000 92,000 15.62 1.76
5 1 16,000 12,800 32,000 4.56 .53
2 27,500 22,000 55,000 9.38 1.07
3 42,000 33,500 84,000 14.20 1.60
4 56,000 44,800 112,000 19.03 2.14
6 1 19,200 15,300 38,400 5.51 .64
2 32,500 26,000 65,000 11.34 1.29
3 48,900 39,000 97,800 17.17 1.94
4 65,000 52,000 130,000 23.00 2.59

85
 TYPE VI
9800# Heavy Duty Stuffer Weave Nylon/Polyester Construction Webbing
Rated Capacity in pounds
Type VI Slings
Body Width Ply Vertical Choker Basket Weight Weight
(Inches) (8' base) per foot
2 1 3,200 2,500 6,400 1.79 .21
2 6,400 5,000 12,800 2.80 .32
4 1 6,400 5,000 6,400 3.33 .40
2 11,400 9,000 22,800 5.60 .62
3 17,000 13,000 34,000 7.62 .85
4 21,500 17,000 43,000 9.63 1.07
6 1 9,600 7,600 19,600 5.15 .63
2 11,400 9,000 22,800 7.06 .84
3 25,000 20,000 50,000 12.31 1.33
4 34,000 27,000 68,000 15.48 1.68

86
 Synthetic Roundsling Capacities

Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Pounds

Polyester Roundsling  Endless and Eye & Eye Type
Weight
Size Color Vertical Choker Basket per Foot
(lbs)
1 Purple 2,600 2,100 5,200 .20
2 Black 5,300 4,200 10,600 .27
3 Green 8,400 6,700 16,800 .30
4 Yellow 10,600 8,500 21,200 .37
5 Tan 13,200 10,600 26,400 .50
6 Red 16,800 13,400 33,600 .60
7 White 21,200 17,000 42,400 .90
8 Blue 25,000 20,000 50,000 1.15
9 Gray 31,000 24,800 62,000 2.00
10 Orange 40,000 32,000 80,000 3.00
11 Orange 53,000 42,400 106,000 4.00
12 Orange 66,000 52,800 132,000 5.25
13 Orange 90,000 72,000 180,000 7.15
Sling color is used by manufacturer's to represent size and/or capacity of roundslings.
Manufacturer color/ratings vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. Never determine
sling capacity by color ALWAYS use rating on the sling identification tag. If rated
capacity is not legible remove the sling from service.

87
 Slingmax Poly Roundsling Capacities
with Check-Fast Inspection
✓Fast ✓Fast

Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Pounds

Polyester Roundsling with Fast Inspection  Endless and Eye & Eye Type
Weight
Size Color Vertical Choker Basket per Foot
(lbs)
SPF300 Purple 3.000 2,400 6,000 .30
SPF450 Black 4,500 3,600 9,000 .45
SPF600 Green 6,000 4,800 12,000 .48
SPF900 Yellow 9,000 7,200 18,000 .70
SPF1200 Gray 12,000 9,600 24,000 .90
SPF1400 Red 14,000 11,200 28,000 .95
SPF1700 Brown 17,000 13,600 34,000 1.20
SPF2200 Blue 22,000 17,600 44,000 1.40
SPF2600 Orange 26,000 20,800 52,000 1.70
SPF3200 Orange 32,000 25,600 64,000 1.90
SPF5000 Orange 50,000 40,000 100,000 2.70
SPF6000 Orange 60,000 48,000 120,000 3.00
Sling color is used by manufacturer's to represent size and/or capacity of
roundslings. Manufacturer color/ratings vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.
Never determine sling capacity by color ALWAYS use rating on the sling
identification tag. If rated capacity in not legible remove the sling from service.
 See Slingmax Rigging Solutions  www.slingmax.com

88
Slingmax High Performance Fiber Slings
Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Pounds
Twin-Path Extra  Single-Path Extra Slings with K-Spec HPF Fiber
2-Leg & Basket Hitch
Twin-Path Vertical Choker Basket Single-Path
Sling 60 45 Sling
Basket Basket
 5,000 4,000 10,000 8,660 7,070 SPXCF 500
TPXC 1000 10,000 8,000 20,000 17,320 14,140 SPXCF1000
TPXC 1500 15,000 12,000 30,000 25,980 21,210 SPXCF 1500
TPXC 2000 20,000 16,000 40,000 34,640 28,280 SPXCF 2000
TPXC 2500 25,000 20,000 50,000 43,300 35,350 SPXCF 2500
TPXC 3000 30,000 24,000 60,000 51,960 42,420 SPXCF 3000
TPXC 4000 40,000 32,000 80,000 69,280 56,560 SPXCF 4000
TPXC 5000 50,000 40,000 100,000 86,600 70,700 SPXCF 5000
TPXC 6000 60,000 48,000 120,000 103,920 84,840 SPXCF 6000
TPXC 7000 70,000 56,000 140,000 121,240 98,980 SPXCF 7000
TPXC 8500 85,000 68,000 170,000 147,220 120,190 SPXCF 8500
TPXC 10000 100,000 80,000 200,000 173,200 141,400 SPXCF 10000
TPXC 12500 125,000 100,000 250,000 216,500 176,750 
TPXC 15000 150,000 120,000 300,000 259,800 212,100 
TPXC 17500 175,000 140,000 350,000 303,100 247,450 
TPXC 20000 200,000 160,000 400,000 346,400 282,800 
TPXC 25000 250,000 200,000 500,000 433,000 353,500 
TPXC 27500 275,000 220,000 550,000 476,300 388,850 
TPXC 30000 300,000 240,000 600,000 519,600 424,200 
TPXC 40000 400,000 320,000 800,000 692,800 565,600 
TPXC 50000 500,000 400,000 1,000,000 866,000 707,000 
Twin-Path Extra Slings can be equipped with Tell-Tail or -Fast inspection
systems and Fiber Optics.
Single-Path Extra Slings are equipped with the Slingmax -Fast inspection
systems
Slingmax Rigging Solutions  www.slingmax.com

89
 Slingmax High Performance Fiber Slings
Body Widths and Weights
Twin-Path Extra Slings with K-Spec HPF Fiber
Approximate Nominal Approximate Nominal
Model No. Weight per Body Width Model No. Weight per Body Width
Foot (Inches) Foot (Inches)
TPXC 1000 .40 3 TPXC 1500 .45 3
TPXC 2000 .51 3 TPXC 2500 .57 3
TPXC 3000 .71 4 TPXC 4000 .83 4
TPXC 5000 1.14 5 TPXC 6000 1.27 5
TPXC 7000 1.39 5 TPXC 8500 1.65 6
TPXC 10000 1.84 6 TPXC 12500 2.35 8
TPXC 15000 2.66 8 TPXC 17500 3.14 10
TPXC 20000 3.45 10 TPXC 25000 4.07 10
TPXC 27500 4.61 12 TPXC 30000 4.92 12
TPXC 40000 6.54 14 TPXC 50000 8.15 16
Single-Path Extra Slings with K-Spec and  Fast Inspection
SPXCF 500 .34 2.5 SPXCF 1000 .38 2.5
SPXCF 1500 .44 2.5 SPXCF 2000 .52 2.5
SPXCF 2500 .59 3 SPXCF 3000 .65 3
SPXCF 4000 .85 3 SPXCF 5000 .98 4
SPXCF 6000 1.11 4 SPXCF 7000 1.24 4
SPXCF 8500 1.63 5 SPXCF 10000 1.81 5

90
 Alloy Chain Sling Capacities

GRADE 80 / GRADE 100 / GRADE 120 WORKING LOAD LIMITS (POUNDS)

Single
Leg Double Leg Slings Triple & Quad Leg Slings
Chain Grade Sling
Size
90 60 45 30 60 45 30
80 3,500 6,100 4,900 3,500 9,100 7,400 5,200
9/32" 100 4,300 7,400 6,100 4,300 11,200 9,100 6,400
120 5,200 9,000 7,400 5,200 13,500 11,000 7,800
80 4,500 7,800 6,400 4,500 11,700 9,500 6,800
5/16"
100 5,700 9,900 8,100 5,700 14,800 12,100 8,500
80 7,110 12,300 10,000 7,100 18,400 15,100 10,600
3/8" 100 8,800 15,200 12,400 8,800 22,900 18,700 13,200
120 10,600 18,400 15,000 10,600 27,500 22,500 15,900
80 12,000 20,800 17,000 12,000 31,200 28,500 18,000
1/2" 100 15,000 26,000 21,200 15,000 39,000 31,800 22,500
120 17,900 31,000 25,300 17,900 46,500 38,000 26,900
80 18,100 31,300 25,600 18,100 47,000 38,400 27,100
5/8"
100 22,600 39,100 32,000 22,600 58,700 47,900 33,900
80 28,300 49,000 40,000 28,300 73,500 60,000 42,400
3/4"
100 35,300 61,100 49,900 35,300 91,700 74,900 53,000
80 34,200 59,200 48,400 34,200 88,900 72,500 51,300
7/8"
100 42,700 74,000 60,400 42,700 110,900 90,600 64,000
1" 80 47,700 82,600 67,400 47,700 123,900 101,200 71,500
1-1/4" 80 72,300 125,200 102,200 72,300 187,800 153,400 108,400

91
 Wire Mesh Sling Capacities

TYPE I TYPE II
Design Factor = 5:1  Rated Capacity in Pounds

Type I and Type II Wire Mesh Slings  Heavy, Medium & Light Duty
Heavy Duty Wire Mesh  10 Gauge Carbon Steel
Nominal Vertical Nominal Vertical
Width & Vertical Width & Vertical
(inches) Basket (inches) Basket
Choker Choker
2 1,600 3,200 12 13,200 26,400
3 3,000 6,000 14 15,400 30,800
4 4,400 8,800 16 17,600 35,200
6 6,600 13,200 18 19,800 39,600
8 8,800 17,600 20 22,000 44,000
10 11,000 22,000   
Medium Duty Wire Mesh  12 Gauge Carbon Steel
2 1,450 2,900 12 9,600 19,200
3 2,175 4,350 14 11,200 22,400
4 2,900 5,800 16 12,800 25,600
6 4,800 9,600 18 13,500 27,000
8 6,400 12,800 20 15,000 30,000
10 8,000 16,000   
Light Duty Wire Mesh  14 Gauge Carbon Steel
2 900 1,800 12 6,000 12,000
3 1,400 2,800 14 7,000 14,000
4 2,000 4,000 16 8,000 16,000
6 3,000 6,000 18 9,000 18,000
8 4,000 8,000 20 10,000 20,000
10 5,000 10,000   
Type II wire mesh slings can not be used in a choker hitch.

92
 Rigging Hardware
Shackles (ASME B30.26-1)
Special Considerations
1) Shackles are manufactured in three basic configurations:
anchor, chain and synthetic shackles. Anchor and chain style
shackles can have safety bolt, screw pin or round pins. Synthetic
shackles will have safety bolt and screw pins.

Anchor Shackle Chain Shackle Synthetic Shackle

Screw Pin Type Round Pin Type Safety Pin Type
2) Round pin shackles should not be used in a general rigging
atmosphere. They should be used only in permanent
applications.
3) Anchor and chain shackle size is determined
by the diameter of the steel in the body (bow)
of the shackle.
4) Replacement parts, such as pins, shall meet
or exceed the original manufacturer's
specification.
Bow Diameter
Proof Testing
1) Shackles are not required to be proof tested unless specified by
the manufacturer. (Up to 150Ton minimum 200%, maximum 220%
WLL  Over 150Ton, minimum 133%, maximum 200% WLL
unless approved by the manufacturer)

93
Identification
Each new shackle body/pin shall have forged, cast or die stamped
markings by the manufacturer to show:
1) manufacturer's name or trademark ( body & pin)
2) rated load (body)
3) size (body)
4) grade, material type or load rating (pin)
Inspections
Shackles shall be inspected before each days use. At least once every
12 months a documented inspection shall be completed by a
designated person. Shackles shall be removed from service if damage
such as the following is visible and shall only be returned to service
when approved by a qualified person:
1) missing or illegible manufacturer's name or trademark and/or
rated load identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated, cracked or broken
load-bearing components
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
around the body or pin
7) incomplete pin engagement
8) excessive thread damage
9) evidence of unauthorized welding
10) other conditions including visible damage that cause doubt as to
the continued use of the shackle

94
Shackles
Shackle working load limits are based on a minimum of a 5:1 design
factor for shackles up to 4" and a factor of 4 for shackles larger than 4".
Some manufacturers have higher design factors than the minimum.

Working Load Limit (WLL)  Carbon & Alloy Anchor Shackles

Nominal Size Carbon Alloy Inside Width Diameter
(inches) Maximum WLL Maximum WLL at Pin of Pin
Bow Diameter (tonnes) (tonnes) (inches) (inches)
3/16 1/3  .38 .25
1/4 1/2  .47 .31
5/16 3/4  .53 .38
3/8 1 2 .66 .44
7/16 1-1/2 2.6 .75 .50
1/2 2 3.3 .81 .63
5/8 3-1/4 5 1.06 .75
3/4 4-3/4 7 1.25 .88
7/8 6-1/2 9.5 1.44 1.00
1 8-1/2 12.5 1.69 1.13
1-1/8 9-1/2 15 1.81 1.25
1-1/4 12 18 2.03 1.38
1-3/8 13-1/2 21 2.25 1.50
1-1/2 17 30 2.38 1.63
1-3/4 25 40 2.88 2.00
2 35 55 3.25 2.25
2-1/2 55 85 4.13 2.75
3 85 120 5.00 3.25
3-1/2 120 150 5.25 3.75
4 150 175 5.50 4.25
4-3/4  200 7.25 4.75
5  250 8.25 5.00
Bolt Type Anchor Shackle The Crosby Group

95
 Working Load Limit (WLL)  "Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackles
Roundsling Web Sling Working Width Inside Width Diameter
Size Size Load Limit at Top at Pin of Pin
(number) (inches) (Tons) (inches) (inches) (inches)
1&2 1 3-1/4 1.38 .88 .75
3&4 1.5 6-1/2 1.75 1.25 .88
5&6 2 8-3/4 2.25 1.38 1.00
7&8 3 12-1/2 3.25 1.62 1.25
9 & 10 4 20-1/2 4.50 2.12 1.50
11 & 12 5 35 5.50 2.50 2.00
13 6 50 6.50 3.00 2.25
The Crosby Group www.thecrosbygroup.com

0 5
Capacity Reductions 45
Side Loading Reduction
Screw Pin & Bolt Type Shackles
Sling Loading Angle % Rated Load
Reduction 90
0   None
6  45 30%
46  90 50%
Over 90 Consult Manufacturer

96
 J

B
G-2160 "WIDE BODY" Shackles
Working Dimensions (inches)
Load Limit Weight
D B
(tonnes) (+/- .02) J H (lbs)
(+/- .25)
7 .88 1.25 1.60 3.56 4
12.5 1.13 1.69 2.13 4.63 10
18 1.38 2.03 2.50 5.81 15
30 1.63 2.37 3.13 6.94 25
40 2.00 2.88 3.75 8.06 35
55 2.25 3.25 4.50 9.36 71
75 2.75 4.13 4.75 11.53 100
125 3.15 5.12 5.91 14.36 178
200 4.12 5.91 8.07 18.90 500
300 5.25 7.38 10.38 23.63 643
400 6.30 8.66 12.60 22.64 1,165
500 7.09 9.84 13.39 24.81 1,462
600 7.87 10.83 14.57 27.56 2,155
700 8.46 11.81 15.75 28.94 2,585
800 9.06 12.80 16.54 29.53 3,075
900 9.84 13.78 17.32 29.82 3,720
1,000 10.63 14.96 18.11 29.92 4,130
1,250 11.81 16.93 20.87 36.61 6,310
1,550 12.60 18.31 22.82 49.32 8,155
For dimensions A, C, E, G, J, K, P, & R see www.thecrosbygroup.com

97
Shackle Applications
A shackle's capacity must be reduced when the included angle
between slings is greater than 120. Use only screw pin or bolt type
shackles.

Crosby heavy lift shackles are shackles with capacities greater then
120 metric tons, must NOT be loaded at an included angle between
slings greater than 90

Heavy Lift Shackle

98
Shackle Applications (Cont...)
When using shackles to collect multiple slings, the pin end of the
shackle goes into the hook. The shackle bow is designed to address
the angular loading of multiple slings. Shackle pin spools or washers
can be used to stabilize and center the pin on the hook.

Correct Incorrect

Shackle loading should be applied through the center line of the

shackle. When the shackle is not loaded through its center line but at
an angle, its capacity must be reduced.

Shackle pulled in a straight line. Shackle pulled at an angle.

99
Shackle Applications (Cont...)
Never place the shackle pin in the running part of a sling hitch. Never
allow the pin to be rotated by the sling action.

Correct Incorrect

When connecting two wide body shackles together, connect them bow
to bow, NOT bow to pin.

100
Shackle Applications (Cont...)

Screw pin shackles shall not be used if the pin

can roll under loading and be unscrewed.

If there is not a thimble in a wire rope sling's

eye, the diameter of the shackle must be
greater than the wire rope. In order to have
equal capacity, shackle size will be greater
than the wire rope . When screw pin shackles
are used in permanent applications, the pin
must be tightened ¼ to ½ turn after it is 'hand
tight'.

The shackle must be large enough to avoid

the pinching of synthetic slings.

Prevent Bunching

Do not replace the shackle pin with a

bolt. Only a properly fitted pin from the
manufacturer should be used.

101
Hooks (ASME B30.10)
Special Considerations
1) Rigging hooks are hooks that do not necessarily support the load
in a direct-pull configuration. Grab, sorting and sling hooks are
rigging hooks that may be attached or fabricated to slings, beams
or other below the hook lifting devices.

Positive Latch Hook Sorting Hook Sling Hook Sliding Choker Hook

2) The rated capacity of a rigging hook shall be equal to or exceed

the rated load of the chain, wire rope or other suspension
member to which it is attached.
Proof Testing
When used rigging hooks are re-used in new fabricated assemblies
they shall be proof tested. (200% of vertical rated capacity)
Identification
Each new rigging hook shall have the manufacturer's identification
forged or die-stamped on a low stress and non-wearing area of the
hook.

102
Inspection
Rigging hooks shall be inspected before each days use. At least once
every 12 months they shall be inspected as part of the slings to which
they are attached. Rigging hooks shall be removed from service if
damage such as the following is visible:
1) any visible distortion such as bending or twisting from the plane
of the center axis of the hook
2) increase in the throat opening exceeding 5% of original opening
not to exceed 1/4"
3) wear in the saddle area of the hook exceeding 10% of the hook
original dimensions; wear in the eyelet area 5%
4) nicks, gouges and cracks
5) the hook attachment and securing means for defects
6) latch engagement (if provided)
7) self-locking hooks for proper operation and locking (if provided)

Check for wear

and elongation.

Check for cracks Check for

and twisting. twisting.
Check for opening
of hook.

Check for wear

and cracks.

103
Hook Capacities
Hooks for rigging are made in many different configurations for many
different applications. Not all hooks used in rigging applications work in
direct pull applications. Be sure to use hooks in the manner for which
they are intended.
Working Load Limit (WLL)  Hoist Hooks

Carbon Alloy Throat Thickness Width

Maximum Maximum WLL Opening with Hook Base of Hook
WLL (Tons) (Tons) Latch (inches) Base
(inches) (inches)
3/4 1 .89 .73 .63
1 1-1/2 .91 .84 .71
1-1/2 2 1.00 1.00 .88
2 3 1.09 1.13 .94
3 4-1/2 / 5 1.36 1.44 1.31
5 7 1.61 1.81 1.66
7-1/2 11 2.08 2.25 1.63
10 15 2.27 2.59 1.94
15 22 3.02 3.00 2.38
20 30 3.25 3.62 3.00
25 37 3.00 4.56 3.19
30 45 3.38 5.06 3.25
40 60 4.12 6.00 3.91
The Crosby Group www.thecrosbygroup.com

Suggested Hook Sizes for Multiple-Leg Bridle Slings (EIP Wire Rope)
Sling Size Hook Size Sling Size Hook Size Sling Size Hook Size
(inches) (tons) (inches) (tons) (inches) (tons)
3/8 1-1/2 (C) 7/8 7-1/2 (C) 1-1/2 22 (A)
1/4 3 (C) 1 10 (C) 1-3/4 30 (A)
5/8 4-1/2 (A) 1-1/8 15 (A) 2 37 (A)
3/4 7 (A) 1-1/4 15 (A) 2-1/4 45 (A)

104
Hook Applications
When using multiple slings in a hook ensure that the included angle is
not greater than 90. If the included angle must be greater than 90
use shackles or master links to collect slings at the hook. Loading
beyond 90 reduces the hooks rated capacity and increases the
possibility of point loading the hook.

Always be sure that the sling or hardware used to lift the load is
supported at the base of the hook. Never allow the load to rest on the
latch. The purpose of the latch is to keep the rigging in the hook when in
a slack condition.

GOOD

105
Hook Applications (Cont...)

Load Rating Efficiency When Loaded Off Center

No Back Loading

No Tip Loading

No Side Loading

106
Hook Applications (Cont...)
Sorting hooks, also known as shake out hooks, stab hooks, and pelican
hooks, are intended for sorting and laying out pipe, plates, structural
steel and other items that allow engagement to the full depth of the
hook. The sorting and laying out process includes moving materials
close to the ground to allow observation of the load and load connection
throughout the duration of the lift. Sorting hooks must be attached to
loads in a manner that will maintain a level, balanced and stable
condition throughout the lift.

Do not concentrate load on the

last two inches of the hook.

Tip loading caused by a sling angle

greater than 45 results in a W.L.L. of
2 tons when hook is fully engaged.

W.L.L. at the bottom of the hook is

7-1/2 tons when fully engaged and the
sling angle is less than 45

NOTE: For sorting hooks of different capacities,

follow the manufacturers instructions

107
Hook Applications (Cont...)
A horizontal sling angle should be
30 to 45 Other angles may
provide inadequate engagement
forces and create tip loading. The
load on the hook will vary according
to the sling angle. When fully
engaged, with a sling angle of 30 to
45 the working load limit is 7.5
tons. Even when fully engaged,
sling angles greater than 45 will
create tip loading and will result in a
maximum working load limit of 2
tons.

Do not exceed 45

between two sling legs
that are on the same
45 edge of a load.
Maximum
Recommended angle
between legs is 30 to
45

108
Heavy Lift Hook Applications
Heavy lift hooks, 125 tons or greater, have different use applications
than standard rigging or crane hooks. Always follow the hook's
manufacturer for proper use. They may differ from manufacturer to
manufacturer. The following are general rules for the use of Crosby
Heavy Lift Hooks.

Single Point Hook Duplex Hook Quad Hook

Single Point Hook Application

Working load limit is based on sling

angles within a 90 included angle.
(45 vertical angle.)

Master links may bear on one point or two

points depending on the size and type of hook.
This is acceptable as long as the master link 120 included
angle points
bears within the 120 included angle.

109
Crosby Heavy Lift Hook Applications (Cont...)
Duplex Hook Application

Maximum working load limit of a duplex hook is based on sling angles

within a 60 included angle. 30° vertical angle. Maximum sling angle is
90 included angle. 45 vertical angle. When angle is greater than 60
reduce hook capacity by 10%.

It is always best that loading is equal on

each prong.
Depending on block configuration and
sling loads, prong loading may allow up to
a 55 / 45 load distribution.
55 / 45 load distribution

The shackle whole in the duplex hook is designed

for full capacity with a properly sized standard
Crosby shackle. G-2140 & G-2160.

110
Crosby Heavy Lift Hook Applications (Cont...)
Quad Hook Application
Maximum working load limit of a
Crosby quad hook is based on
sling angles within a 60
included angle. 30° vertical
angle. Maximum sling angles is
90 included angle. 45 vertical
angle. When angle is greater
30 / 45 30 / 45 than 60 reduce hook capacity
by 10%.

Quad hook capacities are also based

on a maximum 30 oblique (side load)
angle.
30

It is best to have equal loading

on each prong. Depending on
block configuration and sling
loading, prong loading may
allow 30 / 20° / 30  load
distribution.
When loading two opposite
30 20 30 prongs. the total load is to be
no more than 60% of total
working load limit while limiting
loading to 55% / 45%.

111
Eyebolts

1) Only shouldered eyebolts shall be used when loading is NOT

vertical (90° from horizontal).
2) Non-shouldered eyebolts are only to be loaded in a 90 vertical
pull.
Identification

Inspection
Eyebolts shall be inspected before each days use. At least once every

4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked load

6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point

9) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as to

112
Eyebolts Capacities
Eyebolts are made in two styles: shouldered and non-shouldered.
Shouldered eyebolts capacities are rated for a 90 in-line pull or
angular loading. Non-shouldered eyebolts are rated for 90 in-line pull.
Eyebolt rated capacities vary from manufacturer to manufacturer.

Machined Eyebolt Shouldered Eyebolt Non-shouldered Eyebolt

Eyebolt Working Load Limit

 Forged Carbon Steel
 Angular Loading for Shouldered Eyebolts Only
Generic Working Load Limits (lbs) Crosby Working Load Limits (lbs)
Diameter Inline Pull Reduction Angular Inline Pull Reduction Angular
(inches) Loading Loading (ASME B30.26) Loading Loading (Crosby)
1/4 500 650
5/16 800 100% of WLL 1,200 100% of WLL
3/8 1,200 0° - 5° 1,550 0°

1/2 2,200 2,600

5/8 3,500 55% of WLL 5,200 30% of WLL
3/4 5,200 7,200
6° - 15° 45°
7/8 7,200 10,600
1 10,000 13,300
1-1/4 15,200 25% of WLL 21,000 25% of WLL
1-1/2  16° - 90° 24,000 90°

Use working load limit by the manufacturer of the eyebolt being used.

113
Eyebolt Applications
In a tapped blind-hole, the effective thread
length shall be at least 1-1/2 times diameter of
the bolt for engagement in steel. For
machined eyebolts minimum tap depth is the
shank length plus 1/2 the nominal diameter of
the eyebolt.

When shouldered eyebolts are used for

ing

angular loading, the shoulder shall be flush

ad
Lo

and securely tightened against the load. The

lar

plane of the eye shall be aligned with the

gu
An

angle of loading.

Shim Table for Eye Alignment

Eyebolt Size Shim Thickness to
(inches) Rotate 90
1/4 .0125
A flat washer can be used under 5/16 .0139
the shoulder to position the plane 3/8 .0156
of the eye. Use only a single shim 1/2 .0192
5/8 .0227
to orientate the eyebolt eye. Do 3/4 .0250
not use washers to take up slack. 7/8 .0278
1 .0312
1-1/4 .0357
1-1/2 .0417

114
Eyebolt Applications (Cont...)

In a tapped through-hole of one diameter

thickness or less, use two nuts. The nut under
the load shall be fully engaged and tightened
securely against the load.

In a tapped through-hole of more than one

diameter thickness, only one nut is required.
Tighten hex nut securely against the load.

Result of angular loading non-shouldered or

shoulders not flush with the load.

Do not reeve slings through one eyebolt to

another. This practice will alter the load and
Resultant Angle angle of loading on the eyebolt. If sling angle
is 60 the resultant load on the eyebolts will
be equal to a 30 angle.

115
Swivel Eyebolt (RUD Starpoint)
The RUD Starpoint eyebolt is a true swivel
eyebolt. A wrench is attached to torque the
eyebolt to the load.
As tension is applied to the eyebolt it swivels
positioning the angle of loading to the plane of
the eye. The Working Load Limit (WLL)
indication for the most unfavorable load
direction is embossed on the eyebolt at a 4:1
design factor. For further details refer to the
product information sheet at www.rud.com

Working Load Limit (WLL)  VRS Starpoint Eyebolt

Working Load Limit* Working Load Limit*
Size - UNC (Lbs) Size (Kilograms)
(Inches) (Metric)
0 90 0 90
3/8 - 16 2,200 880 M8 1,000 300
1/2 - 13 4,400 1,650 M10 1,000 400
5/8 - 11 8,820 3,300 M12 2,000 750
3/4 - 10 13,250 5,070 M16 4,000 1,500
7/8 - 9 13,250 5,070 M20 6,000 2,300
1-8 17,630 7,050 M24 8,000 3,200
1 1/4 - 7 26,450 9,920 M30 12,000 4,500
1 1/2 - 6 35,270 15,430 M36 16,000 7,000
1 3/4 - 5 59,900 19,480 M42 24,000 9,000
2 - 4 1/2 70,550 26,500 M48 32,000 12,000
* Working Load Limits (WLL) are based on a 4:1 Design Factor
www.rud.com

116
Swivel Hoist Rings (ASME B30.26-2)
Special Considerations
1) When used in a threaded-hole, the effective thread length shall
be 1-1/2 times the diameter of the bolt for steel  for other
thread engagements in other materials contact a swivel hoist ring
manufacturer or a qualified person.
2) When used in a through-hole application, a nut and washer shall
be used in accordance with the swivel hoist ring manufacturer's
recommendations. The nut shall be fully engaged.
3) The bushing flange shall fully contact the load surface.
4) Spacers or washers shall not be used between the bushing
flange and mounting surface of the load being lifted.
5) Swivel hoist rings shall be tightened to torque specifications of
the manufacturer.
6) Swivel hoist rings shall be free to rotate and pivot without
interference during lifting.
Identification
Swivel hoist rings shall be marked to show:
1) name or trademark of manufacturer
2) rated load
3) torque value

117
Inspection
Swivel hoist rings shall be inspected before each days use. At least
once every 12 months a documented inspection shall be completed by
a designated person. Swivel hoist rings shall be removed from service
if damage such as the following is visible and shall only be returned to
service when approved by a qualified person:
1) missing or illegible identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked load
bearing components
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
7) excessive thread damage or wear
8) evidence of unauthorized welding or modification
9) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as to
continued use
10) lack of the ability to freely rotate or pivot

180 PIVOT

360 ROTATION

118
Swivel Hoist Ring Capacities
A swivel hoist rings rated capacity is based on:
• full thread engagement
• the bushing flange in full contact with the
load surface
• proper torque
• load applied to the enter of the bail
Working Load Limit  Swivel Hoist Rings
Bolt Diameter (inches) Working Load Limit (lbs) Hoist Ring Torque (Ft. lbs)
5/16 800 7
3/8 1,000 12
1/2 2,500 28
5/8 4,000 60
3/4 5,000 100
7/8 8,000 160
1 10,000 230
1-1/4 15,000 470
1-1/2 24,000 800
2 30,000 1,100
2-1/2 50,000 2,100
3 75,000 4,300
3-1/2 100,000 6,600
Ultimate load is based on 5 times working load limit.
Torque values are based on threads being clean, dry and free of lubrication.

NOTE: The table above may not reflect the ratings and torque value of
all swivel hoist rings. Follow torque and capacity from the manufacturer
of the swivel hoist ring in use.

119
Swivel Hoist Rings (Cont...)
The table below are based on American National
Taps and Dies values. Hoist ring ratings and
torque value are based on engagement in Ferris
metals.
Taps & Dies for Swivel Hoist Ring Engagement

Thread Size Threads-Coarse Tap Drill Tap Decimal Allen Head Size
(Inches) per Inch (Inches) Inch (Inches)

5/16 18 F 0.2570 1/4

3/8 16 5/16 0.3125 3/8

1/2 13 27/24 0.4219 3/8

5/8 11 17/32 0.5313 1/2

3/4 10 21/32 0.6563 5/8

7/8 9 49/64 0.7656 3/4

1 8 7/8 0.8750 3/4

1-1/4 7 1- 7/64 1.1094 7/8

1-1/2 6 1-11/32 1.3438 1

2 4-1/2 1-25/32 1.7813 1-1/2

2-1/2 4 2-1/4 2.2500 1-3/4

3 4 2-3/4 2.7500 2-1/4

3-1/2 4 3-1/4 3.2500 2-3/4

120
Swivel Hoist Ring Applications
When used in through-hole applications, a nut and
washer shall be used in accordance with the swivel
hoist ring manufacturer's recommendations. The
nut shall be fully engaged and properly torqued.

The bushing flange shall be in full contact with the

load surface. Spacers or washers shall not be
used between the bushing flange and mounting
surface of the load being lifted.

Swivel hoist rings must rotate and pivot

without interference during lifting. The
swivel hoist ring must be able to align
with the sling without interference.

Fittings or hooks used to attached slings to swivel

hoist rings shall be the proper shape and size to
ensure the fitting seats properly in the bail of the
swivel hoist ring.

121
Shackle-Lok Shackle-Style Hoist Ring
Shackle-Lok is a useful tool for riggers. It's
unique design allows the rigger to connect slings
directly to the hoist ring without the need for
additional hardware. It is a very efficient and easy
to use below-the-hook lifting device.
Shackle-Lok hoist rings are designed to work
with numerous thread sizes and engagement
depths. See www.jergensinc.com/lifting

Working Load Limit (WLL)  Shackle-Lok

Thread Size WLL* Torque** Hex Size

(Inches) (Lbs) (Lbs Ft) (Inches)
1/4-20 550 3 5/32
5/16-18 800 5 5/32
3/8-16 1,000 7 5/32
1/2-13 2,500 23 1/4
5/8-11 4,000 46 1/4
3/4-10 5,000 69 3/8
7/8-9 8,000 130 7/16
1-8 10,000 185 7/16
1 1/4-7 15,000 345 1/2
1 1/2-6 24,000 660 3/4
2-4 1/2 30,000 1,100 3/4
2 1/2-4 50,000 2,300 1
*Stated load capacity based on recommended thread torques as shown in chart.
**It is recommended that these torques be used when installing hoist rings.
www.jergensinc.com

122
Turnbuckles (ASME B30.26-2)
Special Considerations
1) Open and pipe body type turnbuckles can have jaw, eye or hook
ends.
2) Hook end turnbuckle capacities are less than jaw and eye end
turnbuckles.

Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Eye Jaw & Eye Hook & Hook
Pipe Body

3) Turnbuckle end fitting threads shall be fully engaged in the body

threads.
4) If locking nuts are used they shall be compatible with the threads
of the turnbuckle end. Lock nuts should not be used during
overhead lifting.
Identification
Turnbuckles shall be marked to show:
1) name or trademark of manufacturer
2) size or rated load

123
Inspection
Turnbuckles shall be inspected before each days use. At least once
every 12 months a written documented inspection shall be completed
by a designated person. Turnbuckles shall be removed from service if
damage such as the following is visible and shall only be returned to
service when approved by a qualified person:
1) missing or illegible identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked
frame members or end fittings
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
7) excessive thread damage or wear
8) evidence of unauthorized welding or modification
9) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as
to continued use

Check end fittings for

damage and parts.

Check for cracks and deformation. Check for thread damage

and bent rods.

124
Turnbuckles Capacities
Turnbuckles are made with several different types of end fittings, eyes,
clevis, stubs or hooks. Turnbuckles may have any combination of end
fittings. Those with hook ends will have lower capacities than counter
parts of the same size.

JAW EYE STUB HOOK

Turnbuckles  Weldless Forged Alloy Steel

End Fitting Stock WLL of any combination WLL of Turnbuckles with

Diameter (inches) of JAW, EYE and STUB HOOK END Fittings (lbs)
END Fittings (lbs)
1/4 500 400
5/16 800 700
3/8 1,200 1,000
1/2 2,200 1,500
5/8 3,500 2,250
3/4 5,200 3,000
7/8 7,200 4,000
1 10,000 5,000
1-1/4 15,200 
1-1/2 21,400 
1-3/4 28,000 
2 37,000 
2-1/2 60,000 
2-3/4 75,000 
125
Turnbuckle Applications

Turnbuckle rated capacities are

based on inline loading. When
IN LINE

turnbuckles are eccentrically (side)

E
LIN

loaded their component parts are

IN

INE easily damaged putting the rigger at

IN L
risk.
In Line Loading

When turnbuckles are used in

applications where vibration is
present, the end fitting should be
secured to the frame with lock pins
or wires. This will prevent turning
and loosening.

Lock nuts (jam nuts) should not

be used for overhead lifting.
The lock nut can significantly
increase the stresses imposed
upon the turnbuckles threads
putting the rigger at risk.
Jam Nut

126
Links/Rings  Master Links (ASME B30.26-3)
Hoisting links/rings are used to gather multiple sling legs at a single
point for multiple leg bridle slings. Links/rings are oblong, pear or round
shaped.

Oblong Link/Ring Pear Link/Ring Round Link/Ring

Special Considerations
1) Links/rings shall have sufficient ductility to permanently deform
before losing the ability to support the load at the temperatures
that the manufacturer has specified.
Proof Testing
1) Prior to initial use, welded links and rings shall be proof tested by
the manufacturer or qualified person. (200% VRC)
2) When used links/rings are re-used in new fabricated assemblies
they shall be proof tested. (200% VRC)
Identification
Each new link/ring shall be marked by the manufacturer to show the
following:
1) name or trademark of manufacturer
2) size or rated load
3) grade if required to identify rated load

127
Inspection
Links/rings shall be inspected before each days use. At least once
every 12 months a written documented inspection shall be completed
by a designated person. When attached to slings they shall be
inspected as part of the slings to which they are attached. Links/rings
shall be removed from service if damage such as the following is visible
and shall only be returned to service when approved by a qualified
person:
1) missing or illegible identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked
frame members or fittings
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
7) evidence of unauthorized welding or modification
8) and other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt
as to continued use

128
Rings (Master Links)
Rings (Master Links) are used to gather multiple sling legs at a single
point for multiple leg bridle slings. Master Links come in three shapes;
oblong, pear or round. Oblong links are the most common. Pear links
are directional for proper use and round links are the weakest of the
three.

Oblong Master Link Pear Master Link Round Master Link

Crosby A-342 & A-342W Alloy Oblong Links

Diameter Capacity B C Weight
1/2W 7,400 2.80 5.00 1.30
C
5/8 9,000 3.00 6.00 1.52
3/4W 9,900 3.20 6.00 2.00
7/8W 15,200 3.75 6.38 3.30
B 1W 26,000 4.30 7.50 6.10
1-1/4W 39,100 5.50 9.50 12.00
1-1/2W 61,100 5.90 10.50 18.60
1-3/4 84,900 6.00 12.00 25.22
2 102,600 7.00 14.00 37.04
2-1/4 143,100 8.00 16.00 54.10
2-1/2 160,000 8.38 16.00 67.75
2-3/4 216,900 9.50 16.00 87.70
3 228,000 9.00 18.00 115.00
3-1/4 262,200 10.00 20.00 145.00
Design Factor  5:1 www.thecrosbygroup.com 2009

129
 Crosby A-341 Alloy Pear Links
Diameter Capacity D E Weight
1/2 7,000 4.00 3.00 .55
D 5/8 9,000 5.00 3.75 1.10
3/4 12,300 6.00 4.50 1.76
7/8 14,000 7.00 5.25 2.82
E 1 24,360 8.00 6.00 4.22
1-1/8 30,600 8.75 6.75 6.25
1-1/4 36,000 10.00 7.50 8.25
1-3/8 43,000 11.00 8.25 11.25
1-1/2 54,300 12.00 9.00 14.25
1-5/8 62,600 13.00 9.75 18.50
1-3/4 84,900 14.00 10.50 22.50
1-7/8 95,800 15.00 11.25 29.00
2 102,600 16.00 12.00 34.00
2-1/4 143,100 18.00 13.50 48.00
2-1/2 147,300 20.00 15.00 66.00
Design Factor  5:1 www.thecrosbygroup.com

Crosby S-643 Round Rings

Diameter Capacity B Weight
7/8 7,200 4.00 2.72
7/8 5,600 5.50 3.47
1 10,800 4.00 3.69
B 1-1/8 10,400 6.00 6.60
1-1/4 17,000 5.00 6.82
1-3/8 19,000 6.00 10.12
Design Factor  6:1 www.thecrosbygroup.com

130
 Suggested Oblong Master Link Sizes for Multiple-Leg Slings
Sling Size 2Leg 3Leg 4Leg
(inches)
3/8 1/2 3/4 7/8
1/2 3/4 7/8 1
5/8 1 1 1-1/4
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
7/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2
1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4
1-1/8 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4
1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/4
1-1/2 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4
1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3
2 2-1/2 3 3-3/4
2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/2 4
Sizes based on Crosby capacities. If not Crosby  Verify Link WLL
EIP Wire Rope

Master Link Applications

Master Links or Rings shall always be of the proper shape and size to
ensure that it seats properly in the hook or other lifting device. Multiple
slings or rigging hardware gathered in a link or ring shall not exceed a
120 included angle.
Oblong Master Link Pear Master Link Round Master Link

131
Master Link Applications (Cont...)
Oblong Links
Oblong links are to be loaded in-line through the vertical length of the
link. Always match the links capacity to the total vertical rated capacity
for the size and number of slings used in the link.

Correct in-line loading of oblong link. Never horizontally load oblong links.

Pear Links
Pear links are to be loaded in-line through the vertical length of the link.
Always match the links capacity to the total vertical rated capacity for
the size and number of slings used in the link. When more than one
sling leg is used, Legs must go on widest end of the link.

132
Swivels (ASME B30.26-3)
Swivels are positioning hardware. They reduce the torque action on
the rigging attachments as the load is being lifted.

Chain Swivel Regular Swivel Jaw/Eye Swivel

Special Considerations
1) Swivels are not to be used to swivel suspended loads.
2) Swivels shall have sufficient ductility to permanently deform
before losing the ability to support the load at the temperatures
that the manufacturer has specified.
Proof Testing
1) Prior to initial use, welded links and rings shall be proof tested by
the manufacturer or qualified person. (200% VRC)
2) When used links/rings are re-used in new fabricated assemblies
they shall be proof tested. (200% VRC)

133
Identification
Each new swivel shall be marked by the manufacturer to show the
following:
1) name or trademark of manufacturer
2) size or rated load
3) and grade if required to identify rated load
Inspection
Swivels shall be inspected before each days use. At least once every
12 months inspection shall be completed by a designated person.
When attached to slings they shall be inspected as part of the slings to
which they are attached. Swivels shall be removed from service if
damage such as the following is visible and shall only be returned to
service when approved by a qualified person:
1) missing or illegible identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked
frame members or end fittings
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
7) evidence of unauthorized welding or modification
8) lack of ability to freely rotate when not loaded,
9) loose or missing nuts, bolts, cotter pins, snap rings or other
fasteners and retaining devices
10) other conditions, including visible damage, that cause doubt as
to continued use

134
Swivel Capacities
Swivels are positioning hardware used to reduce the torque action on
rigging attachments as loading is applied to the rigging. NEVER use
this type of swivel to position a suspended load, they will fail. Swivels
come in three types of configurations: chain, regular and jaw/eye
swivels. All three are always to be loaded in line with itself.

Chain Swivel Regular Swivel Jaw /Eye Swivel

SWIVELS
Chain Swivel Regular Swivel Eye/Jaw Swivel
Size
(inches) WLL Weight WLL Weight WLL Weight
(lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs)
1/4 850 .13 850 .21 850 .21
5/16 1,250 .25 1,250 .39 1,250 .34
3/8 2,250 .54 2,250 .71 2,250 .66
1/2 3,600 1.12 3,600 1.32 3,600 1.34
5/8 5,200 2.09 5,200 2.49 5,200 2.48
3/4 7,200 3.09 7,200 4.02 7,200 3.88
7/8   10,000 6.25 10,000 5.87
1   12,500 8.95 12,500 9.84
1-1/4   18,000 16.34 18,000 15.75
1-1/2   45,200 45.79 45,200 54.75

135
Wire Rope Clips (ASME B30.26-3)
Wire rope clips come in two styles, U-bolt and double saddle.
U-bolt

Saddles

U-Bolt Clip Double Saddle Clip

Special Considerations
1) Wire rope clip materials shall be of sufficient strength such that
failure of the wire rope will occur before failure of the wire rope
clip.
2) Wire rope clip ratings are based on the manufacturer's
requirements for number of clips, spacing and torque for wire
rope size. Properly assembled clips tensile strength will be 80%
of the wire ropes minimum breaking strength. Re-torque clip
assembly after the initial load application.
3) Slings made with wire rope clips shall not be used in a choke
hitch.
Identification
Each new wire rope clip saddle shall have forged or die stamped
markings by the manufacturer to show the following:
1) name or trademark of manufacturer
2) size

136
Inspection
Wire rope clips shall be inspected before each days use. At least once
every 12 months inspection shall be completed by a designated
person. Clips shall be removed from service if damage such as the
following is visible and shall only be returned to service when approved
by a qualified person:
1) missing or illegible identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked frame
members or end fittings
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
7) evidence of unauthorized welding or modification
8) unauthorized replacement components
9) insufficient number of wire rope clips
10) improperly tightened wire rope clips
11) indications of damaged wire rope slippage
12) improper assembly or other conditions including visible damage
that may cause doubt as to their continued use

Live End

Dead End

NOTE: Remember clip orientation by the phrase never saddle a dead horse.

137
Wire Rope Clips Ratings
Wire rope clips shall be of sufficient strength that failure of the rope will
occur before failure of the clip. Only drop forged clips shall be used in
lifting applications. When using wire rope clips, be sure that the
manufacturer's recommendations for number of clips, torque and
installation are followed.
Clip Installation
STEP 1
Apply first clip one base width from dead
end. Use torque wrench to tighten nuts
evenly, alternating from one nut to the
recommended torque.
STEP 2
Apply second clip as near the base of the
thimble as possible. Use torque wrench
to tighten nuts evenly, alternating from
one nut to the recommended torque.
STEP 3
Apply third and additional clips evenly
between the first two. Use torque wrench
to tighten nuts evenly, alternating from
one nut to the recommended torque.
STEP 4
Apply first load of equal or greater weight
than the loads expected in use. Next,
check and use torque wrench to
re-tighten to recommended torque.

138
Clip Installation (Cont...)
U-Bolt & Double Saddle Wire Rope Clips
U-Bolt Clips Double Saddle Clips
Clip Size
(inches) Minimum # Wire Rope Torque Minimum # Wire Rope Torque
of Clips Turnback (Ft-Lbs) of Clips Turnback (Ft-Lbs)
1/8 2 3-1/4 4.5 2  
3/16 2 3-3/4 7.5 2 4 30
1/4 2 4-3/4 15 2 4 30
5/16 2 5-1/4 30 2 5 30
3/8 2 6-1/2 45 2 5-1/2 45
7/16 2 7 65 2 6-1/2 65
1/2 3 11-1/2 65 3 11 65
9/16 3 12 95 3 12-3/4 130
5/8 3 12 95 3 13-1/2 130
3/4 4 18 130 3 16 225
7/8 4 19 225 4 26 225
1 5 26 225 5 37 225
1-1/8 6 34 225 5 41 360
1-1/4 7 44 360 6 55 360
1-3/8 7 44 360 6 62 500
1-1/2 8 54 360 7 78 500
www.thecrosbygroup.com

CORRECT CORRECT

CORRECT

139
Wedge Sockets (ASME B30.26-3)
Special Considerations
1) Wedge sockets should not be side Socket
loaded.
2) Impacts can dislodge the wedge Wedge
from the body.
Inspection
Wedge sockets shall be inspected before each days use. At least once
every 12 months inspection shall be completed by a designated
person. Wedge sockets shall be removed from service if damage such
as the following is visible and shall only be returned to service when
approved by a qualified person:
1) missing or illegible identification
2) indications of heat damage including weld splatter or arc strikes
3) excessive pitting or corrosion
4) bent, twisted, distorted, stretched, elongated or cracked frame
members or end fittings
5) excessive nicks or gouges
6) a 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point
7) evidence of unauthorized welding or modification
8) unauthorized replacement components
9) improperly tightened wire rope clips
10) indications of damaged wire rope slippage
11) improper assembly or other conditions, including visible
damage, that cause doubt as to their continued use

140
Wedge Socket Installations
Always use the correct wedge with the correct socket.

Installation
Live End
Dead End Live End inline with connection point

CORRECT APPLICATIONS

INCORRECT APPLICATIONS
141
Manual Operated Chain Hoists
Manually operated chain hoists come in two configurations: 1) Hand
chain operated hoists, commonly called a chainfall and 2) lever
operated chain hoists, commonly called a come-along.
Hand Chain Hoist

• The chainfall is designed for vertical or near

vertical lifts. All loading is to be in-line with the
hoist.
• Must be used right side up.
• Designed so that when the actuating force is
removed, it will automatically stop and hold a load
up to 125% of its rated capacity.

Lever Chain Hoist

• The lever chain hoist is designed for vertical lifting,

lifting at angles, pulling and to be used upside
down. All loading is to be in-line with the hoist.
• Hoist is equipped with an integral activated
load-controlling mechanism.
• Can be equipped with a load controlling
mechanism that will automatically stop and hold
up to 125% of its rated capacity.

142
Markings
The rated capacity shall be permanently marked on the hoist or load
block. The manufacturer's name and its model or serial number shall
be on the hoist.
Hoist Operation
• Do not exceed the hoist's rated capacity.
• Do not wrap the load chain around the load.
• Do not apply the load to the tip of the hoist
hook.
• Keep upper and lower hooks in-line with each
other.
• Avoid hoisting at angles (chainfall).
• Ensure that the hoist anchorage and structure
will support the hoist and its load.
• Only one operator shall pull on a single hand
chain at one time (chainfall).
• Do not use a cheater bar or handle extension
(lever hoist).
• Have good footing before operating the hoist.
• Do not stand under the load.
• Ensure that the load chain is properly seated
in wheels and sprockets before lifting.

143
Rigging Practices
Regardless of the type of sling, rigging hardware, or below-the-hook
lifting device being used, the following practices shall be observed to
prevent accidents, injury or death.

Slings shall not be shortened or

lengthened by knotting or twisting.

Edges, corners or protrusions in contact with

a sling must be padded with material of
sufficient strength, thickness or construction
to protect the sling.

Rigging hardware and sling fittings should

not come in contact with corners.

Shock and dynamic loading should be

avoided.

144
Rigging Practices (cont...)

Loads should not be set on slings or

rigging hardware trapping the slings
between the load, blocking or ground.
Likewise, slings or hardware should
not be pulled from under a load when
it is resting on the sling or hardware.

When basket hitches are used, the

slings should contain or support the
load from the sides, above the
Center of Gravity, so that the load
remains under control.

Basket hitches should be rigged in

such a way as to balance the load
and prevent slippage during lifting.

145
Rigging Practices (cont...)

The choke point of a choker hitch should

be on the sling's body, NOT on the splice,
fitting, hardware or tag.

When the "angle of choke", of a

choker hitch, is less than 120 the
sling's capacity must be reduced
accordingly. (see page 13)

Slings should not be constricted,

bunched or pinched by the load, hook or
any fitting.

146
Rigging Practices (cont...)

The load applied to the hook should

be centered in the base (bowl) of the No Point Loading
hook to prevent point loading on the
hook.

A hook or pin in the eye of a synthetic web sling should be no wider then
1/3 the length of the eye. The eye of a wire rope sling should be no
wider then 1/2 the length of the eye. This prevents damage to the splice
or the eye under load.

Synthetic Web Sling

Maximum 1/3 of Eye Length
12"

4" 12"
Wire Rope Sling
Maximum ½ of Eye Length
6"

Poor Practice

Avoid bending fittings around a hook.

147
Rigging Practices (cont...)

Secure unused legs of multi-leg bridle

slings.

Do not drive the bite of the choke down once

tension is applied to the sling. This will result in
severe overloading at the point of the hitch and
can damage the sling.

Be sure the hoist lift point is over the

load's Center of Gravity before
lifting.

Brace unstable loads before applying or removing rigging.

148
Sling Protection
All slings, regardless of type, must be protected from cutting or
damage. Wire rope slings from kinking, deformation and abrasion.
Alloy chain and mesh slings from gouges, deformation and abrasion.
Synthetic web and roundslings must be protected from corners,
protrusions, rough surfaces and in some cases when used with rigging
hardware.
Load edges have varying degrees of danger. Remember, what is good
for the sharp (damaging) edge is also best for the rounded edge so
protect slings from all edges. This practice removes all subjectivity for
determining protection. All edges can cut or damage slings.
Three different types of protection are necessary for synthetic slings
and they are mutually exclusive. When selecting protection it has to be
determined whether abrasion protection, cut protection or load
protection is needed.

Cut Protection Pads

Separation Toughness

Rating: 25,000 lbs

per inch of width. Rating: 12,500 lbs per
inch of width.

Slingmax Cornermax Pad Linton Sling Protector

Cut protection requires a pad that is not susceptible to cutting either

because of toughness or separation.
149
CornerMax Application

Good Separation No Separation

The bulge at the pads two bearing points The load sides must be at 90 or greater to
must rest completely on the load at a 90 each other to maintain the separation
angle or greater. necessary to protect the sling.

No Separation Good Separation

Loads with protruding edges must be filled out Blocking to create 90 corner necessary to
to create the minimum 90 corner necessary create separation from the sling.
to create separation from the sling.

Abrasion Protection Pad

Slide On Abrasive Sleeve Velcro Attached Abrasive Sleeve

A mistake often made by riggers is the use of abrasion protection pads

for cut protection. Though some abrasion (wear) pads provide limited
cut protection for the sling, it is very dangerous to rely on them to
protect slings from cutting.

150
 All edges on a load, including those that
are not the primary load bearing areas,
need to be protected.

Non-primary load bearing edge

Primary load bearing edge

A synthetic sling placed on the pin of a shackle must be

protected from exposed threads on the pin or pinch
points where the pins go through the
ears of the shackle to prevent cutting
of the sling.

Slingmax Shackle Pin Pad

Inspection
Before each use inspect sling protection for:
• cuts, tears or damage that may prevent protection of the sling
• unprotected bars, plates, rods or mesh used in sling protection
that can damage the sling or load
• be sure protection is the correct size and type to protect the
sling

151
Knots, Bends and Hitches
Knots and bends reduce the ropes strength by half (50%). Hitches
have a better efficiency, reducing rope strength by 25%.
Square Knot (Reef Knot)
The square knot can be used for tying two ropes of the same diameter
together. Both the live and dead ends of the ropes must come out of
the loops on the same side.

1 2 3

Clove Hitch
The clove hitch is used to tie a rope to round or near round objects such
as rings, posts or pipes. When tying the hitch at the end of a rope, the
end should be half hitched to the standing part since the hitch has a
tendency to slip when at the end of the rope.
1 2 3

152
Bowline
This knot is a general purpose knot that can be used in most situations.
It is commonly used for putting a loop in the end of a line. When tied
properly it does not slip or jam, yet is easily untied.

1 2 3 4

Running Bowline
The running bowline is a type of slip knot. It runs freely on the standing
part of the rope and is easily untied.
1 2 3 4

153
Half Hitch
The half hitch is normally used when securing an object for a right
angle pull. This is a temporary hitch that must have constant tension
maintained.
1 2

Unsafe
Good

Double Half Hitch

The double half hitch is simply a half hitch
tied twice. It is easily tied and can be used
in most situations.

Sheepshank
A sheepshank is used for shortening a rope or removing the tension
from a weak point in the rope. It is a good hitch to tighten when securing
a load with a rope.
1 2

154
Carrick Bend
The carrick bend is used for joining two ropes of equal diameter
together. When tension is applied it is easier to untie than most knots. It
is a strong knot that will not jam under load and will always draw up
tight.
1 2 3 4 5

Sheet Bend
The sheet bend is used for tying two different ropes of different
diameters together.

1 2 3 4

155
Lifting & Spreader Beams
Lifting beams are rigid beams designed to support the complete load
at one central lifting point. It is great for low headroom applications.

Spreader beams are designed so that the upper rigging shares the
load with the lower rigging.

156
Equalizer Beams
Equalizer beams are often used when multiple cranes or hooks lift a
single load. An equalizer beam does not allow the loading on the
cranes to change when the beam angle changes.
A B

Loads in A & B do not change when beam angle changes.

A

Markings
Beams SHALL be provided with identification displaying the following:
• rated Capacity
• manufacturer's name and address
• serial number
• beam weight if over 100 lbs

157
Lift Planning
No lift should be made without a lift plan. The plan does not have to be
formal or documented in many cases. In other cases it can take hours,
days or even weeks to develop and execute a lift plan. Usually more
complicated lift plans require signatures, drawings, multiple
calculations, safety analyses and consent forms. No matter how
detailed the plan, the following questions should be answered before
each lift.
1) Who is the competent person responsible for the lift?
2) Is the lift equipment and rigging gear in good condition?
3) Are the rigging gear capacities known and are they adequate for
the weight of the load, the hitches required for the lift and the
angles being used?
4) Is the load rigged to the Center of Gravity?
5) Are softeners or cut protection needed to protect the slings or the
load?
6) Is a tagline needed?
7) Are the appropriate sling hitches being used?
8) Are proper rigging techniques being used?
9) Is there adequate load control?
10) Are all personnel clear of the load?
11) Are there any unusual loading or environmental conditions?
12) Is the load weight known?
13) Are all personnel involved qualified to perform their task?
Before any lift, all personnel involved should be part of a pre-lift meeting
to review their responsibilities for the lift. Hazards that may be involved
with the lift and the lifting sequence should also be discussed.

158
Crane Signals
Personnel acting as signalers during crane operations shall be clearly
identified to the crane operator. In cases where the crane operator
cannot see the signaler, a second person to relay the signals shall be
stationed where he/she can see both the signaler and the crane
operator. The relay signaler shall also be clearly identified. Where
voice communication is used, the signaler shall also be clearly
identified and he/she shall communicate directly with the operator.
The appropriate signals adopted by ASME are to be used. If
compliance with these hand signals are impractical for the job being
performed, other hand signals shall be agreed upon by the operator
and signal person before proceeding with work.
No crane movement shall be made unless signals are clearly
understood. The operator shall respond to signals only from the
designated signal person. However, a stop signal shall be obeyed
regardless of who gives it.

Standard Mobile Crane Hand Signals

Tap fist on head; then use regular (Auxiliary Hoist) Tap elbow with one With forearm vertical, forefinger
signals. hand; then use regular signals. pointing up, move hand in small
horizontal circles.

159
Standard Mobile Crane Hand Signals (Cont...)

With forearm extended downward, Arm extended, fingers closed, Arm extended, fingers closed,
forefinger pointing down, move hand thumb pointing upward. thumb pointing downward.
in small horizontal circles.

Use one hand to give any motion With arm extended, thumb pointing With arm extended, thumb pointing
signal and place other hand up, flex fingers in and out as long as down, flex fingers in and out as long
motionless in front of hand giving the load movement is desired. as load movement is desired.
motion signal. (Hoist Slowly is
shown)

Arm extended point with finger in Both arms extended, palm down, Arm extended, palm down, move
direction of swing of boom. move arm back and forth horizontally. arm back and forth horizontally.

160
Standard Mobile Crane Hand Signals (Cont...)

Arm extended forward, hand open Clasp hands in front of body. Use both fists in front of body,
and slightly raised, make a pushing making a circular motion around
motion in direction of travel. each other, indicating direction of
travel forward or backward.

Lock the track on side indicated by Both fists in front of body with Both fists in front of body with
raised fist. Travel opposite track in thumbs pointing outward. thumbs pointing toward each other.
direction indicated by circular motion
of other fist, rotated vertically in front
of body.

One Hand Signal. One fist in front One Hand Signal. One fist in front of
of chest with thumb tapping chest. chest, thumb pointing outward and
heel of the fist tapping chest.

161
 Standard Overhead Crane Hand Signals

With forearm vertical, forefinger With forearm extended downward, Arm extended forward, hand open
pointing up, move hand in small forefinger pointing down, move hand and slightly raised, make a pushing
horizontal circles. in small horizontal circles. motion in direction of travel.

Palm up, fingers closed, thumb Arm extended, palm down, move Both arms extended, palm down,
pointing in direction of motion, arm back and forth horizontally. move arm back and forth horizontally.
jerk hand horizontally.

Hold up one finger for block "1" and Use one hand to give any motion Crane operator spreads both hands
two fingers for block marked "2". signal and place other hand apart  palms up.
Regular signals follow. motionless in front of hand giving
the motion signal. (Hoist Slowly is
shown)

162
 Standard Tower Crane Hand Signals

With forearm vertical, forefinger With forearm extended downward, Arm extended forward, hand open
pointing up, move hand in small forefinger pointing down, move hand and slightly raised, make a pushing
horizontal circles. in small horizontal circles. motion in direction of travel.

Palm up, fingers closed, thumb Arm extended, palm down, move Both arms extended, palm down,
pointing in direction of motion, arm back and forth horizontally. move arm back and forth horizontally.
jerk hand horizontally.

Arm extended point with finger in Use one hand to give any motion
Clasp hands in front of body.
direction of swing of boom. signal and place other hand
motionless in front of hand giving
the motion signal. (Hoist Slowly is
shown)

163
 Standard Voice Signals
Many times communication between the signaler and the crane
operator is done by voice communication using radios and other such
electronic devices. When voice communication is used the following
should be adhered to:
• Before any lifting operation using voice signals (radio
communication) the signals shall be discussed and agreed
upon by the crane operator and the signaler.
• Communication devices shall be tested before the lifting
operation begins. If devices are battery operated extra
batteries should be readily accessible.
• All directions given to the crane operator shall be given from
the operator's direction perspective.
• Each series of signals shall contain the following elements
stated in the following order:
1) function and direction
2) distance and/or speed
3) function stop
Example of voice communication:
• swing right 50', 25', 15, 10', 2', swing stop
• load down 100', 50', 30', 10',...2', load stop
• load up slow, slow, slow, load stop
If communication is broken the crane operator shall stop crane
movement. The crane operator should continue only when
communication is re-established.

164
 Crane Set-up

Crane set-up is critical to the success of any lift. The crane must be in
good condition, the operator qualified and the crane manufacturer's
procedures followed to ensure a safe lift.

Boom and load line clear of Power Lines

The lift point is directly
above the load's CG.
Boom angle, boom length, load radius are known and the
crane's rated capacity is known.

The rigging is correct. Outrigger pads are on

solid footing or blocking.

Load weight is known.

All wheels are clear of ground.

All outrigger beams are fully extended Crane is level.

to load chart requirements.

165
149
Outrigger Blocking
Even if outrigger beams are fully extended, the crane is level and the
cranes tires are clear of the ground, without proper blocking under the
outrigger pads the support area may be compromised. The cranes
float or pontoons may not provide an adequate footprint to support the
weight of the crane plus the load. In many cases steel plates, wood
beams or even crane mats may be required for the ground pressure
generated by mobile cranes. If there are questions or doubts about the
crane support system, consult the crane manufacturer, a lift engineer or
other qualified personnel.

Good Blocking
(full support of outrigger pad)

Poor Blocking Poor Blocking

(span blocking of outrigger pad) (corner blocking of outrigger pad)

166
 Electrical Hazards
Electrocution is one of the most common killers in the crane and rigging
industry. Therefore, OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1400 gives three options for
working near power lines up to 350 kV.
1) Confirm from the utility owner/operator that the power line has
been de-energized and visibly grounded at the work site.
2) Ensure that no part of the equipment, load line, or load
(including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer than
20 feet.
3) Determine line's voltage and the minimum approach distance
permitted under Table A.
Table A minimum distance from energized power lines are as follows:
• up to 50 kV  10 ft.
• over 50 kV to 200 kV  15 ft.
• over 200 kV to 350 kV  20 ft.
• over 350 kV to 500 kV  25 ft.
• over 500 kV to 750 kV  35 ft.
• over 750 kV to 1,000 kV  45 ft.
• over 1,000kV  (as established by the utility owner)
For power lines over 350 kV to 1,000kV, a minimum distance shall be
50 feet. For power lines over 1,000 kV, the minimum distance must be
established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional
engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power
transmission and distribution.

167
Electrical Hazards (Cont...)
When traveling under or near power lines with no load the OSHA
requires taking the following steps.
1) Boom/mast and boom/mast support system are lowered
sufficiently.
2) Follow clearances in Table T.
3) Consider the effects of speed and terrain so as to not violate the
minimum clearances of Table T.
4) If any part of the equipment while traveling will get closer than 20
feet to the power line have a dedicated spotter who is in
continuous contact with the driver/operator.
5) When traveling at night, or in conditions of poor visibility, as well
as previous requirements ensure that the power lines are
illuminated or another means of identifying the location of the
lines used and a safe path of travel is identified and used.
Table T  Minimum clearance distance while traveling with no load.
• up to 0.75 kV  4 ft.
• 0.75 kV to 50 kV  6 ft.
• over 50 kV to 345 kV  10 ft.
• over 345 kV to 750 kV  16 ft.
• over 750 kV to 1000 kV  20 ft.

Power Line Guidelines

• Always contact the owners of power lines or the nearest utility
before beginning work.
• Maintain a safe operating distance and observe the absolute limit
of approach.
• All power lines must be considered as energized.

168
 • All personnel, except the operator, must stay away from the crane
when it is near the limit of the approach.
• Increase the limit of approach and use of an additional spotter
should be assigned to warn operator as boom approaches lines.
• Slow crane operation near power lines.
In the event of contact with power lines:
• Operator should remain inside the cab after contact until the
power has been disconnected. DO NOT PANIC.
• Move the crane off the wire if possible.
• Keep everyone away.
• If the operator must get off the crane:
1) Operator must dismount the crane so that both feet are touching
together and operator has no contact with anything else.
2) With the operator's feet continually in contact, the operator, shall
bunny hop or shuffle away from the crane until the operator is
completely out of the energized area.
3) During entire process the operator's feet must remain in contact
with each other to prevent the operator from being the conductor
between a high and low voltage area.

169
 Block Reeving
ALWAYS follow the manufacturer's recommendation when reeving or
replacing rope on any crane or hoisting device.
Tips when reeving blocks:
• Even parts of line dead end at the boom point and odd parts of
line dead end at the block.
• Odd parts of lines may lead to more torque at the block.
• Putting backturns in the rope can help make the block hang
straight. However, never install more than two backturns
before hoisting and lowering the block or ball. This allows
torque to bleed to the entire rope.
• Do not hoist a block or ball to the ground. Boom the block or
ball down at least the last two feet to avoid slack rope in the
drum.
• Never beat on the wedge socket with a hammer or other object
to set or loosen the wedge. The wedge socket is made of a
dropped forged material therefore, it can easily crack.
The wedge socket is often dropped or slammed against the
block, headache ball or other objects to loosen the wedge.
This is not a good practice because it can damage the wedge
socket sometimes causing radial cracks in the ears of the
socket. Instead, use a long punch and hammer to remove the
wedge from the socket and pull tension to set the wedge.

2 - Parts 3 - Parts 4 - Parts 5 - Parts

170
 Wire Rope Installation
When winding rope onto the drum or another reel be sure the bends are
in the same direction.

OVERWOUND

Correct

UNDERWOUND

Correct

REVERSE BENDING

Incorrect

171
Wire Rope Installation (Cont...)

Under load the rope wants to

unwind thus roll towards
the flange.

Lay of rope should be

towards the clamp end of the
drum. (right lay rope shown)
Clamp End

If the rope is attached on the wrong end

of the drum its lays will open up and the
wire will jam.

The sudden release of jammed rope during crane operation causes

impact loading on the crane.

172
Wire Rope Installation (Cont...)
To easily determine the proper procedure for applying left-and right-lay
rope on a smooth drum one may use his hand and index finger.
Holding hands behind the drum extend the index finger. Display palm
up for underwound and palm down for overwound, using your left hand
for left-lay and right hand for right-lay, the rope should be attached on
the thumb side of the drum.
OVERWOUND

VIEW FROM BEHIND DRUMS

UNDERWOUND

VIEW FROM BEHIND DRUMS

173
 Crane Limitations
Radius
Radius is the horizontal distance
between the crane's center of rotation
and the center of gravity of the
suspended load. Increasing the
radius will decrease the crane's lifting
capacity while increasing ground
pressure applied by the crane.
Crane functions that cause an increase in radius are:
• Extending the boom.
• Lowering the boom.
• Trolleying out. (Tower Crane)
• Rapid swing causing casting out of the load, headache ball or
block past the boom tip increasing the working radius.
• Sudden stop of lower boom action causing the load, headache
ball or block past the boom tip increasing the working radius.
• Uncompensated boom deflection will increase the load radius
beyond the intended radius when the load leaves the ground.
Boom Angle
Boom angle is the horizontal angle of
the crane boom to the ground. Booming
down increases the load radius and
reduces the crane's lifting capacity while
raising the boom reduces the load radius
and increases the crane's capacity. The
longer the boom and the lower the boom
angle will increase boom deflection
causing bowing in the boom.

174
Load Drift
Load drift is the result of the loads
continued movement after the stop
booming, swinging, or trolleying.
This action is caused when these
actions are stopped too quickly,
causing an increased radius and/or
side loading of the boom.
Compensation for load drift is accomplished by booming the boom tip
down or up, swinging left or right over the load at its outward apex to
stop it's motion. On a tower crane the operator may need to trolley in or
out to catch the load at the apex of its movement.
It is important to begin booming, swinging or trolleying slowly and to
allow enough time to slow the movement down before stopping.
Two-Blocking
Two-Blocking is a condition in which the Two-Blocking
load block exceeds the upper limit of its
travel and comes in contact with the boom
point or other structural limitations, thereby
preventing further upward travel. Many cranes are
equipped with anti two-blocking devices. However, an anti
two-bock device should never be used to intentionally limit
two-blocking. Crane functions should be stopped before these devices
are needed.
The following crane functions can cause two-blocking:
• Extending the boom.
• Booming down.
• Hoisting.
175
Boom Deflection
Boom Deflection is created when a load is applied to the crane. When
the load is applied the boom starts to deflect or bends down as it lifts the
load. If boom deflection is not compensated for when lifting, the load
will swing out from the crane causing a greater radius and an unsafe
condition for the rigger.
Boom deflection is compensated for by adjusting the boom point
location before its load leaves the ground. To compensate for the
boom's deflection and load swing out, the signaler starts hoisting up on
the load until the boom starts to bend down; stop the hoist motion and
raise boom to place boom point back over the loads center of gravity.
The signaler needs to repeat this action until the load is safely clear of
the ground.

Boom deflection also has to be compensated for when placing a load.

When placing the load, its weight is removed from the crane's boom
causing the boom to straighten out. If the boom is at a high angle it can
straighten back into its boom stops (if equipped), causing them to bend.

176
Dynamic Loading
Dynamic Loading is an adverse
condition created by sudden
movement or stopping of the load
creating a dynamic increase of
loading/stress to the crane. This
added stress/weight can
adversely affect the stability
and/or structural integrity of the
crane. The dynamic load applied
to the crane can be several times the actual weight of the planned load.
This type of loading can cause structural damage and/or stability that
can cause the crane to fail or the boom to collapse.

DYNAMIC LOADING CHART

Dynamic loading is
caused by rapid
acceleration (highball),
sudden stopping while
lowering a load (hoisting
or booming). A sudden
loss of load while
hoisting can cause
instability of the crane
causing it's boom to go
over backwards.

177
Side Loading
Side Loading causes a dangerous twisting of the boom that can cause
structural damage or even failure of the boom. Side loading is caused
by several different situations.
• Rapid swinging or stopping of boom swing.
• A load being lifted without the boom point over its center of
gravity.
• Duty cycle loading when the load weight is near the crane's
capacity.
• Gusting winds or high winds with large loads. Wind can also
cause other dangers such as the load coming in contact with
the boom, greater difficulty in containing load rotation and load
swing, as well as an increased danger to ground personnel.

BOOM POINT IS NOT

OVER THE CENTER
OF GRAVITY WIND

178
Crane Capacity Restrictions
Crane capacity is based on several different conditions. The cranes
rated capacity is the maximum allowable load that can be applied at a
given radius, boom angle or quadrant of operation. As the radius
increases and/or as the boom angle decreases the crane capacity
decreases. Crane capacity is also affected by the number of wire rope
parts a crane and block are reeved with. The more parts of wire rope
the higher the cranes capacity within the manufacturer's specifications.

TRUCK MOUNTED CRANE BOOM CAPACITY

Boom On Outriggers
Radius Angle Over Rear Over Side
Length
Feet Meters Degrees Pounds Kilograms Pounds Kilograms
35 10.67 78.2 21,800 9,888 21,800 9,888
40 12.19 76.2 19,900 9,026 19,900 9,026
50 15.24 72.2 15,000 6,803 15,000 6,803
60 18.29 68.2 12,600 5,715 12,300 5,715
70 21.34 64.0 10,300 4,672 9,400 4,672
80 24.38 59.7 8,200 3,719 7,400 3,719
150'
90 27.43 55.1 6,600 2,993 5,900 2,993
(45.72 m)
100 30.48 50.3 5,300 2,404 4,700 2,404
110 33.55 45.1 4,200 1,905 3,700 1,905
120 36.58 39.5 3,300 1,496 2,900 1,496
130 39.62 33.0 2,600 1,179 2,200 1,179
140 42.67 25.1 2,000 907 1,700 907
150 45.72 13.6 1,400 635 1,200 635

Notice the lower capacity over the side as compared to over

the rear of the truck mounted crane.

179
Quadrants of Operation
The Quadrant of Operation can dramatically affect the crane's
stability. Normally cranes work in four quadrants: over the front, over
the rear, and over both sides.
Generally the most stable quadrant for a truck mounted crane is over
the rear, a crawler mounted and rough terrain cranes are over the front.
The least stable quadrant is over the side.
TRUCK MOUNTED CRANE

Most Stable

Least Stable

Lifting in the front quadrant is not

allowed, unless otherwise indicated
by crane manufacturer.

180
CRAWLER MOUNTED CRANE

Least Stable

Most Stable

181
ROUGH TERRAIN CRANE

Least Stable

Most Stable

182
 Suspended Personnel Platforms
The following is a short summary for the use of suspended personnel
platforms. This summary is NOT exhaustive. For complete rules and
regulations on the use of these platforms refer to OSHA 29 CFR
1926.550 and ASME B30.23.
Design
Platforms shall be designed with a minimum factor of 5 based on its
stated rating. It shall be designed by a qualified engineer or qualified
person competent in structural design.
The suspension system shall have a design factor based on the
maximum intended resultant stress in the suspension system.
• one-leg system  design factor of seven
• two or more leg system  design factor of 5 for each leg with
only two legs under stress

1-leg system - Required 2-leg system - Design 4-leg system - Design

Design Factor of 7. Factor of 5 for each leg Factor of 5 for each leg
with only two legs under with only two legs under
stress. stress.

183
Testing
New platforms, suspension systems and attachment points shall be
tested as per ASME B30.23-2.2
Platforms shall be tested to 125% for a period of 5 minutes prior to
hoisting people in the personnel platform.
After any structural repair or modification, a platform shall be proof
tested to 150% of the platforms rated capacity.
Management
Management shall designate a qualified individual as the "Personnel
Lift Authorizer" to verify: the need for a personnel lift, that it is done to
the appropriate standards and to appoint a "Personnel Lift Supervisor".
The Personnel Lift Supervisor shall hold a pre-lift meeting, verify all
inspections have been completed, supervise the lift operation, verify
the operator is physically and mentally fit to perform.
Crane Operator
The operator shall be qualified to operate the lift equipment and is
responsible for hoisting equipment capability, rated load constraints,
operational limitations, confirming all hoist equipment passes required
inspections.
The operator should refuse to lift personnel if he/she does not feel well
enough to perform operation, has worked more than 10 hours or did not
have 8 hours off prior to the lift or has doubt as to the safety of the lift.
Platform Occupants
• Are trained to recognize hazards.
• Shall be instructed in procedures & precautions.
• Participate in a pre-lift meeting.

184
 • Shall maintain stable and even loading.
• Keep all parts of body inside platform during raising, lowering,
and positioning except when acting as the signaler.
The following requirements for crane set-up, platform fabrication and
rigging requirements are not complete. Refer to OSHA 1926.550 and
ASME B30.23 standards for complete rules for the lifting of personnel.

Hooks are to be closed and Bridles used for lifting personnel platforms must
locked. (Mousing of hook is be used only for that purpose. All eyes in wire rope
not allowed) must be formed with thimbles.
Slings must be connected
to the crane with a master
link or shackle. The crane must be approved by the manufacturer
for the use of lifting personnel. The crane must be
uniformly level within 1% of grade on stable
footing. The load line must be 7 times the
maximum intended load and 10 times for rotation
resistant rope. The total weight of the loaded
platform and related rigging shall not exceed 50%
of the rated capacity.

Attachment hardware must

be capable of being locked to
prevent opening.

A guardrail, midrail, toeboard,

and an inner grabrail is required.
Overhead protection is required when
Access gates must swing there is a possibility of falling objects.
inwards and be equipped
with a latch to lock the door
closed.
Permanent identification including
platform weight and rated capacity.

185
 Conversion Tables

IF YOU KNOW: MULTIPLY BY: TO FIND:

Inches 25.4 Millimeters (mm)
Inches 2.54 Centimeters (cm)
Inches 0.08333 Feet
Inches 0.0278 Yards
Inches 0.0254 Meters
Inches 0.013889 Fathoms
Feet 304.8 Millimeters (mm)
Feet 30.48 Centimeters (cm)
Feet 12 Inches
Feet 0.333333 Yards
Feet 0.3048 Meters
Feet 0.166667 Fathoms
Yards 914.4 Millimeters (mm)
Yards 91.44 Centimeters (cm)
Yards 36 Inches
Yards 3 Feet
Yards 0.9114 Meters
Yards 0.5 Fathoms
Millimeters (mm) 0.1 Centimeters (cm)
Millimeters (mm) 0.03937 Inches
Millimeters (mm) 0.00328 Feet
Millimeters (mm) 0.001094 Yards
Millimeters (mm) 0.001 Meters

186
Conversion Tables (Cont...)

IF YOU KNOW: MULTIPLY BY: TO FIND:

Centimeters (cm) 10 Millimeters (mm)
Centimeters (cm) 0.3937 Inches
Centimeters (cm) 0.03281 Feet
Centimeters (cm) 0.01094 Yards
Centimeters (cm) 0.01 Meters
Meters 1000 Millimeters (mm)
Meters 100 Centimeters (cm)
Meters 39.3701 Inches
Meters 3.28084 Feet
Meters 1.0936 Yards
Fathoms 182.88 Centimeters (cm)
Fathoms 72 Inches
Fathoms 6 Feet
Fathoms 2 Yards
Fathoms 1.8288 Meters
Miles 5280 Feet
Miles 1760 Yards
Miles 1.609 Kilometers
Miles/hr. 1.609 Kilometers/hr.
Fahrenheit (temp.) subtract 32 (5  9) Celsius (temp.)
Celsius (temp.) (9  then add  Fahrenheit (temp.)

187
Conversion Tables (Cont...)

IF YOU KNOW: MULTIPLY BY: TO FIND:

Pounds 0.453 Kilograms
Pounds 0.0005 Tons (US)
Pounds 0.0004536 Tons (metric)
Tons (US) 907.185 Kilograms
Tons (US) 2000 Pounds
Tons (US) 0.90718 Tons (metric)
Kilograms 2.20462 Pounds
Kilograms 0.001102 Tons (US)
Kilograms 0.001 Tons (metric)
Tons (metric) 2204.62 Pounds
Tons (metric) 1000 Kilograms
Tons (metric) 1.1023 Tons (US)
Pints (US, liq.) 0.5 Quarts (US, liq.)
Pints (US, liq.) 0.125 Gallons (US, liq.)
Pints (US, liq.) 0.473176 Liters
Quarts (US, liq.) 2 Pints (US, liq.)
Quarts (US, liq.) 0.25 Gallons (US, liq.)
Quarts (US, liq.) 0.94635 Liters
Gallons (US, liq.) 8 Pints (US, liq.)
Gallons (US, liq.) 4 Quarts (US, liq.)
Gallons (US, liq.) 3.7854 Liters
Gallons (US, liq.) 0.13368 Feet/Cu.
Liters 2.1134 Pints (US, liq.)
Liters 1.0567 Quarts (US, liq.)
Liters 0.26417 Gallons (US, liq.)
188
Conversion Tables (Cont...)
Fractions Decimal Millimeter
1/64 .015625 .397
1/32 .03125 .794
3/64 .046875 1.191
1/16 .0625 1.588
5/64 .078125 1.984
3/32 .09375 2.381
7/64 .109375 2.778
1/8 .125 3.175
9/64 .140625 3.572
5/32 .15625 3.970
11/64 .171875 4.366
3/16 .1875 4.762
13/64 .203125 5.159
7/32 .21875 5.556
15/64 .234375 5.953
1/4 .250 6.350
17/64 .265625 6.747
9/32 .28125 7.144
19/64 .296878 7.541
5/16 .3125 7.938
21/64 .328125 8.332
11/32 .34375 8.731
23/64 .359375 9.128
3/8 .375 9.525
25/64 .390625 9.922
13/32 .40625 10.160
27/64 .421875 10.716
7/16 .4375 11.112
29/64 .453125 11.509
15/32 .46875 11.906
31/64 .484375 12.303
1/2 .500 12.700

189
Conversion Tables (Cont...)
Fractions Decimal Millimeter
33/64 .515625 13.097
17/32 .53125 13.494
35/64 .546875 13.891
9/16 .5625 14.288
37/64 .578125 14.684
19/32 .59375 15.081
39/64 .609375 15.478
5/8 .625 15.875
41/64 .640625 16.272
21/32 .65625 16.669
43/64 .671875 17.066
11/16 .6875 17.464
45/64 .703125 17.859
23/32 .71875 18.256
47/64 .734375 18.653
3/4 .750 19.050
49/64 .765625 19.447
25/32 .78125 19.844
51/64 .796875 20.241
13/16 .8125 20.638
53/64 .828125 21.034
27/32 .84375 21.431
55/64 .859375 21.828
7/8 .875 22.225
57/64 .890625 22.622
29/32 .90625 23.019
59/64 .931875 23.416
15/16 .9375 23.813
61/64 .953129 24.209
31/32 .96875 24.606
63/64 .984375 25.003
1 1.000 25.400

190
 Glossary of Terms
ABRASION – The mechanical wearing of surface resulting from
frictional contact with materials or objects.
ACCELERATION STRESS – Additional stress imposed by an increase
in the load velocity.

ANGLE, INCLUDED –

ANGLE, HORIZONTAL –

ANGLE, VERTICAL –

ANGLE OF CHOKE – The angle formed at the bite of a choker hitch.

Angles less than 120 decrease the choker hitch efficiency. (see page 13)

ANGLE OF LOADING – Inclination of a leg or

branch of a sling as measured from the horizontal
or vertical plane.

191
ARAMID – A group of lightweight, strong, heat-resistant synthetic
aromatic polyamide materials that are fashioned in fibers, filaments or
sheets for use in textiles, plastics and slings.
ABRASION – Damage to slings or rigging hardware due to the
abrading of the sling or hardware against each other or the load.
AUDIBLE SIGNAL – A signal made by a distinct sound or series of
sounds. Examples include, but are not limited to, sounds made by a
bell, horn, or whistle.
AUXILIARY HOIST – Supplemental hoisting unit usually of less
capacity and a higher speed than the main hoist.
BASKET HITCH – A sling configuration where the sling is passed
under the load and has both ends on the hook, shackle or master link.
(see page 12)

BECKET – See wedge socket.

Bird Caging
BIRD CAGING – A colloquial term describing
the appearance of wire rope forced in
compression. The outer strands form a
“cage” and, at times, display the core.
BLOCK – A term applied to a wire rope sheave (pulley) enclosed inside
plates and fitted with some attachment such as a hook or shackle. (See
page 38)

BLOCKING – Material used to support equipment or a component and

distribute loads to the ground. The blocking is also referred to as
cribbing,dunnage or hay.
BREAKING STRENGTH – The total force applied to a sling or rigging
hardware before it fails. The breaking strength can be expressed in

192
pounds, tons or kilograms and is usually four to seven times the rated
capacity.
BRIDLE SLING – Sling composed of multiple legs fabricated into a ring
(master link) that attaches to the lifting hook. (see page 13)
CABLE CLAMP – See clip
CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE – A wire rope consisting of several
independent wire ropes wrapped around a fiber or wire rope core.
CAMBER – The slight curvature given to beams and girders to
compensate for deflections cause by loading.
CENTER OF GRAVITY (CG) – The point on a load where the weight is
considered to be concentrated. Simply, the balance point. (see page 1)
CHAIN FALL – A manually operated chain activated hoist with an
internal activated friction brake. (see page 142)
CHECK-FAST – A Slingmax pass/fail inspection system with an
External Warning Indicator (EWI) of the internal load bearing core yarn
for Single- and Twin-Path roundslings. (see page 60)
CHOKER – Slang for a lifting sling. Normally for wire rope slings, but
may refer to synthetic or chain slings as well.
CHOKER HITCH – A hitch formed when one end of the sling is passed
under or through the load and back up through the sling eye body or
hardware and is then attached to the lifting hook or other device. (see
page 12)

CLIP – Fitting for clamping two parts of wire rope (also known as a
cable clamp). (see page 136)
COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION – The resulting restrictive force of one
object moving across or through another object. (see page 41)
193
COME-ALONG – A lever-operated wire rope
device designed for pulling; also called
PULLERS. Unlike hoists, the tension is held by Come-along
a releasable ratchet. Much lighter than hoists of
equal capacities, they are not intended for lifting.
Also slang for a lever chain hoist.
COMPETENT PERSON – One who is capable of identifying existing
and predictable hazzards in the surroundings or working conditions
which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and who
has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate
them.
CORE – Core member of wire rope
about which the strands are laid. It may
be fiber, strand or an independent wire
rope (IWRC).
CORROSION – Chemical decomposition by exposure to moisture,
acids, alkalis or other destructive agents.
CRANE – A machine for lifting and lowering a load vertically and
moving it horizontally with the hoisting mechanism as an integral part of
the machine. The term is applied to fixed and mobile machines and to
powered or manually driven machines.
CREEP – A term to describe non-recoverable stretch.
CRIBBING – Timbers placed beneath a load to support it while jacks
are reset and to reduce the distance of a fall in the event of jack
slippage.
CRITICAL LIFT – A hoisting operation in which a critical item will be
hoisted or moved, or in which a non-critical item will be hoisted or
moved in an area where critical items could be affected.
194
D/d RATIO – The ratio of the diameter around which a sling or wire rope
is bent (D) divided by the sling or rope body diameter (d). (see page 17)
DEAD END – The point of fastening one rope end in a running rope
system, the other end being fastened at the rope drum.
DECELERATION STRESS – Additional stress imposed on rigging due
to decrease in load velocity.
DEFLECTION – a) Sag across a span of a load member, caused by the
imposed live or dead loads, which is usually measured at mid-span as
the distance along a straight horizontal line drawn between the
supports; b) Any deviation from a straight horizontal line.
DESIGN FACTOR – An industry term generally denoting the
conservatism used in design calculations associated with the rated
capacity of lifting slings and hardware. The design factor is generally
expressed as a ratio (example 5:1) usually determined by dividing the
desired ratio into the ultimate strength of a lifting device to determine
working load limit.
DESIGNATED PERSON – A person selected or assigned by an
employer or an employer’s representative as being qualified to perform
specific duties.
DRIFTING – Pulling a suspended load laterally to change its horizontal
position. (see page 37)
DUNNAGE – See blocking
DYNAMIC LOADING – Loads introduced into rigging or equipment by
forces of motion.
EIP – Extra Improved Plow Steel  a grade of wire rope. XIP is also
used to denote Extra Improved Plow Steel.

195
ELASTIC LIMIT – Limit of stress above which a permanent deformation
takes place within a given material.
ELONGATION – The measurement of stretch, expressed as a
percentage of the finished length.
FALL ZONE – The area (including but not limited to the area directly
beneath the load) in which it is reasonably foreseeable that partially or
completely suspended materials could fall in the event of an accident.
FATIGUE – The phenomenon leading to fracture under repeated or
fluctuating stresses having a maximum value less than the tensile
strength of the material.
FITTING – Any accessory used as an attachment for slings.
FREQUENT INSPECTION – Inspection performed by the user or
designated person each day or shift the rigging is used (does not
require documentation).
FIBER CORE – Cords or rope made of vegetable or synthetic fiber
used in the core of a wire rope.
FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION – An inspection device to assist in
determining internal damage of a synthetic round sling. If crushing,
cutting, heat or chemical damage has occurred, the damage to the fiber
optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one end to the
other. (see page 60)
GEAR – A general term used for ropes, blocks, hardware, tackle, etc.
HIGH PERFORMANCE FIBER (HPF) – Synthetic fiber that has grams
per denier of 15 or more (example: K-Spec®, Technora®, Spectra®,
Dyneema®, etc.). Its strength is more than twice the strength of
polyester or nylon.

196
HITCH – A sling arrangement used to attach a load to a lifting device.
HOIST – a) A lifting device for raising or lowering loads. Its service
area is vertical over its mounting. Hoists may be attached to fixed or
moveable structures by an upper hook or bracket and can be either
power or manually operated. b) A power-operated component of a
crane or monorail system that provides torque to raise a load or lower it
at a controlled speed or hold a load stationary. c) Verb: the action of
raising a load. d) A power-driven drum or drums capable of lifting and
lowering loads.
HOIST, LEVER – A manually operated, lever activated chain hoist with
an integral activated load-controlling mechanism. (see page 142)
HOIST, MAIN – The hoist mechanism provided for lifting the machine’s
maximum rated load.
HOISTING – The act of raising, lowering or otherwise moving a load in
the air with equipment.
Latch
HOOK LATCH – A mechanical device used to
bridge the throat opening of a hook.

HOOK LOAD – The total load supported by the hook of a crane, derrick
or other hoisting equipment. Includes the load, slings, spreader bars
and other tackle not part of the load but supported by the hook and
required for handling of the load.
HOOK, RIGGING – Any hook used in hoisting and rigging that is not the
“primary hook” or main “load hook”. (see page 102)

197
HORIZONTAL FORCE  The compressive force applied to a
suspended load due to the sling tension when loaded at an angle. (see
page 33)

INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) – Wire rope used as the

core of a larger rope.

JACK – A portable lifting device for raising loads

through a short distance. Jack

KINK – Permanent distortion of wires and strands

resulting from tight bends. Kink

K-SPEC FIBER – A tenacity composite fiber for load bearing tension

members as found in Slingmax high performance fiber slings.
LAM – Load Angle Multiplier. (see page 27)
LAY LENGTH – The lengthwise
distance on a wire rope in which a strand
makes a complete turn around the rope.
LIFTING BEAM – A fixture made of rigid parts such as channel, I-beam,
plate, etc. to assist in rigging the load. Lifting beams are designed for
the beam to support the complete load at one central lifting point.
Normally used in low headroom situations. (see page 156)
LIFTING DEVICES – Devices that are not reeved onto the hoist ropes,
such as magnets, grabs, spreader bars, lifting beams and other
supplemental units. Used for the ease of handling certain types of
loads.

198
 Lifting Eyes
LIFTING EYE – A point of attachment on the item to
be lifted, having a looped head designed to
accommodate a hook or shackle.

LINE PULL – The pulling force attainable in a rope leading off a rope
drum or lagging at a particular pitch diameter (number of layers).
LINE SPEED – The speed attainable in a rope leading off a rope drum
or lagging at a particular pitch diameter (number of layers).
LOAD – The total superimposed weight or force to be overcome by the
hoisting and rigging equipment.
LOAD ANGLE MULTIPLIER – The multiplier, based on sling angle,
used to multiply the share of a particular sling leg to determine the
actual tension applied to a sling, shackle, eyebolt, turnbuckle, etc.
during the lift. (see page 27)
LOAD BEARING PART – Any part of a material-handling device in
which the induced stress is influenced by the hook load. A primary
load-bearing part where the failure of which could result in dropping,
upset or uncontrolled motion of the load.
LOAD BLOCK, LOWER – The assembly of hook or shackle, swivel,
sheaves, pins and frame suspended by hoisting rope.
LOAD BLOCK, UPPER – The assembly of hook or shackle, swivel,
sheaves, pins and frame suspended from the hoisting platform or from
the boom in mobile cranes.
LOAD RATED CHAIN – Alloy chain meeting the requirements for
overhead lifting.
LOAD, SAFE WORKING LOAD (SWL) – See working load limit.

199
MASTER LINK – A forged or welded steel link/ring (oblong, pear or
round shaped) to which slings are attached. (see page 127)

MOUSING – A method of bridging the throat

opening of a hook to prevent the release of load Mousing
lines and slings, under service or slack
conditions, by wrapping with soft wire, rope,
heavy tape or similar materials.

OPERATOR – A person who is operating the equipment.

OVERLOAD – A load in excess of the working load limit or rated
capacity of the equipment or rigging.
PARTS OF LINE – A number of running ropes supporting a load or
force, also called parts or falls. (see page 170)
PERIODIC INSPECTION – A complete documented inspection for
damage of rigging performed by a designated person at least once
every twelve months or sooner depending on conditions and
environment in which the rigging is used.
PADDING – See softeners
PROOF LOAD – The specific load applied in performance of a proof
test.
PROOF TEST – A nondestructive load test made to a specific multiple
of the rated load of the sling.
QUALIFIED EVALUATOR (not a third party) – A person employed by
the signal person's employer who has demonstrated that he/she is
competent in accurately assessing whether individuals meet
qualification requirements of CFR 1926.1400 for a signal person.

200
QUALIFIED PERSON (third party) – An entity that, due to its
independence and expertise, has demonstrated that it is competent in
accurately assessing whether individuals meet the qualification
requirements in CFR 1926.1400 for a signal person.
QUALIFIED PERSON – A person who, by possession of a recognized
degree, certificate, or professional standing or who by extensive
knowledge, training and experience, successfully demonstrated the
ability to solve/resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work
or the project.
QUALIFIED RIGGER – A rigger who meets the criteria for a qualified
person.
RATED CAPACITY – The manufacturer’s capacity of a crane, hoist or
monorail system. It is also the load that a piece of hoisting equipment is
designed to safely carry. Rated capacity, load rating, Working Load
Limit (WLL) and Safe Working Load (SWL) are frequently used
interchangeably. Also see Working Load Limit.
REEVING – A rope system in which the rope travels around drums and
sheaves in a prescribed manner. (see page 170)
REVERSE BEND – Reeving of a wire rope over sheaves and drums so
that the rope bends in opposite directions.
RIGGING – The act of attaching hoisting equipment to the load.
ROPE LAY – The length of rope required for one strand to be laid
completely around the rope core.
RUNNING LINE – A rope that moves over sheaves or drums.
SAFETY FACTOR – See design factor.
SAFE WORKING LOAD (SWL) – See rated capacity.

201
SALVAGE EDGE – The finished edge of synthetic webbing designed to
prevent unraveling.

SEIZE – To bind securely, by wrapping seizing wire or

strand at the end of a wire rope.
SEIZING WIRE – A soft anneal-iron wire.
Seizing

SHACKLE – A U-shaped piece of metal provided with a means of

applying a bolt or pin through the ends and used to hold multiple lifting
members together. (see page 93)
SHEAVE – A wheel or pulley with a circumferential groove designed for
a particular size of wire rope; used to change direction of a running
rope.
SIDE PULL – That portion of the hoist pull acting horizontally when the
hoist lines are not operated vertically.
SIDE LOADING – A loading applied at an angle to the vertical plane of
a boom or the lifting axis of rigging hardware.
SLING LOADING – The total tension load applied to a sling during a
lifting application.
SLING – Wire rope, chains or synthetic fabric or fibers made into forms,
with or without end fittings, for handling loads.
SLINGS, BRAIDED – A very flexible sling composed of several
individual wire ropes or synthetic components braided into a single
sling.
SLINGS, ENDLESS – These are slings manufactured in a continuous
loop rather than an eye and eye format.

202
SLINGS, METAL MESH – Slings made from wire mesh attached to
steel fittings at each end. (see page 92)
SLINGS, ROUND – Synthetic grommet style
slings made with twisted polyester or high
performance core fibers inserted in synthetic
covers. (see page 58) Roundsling

SLINGS, WEB – Sling made from flat synthetic webbing with eye or
fittings sewn at each end. They are made in single or multiply plies of
webbing. (see page 54)
SLINGS, WIRE ROPE – Slings normally made from six strand wire
rope with fabricated eyes with or without fittings at each end. (see page
52)

SHARE OF LOAD (SOL) – The portion (%) of the total weight, of a load,
that a particular lift point is responsible for during the lift. (see page 25)
SHOCK LOAD – A load that results when the rigging is slack from a
rapid change of movement or jerking applied to a load. A shock load is
generally significantly greater than a static load.
SNATCH BLOCK – A single sheave block hinged so that it can be
opened to insert a rope over a sheave without having to use a free end
of the rope.
SOFTENERS – Devices used to protect the load or rigging from
damage while making a lift. Softeners are also used to increase the
radius of a corner or to prevent loads from slipping. (see page 149)
SOL – Share of Load (see page 25)

203
SPREADER BEAM – A fixture made of rigid parts such as pipe,
channel, I-beam, plate, etc. to assist in rigging the load. Spreader
beams are designed for the upper rigging to share the load with the
lower rigging. (see page 156)
SWAGED FITTINGS – Fittings in which wire rope is inserted and
attached by a cold-forming method.
SYNTHETIC FIBER – Man made material used for the cover, load
core, webbing and thread of conventional and high performance slings.
TAG LINE – A length of rope used to control a load's spin and guide it
into a desired position. (see page 11)
TELL-TAILS – Extension of the load core yarns in some round slings
as an external inspection device to determine internal damage to load
fibers. (see page 60)
THIMBLE – A grooved fitting designed to
prevent crushing or over stressing of wire
or synthetic rope at the terminal end which
is used to protect the eye of a wire or
Thimble
synthetic rope sling.
THREAD – The synthetic yarn that is used to sew web slings and the
covers of round slings.
TIP/TURN POINT – The part of a load around which the load pivots
when upended. (see page 8)
TURNBUCKLE – A device that can be attached to rigging systems for
making limited adjustments in length. A turnbuckle consists of a body
and right-hand and left-hand threaded bolts. (see page 123)

204
TWO-BLOCKING – A condition in which the Two-Blocking
load block exceeds the upper limit of its
travel and comes in contact with the running
block or other structural limitations, thereby
preventing further upward travel.

ULTIMATE LOAD – The average load at which the item is being tested
fails or no longer supports the load.
ULTIMATE STRENGTH – The maximum conventional stress, tensile,
compressive or shear that a material can stand without failure.
UV DEGRADATION – Ultra-violet radiation that breaks down the fiber
structure of synthetic material used to make synthetic rope, web and
roundslings. Damaged is normally recognized by fading and fuzziness
of slings components.
VERTICAL HITCH – A hitch where the sling is used in an eye and eye
or straight pull configuration. (see page 12)
VRC – Vertical Rated Capacity
WEDGE SOCKET – A socket attachment for the end of a wire rope that
employs the wedge principle to hold the rope in the socket. (see page 140)
WIRE ROPE – A rope made from steel or metal wires formed into
strands which are, in turn, laid into the complete rope. Sometimes
referred to as a cable.
WORKING LOAD LIMIT (WLL) – The maximum weight that a piece of
rigging equipment should carry.
YARN-ON-YARN ABRASION – The abrading of sling fibers against
each other during lifting.

205
 Reference Standards
Common standards relate to crane and rigging activity.
ASME B30 Standards
ASME B30.1  Jacks
ASME B30.2  Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge,
Single or Multiple Girder, Top Running Trolley
Hoist)
ASME B30.3  Construction Tower Cranes
ASME B30.4  Portal, Tower and Pedestal Cranes
ASME B30.5  Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
ASME B30.6  Derricks
ASME B30.7  Base Mounted Drum Hoists
ASME B30.8  Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks
ASME B30.9  Slings
ASME B30.10  Hooks
ASME B30.11  Monorails and Underhung Cranes
ASME B30.12  Handling Loads Suspended From Rotorcraft
ASME B30.13  Storage/Retrieval (S/R) Machines and Associated
Equipment
ASME B30.14  Side Boom Tractors
ASME B30.15  Mobile Hydraulic Cranes (Withdrawn - included in
latest edition of B30.5)
ASME B30.16  Overhead Hoists (Underhung)
ASME B30.17  Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running
Bridge, Single Girder, Underhung Hoist)
ASME B30.18  Stacker Cranes (Top or Under Running Bridge,
Multiple Girder With Top or Under Running Trolley
Hoist)
ASME B30.19  Cableways
ASME B30.20  Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices
206
Reference Standards (Cont...)
ASME B30.21  Manually Lever Operated Hoists
ASME B30.22  Articulating Boom Cranes
ASME B30.23  Personnel Lifting Systems
ASME B30.24  Container Cranes
ASME B30.25  Scrap and Material Handlers
ASME B30.26  Rigging Hardware
ASME B30.27  Material Placement Systems
ASME B30.28  Balance Lifting Units
OSHA 29 CFR 1910 General Industry
Subpart N -- Material Handling and Storage
1910.179  Overhead and gantry cranes.
1910.180  Crawler locomotive and truck cranes.
1910.181  Derricks.
1910.183  Helicopters.
1910.184  Slings.
OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction
Subpart N -- Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors
1926.551  Helicopters.
1926.552  Material hoists, personnel hoists and elevators.
1926.553  Base-mounted drum hoists.
1926.554  Overhead hoists
Subpart R -- Steel Erection
1926.753  Hoisting and Rigging.

207
Reference Standards (Cont...)
Subpart CC -- Cranes and Derricks in Construction
1926.1402  Ground conditions.
1926.1403  Assembly/Disassembly  selection of manufacturer or
employer procedures.
1926.1404  Assembly / Disassembly  general requirements
(applies to all assembly and disassembly operations).
1926.1405  Disassembly  additional requirements for dismantling
of booms and jibs (applies to both the use of
manufacturer procedures and employer procedures).
1926.1406  Assembly/Disassembly-employer procedures - general
requirements.
1926.1407  Power line safety (up to 350 kV)  assembly and
disassembly.
1926.1408  Power line safety (up to 350 kV)  equipment
operations.
1926.1409  Power line safety (over 350 kV).
1926.1410  Power line safety (all voltages) - equipment operations
closer than the Table A zone.
1926.1411  Power line safety - while traveling.
1926.1412  Inspections.
1926.1413  Wire rope  inspection.
1926.1414  Wire rope  selection and installation criteria.
1926.1415  Safety devices.
1926.1416  Operational aids.
1926.1417  Operation.
1926.1418  Authority to stop operation.
1926.1419  Signals  general requirements.
1926.1420  Signals  radio, telephone or other electronic
transmission of signals.
1926.1421  Signals  voice signals  additional requirements.
1926.1422  Signals  hand signal chart.
1926.1423  Fall protection.

208
Reference Standards (Cont...)
1926.1424  Work area control.
1926.1425  Keeping clear of the load.
1926.1426  Free fall and controlled load lowering.
1926.1427  Operator qualification and certification.
1926.1428  Signal person qualifications.
1926.1429  Qualifications of maintenance & repair employees.
1926.1430  Training.
1926.1431  Hoisting personnel.
1926.1432  Multiple-crane/derrick lifts-supplemental requirements.
1926.1433  Design, construction and testing.
1926.1434  Equipment modifications.
1926.1435  Tower cranes.
1926.1436  Derricks.
1926.1437  Floating cranes/derricks and land cranes/derricks on
barges.
1926.1438  Overhead & gantry cranes.
1926.1439  Dedicated pile drivers.
1926.1440  Sideboom cranes.
1926.1441  Equipment with a rated hoisting/lifting capacity of
2,000 pounds or less.
1926.1442  Severability
American Petroleum Institute Codes
API RP 2D  Operation and Maintenance Offshore Cranes

209
Notes

210
Notes

211
Notes

212
Notes

213
Notes

214
212
Notes

215
213
To reorder The Complete Rigger's Reference Handbook
or other field reference guides contact:

www.riggsafe.com
or email your request to [email protected]
(888) 315-1325

216
214
RRH-0213
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 OBJECTIVE/PURPOSE......................................................................................................2
2.0 INTRODUCTION/BACKGROUND ..................................................................................2
3.0 CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................................2
4.0 APPROVED LIFTING METHODS....................................................................................4
5.0 LIFTING EMPTY CONTAINERS .....................................................................................4
6.0 LIFTING LOADED CONTAINERS ..................................................................................4
6.1 Top Lift Spreader Method........................................................................................5
6.2 Top Lift Sling Method .............................................................................................6
6.3 Bottom Lift Sling Method ........................................................................................7
6.4 Fork Lift Method......................................................................................................8
7.0 ALTERNATIVE LIFTING METHODS .............................................................................9
7.1 MANUFACTURER’S METHODS.........................................................................9
7.2 CONTAINERS UNDERNEATH POWERLINES..................................................9
7.3 ENGINEERED METHODS ..................................................................................10
8.0 RIGGING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................................................10
9.0 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................10

APPENDICES
APPENDIX A-LIFT DESIGNATIONS ..................................................................................... A-1
APPENDIX B-LIFT POINT INSPECTIONS .............................................................................B-1
APPENDIX C-CLOSELY STACKED CONTAINERS .............................................................C-1
APPENDIX D-MODIFIED CONTAINERS .............................................................................. D-1
APPENDIX E-MINIMUM SLING LENGTHS .......................................................................... E-1

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Top Lift Spreader Configuration .....................................................................................5
Figure 2. Top Lift Sling Configuration ...........................................................................................6
Figure 3. Bottom Lift Sling Configuration .....................................................................................7
Figure 4. Fork Lift Configuration ...................................................................................................8
Figure 5. Example of one end of a box being lifted in order to slide sideways. .........................C-1

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Container Size Designations .............................................................................................3
Table 2. Allowable Gross Weight of Containers ............................................................................3
Table 3. Sling Lifting Angles..........................................................................................................4
Table 4. Top Lift Spreader Acceptable Use Table..........................................................................5
Table 5. Top Lift Sling Acceptable Use Table ...............................................................................6
Table 6. Bottom Lift Sling Acceptable Use Table ..........................................................................7
Table 7. Fork Lift Acceptable Use Table........................................................................................8
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 2

1.0 OBJECTIVE/PURPOSE

This standard establishes the methods of lifting and handling freight containers (CONEX boxes)
including the allowable lifting configurations, procedures, inspection, and rigging requirements
outside of maritime use. In order to safely lift any conex box, the type of conex box and proper
rigging configuration must be determined prior to performing the lift evolution. Section 3.0
provides conex box measurements for the various types of boxes. Once the type of conex box is
determined, the lift configuration can be determined based on the load in the conex box. The
type of conex box and the load of the conex box are used to determine the type of rigging
configuration required to perform the lift.

2.0 INTRODUCTION/BACKGROUND

The maritime industry handling of the containers conforms to OSHA 29 CFR 1918, Safety and
Health Regulations for Longshoring requirements. Questions were raised regarding the proper
handling of freight containers for non-maritime applications and whether the maritime standards
should be applied. Following a review of the various codes and standards related to container
handling, there is primarily one International Standard, ISO 3874, Series 1 Freight Containers –
Handling and Securing that shows the proper lifting configurations for the proper handling of the
freight containers. These configurations are for lifting containers that comply with the
specification and testing for the minimum performance requirements for the manufacture of
freight containers identified in ISO-1496-1 1990-08-15, Series 1 Freight Containers-
Specifications and Testing. The following lifting configurations and requirements for lifting
freight containers will address the most common methods allowed to lift both empty and loaded
containers. The lifting requirements follow the guidance of the OSHA 29 CFR 1918, ISO
standards and a DOE-Idaho evaluation of container lifting points EDF-6285 (Reference 8). The
EDF-6285 documents allowable loads for radioactive contaminated containers that comply with
49 CFR 173. The inspection of the container, inspection of the lift points, and the rigging
hardware follow DOE-RL-92-36, the ASME B30 series of standards, this standard, and good
industry practice–as applicable.

3.0 CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS

The Series 1 freight containers addressed in this standard should comply with ISO-1496. Other
types of containers will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Table 1, below, shows the
designations of the containers associated with nominal dimensions. The containers should be in
good repair, with no significant corrosion or alterations to the container structure. If alterations
to the container have been made since it was manufactured and put into service (doors, cut
openings, vents), inspection should be completed by a qualified structural person to assure the
alterations will not affect the structural integrity/capacity of the container when subjected to
lifting loads. The corner fittings of the containers must meet the requirements of ISO 1161
1984-12-15, Series 1 Freight Containers – Corner Fittings – Specifications. The corner fittings
should be in good repair with no visible signs of deformation of the holes (edges not straight and
square) or excessive peening around the edges (rounded edges with metal deformed beyond the
faces of the corner fittings).
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 3

The gross weight allowable from ISO 668 1995-12-15, Series 1 Freight Containers –
Classification, Dimensions and Ratings for the containers has a factor of safety of about 2 to 2.5.
To maintain the factor of 3 to yield requirements of 49CFR173.410 (Ref 5) for radioactive
containers, use the load limits given by the calculation performed for the lift connections of
freight containers containing radioactive materials at DOE-Idaho, EDF-6285, Evaluation of
Cargo Container Lifting Fittings (Ref 8). This calculation reduced the allowable gross weight of
the radioactive containers below the allowables of ISO 668 (see Table 2). Specific allowable
gross weight of containers may be increased beyond Table 2 if documented by the manufacturer
or by faceplate attached to the container. Contaminated containers must still be limited by the
Table 2 values per EDF-6285.

Table 1. Container Size Designations

Series 1 Freight Container Size Designations (ISO-3874)
Nominal Length External Height
m ft <8 ft 0 in 8 ft 0 in 8 ft 6 in 9 ft 6 in
12 40 AX A AA AAA
9 30 BX B BB BBB
6 20 CX C CC -
3 10 DX D - -
Note - All Units have a nominal width of 8 ft 0 in

Note: Containers designated “X” (e.g. DX or AX) are simply short, open-topped
containers.

Table 2. Allowable Gross Weight of Containers

Allowable Gross Weight of Containers
Container designation Per ISO-668 (LBS) Per EDF-6285 (Ref 8)
AX, A, AA, AAA 67200 44900
BX, B, BB, BBB 56000 44900
CX, C, CC 52900 44900
DX, D 22400 22400

Note: AX, A, AA and AAA are all the same length but they differ in height (see Table 1).
Likewise with B, C, and D series containers.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 4

4.0 APPROVED LIFTING METHODS

There are four basic approved lifting methods for freight containers. They are as follows: the
Top Lift Spreader Method, the Top Lift Sling Method, the Bottom Lift Sling Method, and the
Fork Lift Method. Any time a sling is used at an angle, it should follow the minimum angle
requirements of Table 3 below. See specific lifting methods for more details. Appendix D lists
minimum sling lengths to achieve the proper angle in different configurations.

Table 3. Sling Lifting Angles

Sling Lifting Angles
Container Size Designation Lifting Angle, a, min
AAA; AA; A; AX 45O
BBB; BB; B; BX 45O
CC; C; CX 45O
D; DX 60O

5.0 LIFTING EMPTY CONTAINERS

Empty containers can be lifted by all four methods shown in Section 6: Top Lift Spreader, Top
Lift Sling, Bottom Lift Sling, and Fork Lift (Figures 1, 2, 3 and 4). Containers can be considered
empty if the lifted weight is within 1000 pounds of the listed tare weight of the container. The
minimum lifting angles are as shown in Table 3. Empty freight containers can be lifted from the
top lift connections using hooks provided that the hooks are placed in an inward to outward
direction as shown in Figure 2.

6.0 LIFTING LOADED CONTAINERS

All loaded containers can be lifted by the Top Lift Spreader Method or Bottom Lift Sling
Method (Figures 1 and 3). Loaded CC, C, CX, D, and DX containers can be lifted with the Fork
Lift Method, and loaded D and DX containers can be lifted with the Top Lift Sling Method. The
corresponding tables (Tables 4 and 6) show which types of lifting methods can be used for the
unloaded and loaded containers. The unacceptable methods are denoted by a shaded box in the
tables associated with the lift methods.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 5

6.1 TOP LIFT SPREADER METHOD

The container is lifted by means of a spreader designed to lift containers by the top apertures of
the four top corner fittings, the lifting forces being applied vertically. These spreaders have
lifting devices specifically designed to connect to the top corner fittings of freight containers.
They do not use normal hooks.

a. The lifting devices shall be properly engaged. Gathering devices shall impinge on corner
fittings only.
b. The applicability of top lift spreaders is given in Table 4.

Figure 1. Top Lift Spreader Configuration

Table 4. Top Lift Spreader Acceptable Use Table

TOP LIFT SPREADER
ISO
Empty Container Loaded Container
Container Type 6346
AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX Def AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX
n/a n/a n/a n/a General Purpose GP, VH n/a n/a n/a n/a
Open Top UT
Bulk: non-
BU
pressurized
RE, RT,
n/a n/a n/a n/a Thermal RS
n/a n/a n/a n/a

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Platform PL n/a n/a n/a 1) n/a n/a n/a 1) n/a n/a 1) n/a 1)
1) Top lift possible with extensions only

Allowed Not allowed (or not applicable)

Note: Freight containers containing radioactive material have a reduced capacity. See Table 2.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 6

6.2 TOP LIFT SLING METHOD

The Top Lift Sling method can only be used for handling empty containers (see Table 5) or
loaded D or DX containers (10 ft long).

a. The container is lifted by all four top corner fittings with forces applied other than
vertically.
b. Lifting devices shall be properly engaged. Hooks shall always be placed in an inward to
outward direction along the length of the container (Figure 2b). These hooks should meet
the criteria of ASME B30.10 (Ref 11) and ISO 2308:1972 (Ref 14).
c. The applicability of Top Lift Slings is given in Table 5.
d. For loaded containers, the lifted angle, a, shall not be less than the minimum values
shown in Table 3 or exceed the gross container weight of Table 2. See Appendix E for
minimum sling lengths to achieve the minimum angle.

Figure 2. Top Lift Sling Configuration

Table 5. Top Lift Sling Acceptable Use Table

TOP LIFT SLING
Empty Container ISO Loaded Container
Container Type 6346
AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX Def AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX

n/a n/a n/a n/a General Purpose GP, VH n/a n/a n/a 2) n/a

Open Top UT 2) 2)
Bulk: non-
BU 2) 2)
pressurized
RE, RT,
1) 1) 1) n/a 1) 1) 1) n/a 1) 1) n/a 1) n/a Thermal RS
n/a n/a n/a 2) n/a

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Platform PL n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
1) Center of Gravity may be eccentric
2) For 1D and 1DX containers, lifting forces shall be applied at an angle of no less than 60 degrees to the horizontal
Note - Center of Gravity may be mobile, e.g. liquid, bulk or hanging loads.

Allowed Not allowed (or not applicable)

Note: Freight containers containing radioactive material have a reduced capacity. See Table 2.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 7

6.3 BOTTOM LIFT SLING METHOD

The Bottom Lift Sling method of lifting can be used for empty and loaded containers. The
container is lifted from the side of the four bottom corner fittings attached by slings to a spreader
beam. The bottom sling attachment shall bear on the corner fittings only and should be such to
exert lifting forces not more than 1.5 inches away from the outer face of the corner fittings
(Figure 3b).

a. The lifting devices shall be properly engaged.

b. The applicability of the Bottom Lift Slings is given in Table 6.
c. For loaded containers, the lifted angle, a, shall not be less than the minimum values
shown in Table 3 or exceed the gross container weight of Table 2. See Appendix E for
minimum sling lengths to achieve the minimum angle.

Figure 3. Bottom Lift Sling Configuration

Table 6. Bottom Lift Sling Acceptable Use Table

BOTTOM LIFT SLING
Empty Container ISO Loaded Container
Container Type 6346
AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX
Def
n/a n/a n/a n/a General Purpose GP, VH n/a n/a n/a n/a

Open Top UT
Bulk: non-
BU 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2)
pressurized
RE, RT,
1) 1) 1) n/a 1) 1) 1) n/a 1) 1) n/a 1) n/a Thermal RS
1) 2) 1) 2) 1) 2) n/a 1) 2) 1) 2) 1) 2) n/a 1) 2) 1) 2) n/a 1) 2) n/a

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Platform PL n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
1) Center of Gravity may be eccentric
2) Center of Gravity may be mobile, e.g. liquid, bulk or hanging loads.

Allowed Not allowed (or not applicable)

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 8

Note: Freight containers containing radioactive material have a reduced capacity. See Table 2.

6.4 FORK LIFT METHOD

The container, if provided with fork-lift pockets as specified in ISO-1496-1 (shown in Figure 4),
is lifted by means of forks. This method only applies to the C and D type containers (20 and 10
foot long containers) whether loaded or not (see table 7).

Warning: Containers, with or without fork-lift pockets, shall not be lifted by forks under
the base of the container (as opposed to in fork-lift pockets) except as specified in section
7.2.

a. The forks should ideally extend the whole width of the container, but under no
circumstances should they extend less than 6 feet or 72 inches.
b. When 1CC, 1C, and 1CX containers are fitted with a second (inner) set of fork-lift
pockets, these pockets shall be used for empty handling only.
c. The applicability of fork lifts is given in Table 7.

Figure 4. Fork Lift Configuration

Table 7. Fork Lift Acceptable Use Table
FORK LIFTS
Empty Container ISO Loaded Container
Container Type 6346
AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX AAA AA A AX BBB BB B BX CC C CX D DX
Def
n/a n/a n/a n/a General Purpose GP, VH n/a n/a n/a n/a
Open Top UT
Bulk: non-
BU 2) 2) 2) 2) 2)
pressurized
RE, RT,
n/a n/a 1) 1) n/a 1) n/a Thermal RS
n/a n/a 2) 2) n/a 2) n/a

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Platform PL n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
1) Center of Gravity may be eccentric
2) Center of Gravity may be mobile, e.g. liquid, bulk or hanging loads.

Allowed Not allowed (or not applicable)

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 9

Note: Freight containers containing radioactive material have a reduced capacity. See Table 2.
7.0 ALTERNATIVE LIFTING METHODS

The following are options for alternative lifting methods:

Note: Freight containers containing radioactive material have a reduced capacity. See Table 2.

7.1 MANUFACTURER’S METHODS

Other lifting methods or applications of the above methods may be used if approved by the
freight container’s manufacturer. For instance, some manufacturer’s supply 30 and 40 foot long
containers with fork lift pockets. With the manufacturer’s approval, these containers may be
lifted using a fork lift. This is typically used on empty containers.

7.2 CONTAINERS UNDERNEATH POWERLINES

Existing containers without fork pockets, residing underneath energized overhead lines and
within the prohibited zone (as defined in DOE-0359, Hanford Site Electrical Safety Program), may
be moved with a forklift from the prohibited zone within the requirements of one of the
following options.

1. Option A
a. The container is empty;
b. The container is only moved from the prohibited zone where it can be handled
as prescribed in this standard or is moved directly to a transport vehicle
outside of the prohibited zone;
c. The container is inspected by a qualified engineer
i. Prior to the move to ensure the container is structurally sound and
ii. After the move for structural damage prior being returned to service;
d. Management approval is obtained; and
e. Forks meet the requirements of 6.4 (a).

2. Option B
a. The container is empty;
b. The container is inspected for safety and stability by a qualified engineer
prior to the move;
c. The container is permanently removed from service and rendered unusable
after the move;
d. Management approval is obtained; and
e. Forks meet the requirements of 6.4 (a).
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 10

7.3 ENGINEERED METHODS

Engineering may approve alternate lifting methods on a case by case basis. In such cases,
engineering shall conduct an evaluation of the box and provide design of the lifting method.
8.0 RIGGING REQUIREMENTS

The lifting device requirements for lifting the containers shall comply with the ASME B30.20
Below the Hook Lifting Devices as applicable and DOE-RL-92-36 for the below the hook lifting
equipment. If an accurate reading for documentation or shipping purposes is required, or if the
estimated weight of the container is close to the maximum rated capacity of the container, then a
dynamometer shall be used to perform the lift. Assure that the maximum loads of the containers
are not exceeded (see Table 2).

a. Care shall be taken to ensure that the equipment used is suitable for the load and is safely
attached to the container and the container is free to be handled.
b. In the case of a single point lift, special attention should be paid to the risk of the
container tilting due to eccentricity of the center of gravity.

9.0 REFERENCES

49 CFR 173.410, Shippers – General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging,

Subpart I – Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials, General Design Requirements.

ASME 30.10-2005, Hooks

ASME B30.20-2006, Below-the-Hook Lifting Devices

ASME B30.26-2004, Rigging Hardware

ASME B30.9-2006, Slings

ASME BTH-1-2005, Design of Below the Hook Lifting Devices

DOE-RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual

EDF-6285, Evaluation of Cargo Container Lifting Fittings, Idaho Cleanup Project,

USDOE by CH2M-WGIdaho, LLC.

ISO 1161 1984-12-15, Series 1 Freight Containers – Corner Fittings – Specifications.

ISO 1496-1 1990-08-15, Series 1 Freight Containers – Specification and Testing

ISO 2308:1972, Hooks for lifting freight containers of up to 30 t capacity — Basic

requirements.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 11

ISO 3874, Series 1 Freight Containers – Handling and Securing

ISO 668 1995-12-15, Series 1 Freight Containers – Classification, Dimensions and

ratings.

OSHA 29 CFR 1918, Safety and Health Regulations for Longshoring

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page 12

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page A-i

APPENDIX A

LIFT DESIGNATIONS
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page A-1

APPENDIX A-LIFT DESIGNATIONS

Lift Designations

In order to plan for lifting freight containers (Conex boxes), the type of lift to be performed must
first be determined. The lift will be designated as a “Normal,” “Special,” or “Critical” lift.
Existing WRPS procedures and the DOE-RL-92-36 already address the requirements for
planning and executing all lifts including Special and Critical lifts. For all types of lifts;
however, the type of container to be lifted must be determined. The type of container and the
container capacity are usually posted on a metal placard inside the door of the container. If the
placard information is not available, then the tables in this standard and the associated
dimensions for each type of container can be used to determine the container type. The type
determination and inspection of each container uses a graded approach.

Lift Planning

For Normal lifts, the planning process for lifting freight containers will normally involve at least
the following:
1) Field Work Supervisor
2) Designated Leader (DL) performing the lift.

Special lifts may also require additional approval according to company procedures.

The Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual DOE-RL-92-36 requires critical lift signature
approvals. Additional approvals may be required according to company procedures.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page B-i

APPENDIX B

LIFT POINT INSPECTIONS

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page B-1

APPENDIX B-LIFT POINT INSPECTIONS

For Normal lifts, the inspection and evaluation of the container and lift points are performed by
the Qualified Riggers performing the lift.

For Special and Critical lifts, the lift points and the containers will need to be evaluated by a
Qualified Rigging Engineer.

All manufacturer-installed lift points shall be inspected and evaluated by a qualified person
before use for cracks, deformation, and excessive wear or damage. When questions arise
regarding the use of manufacturer-installed lift points, the Qualified Rigging Engineer shall be
consulted.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page C-i

APPENDIX C

CLOSELY STACKED CONTAINERS

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page C-1

APPENDIX C-CLOSELY STACKED CONTAINERS

In some cases, Conex boxes may be closely stacked side by side. This may prevent lifters
(corkies) from being installed on the sides of the bottom of the box. Thus, the Bottom Lift Sling
method cannot be used. In this case, the box may be lifted from the top lift points in order to
relocate the box. If the box is loaded, the Top Lift Spreader method should be used.

Conex box spreaders; however, are expensive, heavy, and cannot be used if there are fans or
other protrusions on the top of the container. Because of this, conex box spreaders are often
unavailable or impractical. In these cases where conex box spreaders are unavailable or
impractical and the box is loaded, the following approach should be followed:

 Install lifters (e.g. corkies) on the ends of the corner fittings on the bottom of one side of
the box, and ensure that the lifters are properly engaged. The ends of the top corner
fittings may not be used because they have a different sized and shaped hole.

 Connect slings to the lifting lugs and make sure they meet the requirements for minimum
sling lifting angles given in Table 3 of this standard. Note: since corkies rely on the
slings being angled to work properly, a spreader beam should not be used for this part of
the operation; both slings should connect to one hook or shackle as shown in Figure 5.
Lift the end of the box to a minimal height (ideally no more than a few inches off the
ground) and shift it to the side. Use care not to side load the crane. The mobile crane
operator should use the boom up method or the boom extension method when shifting
one end of the container box.

 Set the box end down and repeat for the other side. This should create enough space
between the conex boxes to install lifters on the sides of the box.

 Install lifters on the sides and use the bottom lift sling method to move the box.

Figure 5. Example of one end of a box being lifted in order to slide sideways.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page D-i

APPENDIX D

MODIFIED CONTAINERS
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page D-1

APPENDIX D-MODIFIED CONTAINERS

All Conex boxes will need to be inspected to determine if modifications have been made. If
modifications have been made to the Conex box, then it will need to be evaluated by a Qualified
Rigging Engineer prior to performing the lift.

In all cases, an inspection of the Conex box is necessary to: 1) determine the type of Conex box,
and 2) to determine if there are any detrimental modifications that have been made to the box,
and 3) to evaluate the integrity of the lift points. If there are any questions regarding the integrity
of the Conex box, contact the Civil/Structural Discipline Lead Engineer.

Some examples of modifications, as illustrated below, include adding roll up doors to the ends or
to the sides of the box.

Doors added to the side of a Conex box. These may negatively impact the structural integrity of
the box.
 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page D-2

Doors added to the ends of two Conex boxes. These may also have a negative effect on the
strength of the boxes.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page D-3

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page E-i

APPENDIX E

MINIMUM SLING LENGTHS

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual December 30, 2013

Attachment 1 – Freight Container Lifting Standard Rev 1 Page E-1

APPENDIX E-MINIMUM SLING LENGTHS

Table 8. Minimum Sling Lengths

TOP LIFT SLING METHOD BOTTOM LIFT SLING METHOD

DIMENSIONS 4 WAY DIMENSIONS 2 WAY

CONTAINER
CONTAINER BRIDLE BRIDLE
(W X L) TYPE (W X L)
TYPE LENGTH LENGTH

AX, A, AA, AX, A, AA,

8 X 40 30’ 8 X 40 30’
AAA AAA

BX, B, BB, BX, B, BB,

8 X 30 24’ 8 X 30 24’
BBBB BBB

CX, C, CC 8 X 20 16’ CX, C, CC 8 X 20 16’

DX, D 8 X 10 14’ DX, D 8 X 10 12’

Note 1: This table was made assuming the center of gravity is centered. Eccentric loads
will require varying sling lengths or the addition of shackles.

Note 2: This table only gives sling lengths. Sling size (thickness) will be determined based
on load and load placement characteristics and will vary case by case.

Note 3: Lifting lugs shall be properly engaged. Depending on the lugs used, this may
require sling angle adjustment, but the angle shall not be below 45 degrees.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 28, 2012
ATTACHMENTS Rev 1 Page 31

ATTACHMENT 2

Lifting Requirements for Concrete Blocks

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 28, 2012
ATTACHMENTS Rev 1 Page 32

This page intentionally left blank.

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual May 2, 2013
ATTACHMENTS Rev 1 Page 33

Lifting Requirements for Concrete Blocks

Concrete Blocks (i.e., Ecology, Landscaping Blocks) stacked more than two high shall be
evaluated for structural stability. Lifting blocks that are not stacked, with a forklift (load on
tines) are acceptable. Concrete Block lift bails shall be inspected and found free of cracks,
deformation, excessive wear exceeding 10% of nominal size, damage, or broken wires or
stands, as applicable, before being lifted using bails under one of the following approved
conditions and methods

1. Lifting with “Engineered and Marked” Concrete Blocks

Concrete blocks that meet the following requirements or equivalent as determined and
approved by a qualified engineer, may be lifted using the lifting bale.

 Concrete Blocks shall be designed by a licensed professional engineer.

 Concrete shall be per American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318 and 301.
 Lifting bail embedment shall comply with ACI 318 and lifting bail material shall
be designed to the applicable codes to withstand the anticipated lifting loads.
 Concrete Block manufacturers shall implement a documented system for quality
control of the block fabrication. The system shall include random testing of a
minimum 10% of the lifting bails to a 125% load test for each contractor purchase
order.
 Each concrete block shall be permanently marked (etched or stenciled) on both
sides of the block with the Contract Number and the month and year of
fabrication.

2. Lifting with an approved below-the-hook lifting device

Concrete blocks that do not meet the requirements of an Engineered and Marked block,
shall be lifted with an approved below-the- hook lifting device meeting the requirements
of DOE-RL-92-36 Hanford Hoisting & Rigging Manual, Chapter 11, Below-the-Hook
Lifting Devices.

3. Lifting with Special lift plan

Existing concrete blocks that do not meet the requirements of an Engineered and Marked
block and are configured in a position that prohibits the use of an approved lifting device,
shall be lifted by implementing Special/Engineered lift criteria addressing hazards
associated with a possible lift point failure.
DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual February 28, 2012
ATTACHMENTS Rev 1 Page 34

This page intentionally left blank.

 DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017

Release 82 TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev 1 Page 1

MAIN TABLE OF CONTENTS

Effective Date

1.0 INTRODUCTION 01/12/17

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 09/23/15

3.0 CRITICAL, SPECIAL, AND ENGINEERED LIFTS 01/04/16

4.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 09/23/15

5.0 HOOKS 01/04/16

6.0 FORKLIFT TRUCKS 08/24/17

7.0 SHOP CRANES 04/25/16

8.0 WIRE ROPE 11/18/14

9.0 SLINGS 01/04/16

10.0 RIGGING HARDWARE 04/25/16

11.0 BELOW-THE-HOOK LIFTING DEVICES 01/04/16

12.0 HOISTS 01/12/17

13.0 OVERHEAD GANTRY CRANES, CRANES AND MONORAILS 01/12/17

14.0 MOBILE CRANES 01/04/16

15.0 PERSONNEL LIFTING 08/24/17

16.0 A-FRAMES AND TROLLEYS 01/12/17

17.0 INTERPRETATIONS 08/10/16

18.0 HOISTING AND RIGGING IN HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS 02/18/10

19.0 OSHA 29 CFR 1926 SUBPART CC 01/31/11

20.0 H & R COMMITTEE CHARTER 11/15/12

21.0 REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY 08/24/17

22.0 APPENDIX A DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS 01/12/17

DOE/RL-92-36, Hanford Site Hoisting and Rigging Manual August 24, 2017

Release 82 TABLE OF CONTENTS Rev 1 Page 2

APPENDIX B USERS GUIDE 11/18/14

ATTACHMENT 1 – FREIGHT CONTAINER LIFTING STANDARD 12/30/13

ATTACHMENT 2 – LIFTING REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE BLOCKS 05/02/13